A UNIVERSITY OF
MARYLAND
PUBLICATION
I'i
Volume 4 AUGUST, 1951 Number 8
GENERAL
(COMBINED)
CATALOG
ISSUE 1951-1952
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Cell«9« Park, Maryland
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
General Information 7
Agriculture, College of 49
Arts and Sciences, College of 139
Business and Public Administration, College of 255
Education, College of 321
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences 384
Home Economics, College of 437
Military Science, College of 467
Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of 482
Special and Continuation Studies, College of 517
Summer School 597
Graduate School 655
Dentistry, School of 769
Law, School of 801
Medicine, School of 819
Pharmacy, School of 905
Nursing, School of 933
Records and Statistics 950
Honors, Medals and Prizes 986
Student Enrollment, Summary of 993
General Index 995
IMPORTANT — The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded
as an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Mary-
land. The University reserves the right to change any provision or require-
ment at any time within the student's term of residence. The University
further reserves the right at any time to ask a student to withdraw when it
considers such action to be in the best interests of the University.
See Outside Back Cover for List of Separate Catalogs
Volume 4 August, 1951 Number 8
A UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND PUBLICATION
is published three times in January, February, March and April ; twice in May ; once in
August, September, October, November and December.
Re-entered at the Post OflBce in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
Edited by Harvey L. Miller, Director of Publications, University of Maryland.
BOARD OF REGENTS
AND
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term
Expires
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway,
Baltimore 1958
Stanford Z. Rothschild, Secretary, 109 East Redwood Street,
Baltimore 1952
J. Milton Patterson, Treasurer, 120 West Redwood Street, Balti-
more 1953
E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954
B. Herbert Brown, President, Baltimore Institute, Baltimore 1960
Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County 1957
Philip C. Turner, 2 East North Avenue, Baltimore 1959
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956
Charles P. McCormick, McCormick & Company, Baltimore 1957
Arthur 0. Lovejoy, 827 Park Avenue, Baltimore 1960
Edward F. Holter, Middletown, Md 1959
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for
terms of nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer
of the Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month,
except during the months of July and August.
GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD
President Byrd, Chairman Miss Preinkert, Secretary
Dean Bampord Dean Foss Mr. Nystrom
Dean Benjamin Dean Fraley Col. Pitchford
Mr. Benton Miss Gipe Miss Preinkert
Dr. Bishop Dr. Gwin Dean Pyle
Mr. Brigham Mr. Haszard Dr. Ray
Dr. Bruecknbr Dr. Haut Dean Robinson
Mr. Buck Dean Howell Dean Smith
President Byrd Dr. Huff Dean Stamp
Dean Cairns Dr. Hoffsommer Dean Steinberg
Mr. Cissell Miss Kellar Dean Symons
Dean Cotterman Director Kemp Dr. White
Dean Epplby Dr. Long Dean Wylib
Dr. Faber Mr. Morrison Dr. Zucker
Mr. Fogg Dean Mount
EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL
The President, Dean op the Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges,
Chairmen of Academic Divisions, Heads of Educational Departments,
Director of Admissions, Registrar.
1
OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Bybd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean of Graduate School
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of College of Agriculture
Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Dean of Arts and Science
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean of College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Dean of School of Dentistry
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of
Summer School
S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law
H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine
John C. Pitchford, Col., U. S. A. F., Dean of College of Military Science
and Professor of Air Science and Tactics
L. M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean of College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of
School of Nursing
Noel E. Foss, Ph.D., Dean of School of Pharmacy
Joseph M. Ray, Ph.D., Dean of College of Special and Continuation Studies
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men, Director of Student Welfare
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of the Agricultural Extension Service
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Agricultural Experiment Station
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics
George 0. Weber, B.S., Business Manager (on military leave)
George W. Morrison, B.S., Acting Business Manager
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Comptroller
W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station
George H. Buck, Ph.B., Director, University Hospital
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Director of Libraries
Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel
Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply
Harvey L. Miller, Col., U. S. M. C. (Ret.), Director of Publications and
Publicity
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
David L. Brigham, B.S., General Alumni Secretary
Lt. Col. Axel E. Altberg, Commandant of Cadets
CHAIRMEN OF THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry, Chairman, The Lower
Division
Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology, Chairman, The Division of
Biological Sciences
Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages, Chairman, The
Division of Humanities
Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Chairman, The
Division of Physical Sciences
Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology, Chairman, The Division
of Social Sciences
FACULTY COMMITTEES
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment
Chairman Reid; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, Eppley, Hodgins, Long,
QuiGLEY, Robinson, Schindler, D. D. Smith, L. P. Smith, Weigand,
White; Mmes. Preinkert, Stamp.
Coordination of Agricultural Activities
Chairman Cairns; Messrs. Ahalt, Bamford, Bopst, Brueckner,
Carpenter, Cory, DeVault, Foster, Gwin, Haut, Jull, Kuhn, Magruder,
Nystrom.
Council on Intercollegiate Athletics
Chairman Eppley; Messrs. Cory, Faber, Pitchford, Supplee, Tatum;
President of the Student Government Association and the Chairman
OF the Alumni Council, ex-officio.
Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, DeVault, Drake,
HoFFSOMMER, Martin, McCarthy, Shreeve, Strahorn, Wylie; Miss
Wiggin.
Special and Adult Education
Chairman Ray; Messrs. Brechbill, Burdbtte, Drazek, Ehrensberger,
Griswold, Manning, Reid.
Honors Programs
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Benjamin, Hoffsommer, Smith,
Zucker.
Libraries
Chairman Corcoran; Messrs. Aisenberg, Baylis, Brovv^n, Foster,
Hackman, Hall, Invernezzi, Parsons, Reeve, Rovelstad, Slama,
Spencer; Mmes. Harman, Robinson, Wiggin.
Publications and Catalog
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Ball, Benjamin, Crowell, Durfee,
Fogg, Gvi^in, Haut, Hovi^ell, Miller, Pyle, Reid, Robinson, Smith, Wylie,
Zucker; Mmes. E. Frothingham, Mount, Preinkert.
Public Functions and Public Relations
Chairman Pyle; Messrs. Brigham, Cory, Ehrensberger, Eppley, Fogg,
Gewehr, Howell, Miller, Morrison, Pitchford, Randall, Reid, Robinson,
Shreeve, Wylie; Mmes. Mount, Preinkert, Stamp.
Religious Life Committee
Chairman Shreeve; Messrs. Daiker, Gew^ehr, Hamilton, Randall,
Reid, Scott, White; Mmes. Bryan, McNaughton.
Scholarships and Student Aid
Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Eppley, Long, Reid, Stbinmeyer;
Mmes. Mount, Stamp.
Student Life
Chairman Reid; Messrs. Allen, Bowers, Eppley, James, Kramer,
Newell, Outhouse, Tatum, White; Mmes. Binns, Harman, Preinkert,
Stamp.
8
if Cottoges
100 0 lOO'
jl ND E X|-
A Arts and Sciences
A A Chemistry Labs.
Ar Armory
B Music
BB Chemistry Annex
Administration
C Chemistry (new)
Col Coliseum
D.... Dairy
DD Psychology
DW Dean of Women
E Agronomy, Botany,
Physics
EE Zoology
F Horticulture
FF Mathematics
G Gymnasium
GG Mathematics
H Home Economics
HH Seminar
I Agric. Eng. and
Industrial Education
J Engr. Classroom Bldg
K Chemistry (old)
L Library
M Morrill Hall
N Geography
O Symons Hall (Agric.)
P Poultry
Q Business and Public
Administration
R Classroom Building
S Engr. Lab. Building
T Education
U Wind Tunnel
W Women's Field House
X Animal Husbandry
Pavilion
Y Chapel
19 5 1
8 M T W T y 8
11 i
8 9
15 16
22 23
29180
SI 41 51 61 7
10 11 1211314
17ll8il9l2nl21
24 25126127128
81 .... ..I..
8 M T W T F 8
..I 11 21 31 4
7 8l 9iioln
14 !5I16,17IIS
2l!22'23!24l2r,
28|29|30I31|..
SEPTEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
..l..l..|..l 1
41 5 6 7 g
11 12 13114 15
18 I9I2OI21I22
25 26127128129
NOVEMBER
SMTWTFSSMTWTFS
..I II 21 31 41 61 6
7 8 9 10 III12II8
14 15 16117118119120
21 22l23!24l25j26'i;7
28 29|30|31|.. ..I..
I I I I 1 1 21 3
'4 '6 16 "7 81 9|10
11 12fl3II4ll5il6 17
18 19{20I21I22I23!24
25 26 27128 291301..
8 M T W T P 8
19 5 2
S M T W T F 8
11 21 31 41 5
8 9 10 11 12
15 16ll7ll8 19
22 23124125 26
29 30131 ....
8 M T W T F B
« r
13 14
20 21
27128
11 21 3! 41 5
8 9 10 I1I12
15 16 17 I8!I9
22123121^5 jr,
29 301311. .1..
8 M T W T F 8
...... 1 2
5 6 T 8 9
12ll3ll4ll5'lfi
19120121122123
26 27128129 . .
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
..l..|..| 11 2
6 6 71 8l 9
12|l3il4!15'lR
19'20121I22123
26127 28I29130
8 M T W T F 8
4 5 6 7 8
Il|12ll3ll4 ir,
18 I9I2OI21I22
25 26127128129
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F 8
11 21 3
8 9 10
I5I16I17
22123124
29 30 ..
11 12113
18!l9'20
25126127
8 M T W T F 8
11 21 31 41 5
8l 9 lOlll 12
15116 17118 19
22I23 24 25126
29130 .... ..
8 M T W T F
5 6 7
12 13 14
19 20|21
26 27128
11 21 31 4
8 9 10 11
15!l6 17118
2212312412,1
29)30131 ..
8 M T W T F 8
11 21 3
8 9 10
15116 17
22I23'24
29130131
NOVEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
3 4 61 6 7
10'llll2ll3ll4ll
17I18I19I20I21I22
8 M T W T F 8
11 2
8 9
15 16
22 23
29 30
41 51 6
11 12I13 :
18 19120 :
25 28127 :
8 M T W T F 8
..I 11 21 31 41 61 6
7 8 9 10 I1I12I13
14 15 16 17 18 lft'2i
21 22 23 24 25126127
24 25126127128129128 29 30 31
19 5 3
8 M T W T F 8
.. ..1 11 2! 3
4
11
18
25
6
12
19
26
« 7 81 9110
13 14 15II61I7
20I2I 22123)21
27 28 291.30131
FEBRUARY
M T W T F 8
31 41 5| 6| 7
ioIiiIi2Ii3!m
17|I8|19I20|21
2412512612712^
M T W T F
21 31 41 51 6| 7
9 10 11 12113 14
18 17 18 19120I21
23124125 26 27 2>
301311. .|..|..|..
M T W T F 8
..I.. I 11 21 31 4
6| 7 8l 9I1O 11
13 I4I15II8I17I1R
20I2I 22!23|24|25
27128 29130 ....
8 M T W T F S
3 4
lOlll
17|18
24 25
31 1. .
..I.. I II 2
6 7 8 9
13114 ISllfi
20121 22123
27 28 29|30
8 M T W T F 8
11 2
8 9
15 16
22123
29130
31 4
10 11
17 18
24 25
.1. .1. .1.
12 13
19l20
26127
I..
EASTER SUNDAYS: March 25, 1951; April 13, 1952; April 5, 1953.
CALENDAR — 1951-1952
COLLEGE PARK
1951
September 18-21
September 24
October 18
November 21
November 26
December 20
1952
January 3
January 20
January 23-30
February 5-8
February 11
February 22
March 25
April 10
April 15
May 16
May 30
May 29-June 6
June 1
June 7
June 23
June 24
August 1
June 16-21
July 8-11
Auffust 4-9
September 2-5
First Semester
Tuesday-Friday
Monday
Thursday
Wednesday after last class
Monday, 8 a. m.
Thursday after last class
Thursday, 8 a. m.
Sunday
Wednesday- Wednesday, inc.
Registration, first semester
Instruction begins
Convocation, faculty and students
Thanksgiving recess begins
Thanksgiving recess ends
Christmas recess begins
Christmas recess ends
Charter Day
First semester examinations
Second
Tuesday-Friday
Monday
Friday
Tuesday
Thursday after last class
Tuesday, 8 a. m.
Thursday
Friday
Thursday-Friday, inc.
Sunday
Saturday
Semester
Registration, second semester
Instruction begins
Washington's Birthday, holiday
Maryland Day
Easter recess begins
Easter recess ends
Military Day
Memorial Day, holiday
Second semester examinations
Baccalaureate exercises
Commencement exercises
Summer Session, 1952
Monday Registration, summer session
Tuesday Summer session begins
Friday Summer session ends
Short Courses
Monday-Saturday Rural Women's Short Course
Tuesday-Friday Maryland Congress of Parents and Teachen
Monday-Saturday 4-H Club Week
Tuesday-Friday Firemen's Short Course
6
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
THE University of Maryland, in addition to being a State
University, is the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland.
The University is co-educational in all of its branches.
College Park
The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of
the University of Maryland are located at College Park,
Prince George's County, Maryland, on a beautiful tract of
rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from the heart
of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness
to Washington, naturally, is of immeasurable advantage
to students because of the unusual library facilities afforded by the Library
of Congress and the libraries of Government Departments; the privilege
of observing at close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court,
the United States Senate and the House of Representatives ; the opportunity
of obtaining almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is
constantly being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal
Government.
The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including
the main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, the Washington street
car system, and several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore-
Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the
University easily accessible by private travel.
College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, con-
stitute a group of fine residential communities close to the University
campus, where are located the homes of many of the members of the faculty
and staff, and where students who prefer to live off campus may find de-
sirable living accommodations at reasonable rates.
Baltimore
The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine,
Nursing, and Pharmacy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Pro-
gram of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a
group of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or
near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene and Redwood Streets,
Baltimore, Maryland.
Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million in-
habitants, has an old-established culture represented by outstanding educa-
tional institutions, libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places
of historical interest.
8 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen
by a young man or young woman desiring to prepare for a professional
career.
BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY
While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical
plant facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the
University has behind it a long and honorable record.
The history of the present University is the history of two institutions:
the old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore
and the Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College)
at College Park. These institutions were merged in 1920.
In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth
medical school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810.
A permanent home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the
building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest struc-
ture in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the
first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United
States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College
of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law,
and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the "college or
faculties thus united should be constituted an university by the name and
under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act,
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a
regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were
added: in 1882 a Department of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental
school in the world); in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 the Mary-
land College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy
college in the United States).
The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of
the Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the
Western Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private man-
agement. In 1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant
Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim its bene-
fits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip,
the proceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions
to the "endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where
the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical
studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning
as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, in such a manner as
the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to pro-
mote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the
General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was
named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least
GENERAL INFORMATION 9
in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over
entirely by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter
to the College, and made it the Maryland State College.
In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland
was merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution
was given the name University of Maryland.
THE UNIVERSITY YEAR
The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seven-
teen weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks.
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of
Regents, consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the
State, each for term of nine years. The administration of the University
is vested in the president. The deans, directors and other principal officers
of the University form the Administrative Board. This group serves in an
advisory capacity to the president.
Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University:
At College Park
College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public
Administration
College of Education
Glenn L. Martin College of Engi-
neering and Aeronautical
Sciences
College of Home Economics
College of Military Science
College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health
College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies
Graduate School
Summer School
Agricultural Experiment Station
Agricultural and Home Economics
Extension Service
At Baltimore
School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine
School of Nursing
State-Wide Activities
School of Pharmacy
University Hospital
Maryland State Board of Agricul-
ture
The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives. County
Agents and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to
farmers and farm families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon
the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Extension Service
at College Park.
10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged vi^ith responsibility for
the control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains
local veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists
and laboratory technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the
branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
College Park
Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise approxi-
mately 1150 acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding
hill which overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of
the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds are
laid out attractively in lawns and terraces ornamented with trees, shrub-
bery and flower beds. Below the hill and along either side of the Wash-
ington-Baltimore Boulevard lie the drill grounds and athletic fields.
Approximately 500 acres are used for research and teaching in horti-
culture, agriculture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five
hundred acres of land provided for plant research work are located at the
Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest of College Park and in
various other localities.
Bnildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif
comprise about fifty principal structures and an additional fifty for
supplemental utility, providing facilities for the varied activities carried on
at College Park.
Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following:
The Administration Building, which accommodates the offices of the Presi-
dent, Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel,
Registrar, Directors of Admissions, Publications and Publicity, Procure-
ment and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store and
University Post Office.
Agriculture Building, which houses the College of Agriculture, Symons
Hall, the Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service and the
Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station.
Other buildings, whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agri-
culture are: Poultry Building, Horticulture Building, and Dairy Building.
The Arts and Sciences Building, Glenn L. Martin Engineering and Aero-
nautical ScicTices Buildings, Education Building, Business and Public Ad-
ministration Building and Home Economics Building, as the names imply,
house the various colleges.
The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the
Ritchie Coliseum, seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gym-
nasium; the pr<wien'« Field House and the Byrd Stadium providing for
8,000 spectators are utilized principally by the College of Military Science
GENERAL INFORMATION 11
and the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The Chemis-
try Building, Geography Building and Agronomy, Botany, Physics Building,
Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Building, Library, Morrill Hall, and
the Home Economics Practice House, complete the principal structures in
this group.
New Byrd Stadium seated close to 50,000 for the opening football game.
Suitable parking areas adjoin the stadium. See pictures on page 47.
A new Chapel is in the process of construction. It will provide facilities
for on-campus religious services and quarters for the clergy. It is a
memorial to former Maryland "gold star" students who made the supreme
sacrifice in World Wars I and II.
Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the overflow from
Chemistry, Physics and Zoology as well as the entire Psychology and
Mathematics departments and provide a Recreation building for day stu-
dents and headquarters for all student publications.
A Shop Building is being jointly used by the Industrial Education and
Agricultural Engineering departments.
Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall, Margaret
Brent Hall, and New Dormitories No. 2 and No, 3. In addition, there are
four smaller units at present providing housing for sorority groups.
Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named
dormitories of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students.
A Temporary Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students
in nine dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units.
Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experi-
ment Station are in the new Agricultural building. The laboratories and
greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings on the
campus.
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about
a mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad
Station.
Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Ser-
vice Building, the Infirmary, and the Dining Hall.
The Fire Service Extension Building, completed in 1946, is located south
of the Byrd Stadium on the boulevard. It houses the Fire Extension
Service offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire Department.
Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798,
is the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most
beautiful and interesting buildings on the campus, Rossborough Inn houses
the offices of the Alumni Secretary.
12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The
Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is
located on the University grounds. The general laboratories are used for
instruction purposes in College of Engineering as well as by the United
States Government for experimental work. The building contains a geo-
logical museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife
Service Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located on the University campus. It
contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing with chemical,
chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological subjects.
Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories.
Baltimore
The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene
Streets provides available housing for the Baltimore division of the Uni-
versity. The group comprises the original Medical School Building, erected
in 1814; the Old Hospital, now used as a dispensary; the New University
Hospital with approximately 450 beds; the Frank C. Bressler Research
Laboratory; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses' Home; the
Law School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the Medical library; and
the Administration Building.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions
of the University.
The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive
and well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor
seats 250 and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on
open shelves. The five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with
carrels and desks for use of advanced students. The Library Annex, a
temporary, two-story building located just west of the main building, is
used for reserve book reading and seminars. The Annex accommodates
about 300 people. About 30,000 of the 160,000 volumes on the campus
are shelved in the Chemistry, Engineering, Entomology and Mathematics
Departments, the Graduate School, and other units. Over 1,600 periodicals
are currently received.
Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry,
containing 14,000 volumes; the School of Law, 25,000 volumes; the School
of Medicine, 32,000 volumes; the School of Nursing, 2,000 volumes; and
the School of Pharmacy, 11,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed
in Davidge Hall ; the remaining four libraries have quarters in the buildings
of their respective schools, where they are readily available for use. Facili-
ties for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly by the libraries
of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.
GENERAL INFORMATION 13
The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 240,000 bound
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the
United States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its
collection.
The University Library System is able to supplement its reference ser-
vice by borrowing material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan
or Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library of
Congress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other
agencies in Washington.
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agri-
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education,
Engineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the Director of
Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College
Park.
Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional
schools in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college con-
cerned or to the Director of Admissions of the University.
Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail
the blank to the Director of Admissions.
To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than
July 1 for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester.
Applications from students completing their last semester of secondary
work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records may be sent
upon graduation.
Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application
blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland.
Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will
be admitted at the beginning of either semester.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon
14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.
SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter.
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics SVz units, including Solid Geometry, required for
Engineering, Mathematics and Physics.
For all Colleges, one unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. A unit of Algebra
will be needed by Business and Public Adminis-
tration students and by most Education, Home
Economics and Arts students.
Social Science; Natural
and Biological Science. . 1 unit from each group is required; two are
desirable.
Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter
journalism, foreign trade or service, study the
humanities or do research, should have a good
foundation in one or more, but none is required.
Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are
acceptable.
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer
students from accredited institutions under the following conditions:
1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semestei
hours is necessary for a degree.
2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced
standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age,
and who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible
to matriculate for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied.
Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but
who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are
eligible for admission to pursue courses for which they have met
prerequisites.
GENERAL INFORMATION 15
PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN
All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as
freshmen or sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester
hours of credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four
prescribed courses in physical education for a total of four semester hours
of credit. The successful completion of these courses is a requirement for
graduation. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during
the first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend
to graduate or not. Men and women who have reached their thirtieth
birthday are exempt from these courses. Students who are physically
disqualified from taking these courses, must enroll in adaptive courses for
which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have credit in
these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until
graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military service may
receive credit for these courses by applying to the Air Force R. 0. T. C.
Records Office.
Required Uniform
A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health is required for both men and women.
Required Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain
elective courses such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN
All freshmen women who are registered for more than six semester hours
of credit must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses in
health education for four semester hours of credit. Transfer students who
do not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first.
REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years.
This training includes one hour of regularly scheduled drill per week at
11.00 hours on Thursdays and other drill formations at such times as
designated by the PAS&T.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not.
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military train-
ing vdll be required to complete the course or take it until graduation,
whichever occurs first.
Any male student in any undergraduate curriculum of the University
who is accepted for such training may pursue an advanced course in this
field which will lead to a reserve or regular commission in the United
16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
States Air Force. This advanced training may be carried as an integral
part of the student's academic program.
BASIC AIR FORCE R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS
1. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the
U. S. A. F., Army or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit,
2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army,
Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard or Air Force will receive credit.
3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast
Guard or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered
equivalent to the training received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will
receive credit. Short periods of service in any of the branches named
above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward completion of the
course.
4. Graduate students will be exempt.
5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less
than seven semester hours will be exempt.
6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the
course will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed.
7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its
territorial possessions will be exempt.
THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to under-
stand this country better, it has established a very comprehensive program
of American studies. Work in American Civilization is offered at three
distinct academic levels. The first level is required of all freshmen or
sophomores at the University of Maryland and is described below.
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major
in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third
level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog
for the Graduate School).
Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of
All Freshmen and Sophomores
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula)
are required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and
descriptions, see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester
hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester
hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and six semes-
ter hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization).
These several courses are planned as parts of a whole that is designed
to acquaint students with the basic facts of American history, with the
fundamental patterns of our social, economic, political, and intellectual de-
velopment, and with the riches of our cultural heritage.
GENERAL INFORMATION
17
General FEES AND EXPENSES
All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of
Maryland for the exact amount of the charges.
In cases where students have been awarded Leg^islative Scholarships or
University Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted
from the bill.
All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students
should come prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student
will be admitted to classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are
required to comply with these conditions if the University does not have in
its possession at the time of registration an approved Certificate of Eligi-
bility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration.
The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other
charges as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to
keep the costs to the student as low as possible.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript
of a record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement
of his account.
The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students ap-
proved by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under
Public Laws 16 or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding
room and board, but including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500
allotment per academic year payable to the University by the Federal Gov-
ernment. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between
such total charges as above defined and the maximum amount payable by
the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's period of eligi-
bility.
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Maryland Residents
Fixed Charges
Athletic Fee
Special Fee
Student Activities Fee
Infirmary Fee
Post Office Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
Total for Maryland Residents $130.00
ssidents of the District of Columbia,
Other States and Countries
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Studeni
Total for Non-Resident Students $205.00
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$82.00
$83.00
$165.00
15.00
15.00
15,00
15.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
$130.00
$83.00
$213.00
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$75.00
$75.00
$150.00
^$158.00 $363.00
18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Board and Lodging
Board $170.00 $170.00 $340.00
Dormitory Room $60-$70 $60-$70 $120-$140
Total, Board and Room $230-$240 $230-$240 $460-$480
The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units.
The rates for these Units are as follows:
Dormitory Unit, $50 per semester.
Family Units: Two-room apartment, $33 month; three-room apartment,
$36 month.
The Fixed Charges Fee Is not a charge for tuition. It la a charge to help defray the
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of
University publications. Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni-
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a new combination
Physical Education Building and Auditorium, and to constructing a swimming pool and a
student union.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of
$1.60 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook; class
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs.
The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures.
Expensive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-Ray,
Electrocardiographs, Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing
in the vicinity.
• Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi-
tional fees : Athletic, $7.50 ; Special, $7.50 ; Student Activities, $8.00 ; Infirmary, $2.50 ;
Post Office Fees, $1.00; Advisory and Testing Fee, $.50.
SPECIAL FEES
Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first regis-
tration in the University $10.00
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's degree 2.50
Engineering College Fee, Per Semester 3.00
Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00
Physical Education for Women; Fee Per Semester (to be charged
for any woman registered in any course or combination of courses
in Physical Education involving the use of the Swimming Pool) . . 3.00
Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students
registered for credit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
19
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Agricultural Engineering. . $3.00
Bacteriology 10.00
Botany 5.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00
Chemistry 10.00
Education (Depending on
Laboratory)
$1.00, $2.00, $3.00, 6.00
Dairy 3.00
Electrical Engineering 4.00
Entomology 3.00
Home Economics —
(Non-Home Ec. Students)
Practical Art, Crafts, Tex-
tiles and Clothing 3.00
Foods and Home Manage-
ment (each) 7.00
Horticulture $5.00
Industrial Education 5.00
Journalism 3.00
Mechanical Engineering. . . . 3.00
Music 30.00
(Applied Music only)
Physics —
Introductory 3.00
All Other 6.00
Psychology 4.00
OfRce Techniques and
Management 7.50
Speech —
Radio and Stagecraft. . . . 2.00
All Other 1.00
Zoology 8.00
Miscelleaneous Fees and Charges
Fee for part-time students per credit hour 10.00
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean under-
graduate students taking 6 semester credit hours or less.
Students carrying more than 6 semester hours pay the regular
fees.)
Late Registration Fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, includ-
ing the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular
registration days.) Those who do not complete their registra-
tion during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of $5.00.
Fee for change in registration 3.00
Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment. . . , 2.00
Special Examination Fee-
hour
-to establish college credit — per semester
5.00
Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during
any class period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00
Transcript of Record Fee 1.00
Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage
to property or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage
can be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it; where
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage
or replacing equipment will be pro-rated.
20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Library Charges:
Fine for failure to return book from general library before ex-
piration of load period per day .05
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expira-
tion of loan period —
First hour overdue 25
Each additional hour overdue 05
In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution
must be made.
Text Books and Supplies
Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course
pursued, but will average per semester 35.00
Fees for Graduate Students
Fee for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00
Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester
credit hours 10.00
Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration. . 10.00
Diploma Fee for Master's Degree 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 2.75
Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00
Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree 3.75
Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students,
whether residents of the State of Maryland or not.
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are pay-
able at the time of registration for each semester.
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to
graduation.
No provision for housing graduate students is made by the
University.
Medical attention is not provided for graduate students,
consequently, no Infirmary Fee is charged.
Fees for Off-Campus Courses
Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all
students — full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and
non-candidates) :
For Undergraduates 10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students
taking off-campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours.
Charge per credit hour 10.00
GENERAL INFORMATION 21
Laboi'atory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials
used, is charged in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the
course and can be ascertained in any case by inquiry of the Dean
of the College of Special and Continuation Studies.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year, should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper
signatures, in the office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student
will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dis-
missal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would other-
wise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the date the appli-
cation for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written
consent of the student's parent or guardian.
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced
registration, less the matriculation fee in accordance with the following
schedule :
Percentage
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks 0
Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws
from the University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata
weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must be sur-
rendered at the Dining Hall office the day of withdrawal.
No refunds of fixed charges, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are allowed whev
courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the University.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students, if at
the time of their registration their parents have been residents of this
State for at least one year, or upon their return to the State, if they have
resided in the State for one full year during the five years immediately
preceding their return.
Adult students are considered to be residents, if at the time of their
registration they have been residents of this State for at least one year, or
upon their return to the State, if they have resided in the State for one
full year during the five years immediately preceding their return; pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or
college in Maryland.
22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal
residents of this State, by maintaining such residence for at least one full
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from
a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to
registration for a semester in any academic year.
REGULATION OF STUDIES
Course Numbers. Courses for undergraduates are designated by numbers
1 — 99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, by numbers
100 — 199*; and courses for graduates, by numbers 200-299.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Schedule of Courses. A semester time schedule of courses, giving days,
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each
semester Classes are scheduled beginning at 8:00 A. M.
Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week
for one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are
equivalent to one lecture or recitation period. The student is expected to
devote three hours a week in classroom or laboratory and in outside prepa-
ration for each credit hour in any course.
Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in
accordance with the official schedule of examinations. Students are re-
quired to use the prescribed type of examination book in final examinations;
and, also, when requested to do so by the instructor, in tests given during
the semester.
Final examinations are held in all courses except in classes where the
character of the work will permit the instructor to note frequently the
progress and proficiency of the student — in which case they may be omitted
upon approval of the head of the department and dean of the college.
Periodic examinations and tests are given during regularly scheduled class
periods. Final examinations, where required, are given according to schedule
and are of not more than two hours' duration.
To facilitate arrangements preliminary to commencement, final exami-
nations for undergraduate candidates for degrees are waived in the semester
immediately preceding the June graduation exercises, and final grades
for seniors for this semester are based on daily grades and tests given
during the semester.
Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C,
and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete.
• But not all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.
GENERAL INFORMATION 23
Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C,
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as fol-
lows: A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0.
A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior
standing. The C average will be computed on the basis of the courses re-
quired by each student's curriculum. The average of transfer students and
of those seeking combined degrees will be computed only on the courses
taken in residence in the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the
non-professional curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree.
An over-all average will also be computed to include all courses taken in
the University as a basis for the award of honors and such other uses as
may be deemed appropriate.
Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year list-
ing the regulations which govern the academic work and other activities
of students.
REPORTS
Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or
guardians of minor students who are not veterans at the close of each
semester.
DELINQUENT STUDENTS
A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester
hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the
University. The Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian,
and the student's dean of this action. A student who has been dropped
for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on Admis-
sion, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is em-
powered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped
from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstate-
ment is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester.
The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal
of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of
scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental
to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against
them.
According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course
is penalized by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of per-
sistent absence from any course will be reported to the President or to his
appointed representative for final disciplinary action.
24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
JUNIOR STANDING
For junior standing, the requirements shall be, in addition to the required
military and physical education, fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic
credit, the whole program to be completed with an average grade of C.
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES
The University confers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Amer-
ican Civilization, Master of Science, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Foreign Study, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Education, Civil
Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Chemical Engineer,
Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, and
Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy.
Students in the two-year and three-year curricula are awarded certificates.
No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less
than one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester
credits of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken
in residence at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the bacca-
laureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore
must complete a minimum or thirty semester credits at College Park.
An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average
will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's
curriculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking com-
bined degrees will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in
the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-professional
curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An over-all
average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University
as a basis for the award of honors and such other uses as may be deemed
appropriate.
The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work
in the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific
college requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections
of the catalog.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a
decree. Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees
are conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absevtia
only in exceptional cases.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records
from the Office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy;
for each additional copy, there is a charge of $1.00. Checks should be made
payable to the University of Maryland.
GENERAL INFORMATION 26
Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance
of the date when the records are actually needed.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or
alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied.
STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health
of its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this
end. All new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical
examination at the time of their entrance to the University. A well-
equipped infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured students.
A small fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary service,
but does not include expensive drugs and special diagnosis procedures.
Infirmary Service
1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and
medical advice at the infirmary during regular office hours established by
the physician in charge.
2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students
are required to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless the case
is an emergency.
3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the
University physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the
facilities available. Students living off the campus will be charged a sub-
sistence fee. In case of illness requiring a special nurse, special medical
attention, expensive drugs, X-rays and a special test, the expense must be
borne by the student.
4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or
"off campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify
the housemother, proctor or householder who in turn will notify the In-
firmary. This will be done in all cases, except emergencies, during the
doctors' oflBce hours.
5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of
the progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to
11 A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only
three visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission
is granted by the doctor or nurse in charge.
6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate
students or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is avail-
able for faculty, graduate students and employees who are injured in
University service or University activities.
26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Public Health
All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are
inspected periodically by the student Health Service to insure that proper
sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed
standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be ex-
amined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service.
LIVING ARRANGEMENTS
Dormitories
1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormi-
tories should request room application cards by so indicating on their appli-
cations for admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the
offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or
blanks will be sent to applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of
$15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is
received from the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by
freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration days will be
cancelled. A room will be held by special request until after classes begin
providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration.
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received latei
than August 15 for the first semester or January 15 for the second semester,
2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been
fully admitted academically to the University.
3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will bfi
made at least two weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New
students are urged to attend to their housing arrangments about three
months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and
board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are binding for
the spring semester. Room and board charges will begin with the even-
ing meal prior to the first day of registration and include the last day of
classes for each semester with the exception of the Christmas recess and
the Easter recess. Students unable to make other arrangements for the
holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for
assistance. All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to
room in the dormitories when accommodations are available.
Equipment
Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels,
a laundry bag, a waste paper basket, a desk blotter and some bureau scarves.
The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory
property assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than
that which would result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to
the student concerned. It is therefore advisable to protect desk tops with
blotters and bureaus with bureau scarves.
GENERAL INFORMATION 27
Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit
of $1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the
key at the end of the year.
Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service and each
student is responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several
reliable laundry concerns in College Park; or if a student prefers, he may
send his laundry home. Students may, if they wish, do their own laundry
in the laundry room in each dormitory, not including bed linen.
Personal baggage sent via the American Express and marked with a
dormitory address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies
the College Park express office of his arrival.
OFF-CAMPUS HOUSES
1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who can-
not be accommodated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list
of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of Men.
2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be
approved by the Office of the Dean of Women.
3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the
women's dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered
in the Office of the Dean of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Under-
graduate Women." The householders in these homes agree to maintain
the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but business arrange-
ments are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and
talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No woman
student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first
ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the
approved list. No "off campus" householder should accept a deposit with-
out first checking with the Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligi-
bility for housing of the applicant, which depends on the waiting lists
from the various areas.
Meals
All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at
the University Dining Hall.
Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at
the Dining Hall, eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establish-
ments in College Park. A few "off-campus" houses provide board as well
as room.
Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence
Most of these houses have only double rooms with twin beds. The stu-
dents provide their own linens as in the dormitory. Price per person for
room is about $20.00 a month, all rooms being registered with the rent
control board.
28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall
or in other places where board is paid in advance. Therefore, with care,
students may save enough money on their meals to make up for the differ-
ence in rent between the off-campus houses and the dormitory. Some even
find this less expensive.
Girls may find desirable rooms in good homes where they can earn their
room and board by applying to the Office of the Dean of Women.
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN
The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to women students. The staff is
ever ready to assist in the student's adjustment to college and in realizing
her basic needs. This may include advice in personal problems, in meeting
financial obligations, in finding and adjusting to her housing, and in orient-
itig her to her new environment. In addition, the Office of the Dean of
Women coordinates women's activities, handles matters of chaperonage
at social functions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with Pan-
hellenic Association and advises the Women's Student Government Asso-
ciation. It has supervision over all housing accommodations for women
students, whether on or off campus. A personal interview with one of the
members of this Department is required of every woman student on enter-
ing and on leaving the University in order that the Office may be of greater
service to the students. All women students are invited to avail them-
selves of the services of this Department.
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN
The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with
any of their personal problems, especially those relation to social adjust-
ment, financial need, employment, housing, etc. This office also handles
for male students matters of discipline and infringement of University
regulations.
UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER
The services in the Deans' offices are closely coordinated with the activi-
ties of the University Counseling Bureau, maintained by the Department
of Psychology. This Bureau is provided with a well-trained technical staff
and is equipped with an extensive stock of standardized tests of aptitude,
ability, and interest. Assistance is available in diagnosing reading and
study deficiencies. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory and Test-
ing Fee," students are entitled to the services of the University Counceling
Bureau without further charge.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID
Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholar-
ships, and accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent
with prudent financial operation.
GENERAL INFORMATION 29
All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at
College Park are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All
scholarship applicants are subject to the approval of the Director of Ad-
missions insofar as qualifications for admission to the University are con-
cerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational standards
of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards.
Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for
leadership. In making scholarship awards, consideration is given to parti-
cipation in the various student activities, and to other outstanding attributes
that indicate future possibilities as a leader, as well as to scholastic achieve-
ment, character, and all other factors which distinguish the most worthwhile
students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding
among their fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for them-
selves an opportunity for advanced education.
The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows:
Full Scholarships
The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for
women, covering board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates
of Maryland high and preparatory schools only are eligible. These scholar-
ships are similar to those which the State provides and pays for at private
colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special appropriation
therefor.
General Assembly Scholarships
These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by mem-
bers of the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member
of the House of Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a mem-
ber of the House of Delegates of a Senator only to persons in the county or
legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator repre-
sents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to quali-
fications for Admission.
University Grants
The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school
graduates a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only.
District of Columbia Scholarships
District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored
position with regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored posi-
tion has been discontinued, which means that District of Columbia students
now pay considerably higher costs to attend the University. In view of this,
and in further view of the increased costs to students from other localities,
30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships
for the students from the District of Columbia and other states.
Endowed Scholarships
The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These
are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose.
Brief descriptions of these awards follow:
Albright Scholarship
A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to
graduates of Garrett County High Schools who were bom and reared in
that County. Application should be made to the high school principals.
Alumni Scholarships
The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstand-
ing applicants.
Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants
Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Balti-
more, have provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the
State of Maryland who have completed the junior year of the Practical Art
curriculum in the College of Home Economics. Each recipient must have
shown proficiency and interest in merchandising.
Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships
A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed
courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has
achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students
in all preceding college work.
A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regu-
larly listed courses in food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior
year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly
eligible students in all preceding college work.
W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture
A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture
at the University of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee
Company, Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa.
Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable
growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, experience, and
interest in research.
GENERAL INFORMATION 81
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Junior
year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his Freshman
year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding
young men for leadership training.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offer four summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students,
two to Juniors and two to Freshmen. The purpose of these scholarships
is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training.
Dairy Technology Scholarships
The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia has
established a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in
Dairy Products Technology. These scholarships are available both to high
school graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students
who have completed one or more years of their University curriculum. The
purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the
field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship,
leadership, personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work
in the field of dairy technology. The Dairy Technological Society cooper-
ates with the Scholarship Committee of the University in making these
awards.
Ezel Scholarships
The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B.
Exel. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accord-
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar-
ships.
William Randolph Hearst Scholarships
These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore
News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph
Hearst. The undergraduate scholarship of $400 annually is open to the
graduate of any high school in America. The graduate scholarship of $600
annually is open to the graduate of any college or university in America.
These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's pro-
gram of American civilization.
The Hecht Company Merchandising Award
Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior
year of the Practical Art curriculum in the College of Home Economics
and have met other specific requirements.
32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Home Economics Scholarships
Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics
Scholarships by Marie Mount.
Edward L. Israel Inter-faith Scholarship
The sum of $300 is given to the student, v?ho, upon entering the senior
year, is adjudged to have contributed most to fostering inter -faith under-
standing and relations. This scholarship is in honor of the late Edward L,
Israel and is sponsored by the National Hillel Foundation. The funds are
given by the B'nai B'rith Federation of Maryland and the District of
Columbia.
Kiwanis Scholarship
A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the
Prince George County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County,
Maryland, who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for
maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation for
high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.
Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships
These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the
benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late
Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the
Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These scholarships are known
as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only to
worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland
and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a
reputation for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to
get ahead.
"M" Club Scholarships
The "M" Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited
number of partial scholarships. These scholarships are awarded by the
faculty committee to the most outstanding applicants.
Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship
Dr. Frank C. Marino has established a $200 annual scholarship in
Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded
by the Scholarship Committee to a student who demonstrates special in-
terest and promise in this field.
Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships
The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the
education of sevei-al outstanding young men. These scholarships are
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants.
GENERAL INFORMATION 88
National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship
Five hundred dollars has been made available by the National Executive
Housekeepers Association for scholarships to students majoring in House-
keeping Administration.
The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships
Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Founda-
tion to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the
freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One $200
scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the College
of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a Sears
Roebuck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are awarded
by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant.
A limited number of similar scholarships from the Sears Roebuck Foun-
dation are also available for students in the College of Home Economics.
Loan Funds
A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Associa-
tion of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to
women students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance
at the University of Maryland for at least one year.
American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of
$250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate
work in banking, economics, or related subjects in classes of senior grade
or above.
Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will
of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available
for worthy students who are natives and residents of the State of Mary-
land, studying mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of
Maryland.
Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring
in Home Economics.
The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan
of one hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student regis-
tered in the University of Maryland.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation
From this fund, established under the will of General Harry Strong
of Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the University of Maryland at
College Park for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and
women students under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the
privileges of these loans are limited, in most part, to students in the junior
and senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances re-
quire financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational
progress are considered in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Student Employment
A considerable number of students earn some money through employ-
ment while in attendance at the University. No student should expect,
however, to earn enough to pay all of his expenses. The amounts vary,
but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all the required funds.
Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment.
After one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much
less difficulty in finding work.
The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment.
It does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby
towns and the University are canvassed, and a list of available positions
is placed at the disposal of the students. Applications for employment should
be made to the Director of Student Welfare.
Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid
All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid
should be addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures
for the award of scholarships are formulated by this committee.
ATHLETICS AND RECREATION
The University recognizes the importance of the physical development
of all students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen
and sophomores sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics
and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college.
The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted
by the Physical Education Department for both men and women.
A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the super-
vision of the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a
member of the Southern Conference, the National Collegiate Athletics
Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association, Inter-
collegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and cooperates with
other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics.
Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the pro-
gram in physical development. The University has two modern gymnasia,
a coliseum, a large armory, a modern stadium, a number of athletic fields,
tennis courts, baseball diamonds, running tracks and the like constituting
the major portion of the equipment.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The following description of student activities covers those of the under-
graduate divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Balti-
more divisions are included elsewhere.
GENERAL INFORMATION 35
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organ-
ized bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in
orderly and productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized
scudent activities are under the supervision of the Student Life Committefe.
Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the Student Life
Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and
approval no student organization which in any way represents the Univer-
sity before the public, or which purports to be a University organization
or an organization of University students, may use the name of the Uni-
versity in connection with its own name, or in connection with its members
as students.
Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of
the Executive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and
operates under its own constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice-
president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of Women's League, and
president of Men's League.
The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and per-
forms the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works
in cooperation with the Student Life Committee.
The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women,
handles matters pertaining to women students.
The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men,
handles matters pertaining to men students.
The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the Presi-
dent, keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting class-
room work, that effect the student, and acting in an advisory capacity,
endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist.
A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and dis-
tributed to the students in the fall, contains full information concerning
student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University.
Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing
are eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular contests. In
addition, various student organizations have established certain other re-
quirements. To compete in varsity athletics a student must pass the
required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board.
Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and
faculty rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The
student who pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives
honorably and maintains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the
interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to main-
tain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct
supervision of the University only when on the campus, attending an
36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
approved function or representing the University, but they are responsible
to the University for their conduct wherever they may be.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are
awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors
are awarded to the upper half of this group; second honors to the lower
half. To be eligible for honors, at least two years of resident work must
be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher.
The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Metal is
awarded annually to the resident of Prince George's County, bom therein,
who makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time
embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K.
Goddard James of Washington, D. C.
Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to
the senior who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has
contributed meritorious service to the College of Agriculture.
The Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Maryland, Alpha Rho Chapter, of
the Alpha Chi Sigma Fraternity awards annually a year's membership in
the American Chemical Society to the senior in the Department of Chemis-
try or the Department of Chemical Engineering with the highest scholastic
average based on three and one-half years, provided the average is above
3.00.
Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man
in the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the
first semester.
Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class
who attains the highest average record in academic work. The mere pre-
sentation of the medal does not elect the student to the fraternity, but
simply indicates recognition of high scholarship.
Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic
average of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by
Benjamin Berman.
Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sopho-
more year.
Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to
the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the
highest scholastic average during the first semester.
GENERAL INFORMATION 87
Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers
awards a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest
improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.
Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given
to the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average
for the past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance
in the institution for the entire time.
American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section
of the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior mem-
bership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the
Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing.
Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards
annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering
who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in
scholarship over that of his freshman year.
Sigma Alpha O micron Award. This is awarded to the senior student
majoring in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.
Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the
graduating class who has achieved the highest scholastic average for her
entire course.
The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recog-
nizes annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have
done most for the advancement of dramatics at the University.
Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the
B'nai B'rith Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in
the junior class who has done most to improve interfaith relations on the
campus.
William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award, Barbarossa Lodge
133, Knights of Pythias, Philadelphia, for excellence in Hebrew Studies, $25.
Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma Award. To the senior in Chemis-
try or Chemical Engineering whose average is above 3.00 for three and one-
half years. A membership in the American Chemical Society.
CITIZENSHIP AWARDS
Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President
H. C. Byrd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the seinor
class who, during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model
citizen, and has done most for the general advancement of the interests
of the University.
Citizenship Prize for Women. The Citizenship Prize is offered by Mrs.
Albert F. Woods, wife of a former president of the University of Maryland,
to the woman member of the senior class who, during her collegiate career,
38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
has niost nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the
general advancement of the interests of the University.
MILITARY AWARDS
Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offered to the colonel of the win-
ning group.
Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the
colonel of the winning group.
The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron.
The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding
officer of the best drilled flight.
Scabbard and Blade. This cup is offered to the commander of the
winning flight.
The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity A. F. R. O.
T. C. Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season.
A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the Freshman Rifle Team who
fired the high score of each season,
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad
in the squad drill competition.
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in
Pershing Rifles.
Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A gold Medal is awarded to the
student firing highest score in this competition.
Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding
first- and second-year student in the advanced Air R. 0. T. C. course based
on scholastic grades, both general and military, individual characteristics
and the performance during the period of summer camp.
ATHLETIC AWARDS
Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered
annually to "the man who typifies the best in college athletics." The
watch is given in honor of a former President of the University, R. W.
Silvester.
Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered by Charles L. Linhardt
to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.
Edward Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to
the player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.
Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding
senior baseball player.
GENERAL INFORMATION 39
The Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. To the outstanding member of
the boxing team, awarded by Major Benny Alperstein and Major Hotsy
Alperstein in memory of the late Tom Birmingham, '37.
The Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. Offered by Theta Chi Fraternity in
memory of Dixie Walker. Award for the boxer who shows the most im-
provement over preceding years.
The Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of
Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years
at the University has rendered the greatest service to football.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS
Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the
Student Government Association who faithfully perform their duties
throughout the year.
RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES
The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the stu-
dents, not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities
whose development along all lines, including the moral and religious, is
included in the educational process. Pastors representing the major de-
nominational bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of
their respective faiths. A chapel for the use of all faiths is being con-
structed on the campus. Church attendance is encouraged.
Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and
social service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious
thought and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious
subjects to the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with
the Student Religious Council and the student pastors and assists the
student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are
provide for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations
of their choice.
While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs,
the importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities
are encouraged.
Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized
among the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types
of service. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the
Canterbury Club (Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (Evangelical
United Brethren), the Christian Science Club, the Friends' University
Group, Greek Orthodox Club, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran
Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), Maryland Christian Fellowship, the
Pre-theological Group, the Religious Philosophy Study Group, the Wesley
Foundation (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian).
These clubs meet regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for
social purposes. A pastor or a member of the faculty serves as adviser.
40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS
General Statement
Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and
financial activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon
sound business principles. Where such rules and principles are observed,
individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group, and
thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules
governing the different activities will be found in the list of Academic
Regulations.
Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the Uni-
versity at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural
standards. These are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open
to honor students, both men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma
Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national
honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activi-
ties and general leadership; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society
for women recognizing service, leadership and scholarship: Alpha Lambda
Delta, a national freshmen women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 aver-
age; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman honor society for men.
A group of national honorary fraternities encouraging development in
specialized endeavor are: Tau Beta Phi, general engineering honor society;
Omicron Nu, women's home economics honor society; Beta Gamma Sigma,
men's and women's commerce honor society; Sigma Pi Sigma, men's and
women's departmental honor society; Phi Alpha Theta, men's and women's
women's physics honor society; Phi Alpha Theta, men's and women's his-
tory honor society.
The national professional fraternities which encourage high scholarship,
professional research and advancement of professional ethics are: Alpha
Zeta, men's professional agricultural fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, men's
professional education fraternity; Beta Alpha Psi, men's professional ac-
counting fraternity; Iota Lambda Sigma, men's professional industrial edu-
cation fraternity; Alpha Chi Sigma, men's professional chemistry fraternity;
Delta Sigma Pi, professional commerce fraternity.
The national recognition societies which promote achievement in various
fields of activity are: Scabbard and blade, men's military society; Pershing
Rifles, men's military society; Pi Delta Epsilon, men's and women's college
journalism society; Alpha Kappa Delta, men's sociology society; Pi Sigma
Alpha, men's and women's political science society; National Collegiate
Players, men's and women's dramatics society.
Sigma Alpha Omicron is a bacteriology honor society. The Arnold
Society is an honorary Air Force R. O. T. C. society and the Varsity "M"
Club is an honorary athletic organization.
GENERAL INFORMATION 41
Fraternities and Sororities: There are twenty-two national fraternities,
three local fraternities and fifteen national sororities at College Park. These
in the order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa Alpha,
Sigma Nu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta
Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta,
Lambda Chi Alpha, Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma,
Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau,
Delta Tau Delta, Sigma Pi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Phi Kappa Tau, national
fraternities; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta
Delta Delta, Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma
Kappa, Gamma Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma,
Kappa Alpha Theta, Alpha Gamma Delta, and Alpha Chi Omega, national
sororities; Delta Phi and Gamma Sigma, local sororities; Alpha Alpha,
Delta Epsilon Kappa, and Phi Kappa Gamma, local fraternities.
Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural,
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the Univer-
sity. Some of these are purely student organizations; others are conducted
jointly by students and members of the factulty. The list follows:
Civic and Service Organizations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic
Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Student Unit
of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha Phi Omega (national service
fraternity), Chinese Student Club, Graduate Club, Gate and Key (a fra-
ternity service organization), and Islamic Association.
Subject-Matter Organizations. Agricultural Council, Engineering Coun-
cil, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil
Engineers, Student Affiliate of the American Chemical Society, Farm
Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Student Port of Propellor Club,
Plant Industry Club, Home Economics Club, Physical Education Majors
Club, American Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio
Engineers, Industrial Education Association, Childhood Education Club,
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Finance Club, Society for Ad-
vancement of Management, Marketing Club, Accounting Club, Maryland
Poultry Science Club, Business Education Club, and Economics Seminar
Club.
General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club,
Future Farmers of America, Sociology Club, French Chib, German Club,
Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Association, Cosmo-
politan Club, International Club, and Russian Club.
Recreational Organizations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances),
University Theatre, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key,
Riding Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Swimming Club, Camera
Club, Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group). Radio Club, Chess Club,
Art Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, Judo Club,
Modem Dance Club, and Ski Club.
42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY AND A. F. R. O. T. C. BANDS
The University of Maryland Student Band and the A. F. R. O, T. C.
Band are two separate musical organizations at the University, existing
for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested students.
The A. F. R. 0. T. C. Band functions under the Military Department. The
Student Band is under the direction of the Music Department and is
assisted by the Military Department. Students are not required to be
members of the University of Maryland Band to be eligible for the Air
Force R. 0. T. C. Band. The instruction of both bands is conducted by
an experienced bandmaster.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty
adviser and the general supervision of the Student Publications Board.
The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and
provides a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students
and the faculty.
The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to
commemorate the principal events of the college year.
The Old Line, a literary, humorous and art magazine, published period-
ically.
The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students,
is designed to acquaint them with general University life.
UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE
The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office
communications. This office is located in the basement of the Adminis-
tration Building. The campus post office is not a part of the United States
Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or receiving postal
money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States
mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11:15 A. M.
and 4:15 P. M. daily.
Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time
of registration, for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided
for the various University offices.
One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide
a convenient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may
communicate with students, therefore students are expected to call for their
mail daily, if possible, in order that such communications may come to their
attention promptly.
STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE
For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students'
Supply Store, located in the basement of the Administration Building,
GENERAL INFORMATION 43
where students may obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom mate-
rials and equipment. The store also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain
pens and novelty items.
This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books
and supplies at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned
into the general University treasury to be used for promoting general stu-
dent welfare.
Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester
the Students' Supply Store operates a temporary annex on the campus.
Location of this annex is posted at registration.
ALUMNI
The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School
and College in the University — one from "M" Club and one from each
area Alumni Club — coordinates all general alumni interests and activities.
The Council membership includes three representatives from each of the
organized alumni associations for the Schools of Agriculture, Arts and
Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Dentistry, Education, Engi-
neering, Home Economics, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy.
Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship
program, an annual Homecoming affair at College Park, and a Charter
Day celebration in Baltimore on January 20. Membership in the Univer-
sity of Maryland Alumni Association is automatically obtained through
affiliation with one of the school organizations. Each School and College
Alumni Association exerts an active interest in the welfare of its re-
spective graduates and the University of Maryland. Objectives of the
general Association include the promotion of the interests and welfare
of the University of Maryland and efforts to further mutually beneficial
relations between the University of Maryland, the people of the State, and
the alumni.
"Maryland" Magazine
Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine, issued by the Alumni Association, is
primarily an alumni publication. However, it publishes also articles of
general interest, feature articles written by faculty members and alumni,
campus news, and sports news. It is of reader interest to the alumni as
well as the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members and
Maryland residents in general. The magazine's circulation includes the
exchange list of numerous universities. Maryland is published by the
University's Department of Publications.
THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted
for the purpose of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both
students and faculty in related departments of study who are faced with
common problems and the need for an exchange of experience in reference
44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to progress underway which is of common interest extending beyond the
bounds of individual departments.
In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related depart-
ments and stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more par-
ticularly the duty of divisions, through their chairmen, to sanction needed
interdepartmental cooperative projects; check and report possible duplica-
tion of effort; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the General
Administrative Board.
The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative
Board, of which body they are members.
Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date.
These are:
The Lower Division
The Division of Biological Sciences
The Division of Physical Sciences
The Division of Humanities
The Division of Social Sciences
At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows:
THE LOWER DIVISION
Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry
Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University
are under the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower
Division Committee. The members of this committee are especially selected
because of their interest in student growth and development in Freshman
and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of all of the
departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to
students in these years.
It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the gen-
eral problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and
Sophomore years ; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula
needs of the several colleges ; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learn-
ing and teaching at this level.
THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology
The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bac-
teriology, Botany, Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives
of other departments interested in this field.
THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
Chairman, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages
The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical
Lang^uages and Literatures, English Language and Literature, Foreign
GENERAL INFORMATION 45
Languages and Literatures, Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and
representatives of other departments interested in this field.
THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr, Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering
The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astronomy,
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of other
departments interested in this field.
THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology
The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics,
Agricultural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Poli-
tics, Psychology, Sociology, and representatives of other departments in-
terested in this field.
CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS
AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND
College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture; Agri-
cultural Chemistry: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricul-
tural Education and Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy
(crops and soils) ; Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, morph-
ology and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology);
Dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy products technology) ; Entomology;
Horticulture (pomology and olericulture, floriculture and ornamental
horticulture and commercial processing of horticultural crops) ; and
Poultry Husbandry,
College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor
of Science. Curricula are offered in Art, Bacteriology, Medical Tech-
nology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Languages (French, German,
Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Journalism, Mathematics, Physics,
General Physical Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical,
Pre-nursing, Psychology, Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech,
Zoology, and Fisheries Biology.
The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the
Schools of Medicine, Law, and Nursing.
College of Business and Public Administration. The College of Business
and Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree in Business Organization and Administration, Public Ad-
ministration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, and Office
Techniques and Management.
46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula
are offered in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education,
Dental Education, Elementary Education, Home Economics Education,
Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education, Nursing Education, Physical Education, Health Education, and
Recreation,
The Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences.
The Glenn L, Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences
offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical
Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineer-
ing, Mechanical Engineering and Metallurgy.
College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers
curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home
Economics, Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Education, Institution
Management, Home Economics Extension, Textiles and Clothing, and Prac-
tical Art.
College of Mlitary Science. The College of Military Science offers the
curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science. This curriculum
is especially designed for those who wish to follow a career in the Armed
Forces. The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corp established by the
Air Force in cooperation with the University is a major department in this
College. Two years of training in this type of citizenship, Air Force
science and tactics, are required of all male students under the age of
thirty years. Any male student in any undergraduate curriculum of the
University who is accepted for such training may pursue an advanced course
in this field which will lead to a reserve or regular commission in the
United States Air Force.
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Education, in Recreation and in
Health. In addition this College conducts the required physical activities
program of the freshman and sophomore years designed to correct and
improve the physical development of all students.
College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and
Continuation Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and
evening and Saturday morning courses both on and off campus for mature
students who have full-time employment or who, for other reasons, cannot
follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These studies are
offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. This College
also conducts a special program for high school graduates whose secondary
school preparation may be deficient in certain minor details.
Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides
programs of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the Uni-
GENERAL INFORMATION
47
versity during the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the
departments of the University. In the College of Education the offerings
are considerably expanded. Teachers in service and other persons who are
employed during the regular school year find a wide variety of courses
available.
Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College
Park and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental coopera-
tion under the immediate direction of this School, the University confers
the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in
American Civilization, Master of Business Administration, Master of Edu-
cation, Master of Foreign Study, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Phi-
losophy. The graduate faculty includes all members of the various faculties
who give instruction in approved graduate courses.
AT BALTIMORE
The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer
curricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields.
CATALOGS
See separate catalog listings on back cov^^r.
Byrd Stadium
College of
AGRICULTURE
STAFF
Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the
Extension Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of
the staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication.
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture
Thomas B. Symons, D.Agr., Dean of Agriculture Emeritus
George J. Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture.
Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education.
Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus.
Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
John H. Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany.
George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Frank L. Bentz, B.S., Assistant.
William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology.
Luther B. Bohanan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Harry A. Borthwick, Ph.D., Lecturer in Plant Physiology.
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany.
Arthur L. Brueckner, V.M.D., Professor of Veterinary Science.
Ambrose W. Burger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
John Buric, B.S., Instructor of Animal Husbandry.
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy Husbandry.
Joseph S. Caldwell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Processing.
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering.
Russell L. Childress, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agi'icultural Economics
and Marketing.
John M. Coffin, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science.
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor of Ornamental Horticulture.
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Entomology.
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education.
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology.
Earl A. Crouse, B.S., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering.
49
50 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Harry W. Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor of Forestry.
Samuel H. DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Harold M. Devolt, D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology.
Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology.
Arthur E. Durfee, M.S., Professor and Editor.
Matthew F. Ellmore, M.S., Instructor of Dairy Husbandry.
Humphrey Finney, Lecturer in Animal Husbandry.
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry.
Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology.
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
Willard W. Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Argicultural Economics
and Farm Management.
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture.
Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
James E. Hawes, M.Sc, Instructor in Horticulture.
Lester E. Hogue, B.S., Instructor in Agronomy.
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology.
V. Webster Johnson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Agricultural Economics.
Morley a. Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry.
Mark Kelexey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy.
Marion R. Larsex, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Economics and Farm
Management.
Conrad Liden, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture.
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant in Agricultural Engineering.
Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.
Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany.
Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Samuel C. Munson, M.S., Lecturer in Entomology.
Ray a. MuTlRAY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Education.
CONSTANTINE NiKiFOROFF, Ph.D., Lecturer in Soils.
Joseph W. Nisonger, B.S., Instructor of Dairy Manufacturing.
John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor of Botany Emeritus.
Paul E. Nystrom, M.S., Associate Director of Extension Service.
James B. Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 51
Anna B. Owens, M.S., Instructor in Botany.
Paul R. Poffenbekger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany.
Reginald L. Reagan, Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology.
Thomas S. Ronningen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
Rbecb I. Sailer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Leland E. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology.
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture.
Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry.
Howard H. Shepard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening.
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Francis C. Stark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops.
Robert E. Stout, B.S., Instructor ir Dairy Manufacturing.
Orman E. Street, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy.
Edward Strickling, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils.
Royal P. Thomas, Ph.D., Professor of Soils.
William P. Walker, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Edgar P. Walls, Ph.D., Professor of Canning Crops.
Leslie 0. Weaver, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
52 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean
THE College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized
training for students who wish to prepare for professional
work in the broad field of agricultural endeavor. Student
programs are arranged with a view to correlating technical
work with related sciences and cultural subjects. Educa-
tion in fundamentals receives special attention. Accord-
ingly, young men and women are given a basic general
education while they are being instructed in the various
branches of agriculture. In addition to offering this op-
portunity for thorough grounding in the related basic
natural and social sciences, it is an objective of the College
to provide trained personnel for agricultural and allied industries. This
personnel is recruited from rural and urban areas. Farm-reared students
enter either general or specialized curricula; city-reared students tend to
follow the specialized programs.
History
The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under
the name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the
College was under private management. When Congress passed the Land
Grant Act in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the
State and named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary.
When the institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Mary-
land in Baltimore, the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the
major divisions of this larger, more comprehensive organization.
In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were
established as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914
respectively. A more complete description of these two services appear
later in this bulletin.
General
The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vege-
table growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop produc-
tion, or in the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these
industries. It prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with
commercial concerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as
teachers in argiculture colleges and in departments of vocational argicul-
ture in high schools or as investigators in experiment stations, for extension
work, for regulatory activities, and for service in the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 63
Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in
many fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from
instructors who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with
it, are kept in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in
the investigations under way. The findings of these research scientists
provide valuable information for use in classrooms, and make instruction
virile and authentic. The results of the most recent scientific investigations
are constantly before the student.
Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers
and their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents,
home demonstration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident
instruction in the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two
ways: problems confronting rural people are brought to the attention of
research workers and the instructional staff, and results of research are
taken to farmers and their families in their home communities through
practical demonstrations. Hence the problems of the people of the State
contribute to the strength of the College of Agriculture, and the College
helps them in the improvement of agriculture and rural life.
Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the Col-
lege of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems asso-
ciated with the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm
products and animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide
range of activities and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect
pests and diseases; preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases
and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizers, feed, and limes for
guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds
to insure better seeds for farm planting.
These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardiza-
tion and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry.
Direct contact on the part of professors in their respective departments
with the problems and methods involved makes for effective instruction.
Special Advantages
The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Beltsville Re-
search Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest,
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world.
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washing-
ton, D, C, offices of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and other govern-
ment departments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily
visit these agencies and become acquainted with their work and the men
who conduct this work. Such contacts have already proved valuable to
many University of Maryland graduates.
54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meet-
ings and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agri-
cultui-e in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities
to its students.
Coordination of Agricultural Work
The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and
regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regula-
tory work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases,
devote a portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities.
Close coordination of these four types of work enables the University to
provide a stronger faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a
higher degree of specialization than would otherwise be possible. It in-
sures instructors an opportunity to keep informed on the latest results
of research, and to be constantly in touch with current trends and problems
which are revealed in extension and regulatory activities. Heads of de-
partments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the student at all times
is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the several fields of
knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him.
In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural
industries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times
be made most helpful for students who pursue them. Advisory Councils
have been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Coun-
cils are composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Mary-
land, and the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit
of their counsel and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and
the students are kept abreast of developments.
Facilities and Equipment
In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effec-
tive instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects,
the University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research
and instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500
acres, are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of
the most complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work
in the country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and
beef cattle, and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruc-
tion and research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facili-
ties are available in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection
in farm crops, and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a build-
ing for laboratories and classrooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres,
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 55
and flocks of all the important breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Depart-
ment is housed in a separate building, and has ample orchards and gardens
for its various lines of work.
Departments and Curricula
Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as
follows: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Educa-
tion and Rural Life; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including
crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (including plant morphology
and taxonomy, plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy
(including dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology
(including bee culture); Horticulture (including pomology, olericulture,
floriculture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing) ; Poultry
Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula in Agri-
cultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may also
be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more
years of training in practical agricultural subjects.
Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College
Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of Social, Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of
Algebra and Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desir-
able for all. While Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs,
no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Voca-
tional subjects are acceptable as electives.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities,
societies and special clubs, the University Band, student publications, Uni-
versity Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications
for the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; §48.00 special fees; S340.00 board; ?120.00 to $140.00 room; and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matricu-
56 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lation fee of $10.00 is charged for all new students. An additional charge of
$125.00 is assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take basic Air Force R. 0. T. C. training for a period of two
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for gradu-
ation, but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years
of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not.
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military training
will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever
occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. 0.
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a reg^ular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require-
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an
average grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before
being permitted to begin advanced work.
Requirements for Graduation
Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities.
Men must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4
hours in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in
hyg^iene, and 4 hours in physical activities.
Scholarships for Agricultural Students
Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Foun-
dation to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the
Freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One
$200 scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the
College of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a
Sears Roebuck Scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are
awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the
grant.
A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student
in the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly
listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study,
has achieved the highest average grade among all eligible students in all
preceding college work.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offers two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 57
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Fresh-
man year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his
Junior year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together out-
standing young men for leadership training.
AWARDS
Grange Award
The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who
has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed
meritorious service to the College of Agriculture.
Alpha Zeta Medal
The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually
a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the
highest average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the
medal does not elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates
recognition of high scholarship.
Farm and Laboratory Practice
The head of each department will help to make available opportunities
for practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need
may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm.
Student Organizations
Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the
several voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture.
These organizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle
Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Plant Industry
Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural
Student Council.
Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits
are given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that
acquired from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations
have regular meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the
extra-curricular life of the students.
The Agricultural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty
in the field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is com-
posed of students interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock
Judging Contest in the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest
in the spring on the campus. The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of for-
mer members and others interested in Agricultural Extension work.
The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in Vocational Agri-
culture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to high school chapters
in the State at their judging contests held at the University. Students
58 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together in
meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant
science and industry as well as for social activity.
Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the Riding
Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The
Student Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the
Order of Patrons of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership.
Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, is
chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from
the various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its pur-
pose is to coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work
which is beneficial to the College.
Student Judging Teams
The College of Agriculture sponsors teams to judge dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock and poultry. Team members are
selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. The College of Agriculture enters teams at major shows
where the students compete with teams from other state universities or
agricultural colleges.
Student Advisers
Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty
adviser, either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of
heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with
curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish
to pursue the general curriculum in agriculture.
Electives
The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to
add to their general training.
With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed
advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need.
Freshman Year
The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to aff'ord the student
an opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture
and the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
59
pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise
choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student
before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to another, or
from the College of Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college
of the University with little or no loss of credit.
Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest
selection of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests
and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year
with no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who
assists with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the
year acquaints the students with the opportunities in the upper curricula
in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University.
If by the close of the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of
a specialized curriculum, he continues under the guidance of his general
adviser in the General Agriculture Curriculum.
Agriculture Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature.
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women)
R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture
**Math. 0 — Basic Mathematics
*Elect either of the following pairs of courses :
Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology
Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry
Elect one of the following each semester :
Modem Language
tMath 5, 6 or 10, 11, or 10, 13
Physics, 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry
Agron. 1 — Crop Production
Semester — ^
/ //
3 3
3
** An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first
semester ; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0.
* Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture.
t Students who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry or Agricultural
Engineering must be prepared to elect Math. 14, IB and 17.
60
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Agriculture — General
This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm,
enter work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a
specialized knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to
work in any general field in agriculture.
By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect
courses that contribute to a liberal education.
General Agriculture Curriculum$
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
P. H. 1— Poultry Production
Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Zool. 104 — Genetics
Hort. 5 — Fruit Production, or Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology, or Ent. 10 — Applied Entomology.
Agron. 10 — General Soils
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery
Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Biological or Physical Science Sequence
Electives
Total
Senior Year
A. E. 100 — Farm Economics
A. B. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business
A. E. 108 — Farm Management
Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education
Electives
Total
Semester — >
/ //
19
3
3
4
3
2
3
1
19
t If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected
in subsequent years.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 61
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selec-
tion of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment
stations, soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer in-
dustries and those handling food products.
Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum i — Semester — \
Sophomore Year
En?. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 6, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2
Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 21, 22 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4
Modern Language 3 8
Geol. 1 — Geology 3
Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4
Electives in Biology 3 3
Elective 3 3
Total 20 21
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 5
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 6
Elective 3 8
Total 20 20
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to
prepare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the
Farm Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate busi-
ness concerns; and positions with state and federal agencies, such as col-
lege teachers, agricultural extension workers, and research with federal
and state agencies.
The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental
training in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curricu-
62 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lum includes courses in farm management, general agricultural economics,
marketing, finance, prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student
the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution problems
confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community.
Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and
operating the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm
resources and taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and
marketing, including agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of
getting products from the producer to the consumer through cooperative
and private types of organization.
Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* „
r— Semester — ^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 ....
Econ. 37 Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
Junior Year
A. E. 100 — Farm Economics 3 ....
A. E. 101 — Marketing of Farm Products .... 3
A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 ....
A. E. 104 — Farm Finance 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 8
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 3 ....
Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 ....
Electives 4 7
Total 19 18
Senior Year
A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 ....
A. E. 106 — Prices of Farm Products . ■ . ■ 3
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 8
Soc. 113 — The Rural Community • • ■ • 3
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3
A. E. Ill — Land Economics 3 ....
A. E. 110— Seminar 1 1
Electives 5 8
Total 18 18
♦ If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 63
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching
secondary vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of
the rural education services. Graduates from this curriculum are in demand
in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type. A number have
entered the Federal service. Others are engaged in teaching and research
in agricutural colleges. Quite a few have returned to the farm as owner-
managers.
Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education.
They are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension
work, as well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension
service operates. Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged
to take these courses if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum.
In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involv-
ing graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having
acquired adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.
Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain
requirements in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either
through experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential.
Or they may be allowed to carry an additional load.
All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings
of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their
junior and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as ad-
visers of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All Agricultural
Education majors are urged to become members of the FFA and to par-
ticipate in the activities of the organization.
Agricultural Education Curriculum*
f — Semester — ^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Engr. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 3
Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — >
Junior Year I II
Restricted Science Electives 3 3
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 3
A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3
Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 ....
A. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching .... 3
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 8
Econ. 47 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II 3 3
Total 19 18
Senior Year
A. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 3
R. Ed. 109 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3
R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1
tR. Ed. 103 — Practice Teaching B
R. Ed. 101 — Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations 2
A. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 2
R. Ed. 112 — Departmental Management 1
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 8
Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production • • • • 8
Electives 3 6
Total 16 15
t Beginning with the 1951-52 school year, majors in agricultural education will also be
required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice Teaching, for four credits (or its equivalent) to be
taken in a four-week period prior to the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall
of their senior year.
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agri-
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These sub-
jects may be grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power,
farm buildings, and farm drainage.
Five- Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering
For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineer-
ing principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there
is offered a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and
leading to a degree from each of these colleges.
This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrifi-
cation, design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the develop-
ment of new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm
wastes and by-products.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 65
To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowl-
edge of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a
four-year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the
fundamentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineer-
ing could furnish.
Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the
student registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year,
upon satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a
degfree in civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering.
Curriculum in Agriculture — Engineering „ .
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2
*Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
•Math. IB— College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Dr. 1, 2 — ^Engineering Drawing 2 2
Engrr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 ....
R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 19
For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering,
the balance of the curriculum is:
Sophomore Year (Civil Engineering Option)
G. £ P. 1 — American Government 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 6
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 8
Surv. 2 — Plane Surveying 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total ; 19 19
* A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is ade-
quately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 1,
Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently.
66
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Junior Year (Civil Engineering Option)
Engr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Speech 108 — Public Speaking
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing
Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology
Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials
Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering
Bot. 1 — General Botany
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage
Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics
Electives
Total
Fourth Year (Civil Engineering Option)
C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics
Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying
Surv. 101 — Curves and Earthwork
C. E. 100 — Theory of Structures
M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering
E. E. 50 — Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
AgT. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles.
Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings
A. E. 108 — Farm Management
Electives
Total
Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option)
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
£>:on. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications
Eng. 7 — Technical Writing
Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology
C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics
C. E. 102 — Structural Design
C. K 103 — Concrete Design
C. E. 104— Water Supply
C. E. 105 — Sewerage
C. E. 106— Elements of Highways
Total
Semester — ^
/ //
3 3
2
20
20
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer-
ing, the balance of the curriculum is:
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 67
( — Semester — »
Sophomore Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) / //
G. &. P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1- — Sociology of American Life .... 8
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 5
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3 — Manufacturing Processes • . . • 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
Jrinior Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 8
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 8
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics B ....
Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials B
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage • • • • 2
Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics 2
Elective 3 3
Total 21 19
Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 53 — Metallography 3
M. E. 54 — Fluid Mechanics .... 8
M. B. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 8
Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings 2 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 3
Electives 11 4
Total 20 20
Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2
M. E. 102 — Heating and Air Conditioning 3 ....
M. E. 103— Refrigeration 3
M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 108. 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total 18 18
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged.
68 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRONOMY
The curricula in this department are separated into two major divisions;
namely Crops and Soils. The Crops division includes Crop Production and
Crop Breeding. The Crop Production curriculum is designed to prepare
students for general farming, specialized crop farming, the production of
improved seeds, employment with commercial firms, state and federal experi-
ment stations, or county agent woi'k. The curriculum for Plant Breeding
is designed to prepare students to work with commercial seed companies
or federal and state experiment stations.
The Soils Division includes Soil Chemistry, Soil Physics, Soil Fertility,
Soil Conservation, and Soil Classification. These curricula are designed
to prepare students for general farming, employment with commercial
firms, such as fertilizer companies. State and Federal experimental sta-
tions, and extension work.
Crop Production Curriculum*
f — Semestei — ^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 I
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Agron. 30 — Cereal Crop Production 3 ....
Agron. 31 — Forage Crop Production .... 3
Agron. 153 — Selected Crop Studies .... 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... *
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3
Electives 4 5
Total 17 18
• If A. H. 1 and Agron- 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69
I — Semester — ^
Senior Year / //
Agron. 103 — Crop Breeding 2 ....
Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2
Agron. 152 — Seed Production and Distribution .... 2
A. E. 103 — Farm Management .... 3
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2
Agron. 114 — Soil Classification 3 ....
A. H. Feeds and Feeding 3
Agron. 101 — Senior Seminar in Crops .... 1
Electives 6 6
Total 16 16
Crop Breeding Curriculum
Students following the Crop Breeding Curriculum will have the same
requirements as the Crop Production Curriculum, except that Math. 10 and
Math. 13, Algebra, (3), Elements of Mathematical Statistics, (3), will be
required in the first semester of the Junior Year.
Soils Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 4
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
Junior Year
A. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage 2
Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3
Agron. 112 — Commercial Fertilizers .... 3
Agron. 116— Soil Investigation Methods 3 ....
Agron. 114 — Soil Classification 3 ....
Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4
Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 3
Chem. 35 — Organic Chemistry .... 2
Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory .... 2
Electives 3 3
Total 16 18
70 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — <
Senior Year J //
Agron. 113 — Soil Conservation .... 3
Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
Agron. 117 — Soil Physics .... 3
- Agron. Ill — Soil Fertility 3
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 4
Zool. 2 — Fundamentals of ZooloKy 4 ....
Electives 6 ....
ToUl 16 IB
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal indus-
try as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and
research workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers
in specialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary.
By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with cer-
tain types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more
technical and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional
work in colleges, for investigational work in State and Federal experiment
stations or in commercial research laboratories. Students who desire to
enter the field of teaching or highly specialized research should elect the
more scientific courses offered by this and by other departments.
Animal Husbandry Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 ....
A. H. 30 — Types and Breeds of Livestock .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 j
Total 19 19
• Stadents planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy ]
the tecoTid semester of the freshman year.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71
I — Semester — \
Junior Year I //
H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3
V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene 8
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3
A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding .... 3
•*A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3
**A. H. 133— Horse Production 3
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 ....
Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4
Electives -. 3 3
Total 18 19
Senior Year
A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 ....
••A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3
•*A. H. 132— Swine Production 3
A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 ....
A. H. 160 — Meat and Meat Products 3
Agr. Eng. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Electives 3 4
Total 17 17
** Only two production courses are required for graduation. The student may choose
any two of these four courses to fulfill this requirement.
BOTANY
The department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology and
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all
students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses
to suit his particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to
contribute toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses
selected in the chosen field of botany.
Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish
to meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates,
may elect the necessary work in education.
The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories.
Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and
positions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial
concerns.
72
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Botany Curriculum
Sophomore Year
EnfiT- 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature...
Modern Language
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants
Bot. 2 — General Botany
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Speech 1. 2— Public Speaking
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . .
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Modern Language
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology
Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy
Bot. 110 — Plant Microtechnique
Bact. 1 — Bacteriology
Electives
Totel
Senior Year
Bot. 112 — Seminar
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy
Bot. 102— Plant Ecology
Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants
Bot. 116 — History and Philosophy of Botany ,
Zool. 104 — Genetics
Botany Electives
Electives
Total
20
3
8
3
3
4
4
4
8
8
4
3
8
21
19
1
1
3
3
S
1
3
3-8
2-5
5-0
7-4
16
Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect
Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot.
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126;
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34.
DAIRY
The department offers instruction in two major lines of work: dairy hus-
bandry and dairy products technology. In the dairy husbandry curricu-
lum, students are given technical and practical training in the breeding,
feeding, management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production.
With suitable choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73
dairy farms, for breed promotion and sales work, for employment with
private and cooperative business organizations, and for county agent work.
The dairy products technology curriculum is designed to prepare students
for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and distri-
bution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy
inspection. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy products technology
are qualified for the many technical and applied positions in the various
branches of the dairy industry.
By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students.
Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* ,, ,
Sophomore Year I II
Ehig. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Chem. 31, 33 — EHements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Bot. 1 — General Botany
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
Dairy 20 — Dairy Breeds and Selection
Agron. 10 — General Soils
A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total 20 18
Junior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 • . .
A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 3
Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriolgy 4
Dairy 30 — Dairy Cattle Judging 2
Dairy 101 — Dairy Production .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Electives 3 3
Total 18 19
3
3
2
2
1
1
4
4
4
2
4
3
3
1
1
* students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semester
of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be taken in
subsequent years.
74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
, — Semester — »
Senior Year I II
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm .Machinery 3 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Ekionomica .... 3
V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 ....
V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene 3
A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition 3
Dairy 105 — Dairy Cattle Breeding 3 ....
Electives 4 6
Total 16 15
Dairy Products Technology Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 4
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 18
Junior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 ....
Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products .... 2
Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 4 ....
Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Econmics .... 3
Electives 5 4
Total 18 17
Senior Year
Dairy 109 — Market Milk 4
Dairy 111 — Concentrated Milk Products .... 3
Dairy 112 — Ice Cream .... 4
Dairy 114 — Special Laboratory Methods .... 4
Dairy 115 — Dairy Inspection 2 ....
Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management .... 8
Electives 10 4
Total 16 18
• Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman year.
Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy technology may
•nbstitute approved courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 75
ENTOMOLOGY
This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of
private, commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes
basic courses in Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two
years is devoted to obtaining this essential background. In the junior and
senior years the student, besides the required courses, has 18 credit hours
of electives. Non-required courses in Entomology and related subjects are
available to broaden the scope of the training.
A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of
both the major and minor departments select courses that will contribute
most to the end he has in view.
Entomology Curriculum* ^g^^^^t^,,^
Sophomore Year 1 II
Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 8 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
Ent. 2 — Insect Morphology 8 ... .
Ent. 8 — Insect Taxonomy .... 8
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
ToUl 19 19
Junior Year
Chem. 31. 83— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Ent. 103, 104— Insect Pests 8 8
Phy. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 8 8
Foreign Language 8 8
Electives 3 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 8
Ent. 105 — Medical Entomology 8
Ent. 101 — Economic Entomology 3 ....
tEnt. 110, 111 — Special Problems 1 1
Ent. 112 — Seminar 1 1
Foreign Language 3 8
Electives 6 8
Total 17 16
* Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester
of the Freshman year.
t Students may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or
expand the work and credits upon departmental approval.
76 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HORTICULTURE
This department offers instruction in pomology (fruits), olericulture
(vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and process-
ing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com-
mercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and vege-
table processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared to
enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com-
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the
department. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is re-
quired for graduation.
Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum , Semester >
Sophomore Year I II
En?. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3
Hort. 5, 6 — Fruit Production 3 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 i
Electives . . , . 2
Total 20 18
Junior Year
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 3
Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 ....
Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3
Hort. 59— Small Fruits 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
*Electives 5 6
Total 18 17
Senior Year
Bot. 125 — Diseases of Fruit Crops 2
or
Bot. 126 — Diseases of Vegetable Crops .... 2
Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits 2 2
or
Hort. 103, 104 — Technology of Vegetables 2 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Bot. \\t> — Structure of Economic Plants .... 3
Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 i
♦Electives 8 9
ToUl 16 17
• Electives must include a minimum total of seven credits from the follovying courses :
Hort. 11, 22, 62, 106, 107. 108, 114, 116, 122.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
77
Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants
Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Hot 101— Plant Physiology
Hort. 62— Plant Propagation
Hort. 107. 108— Plant Materials
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Agron. 10 — General Soils
Bot. 123 — Diseases of Ornamental Plants
♦Electives
Total
Senior Year
Hort. 16 — Garden Flowers
Hort. 118, 119— Seminar
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
•Electives
Total
•Required of students specializing in floriculture :
Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management
Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture
Zool. 104 — Genetics
♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental
horticulture :
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing
Ind. Ed. 1 — Architectural Drawing
Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design
Dr. 1 — Engineering Drawing
Surv. IH — Plane Surveying
Hort. 159 — Nursery Management
or
Hort. 160 — Landscape Maintenance
Semeste
r — V
I
//
3
3
3
3
4
4
8
3
2
3
3
1
1
19
17
4
3
3
8
3
8
4
2
2
9
19
17
3
1
1
2
2
14
12
18
Suggested Electives in Landscape and Ornamental Horticulture Option ;
Art 2, 9, 100, 101 ; Engr. 100 ; For. 1.
78
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or
Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory
Phya. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
Hort. 61 — Processing Industries
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Speech 1 — Public Speaking
Agron. 10 — General Soils
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Hort. IBB, 166 — Commercial Processing
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology
Bact. 131 — Food Bacteriology
Hort. 68 — Vegetable Production
Zool. 1 — General 2^ology
Agr. Engr. Ill — Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants
Agr. Engr. 112 — Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Hort. 103, 104 — Technology of Vegetables
Hort. 121— Plant Operations
Hort. 123 — Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products
Hort. 124— Quality Control
A. E. lOB — Food Products Inspection
Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar
and one of the following options :
MANAGEMENT
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics
B. A. 160 — Market Management
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management
Electives
TECHNOLOGY
Chem. 19 — Quantative Analysis
Bact. 52 — Sanitary Bacteriology
Hort. 126 — Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops
Electives
■Semester — ^
/
//
3
8
8
8
2
2
1
1
8
8
2
4
3
3
1
1
20
19
16
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 79
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry im-
provement work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and
research in poultry husbandry.
The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation
for a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take
a language. However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be
required to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.
Poultry Curriculum* _,
I — Semester — >
Sophomore Year / //
Enj. 8, 4 or 6, 6 8 8
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 2 — Poultry Biology 2
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization S S
Hath. 6 — General Mathematics 8 ....
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 18
Junior Year
P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 8
P. H. 102 — Physiology of . Hatchability 3
P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2
••Zool. 20 — ^Vertebrate Embryology 4
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3
Electivea 4 B
Total 17 17
• Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1 the first semester
of the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected the Freshman Year it must be elected in
subsequent year.
•* Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition.
80 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
t — Setnester — \
Senior Year I II
p. H. 104— Poultry Marketing Problems 3
P. H. 105— Egg Marketing Problems 3
V. S. 108— Avian Anatomy 3
V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene 3
P. H. 103 — Commercial Poultry Management .... 3
P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 ....
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) "1
or 13-2
Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings (2) J
Electives 6-7 10
Total 17 19
Pre-Forestry Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program
which a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college
he plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture
are sent to the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for
counsel and advice in these matters.
Pre-Theological Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual
four year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as
members of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture.
The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theolopcal
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy,
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics,
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admis-
sions officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend.
Pre-Veterinary Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of
Veterinary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend
to some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 81
Pre- Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and
advice in these matters.
Special Students in Agriculture
Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular
curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university
fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular students.
There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean
of the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission
to visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments.
This opportunity is created to aid florists, pouitrymen, fruit-growers,
gardeners, or other especially interested persons who are able to get away
from their work at some time during the year.
The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four
years.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is sho-\vn by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
82 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
Professors De Vault, Beal, Walker; Lecturer Johnson; Associate Professors
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull, Childress; Assistant Professor Bohanan;
Instructor Larsen.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31,
32, or Econ. 37.
A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth,
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and
marketing. (Shull.)
A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37.
The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis-
tribution, functions, costs, ftiethods used, and services rendered. (Shull.)
A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester.
Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza-
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity develop-
ments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester.
A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy prod-
ucts, poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruc-
tion will be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and
practical work will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to
Washington, D. C, and Baltimore. (Staff.)
A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.)
A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester.
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing
of farm accounts. (Hamilton, Larsen.)
A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 83
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm busi-
ness and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recom-
mendations as to how these farms may be organized and operated as
successful businesses. (Hamilton, Larsen.)
A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters.
With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (De Vault.)
A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester.
Concepts of land economy are discussed, as well as conditions and ten-
dencies influencing land requirements in relation to land resources; a study
of major land problems and land policies; farm tenancy; tax delinquency
and tax reverted lands; land use adjustments; and measures for better use
of our land resources. (Bohanan.)
A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United
States in world trade of argicultural products; farm relief measures and
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments.
(Shull.)
A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3) — First semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu-
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.)
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3) — Second semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Childress.)
Poultry Marketing. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.
Egg Marketing. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 105.
Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry,
P. H. 107.
Market Milk. See Dairy 109.
Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.
Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.
Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151.
Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration,
B. A. 151.
84 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154.
For Graduates
A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2)— First and
second semesters.
An advance course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob-
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices,
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation.
(De Vault.)
A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished.
This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the
class and instructional staff. (De Vault.)
A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investiga-
tion in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.)
A. E. 205. Special Problems in Dairy Marketing (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, A. E. 115 or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with complex economic problems in dairy
marketing which have developed because of the seasonal production and
perishability of milk, its multiple uses, and the competitive structure of
the industry. (Beal.)
A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis (1) — Summer session only.
An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. Designed
especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester.
The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing
the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects
upon agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)
A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation (2) — First semester.
Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the field
of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and
reducing farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands
and interstate agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales
taxes to farmers; taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.)
A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid
as they affect public services for rural people, with special emphasis on
public education, public highways, public welfare, social security, public
debt; and governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities di-
rectly concerning agriculture. (Walker.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85
A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester.
An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration
is also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming in specific
areas and probable changes in the future. ( )
A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1) — Summer session
only.
An advanced course in farm organization and management, especially
designed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2) — Second
semester.
A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques.
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results.
(Childress.)
A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3) — First semester.
An advanced course dealing with principles, problems and policies of
using and controlling land resources, including study of present land re-
sources and future needs; traditional practices and customs that affect land
use; conservation of land resources; private and public land ownership and
tenancy relationships and uses; problems of new settlement; land income
and land prices; and various federal, state and local legislative and adminis-
trative measures for planning and directing the use and occupancy of pri-
vate and public lands. (Johnson.)
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
Professors Ahalt, Cotterman, Nystrom, Durfee, Associate Professor Murray
R. Ed. 1. — Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required
of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. Other students
must get the consent of the instructor.
A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agri-
culture.
For Advanced Undergraduates
R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First
semester. Two laboratory periods a week.
This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning
acquired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon-
86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice.
(Murray.)
R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to stu-
dents majoring in Agricultural Education who have a satisfactory scholastic
average.
Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach
lessons, supervise farming pi-ograms of students and otherwise perform
the duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than
125 clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (14) — First and second semesters. Regis-
tration concurrent or after R. Ed. 103.
To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in project super-
vision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) —
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
This course deals with an analysis of pupils learning in class groups.
(Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First
semester.
A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised
farming programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer
activities, and objectives and methods in all-day instruction.
(Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First
semester.
Charactertistics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture.
Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for
instruction; and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference
method of teaching. (Murray.)
R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109.
The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester.
An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communi-
ties, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87
normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the
conditioning effects of educational offerings. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2) — Second semester.
The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The his-
tory, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods
used in extension work. (Nystrom.)
R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2) — First semester.
General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, including
writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and tele-
vision; and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides,
exhibits, and posters. (Durfee.)
For Graduates
R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent.
A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life
in rural communities. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and
second semesters.
In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons
who have had several years of teaching experience in this field.
(Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 8207 A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1) —
Summer session only.
A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of vocational agri-
culture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs.
R. Ed. 8208 A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1, 1)— Sum-
mer session only.
This course deals with the latest developments in the teaching of Farm
Mechanics. Various methods in use will be compared and studied under
laboratory conditions.
R. Ed. 8209 A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1)— Summer ses-
sion only.
Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, especially young
and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional
methods are stressed.
R. Ed. 8210 A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1) — Summer session
only.
Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Stations and the
role they have played in improving conditions in rural communities.
88 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1) —
Summer session only.
Development of the extension service. Types of demonstrations and in-
struction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstra-
tion Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society.
R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1) —
Summer session only.
The part rural institutions have played in starting, developing and sup-
porting education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various
phases of agricultural education.
R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri-
culture (1-1) — Summer session only.
Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agriculture in-
cluding scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher re-
lationships, organizational problems and the responsibilities of county super-
intendent and principals in the program.
R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1) — Arranged.
A workshop concerning the role of the critic teacher in checking progress,
supei-vising and grading student teachers. Particular emphasis will be
given to the region-Avide program in training teachers of vocational agri-
culture, including the evaluation of beginning teachers. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study.
Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations.
(Ahalt, Murray.)
R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1) — Second semester.
Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of
Agriculture.
A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures
dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricul-
tural subjects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — First and second
semesters.
Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the
several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports.
(Staff.)
R. Ed. S250 A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1) — Summer session
only.
Current problems of teaching agriculture are analzyed and discussed.
Students are asked to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports.
R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Instructor Crouse
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm
operations. Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines,
their calibration, adjustment, and repair. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the prin-
ciples of shop organization and administration. It is available only to
seniors in agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester.
A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating,
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
(Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage,
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of con-
struction, and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of
time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating
thereto. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3)— First
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the mechanical appliances and accessories, such as boilers,
pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc., adapted to food process-
ing plants. (Crouse.)
Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing
(2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, Agr. Engr. 111.
90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the mechines
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables.
(Grouse.)
AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS
Professors Kuhn and Thomas; Associate Professors Axley and Street;
Assistant Professors Burger, Liden, Ronningen and Strickling; Instructor
Hogue; Lecturer Nikiforoflf; Assistant Bentz.
A. CROPS
Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec-
tures and one laboratorj'^ period a week.
Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field
crops.
Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Study of the principles and practices of com, wheat, oats, barley, rye
and buckwheat production.
Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratorj- period a week.
Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for
quality hay, silage and pasture.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Agron. 101. Senior Seminar in Crops (1) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Agron. 1, 30, and 31.
Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications per-
taining to crops. (Liden.)
Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — P^rst and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Agron. 1, 30, 31.
Advanced indi^^dual study of field crops of special interest to the student.
(Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 105. Tobacco Production (2) — First semester. Two lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1.
A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland
tobacco production. (Street.)
Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 105.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91
A study of the physical and chemical factors associated with yield and
quality of tobacco, stress being placed on the importance of soil, climate and
fertilizers. (Street.)
Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester.
The coordination of information from various courses in the development
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various
areas of the State and Nation. (Kuhn.)
Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Prerequisite,
Agron. 1.
A study of seed production, processing, and distribution; Federal and
State seed control programs; seed laboratory analyses; release of new
varieties and maintenance of foundation seed stocks. The course will also
include identification and classification of weeds and their seeds or fruits,
and principles of weed eradication and control. (Liden, Hogue.)
For Graduates
Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor.
Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offer-
ing a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Presentation of original work or review of literature on agronomic topics.
(Staflf.)
Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester.
Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic data,
and preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.)
Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A study of principles and problems relating to tobacco research and pro-
duction. (Street.)
Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Agronomy (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining
to crop production. (Kuhn, Street, Ronningen, Burger.)
Agron. S206. Cropping Systems (1) — Summer session only.
An advance course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agri-
culture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the
latest developments in the field.
Agron. 208. Research Methods in Agronomy (2-4) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, permission of staff.
92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of literature on
specific phases of a problem. (Staff.)
Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8) — First and second semesters.
Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of
the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his own
problem for study. (Staff.)
B. SOILS
Agron. 10. General Soils (4) — First and second semesters. Three lec-
tures and a two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1
or permission of instructor.
A study of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, development,
relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, and
chemical properties. (Strickling.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 1.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. SllO. Soil Management (1) — Summer school only.
An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Vocational Agri-
culture and County Agents dealing with factors involved in management of
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed
on methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological
characteristics of soils. Illustrations with conservation practices receive
particular attention. (Strickling.)
Agron. Ill, Soil Fertility Principles (3) — First semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and
rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 2.
Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3) — Second semester. Thi-ee lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers.
( )
Agron. 113. Soil Conservation (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory a week.
A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil con-
servation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips.
(Bentz.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 112.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93
Agron. 114. Soil Classification (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10.
A study of the genesis, morphology and classification of soils. The broad
principles governing soil formation are explained. The laboratory period
will be largely devoted to field trips. (Nikiforolf.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 102.
Agron. 115. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 114, or
Geog. 30, 40, and 41, or permission of instructor.
A study of the influence of geographic factors on the development and
location of soils in the United States and the world. The laboratory periods
will be used largerly for a study of various maps of the world and field
trips. (Nikiforoff.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 103.
Agron. 116. Soil Investigation Methods (3) — First semester. One hour
lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour laboratory a week.
A study of chemical methods of soil analysis and their relation to ferti-
lizer requirements of the soil. (Axley.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this coui-se if student has credit
for Soils 51.
Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in
Physics, or permission of instructor.
A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relation-
ship to soil productivity. (Strickling.)
Agron. 118. Special Problem in Soils (1)— First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor.
A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soils problem.
(Staff.)
For Graduates
Agron. 250. Soil Minerology (3) — First semester. Three one-hour lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor.
A study of the identification of soil minerals and their relationship to
soil formation, classification, and productivity. ( )
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 203.
Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) — Second semes-
ter. Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permis-
sion of instructor.
94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry.
(Axley.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 202.
Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and per-
mission of instructor.
An advanced study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis
on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.)
Agron. 253, 254. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor.
An advanced laboratory study of chemical methods of soil analyses and
their relationship to fertilizer requirements of the soil. (Axley.)
NOTE: No credit will be allowed for this course if student has credit
for Soils 212, 213.
Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)
Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professors Outhouse, Kerr;
Instructor Buric; Lecturer Finney
A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the general problems in breeding, feeding, management and
marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Practice is given in the
selection of animals to meet market demands. Field trips may be made to
near-by farms and packing plants.
A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development,
characteristics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according
to standards of excellence.
A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission of instructor.
Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are
maintained.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95
For Advanced Undergraduates
A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2)— First semester. Two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H, 90 and permission of in-
structor.
An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com-
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate
livestock judging contests. (Outhouse, Kerr.)
A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the
calculation and compounding of rations. (Outhouse.)
A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3)— First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection,
breeding, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial
herds. (Foster.)
A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding,
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks.
(Outhouse.)
A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding,
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds.
(Kerr.)
A. H. 133. Horse Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production and use of
draft horses and light horses; selection, breeding, feeding and management
of draft and light horses. (Outhouse, Finney.)
A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
A. H. 1.
Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care
of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Finney.)
96 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live-
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding, fitting and preparation of
animals for show and work purposes and commercial meat production.
(Buric.)
A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na-
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which
affect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing
houses and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.)
A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor.
Advanced undergraduates will be required to review literature, present
reports and discuss assigned topics relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staff.)
A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2) — First
and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which specific problems
relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of
instructor.
Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri-
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production
and reproduction. (Shaw.) .
A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit
(1-3 hours), allowed with permission of instructor.
The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection,
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered.
(Green.)
A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor
History and development of livestock markets and systems of market-
ing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97
For Graduates
A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)—
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of
credit. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of
work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific
publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, for
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.)
A. H. 204. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit to be
determined by amount and character of work done.
With the approval of the head of the department, students will be required
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying
the same to completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis.
(Staff.)
A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics.
This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and varia-
tion; selection and selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm
animals. (Green.)
A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3) — First semseter. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, permission of
instructor.
An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields
as they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock.
(Staff.)
A. H. S230. Beef Cattle (1) — Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational Agriculture
and Extension Service Workers. (Foster.)
BOTANY
Professors Bamford, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox, Appleman (emeritus), Norton
(emeritus) ; Associate Professors Brown, Weaver; Assistant Professors
D. T. Morgan, 0. D. Morgan, Dugger, Rappleye; Instructor Owens
Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week.
General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and
their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduc-
tion, habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection
and identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant dis-
eases and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro-
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and programs in
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or
biological science. (Brown.)
A. Plant Physiology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry,
A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. (Gauch, Dugger.)
Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.)
For Graduates
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary
organic chemistry, or equivalent. (Not offered 1951-1952.)
A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
(Gauch.)
Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
101 and introductory physics, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99
An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena
in plant life processes. (Dugger.)
Bot. 203, Biophysical Methods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. (Dugger.)
Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
12 semester hours of plant science. (Dugger.)
Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) — Second semester.
Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection
with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Not offered in
1951-1952.) (Gauch.)
Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done.
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be under-
taken. (Gauch, Dugger.)
Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
This course, on highly specialized subjects, will usually be presented by a
specialist who is available at a neighboring institution. ( .)
Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Dugger.)
B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent.
The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the
vascular plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1,
or equivalent.
A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors gener-
ally associated with such distribution. (Brown.)
Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) — First semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
Principles and criteria of plant classification. Reviews and criticisms of
current taxonomic literature. Collection and classification of Maryland
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.)
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111.
A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and
vegetable crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany.
Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, lead-
ing to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science, (Bamford.)
Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104
or equivalent.
A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and
similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 133. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Bot. 2,
or equivalent.
The morphology, taxonomy and ecology of the Bryophytes and Pterido-
phytes. Field study and collections will be made in local areas. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. (Owens.)
Bot. 135. Aquatic Plants (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent.
A study of the taxonomy and ecology of aquatic plants, especially those
of importance in fisheries and wild life management. Field trips and col-
lections will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Owens.)
Bot. 151S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2) — Summer. Five two-hour
laboratory and demonstration periods per week; 10:00-11:00; E-307. Pre-
quisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Owens.)
A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstra-
tions, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and
secondary schools.
For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 110 and Zool. 104 (Genetics) or
equivalent.
A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela-
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent.
A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with
special reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101
Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology.
(D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.)
Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit accord-
ing to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.)
Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and ont*
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 211.
An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2) — First
semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
This course treats specialized subjects very intensively. It will usually
be given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. ( .)
C. Plant Pathology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or
equivalent.
Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.)
Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern
states. (Jeffers.)
Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — First semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or equivalent. (Not offered 1951-1952.)
The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and
cereal grains. (0. D. Morgan.)
Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the
eastern United States. (Weaver.)
Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1951-1952.)
The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im-
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.)
Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories,
and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.)
102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1)— Summer. Daily lecture first
three weeks, 11:00; E-307. Prei-equisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1951.)
A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis-
cussion and demonstration of the important diseases in Maryland crops.
(Cox and Staff.)
For Graduates
Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. (Not offered
1951-1952.)
Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant
viruses and plant diseases. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (0. Morgan.)
Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
(Not offered 1951-1952.)
A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. ( .)
Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done.
(Staff.)
Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease
control. (Cox.)
Bot. 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered 1951-1952.)
This course on very specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be
given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. ( .)
Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters.
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology.
(Jeffers, Cox.)
DAIRY
Professors Cairns, Arbuckle and Shaw; Assistant Professors Mattick and
Keeney; Instructors Ellmore and Nisonger
A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and
management and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing
of dairy products. Laboratory fee, $3.00. ( , Mattick.)
Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2) — First semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 103
A detailed study of the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to
the success of failure of modern breeding establishments and standards of
excellence in the selection of breeding cattle.
Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice
will be made.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1.
A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual prac-
tice and training in the University dairy barns. (Ellmore.)
Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A. H. 110.
A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man-
agement. ( )
Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H.
120.
A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and
artificial breeding techniques. ( , Ellmore.)
Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, students majoring in dairy production, Dairy 101; students
majoring in dairy products technology, Dairy 108.
Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in
dairying. (Staff.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the amount
and character of work done.
Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work
the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
B. DAIRY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.)
Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1)— First semester
Prerequisite, Dairy 40.
104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.)
Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids;
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 109. Market Milk (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation,
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality
problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. (Arbuckle, Nisonger.)
Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1,
Bact. 1, Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given 1951-1952.)
Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108,
114. (Alternate years, given in 1951-1952.)
Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. (Mattick.)
Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108.
The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream;
fundamental principles; ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. (Arbuckle, Nisonger.)
Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, Bact.
133, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con-
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Keeney.)
Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 109.
Study and interprettion of dairy ordinances and standards; application to
farm and plant inspection. (Mattick.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 105
Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3) — Second semester.. Three lec-
ture periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products
technology courses.
Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. (Mattick.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the
amount and character of work done.
Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the
student is pursuing. (Staff.)
For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Products Technology
Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 101 or equivalent.
A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and
management. Readings and assignments. ( )
Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1) — Summer session only.
An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agricul
ture and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management.
Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent.
Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of
milk, milk enzymes.
Dairy 203. Physiology of Milk Secretion (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. Ill; Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34, or permission of instructor.
A study of the anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary
gland, including hormonal control, theories of milk secretion, and factors
affecting the amount and composition of milk. (Shaw.)
Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in
accordance with the amount and character of work done.
Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results
are stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the
student is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.)
Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.)
106 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Dairy 206. Animal Nutrition Seminar (1) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics and recent advances in the nutrition and
physiology of farm animals. (Shaw.)
Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be
determined by the amount and quality of work done.
Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of
a thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.)
ENTOMOLOGY
Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams,
Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sailer, Shepard.
Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of
college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure,
classification into orders and principal families and the general economic
status of insects. A collection of common insects is required.
Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology.
Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important
families based on individual collections supplemented by typical material
from the department collection.
Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester.
A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey-
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic
importance and bee lore in literature.
Ent. 10. Applied Entomology (3)— (Not oifered in 1951-1952).
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee,
$3.00.
The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the stu-
dent who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee
management. (Abrams.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107
Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3)— (Not offered in 1951-1952.)
Ent. 103, 104. Insect Pests (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1
or consent of the department.
A comprehensive study of the principal pests of crops, livestock, the
household, man and forests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Cory.)
Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1, or consent of
the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
A study of insects and related anthropods that affect the health and com-
fort of man directly and as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control
of such pests the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Bickley.)
Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 8. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of limited groups
of insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.)
Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and
Elementary Organic Chemistry.
The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action,
compatibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.)
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department.
The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood,
circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and
the nervous system, and metabolism. (Munson.)
Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, to be determined by the department.
An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably
of the student's choice. Required of majors in entomology.
(Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts of literature.
(Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
A study of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Prepa-
ration of bibliographies. (Bickley.)
108 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or
consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable
under these specialized conditions will be considered. (Haviland.)
For Graduates
Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be deter-
mined by the department. First and second semesters.
Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento-
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for
individual research. (Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters.
Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course
involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub-
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the
requirements for an advanced degree. (Cory and Staff.)
Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Insect structure vdth special reference to function. Emphasis on internal
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research
in morphology. (Bickley.)
Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the depart-
ment. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism
adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.)
Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes.
(Bickley.)
FORESTRY
Associate Professor Dengler
For. 1. Introduction to Forestry (2) — Second Semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1.
A general survey of the field of forestry, including woodland values, con-
servation, protection, reproduction, management, utilization, mensuration,
engineering, recreation, lumbering, and forest wildlife management.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109
For. 102. Farm Forestry (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, junior
standing. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory.
Principles and practices of farm woodland management; establishment,
protection, care, measurement, and utilization of the farm woods and hill-
culture tree crops; practical field work.
HORTICULTURE
Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Walls; Associate Professors Caldwell,
Cornell, Shanks, Shoemaker, Stark; Instructor Hawes
Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A general basic course planned to give the student a background of
methods and practices used in production of horticultural crops.
Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage
of fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production.
Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.
Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding
plants, and roses and their cultural requirements.
Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester.
The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their
application to private and public areas.
Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (3) — Second semes-
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs,
broad-leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in orna-
mental plantings. Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage
in this field.
Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboi-atory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Agron. 10.
A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable
production.
Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, black-
berries, and cranberries.
110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hort. 61. Processing Industries (2) — Second semester.
Early history and development of the various types of preservation of
horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brin-
ing. The relative importance of these methods on state, national and vporld-
wide bases are emphasized.
Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.
Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory
fee, $5.00.
A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and
decoration.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1)— First and second semesters.
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing
recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.)
Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — Fii'st semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155.
Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper
sequence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing
plants, providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to
commercial plants included. (Walls.)
Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1, Art 1,
Surv. IH, Ind. Ed. 41.
A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by
direct application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152.
Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort.
107, 108. (Cornell.)
A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Hort. 6; Bot. 101.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111
A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of
plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial
production. (Haut.)
Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2,2) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58; Bot. 101.
For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort.
101, 102. (Stark.)
Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First or second semester.
Prerequisites, Bot. 101; Hort. 107.
A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth,
flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. (Link.)
Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1.
A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic
importance. (Haut.)
Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11.
A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in orna-
mental plantings. (Cornell.)
Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 5, 6.
A study of the origin, history, taxonomic x'elationships, and description
of fruits. (Haut.)
Hort. S115. Truck Crop Management (1) — Summer session only.
Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and extension
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods
of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solu-
tion will receive special attention.
Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58.
A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops.
(Walls.)
Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or
botany. ( Staff. )
Hort. 123. Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products (2) —
First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites, Hort. 58, 155, 156. (Caldwell.)
Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and
critical appraisal for quality improvement.
112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequiste, Hort. 123. (Caldwell.)
This course covers the control of quality in canned and frozen vegetables
and fruits, dealing with proper harvesting, grading of raw products and
various phases of preparation and handling, as well as the evaluation of
varieties.
Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) — Summer session
only.
Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county agents.
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems
and their solution will receive special attention.
Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1) — Summer session only.
A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration agents
and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of
lawns, flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes.
Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (3) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem.
33 and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 123. (Caldwell.)
A study and laboratory practice of standard methods for determining
mineral, vitamin, carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various
fruit and vegetable products.
Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1,
Hort. 11.
Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing
of cut flowers. (Link.)
Hort. 155, Commercial Processing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural
crops. (Walls.)
Hort. 156. Commercial Processing H (2) — One lecture and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155.
A continuation of Commercial Processing L Also includes actual work
in laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, mar-
malades, and juices. (Walls.)
Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62,
107, 108.
A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations.
(Cornell.)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113
For Graduates
Hort, 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in pomology. ( .)
Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.)
Hort. 205. Experimental Pomology (3) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Hort. 201, 202. (Scott and Haut.)
Hort. 206. Horticulture Cyto-genetics (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
sites, Zool. 104, Bot. 101, Bot. 201, or equivalents.
A course dealing with the field of cyto-genetics in relation to horticulture.
( .)
Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3) — Second semester.
One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week.
A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in
horticulture. (Scott.)
Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2 to 12) — First and second
semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)
Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained.
Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.)
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
Professors Jull, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley.
P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing,
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and
distribution of poultry products.
P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester.
This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for
other courses in poultry. The biology of the fowl is considered ynih. respect
to fundamentals of cell development, the development and structure of the
digestive, circulatory, respiratory, reproductive and endocrine systems,
feathers, g^rowth, and related problems.
114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite,
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week.
Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means. Correla-
tion studies of characteristics associated with productivity.
Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected
from this class.
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
P. H. 1 or 2.
The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production
and quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.)
P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
Nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional dis-
eases commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.)
P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week.
The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of
hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery in-
dutry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatch-
ability are assigned. (Shaffner.)
P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1.
A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, pur-
chase of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and
turkey pi'oduction; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, produc-
tion and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. H. 104. Poultry Marketing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period per week.
This course is designed to study the economic and technological factors
concerned with the marketing of poultry. The lectures cover demand and
supply as related to the poultry market, areas of production, marketing
methods and marketing costs, with special emphasis on efficiency in market-
ing. The laboratories are designed to cover an introduction to the practical
problems concerned with the processing and marketing of poultry.
(Smith and .)
P. H. 105. Egg Marketing (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115
This course is designed to study the economic and technological factors
concerned with the marketing of eggs. The lectures cover demand and
supply as related to the egg market, areas of production, marketing methods
and marketing costs, with special emphasis on efficiency in marketing. The
laboratories are designed to cover an introduction to the practical problems
concerned with the processing and marketing of eggs.
(Smith and .)
Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107.
Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108.
P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First
semester.
Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance.
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage,
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses
and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are pre-
sented. Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry
and function performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.)
P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters.
For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special prob-
lems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. (Staff.)
P. H. Sill — Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) — Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture
and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems
concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second
half will be devoted to nutrition.
P. H. S112. Poultry Products and Marketing (1) — Summer session only.
This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture
and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poul-
try production and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry
grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry.
For Graduates
P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, P. H. 100 or equivalent.
This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link-
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in develop-
ment, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environ-
ment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.)
P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or
equivalent.
116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins,
and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and meta-
bolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of
synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.)
P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or
its equivalent.
The role of the endocrines in reproduction, especially with respect to egg
production, is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, molting,
egg formation, ovulation, deposition of egg envelopes, and the physiology of
oviposition are studied. (Shaffner.)
P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students,
and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.)
P. H. 205. Poultry Literature (1-4) — First and second semesters.
Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed.
(Staff.)
P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit
in accordance with work done.
Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under
the supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees
of M.S. and Ph.D. (Staff.)
P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2) — First semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week.
To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Meth-
ods of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results
(including the use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental
results, of using laboratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope,
etc.), of purchasing equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are con-
sidered. Actual laboratory experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.)
VETERINARY SCIENCE
Professors Brueckner and De Volt; Associate Professors Coffin and Reagan
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological
activities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Coffiin.)
V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117
Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases
of farm animals. (CofSn.)
V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First semester. One
lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Structure and function of the foot of domestic species. Common diseases
and abnormalities of the foot; their correction and prevention. (Coffin.)
V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, V. S. 103.
Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesti-
cated animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases
of the feet; their prevention and correction. (CoflBn.)
V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — P^rst semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1.
Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and
demonstration. (DeVolt.)
V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (De Volt.)
Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention,
control, and eradication.
For Graduates
V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit in accordance wdth work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or
consent of staff.
Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.)
V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or
consent of staff.
Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.)
V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week.
Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipula-
tions, photography. (Reagan and Brueckner.)
118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND
REGULATORY AGENCIES
EXTENSION SERVICE
AdministratiTe Staff
College Park
James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of Extension.
Paul E. Nystrom, M.P.A., Associate Director of Extension.
Venia M. Kellar, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director.
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Ento-
mologist, Assistant Director.
John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader.
Arthur E. Durfee, M.S., Professor and Extension Editor.
Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader.
Mylo S. Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader.
Florence H. Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District Agent.
Elliott M. Elliott, Accountant.
Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab-
lished by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people
of the State with their agricultural and homemaking problems. Most of
the work is carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the
homes throughout the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of
Understanding between the Extension Service of the University of Maryland
and the U. S. Department of Agriculture.
The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Exten-
sion Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home
Demonstration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the
work requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these
Agents are in close contact with local people and their problems.
Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the
scope of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demon-
strations and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experi-
ment Station and Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that
they understand and use.
In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all
rural groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better
marketing of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies
by rural women. Work with women is one of the most extensive phases of
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and
the cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day women
are engaging.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 119
In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their
diversified activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of in-
struction and training, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-
confidence, perseverence and citizenship.
Extension Short Courses
The Extension Service arranges and conducts short courses in various
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses
have been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as
the need and demand develop.
Canners' Short Course
For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners
in keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is
usually held in February.
Rural Women's Short Course
In response to requests of rural women for special training in a variety
of subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922.
Attendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily,
reaching more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program
offered has been broadened through the years and attracts women from all
counties in the State. The third week in June is the date usually selected.
Other Short Courses
Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, bee-
keepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, and cow testers are among those held
in recent years. Announcement of such courses is made to those who may
be interested.
Boys and Girls' Club Week
Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations
are given by specialists, and a broad program of education, inspiration and
recreation is provided.
EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF*
Subject Matter Specialists
George J. Aerams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture.
Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B., Assistant, Marketing.
Eileen O. Armstrong, B.J., Assistant Professor, Information Specialist.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Botany and Plant Pathology.
George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
• Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional staff,
or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies appear
elsewhere in this publication.
120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Robert K. Bechtold, B.S., Assistant Professor, 4-H Club Work.
Frank L. Bentz, B.S., Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
Walter C. Bevan, Ph.D., Professor, Marketing Inspection.
Edward K. Bender, M.Sc, Assistant Professor, Vegetable Crops.
William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology.
Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Entomology.
Maurice Bridgman, Assistant Professor, Markets.
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Botany.
Fred L. Bull, B.S., Associate Professor, Soil Conservation.
John Buric, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry.
George J. Burkhardt, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi-
neering.
Thomas L. Butler, B.S., Assistant Professor, Markets.
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry.
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering,
State Drainage Engineer.
Russell L. Childress, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Agricultural Eco-
nomics and Marketing.
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry.
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor, Ornamental Horticulture.
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology.
William A. DeHart, Ph.D., Professor, Rural Sociology.
Mary 0. DeLoach, Instructor, Assistant, Film Library.
Harry W. Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor, Forestry.
Samuel H. DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Charles 0. Dunbar, B.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Jean C. Evans, B.S., Assistant Professor, Bulletin Editor.
Rudolph S. Forrester, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
James R. Foster, M.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology.
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry.
Martin E. Gannon, M.S., Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering.
Engel L. R. Gilbert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Entomology.
Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist.
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics
and Farm Management.
IRVIN C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Horticulture.
Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Russell C. Hawes, M.S., Professor, Marketing.
Russell H. Hinds, Jr., B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry.
Harold H. Hoecker, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Louis C. Holland, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Instructor, Marketing.
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology.
Robert A. Jehle, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 121
Eben C. Jenkins, M.S., Assistant Professor and Extension Specialist in
Distribution.
Carl N. Johnson, B.S., Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening.
MoRLEY A. JuLL, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry.
Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert V. Krewatch, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Agricultural
Engineering, Rural Electrification.
Albin 0. KuHN, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy.
George S. Langford, Ph.D., Professor, Entomology.
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor, Floriculture.
Margaret T. Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent, County
Home Demonstration Work.
John E. Mahoney, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Arthur F. Martin, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant, Agricultural Engineering.
Florence H. Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District Agent.
William A. Matthews, M.S., Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and
Markets.
Charles E. McCain, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Harold S. McConnell, M.S., Associate Professor, Entomology.
William R. McKnight, B.S., Associate Professor, Egg Inspection and
Marketing, County Agent at Large.
Charles P. Merrick, B.S., Assistant Professor, Drainage Engineering.
Amos R. Meyer, B.S., Associate Professor, State Department of Markets.
John E. Moore, B.S., Instructor, Plant Pathology.
Omar D Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
John L. Morris, B.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy.
Joseph L. Newcomer, B.S., Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
James B. Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Charles W. Porter, B.A., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Walter B. Posey, M.S., Professor, Tobacco.
John W. Pou, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy.
George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry.
Burnell K. Rebert, B.S., Instructor, Marketing.
Wade H. Rice, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry.
Edward M. Rider, B.A., Assistant Professor, Information Specialist.
Natalie E. Russell (Mrs.), M.S., Assistant Professor, Nutrition.
Marvin E. Senger, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Artificial Insemi-
nation.
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Poultry.
James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Floriculture.
Helen Shelby, M.S., Associate Professor, Clothing.
Virginia C. Sherburne, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor, Landscape Gardening.
Helen I. Smith, M.A., Associate Professor, Home Management.
Delbert W. Squires, M.S., Instructor, Entomology.
122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Stanley P. Stabler, B.S., Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor, Vegetable Gardening.
Howard L. Stier, Ph.D., Professor and Chief, State Department of
Markets.
George A. Stevens, M.S., Instructor, Agricultural Economics.
and Marketing.
Perry F. Twining, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry.
Joseph M. Vial, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert F. Vierheller, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Edgar P. Walls, Ph.D., Professor, Canning Crops.
Edwin J. Weatherby, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Artificial Insemination.
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Plant Pathology.
Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Walter S. Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys' Club
Leader.
County Agents (Field)
County Name and Title Headquarters
Allegany Ralph F. McHenry, B.S.,
Associate Professor Cumberland
Anne Arundel... Stanley E. Day, B.S.,
Associate Professor Annapolis
Baltimore Horace B. Derrick, B.S.,
Associate Professor Towson
Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B.
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Francis M. Rogers, B.S.,
Associate Professor Denton
Carroll Landon C. Burns, B.S.,
Associated Professor Westminster
Cecil Richard S. Sutton, B.A.,
Associate Professor Elkton
Charles Paul D. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor La Plata
Dorchester Harry W. Beggs, B. S.,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Henry R. Shoemaker, M.A.,
Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett John H. Carter, B.S.
Associate Professor Oakland
Harford Henry M. Carroll, B.S.
Associate Professor Bel Air
Howard Warren G. Myers, B.S.
Associate Professor Ellicott City
Kent James D. McVean, B.S.
Associate Professor Chestertown
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123
Montgomery Otto W. Anderson, M.S.
Associate Professor Rockville
Prince Georges. . Percy E. Clark, B.S.,
Associate Professor Upper Marlboro
Queen Annes James W. Eby, B.S.
Associate Professor Centreville
St. Marys Joseph J. Johnson,
Associate Professor Leonardtown
Somerset Clarence Z. Keller, B.S.,
Associate Professor Princess Anne
Talbot Rudolph S. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Mark K. Miller, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico James P. Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Robert T. Grant, B.S.,
Associate Professor Snow Hill
Assistant County Agents
Allegany JOSEPH M. Steger, B.S., Instructor Cumberland
Anne Arundel
and Calvert. . W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Annapolis
Baltimore ^Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Instructor Towson
] Merle L. Howes, B.S., Instructor Towson
Carroll J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Instructor Westminster
Cecil M. Gist Welling, B.S., Instructor Elkton
Charles and
St. Mary's J. Maguire Mattingly, Jr., B.S.,
Instructor Leonardtown
Dorchester and
Talbot Charles W. Crawford, Instructor Cambridge
Frederick Hugh B. Jones, B.S., Instructor .-Frederick
Garrett Paul M. Hutton, B.S., Instructor Oakland
Harford B. Wayne Kelly, B.S., Instructor Bel Air
Howard Robert D. Martin, B.S., Instructor Ellicott City
Kent Stanley B. Sutton, Instructor Chestertown
Montgomery (Roscoe N. Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville
] Joseph B. Morris, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Prince Georges.. Robert L. Jones, B.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro
Queen Anne's. . . Robert L. Cain, B.S., Instructor Centreville
Washington Raymond G. Mxiexler, B.S. , Instructor Hagerstown
Wicomico * James A. Duncan, B.S., Insrtuctor Salisbury
* On leave.
124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Local Agents — Negro Work
District Agent.. . Martin G. Bailey, B.S., Instructor Seat Pleasant
Anne Arundel
and Calvert. . . John R. Jennings, B.S., Instructor Huntingtown
Caroline and
Dorchester . . . Elliott Robbins, B.S., Instructor Federalsburg
Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Montgomery Onnie L. Privette, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Prince George's. . James R. Taylor, B.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro
St. Mary's Ryland Holmes, B.S., Instructor Lexington Park
Somerset and
Wicomico Lewis H. Martin, Instructor Princess Anne
County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)
Allegany Maude A. Bean, Associate Professor Cumberland
Anne Arundel... Miriam F. Parmenter, B.S.
Associate Professor Annapolis
Baltimore Anna Trbntham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson
Baltimore City. . Margaret O. Hollow ay, B.S.,
Associate Professor Baltimore
Calvert Mrs. Florence E. Buchanan, B.S.,
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Bessie M. Spafford, B.S., Associate Professor. . .Denton
Carroll Evelyn D. Scott, B.S., Associate Professor. . Westminster
Cecil Helen I. Smith, B.A.,
Associate Professor (Temp.) Elkton
Charles Mrs. Anna S. Wills, B.S.,
Associate Professor La Plata
Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Beatrice Fehr, M.A., Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett , Oakland
Harford Virginia L. McLuckie, B.S.,
Associate Professor Bel Air
Howard Catherine E. Cleveland, M.A.,
Associate Professor EUicott City
Kent Vivian A. Winston, B.S.,
Associate Professor Chestertown
Montgomery .... Edythb M. Turner, B.S., Associate Professor. .Rockville
Prince Georges.. Ethel M. Regan, B.S., Associate Professor. .Hyattsville
Queen Annes Ruby Brant, B.S., Associate Professor Centreville
St. Marys Ethel M. Joy, A.B., Associate Professor. . .Leonardtown
Somerset Hilda Topfer, B.S.,
Associate Professor Princess Anne
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125
Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Ardath E. Martin, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico Nell G. Grim, M.S., Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Laura Belle Harter, B.S.,
Associate Professor Snow Hill
Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents
Allegany Thelma Allin, B.S., Instructor Cumberland
Anne Arundel... Martha R. Lumpkin, Instructor Annapolis
Baltimore Laila L. Stout (Mrs.), B.S., Instructor Towson
Carroll Barbara A. Young, B.S., Instructor Westminster
Dorchester Dorothy Fox (Mrs.), Instructor Cambridge
Frederick Evelyn Hutson, B.S., Instructor Frederick
Harford Jane Boyd, Instructor Bel Air
Montgomery .... Evelyn LaFontaine, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Prince George's. Betty Wilson, B.S., Instructor Hyattsville
Washington Margaret Watson, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown
Wicomico Evelyn Barker, B.S., Instructor Salisbury
Home Demonstration Agent
At Large Christine Blake, B.S College Park
Local Home Demonstration Agents — Negro Work
Charles and
St. Marys Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Dorchester and
Caroline Beatrice A. Bianchi, M.A., Instructor Preston
Prince Georges
and Mont-
gomery Ethel L. Bianchi, B.S., Instructor Seat Pleasant
Somerset and
Wicomico Mrs. Omega M. Jones, A.B., Instructor. . .Princess Anne
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
Irving C. Haut, Director
The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what
the research laboratories are for lai'ge corporations. Maryland agriculture
is made up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not
sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can con-
duct research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such
as farming, are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any busi-
ness. Certainly our production of food would be much more costly if it were
not for the research results that have been obtained by the Agricultural
Experiment Station.
126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the
Hatch Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a
great impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This
work was further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906,
the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935, and the
Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946,
The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is
supported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College
Park. On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for study-
ing insects and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and
others. This is also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their
experimental herds. About eight miles from the campus at College Park,
near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to
work connected with soil fertility, plant breeding and general horticultural
problems. An experimental farm near Upper Marlboro is given over ex-
clusively to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near
Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers and
of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near Ellicott City
a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests of various
crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These different
locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which exist
where the results will be put into practice.
The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State.
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF*
Irving C. Haut, Director of Experiment Station
William B. Kemp, Director of Exjjeriment Station Emeritus
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Samuel H. DeVault, Ph.D Professor and Head,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
George M. Beal, Ph.D Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Arthur M. Hamilton, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Farm Management
Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D Associate Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
* Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional
staff or the Extension Service Staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies appear
elsewhere in this publication.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127
William P. Walker, M.S Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Luther B. Bohanan, M.S Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Harold D. Smith, M.S Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Marion R. Larsen, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics and
Farm Management
Agricultural Engineering
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor and Head,
Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer
George J. Burkhardt, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Albert V. Krewatch, M.S Associate Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Harry J. Hoffmeister, B.S.a Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Paul N. Winn, Jr., B.S Assistant Professor,
Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural Education
Ray a. Murray, Ph.D Associate Professor, Agricultural Education
Agronomy
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy
Walter B. Posey, M.S Professor, Tobacco
Russell G. Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Crops
John H. Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils
Orman E. Street, Ph.D Associate Professor, Tobacco
Ambrose W. Burger, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Crops
Conrad H. Liden, M.S Assistant Professor, Crops
Thomas S. Ronnigen, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Crops
Howard B. Winant M.S Assistant Professor, Soils
Lester E. Hogue, B.S Instructor, Crops
Agronomy — Seed Inspection
Forrest S. Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector
Animal Husbandry
John E. Foster, Ph.D Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry
Willard W. Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry
Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
James B. Outhouse, M.S Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
John Buric, B.S Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry
Animal Pathology
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., D.V.M Director, LSSS
Harold M. DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Leo J. PoELMA, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
Robert E. Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent
Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany
Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D Professor, Plant Physiology
Walter F. Jepfers, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology
Robert A. Jehle, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology
Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany
Omar D. Morgan, M.S Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology
Leslie 0. Weaver, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology
Anna Belle Owens, M.S Instructor, Botany
John E. Moore, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology
Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany
Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology
Dairy Husbandry
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry
Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry
Mark Keeney, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Daii-y Manufacturing
Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Matthew F. Ellmore, M.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry
J. Oakley Hall, B.S Instructor and Assistant Inspector,
Dairy Manufacturing
Entomology
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D Professor and Head, Entomology,
State Entomologist
William E. Bickley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology
Lewis P. Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology
Harold S. McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology
George J. Abrams, M.S Assistant Professor, Apiculture
Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Entomology
George W. Lloyd, M.S Instructor, Entomology
Horticulture
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulture;
Assistant Director, Agricultural Experiment Station
Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Professor, Horticulture
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D Professor, Floriculture
Leland E. Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology
Edgar P. Walls, Ph.D Professor, Canning Crops
Joseph S. Caldwell, Ph.D Associate Professor, Processing
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S. . , Associate Professor, Ornamental Horticulture
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129
William A. Matthews, M.S Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops
James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops
Herman Todd, B.S Assistant
Poultry
MORLEY A. JULL, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition
Mary Juhn, Ph.D Research Professor, Poultry Physiology
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Physiology
Mary Shorb, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition
George D. Quigley, B.S Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry
Rural Sociology
W. A. DeHart, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Rural Sociology
MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS
Agriculture Building, College Park, Maryland
S. H. DeVault, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Howard L. Stier, Chief, Maryland State Department of Markets.
All of the activities of the State Department of Markets are geared to the
importance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm
products. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the
farmer in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treat-
ment of the farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the
marketing of his products. In the performance of these responsibilities,
the Department carries out programs in extension marketing, conducts
market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing information and
market data, operates a market news service, provides an agricultural in-
spection and grading service, maintains a consumer information service
and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws of the state.
The regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are carried out as
the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the authority of various
State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A close working
relationship is maintained vnih other specialists in the Extension Service,
all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland
Crop Reporting Service, and the Production and Marketing Administration
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic co-
operation of the personnel in these various activities brings to bear on
agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of research, educa-
tion, and service.
The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act
gave additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's market-
130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ing problems. The State Department of Markets is largely responsible for
developing the state program under Title II of this act.
Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested,
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local com-
munities. Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagers-
town and Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Market Price Reporting
Market reports covering more than 100 farm products are issued daily in
cooperation with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide
teletype facilities are utilized in this service. These reports contain infor-
mation on market conditions and prices of crops, livestock and other agri-
cultural products. The information in these reports is obtained from
producing areas in Maryland and from terminal markets and shipping
points all over the United States. The information is published in local
newspapers, broadcast over all major radio stations in the state, and mailed
in mimeographed form to anyone requesting it. Eleven different market
price reports are currently issued covering prices of dairy products, live-
stock, truck crops, poultry, grain, fresh fruits and vegetables, feed and eggs.
A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives cur-
rent retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits,
vegetables, meats and dairy products.
Marketing Information Service
In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agri-
cultural marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College
Park. This report contains information on market supplies, quality, price
trends, storage holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic
information available in the marketing information series includes the
monthly truck crop news; the monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and
weather report; truck receipts in Baltimore City of fresh fruits and vege-
tables, issued daily with a monthly summary; and a weekly report of the
volume of broilers moved from farms to market in the Delmarva Peninsula.
Grading and Inspection Service
Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the de-
partment. Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are em-
ployed to perform this official grading service. Products graded and
inspected include apples, peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, can-
nery tomatoes, cannery peas, cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and
eggs and other farm products. The State Department of Markets also issues
final inspection and certification for the Seed Certification Board on Irish
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 131
and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock. Maryland canners frequently
base their prices to farmers on the grades established by the grading and
inspection service rendered by the department. Established U. S. grades
and standards are usually used in this grading program, however, special
grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower or processor so
desires.
Certain personnel of the department are deputized by the State Depart-
ment of Health to act as its agent in preventing the sale or shipment of
fruits and vegetables containing excessive spray residue. As a service to
growers and handlers, members of the department will obtain samples and
have chemical analyses made to determine the amount of poisonous spray
residue present.
General Marketing Services
Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring
about a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regard-
ing: (1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets
and consumer demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality
products; (4) advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that
various marketing agencies play in the marketing system and the essen-
tials for their success; (6) interpretation and utilization of marketing
information and (7) the various phases and channels of the marketing
system.
Meetings are held with growers and distributors throughout the state
to discuss with them their special marketing problems. The marketing
specialists work with other extension personnel or research personnel in the
Experiment Station in the development of a program designed to solve
these problems.
The department assists in planning and conducting short courses and
special schools involving various aspects of marketing such as the annual
Poultry Products Marketing School, short courses for canners and freezers.
Grain Grading and Marketing School, grading and inspection demonstra-
tions, etc. Another aspect of the extension marketing program of the de-
partment is the assistance given on marketing facilities such as farm
markets and auctions.
Consumer Marketing Information
The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro-
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable
produce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in
the prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus produc-
tion and market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of
this service in addition to a specially prepared radio script and press re-
leases on best buys. This program is conducted in close cooperation with
the Home Demonstration Agent of Baltimore City.
132 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Marketing Demonstrations
In order to apply the results of marketing research, the Department
conducts from time to time demonstrations of certain marketing practices
which research has shown to be more efficient. These demonstrations are
frequently conducted in cooperation with retail and wholesale market
organizations. When the effects of certain marketing research are impor-
tant and far reaching, the Department conducts demonstrations of the
application immediately following the research findings.
Regulatory and Control Activities
From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing
of farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed
necessary for the common good of both the producer and the consumer.
The department acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the
enforcement of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading
Law, (2) the Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale
and Transportation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark
Law and (6) the Grading and Inspection Laws. The department has de-
pended upon its educational activities and the cooperation of the grower or
handler for the successful enforcement of the above laws. Legal action is
taken, however, when such measures fail. The greatest activity has been
directed in recent years to the enforcement of the Maryland Fresh Egg and
Egg Grading Law. This law was revised by the State Legislature in 1945 in
order to make it more effective in creating a better demand for higher
quality Maryland eggs. Principal effort has been concentrated in Balti-
more City with retailers and wholesalers. Promising progress has been
made during recent years.
The State Department of Markets is also authorized by law to execute,
as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture, the general powers of the
Board relating to the inspection and regulation of weights and measures
used in the sale and purchase of agricultural products.
STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT
College Park, Maryland
James M. Gwin, Director of Extension Service.
E. N. Cory, Assistant Director of Extension Service, State Entomologist.
R. A. Jehle, State Plant Patholcf]ist.
In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspec-
tion" as designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly
of Maryland on 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed
and reenacted with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural
Department," and eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the
sections were again reenacted with such changes in the wording as were
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 133
necessary to bring them into conformity with the reorganization of the
Maryland State College of Agriculture and Experiment Station and its
Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory functions including newly
enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, and aerial spraying,
were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under Chapter 391 of
the "Acts of the General Assembly."
Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and
florists. A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspec-
tion of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments.
Cooperation with the Federal Government in the inspection and certification
of materials that come under quarantine regulations is another major
function of the department. The department enforces the provisions
of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. All activities pertain-
ing to control of insects is conducted under the direction of Dr. E. N. Cory,
State Entomologist and Assistant Director of Extension. Activities of the
department in the field of plant disease control are under direction of
Dr. R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and
eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of
apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet
potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc.
DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE
Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland
W. S. Arbuckle, Chief Examiner
Oakley Hall, Assistant Inspector
The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How-
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Chapter 403 of the Laws of
Maryland, 1941. The dairy department, functioning under the Agricultural
Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with the
administration of this law.
The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test,
that samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such
products are correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream
that their agents shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products;
(c) To insure correctness of tests made for official inspections or for public
record. To achieve these purposes the law requires the licensing of all
dealers who purchase milk and cream from producers, whether the purchases
are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing of all persons sampling,
weighing and testing milk and cream when the results of such samples,
weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of payment to producers.
134 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of
the Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in
testing milk and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination
of all weighers, samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspection of the pertinent
activities of weighers, samplers, testers and dairy plants.
The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire dairy industry by preventing
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper
methods of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of
inaccurate and improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the
accuracy of scales, construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures
result in greater efficiency and thus less loss to dealers and producers
alike. The licensing of weighers, samplers, and testers assures both the
producer and the dealer that the men engaged in such work are competent.
The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with
the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the
producers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit
by the law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement.
Such a responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all
groups affected by the law.
During 1947, 113 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 9 plants
in Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily) ; 19 in Class B
(buying from 500 to 2,000 pounds of milk daily) ; 67 in Class C (buying
from 2,000 to 40,000 pounds of milk daily) ; and 18 in Class D (buying
more than 40,000 pounds of milk daily). In addition, 280 licenses were
issued to testers and 117 licenses were issued to weighers and samplers.
STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE
College Park, Maryland
Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer.
The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties
are to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the
State, to correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the
State and to cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of
a permanent program of improved drainage.
STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE
Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland
Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides
and Fungicides
L. E. BOPST, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist
W. C. Supplee, Chemist E. C. Donaldson, Chemist
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 136
A. B. Heagy, Chemist W. J. Footen, Inspector
H. R. Walls, Microscopist R. W. Nbal, Jr., Inspector
R, E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector
J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk
N. S. Chapman, Chemist
The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes
necessary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are en-
forced by the State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this
legislation are the State Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials,
and Insecticide and Fungicide laws.
Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases: First,
the commodities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names,
and with proper labels; second, official samples must be collected by the
Department's inspectors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and
physical examinations must be made to establish that professed standards
of quality are being met; fourth, results must be assembled and published
in concise and understandable form, with the reports made available to all
interested persons; and fifth, the prosecution of those responsible for
flagrant violations.
Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime
samples submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service.
Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable
federal agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not
only state-wide, but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy,
timeliness, and unbiased fair treatment of the consumer and manufacturer
alike.
The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the
manufacturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair
competition.
For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies
in large measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and
seller. However in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, back-
ing by the courts, both federal and state, can be depended upon for enforce-
ment assistance.
SEED INSPECTION SERVICE
Agronomy-Botany-Physics Building, College Park, Maryland
F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst
The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment
Station, administers the State seed law; inspects seeds sold throughout the
State ; collects seed samples for laboratory examination ; reports the results
of these examinations to the parties concerned; publishes summaries of
136 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information
supplied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for
planting in the State; makes analyses, tests, and examinations of seed
samples submitted to the Laboratory; and advises seed users regarding the
economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with
the Production and Marketing Administration of the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in
Maryland.
Two and a half million dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in
Maryland. Perhaps twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety per-
cent of the vegetable seeds planted in the State pass through trade channels
and are thus subject to the seed law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service
is not restricted to the enforcement of the seed law, however, for State
citizens may submit seed samples to the Laboratory for analysis, test, or
examination. Specific information regarding suitability for planting pur-
poses of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals without charge.
The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment of the
Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields.
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE
Arthur L. Brueckner, Director
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director
Leo J. POELMA, Chief of Laboratories
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of
Agriculture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the in-
troduction of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and
with control and eradication of such diseases within the state. The service
is further charged with the responsibility of cooperating with the State
Department of Health in the suppression of diseases of animals and poultry
which affect the public health.
Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine
brucellosis are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal In-
dustry of the United States Department of Agriculture. The field force
of state employed veterinarians is augmented by a number of federal
veterinarians in the conduct of these control programs. The control of
swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and many other dis-
ease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance.
Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished
in the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at
Salisbury, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. Virtually
every part of the state is in easy reach of these opportunities for help.
Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park laboratoi-y,
but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. Some
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 137
projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the
Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies
come information concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination,
and by drug treatment which saves breeders and owners vast sums.
Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in
the University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appro-
priate subjects are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in
the state.
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D.,
Director and Professor of Veterinary Science
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D Assistant Director
Leo J. POELMA, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories
Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology
Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology
A. Henry Craige, Jr., V.M.D Professor of Veterinary Physiology
Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M.,
Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan
Clyde L. Everson, D.V.M Associate Professor of Animal Pathology
Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory
William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M In charge, Hagerstown and
Frederick Laboratories
F. George Sperling, V.M.D In Charge, Bel Air Laboratory
Robert J. Byrne, D.V.M., In Charge, Centreville Laboratory
Robert E. Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research
Paul C. Brown, M.S., D.V.M Associate Professor, Mastitis Research
Reginald L. Reagan Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology
John M. Coffin, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Carl W. Smith, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Clarence E. Gibes, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Charles R, Lockwood, D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert B. Shillinger, V.M.D.. .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Edwardo M. Sacchi, D.M.V Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert B. Johnson, A.B Assistant Professor of Veterinary Physiology
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology
Entrance to
Arts and Sciences Building
University of Maryland
College of
ARTS and SCIENCES
STAFF
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Dean
Francis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor of English.
Alfred 0. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
J. Frances Allen, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
George L. Anderson, M.A., Instructor of English.
Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Thomas G. Andrews, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Psychology.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
John H. Applegrath, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Robert P. apRoBERTS, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
William W. Arbuckle, Instructor of Physics.
Arthur W. Ayers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Thomas J. Aylward, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Betty B. Baehr, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Byron Baer, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry.
William L. Bailey, M.A., Visiting Professor of Sociology.
Cecil R. Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English.
Adele B. Ballman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Jack C. Barnes, M.A., Instructor of English.
Elmer D. Barraclough, B.A., Instructor of Speech.
ROSCOE G. Bartlett, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
James L. Bates, M.A., Instructor of History.
George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Josephine Bauer, M.A., Instructor of English.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Charles A. Baylis, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy.
Robert A. Bays, B.A., M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Otho T. Beall, M.A., Instructor of English.
Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Warren Bezanson, M.A., Instructor of English.
Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Langniaces.
Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English.
J. Allen Bowers, B.A., Assistant Instructor of Speech.
Jean M. Boyer, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Nelson A. Brigham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
139
140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
George M. Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology.
Sumner 0. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology.
John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. and L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
John Coppinger, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Cynthia S. Cotcher, M.A., Instructor of History.
John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Herbert Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Margaret T. Cussler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Mary De Give, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
William A. de Hart, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Charlotte Engel deJanosi, Instructor of Art.
Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English.
Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Robert E. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, M.A., Instructor of English.
Eitel W. Dobert, B.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Raymond N. Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.
Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry.
John C. Eakens, B.S., Instructor of History.
Luke E. Ebersole, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Speech.
Richard L. Eiserman, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Robert A. Elderdice, M.A., Instructor of English.
John E. Faber, Jr., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Bacteriology.
John A. Facey, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
SiMONE H. Fagg, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
E. James Ferguson, M.A., Instructor of History.
John Fischer, M.A., Instructor of English.
Karl A. Fischer, Ph.D., Res. Professor of Chemistry.
RUDD Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of History.
James Golden, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Richard Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Frank Goodwyn, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
G. H. Vasile Gorciu, Lic.Math., Instructor of Mathematics.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Frank A. Grant, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
William Gravely, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
MBTfER Greenberg, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 141
Donald Greenspan, M.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Sidney Grollman, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Francis S. Grubar, B.A., Instructor of Art.
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
William Hall, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
LUDWIG Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor of History.
PouL Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology.
Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor of Music.
Isabella M. Hayes, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Roy K. Heintz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology.
Lois Holladay, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
Milton P. Jarnagin, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics.
Wilhemina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Juan Ramon Jimenez, Adjunct Professor of Foreign Languages.
Zenobia Jimenez, Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles A. Johnson, M.A., Instructor of History.
Elizabeth 0. Johnson, B.A., Instructor of Music.
Montgomery Johnson, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Helen R. Kahn, M.A., Instructor of English.
Mary A. Kemble, M.A., Instructor of Music.
Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Alan M. Kershner, Acting Director of University Counselling Center.
Barry G. King, Ph.D., Lecturer in Zoology.
Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Aaron D. Krumbein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Robert L. Landers, Instructor of Music.
Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
James M. Lemon, M.S., Lecturer in Zoology.
Werner Leutert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Irving Linknow, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology.
Nicole D. Long, Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Richard Lowitt, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
Benjamin Lucas, Jr., M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Leonard I. Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
John J. Madine, Assistant in Physics.
142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Charlotte Mangold, A.B., Instructor of English.
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art.
Charles Martin, M.A., Instructor of English.
Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English,
Monroe Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics.
M. Taylor Matthews, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Lyle Mayer, M.A., Instructor of Speech,
Vernon L, McKinstry, Assistant in Physics.
Hugh B, McLean, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
James McManaway, Ph.D., Lecturer in English.
J. Howard McMillen, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics,
Esther K. McQuade, Instructor of Speech.
L, Kenton Meals, M,A„ Instructor of Mathematics,
Earl F. Meeker, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Jessie W. Menneken, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Frances Miller, M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles C. Mish, M.A., Instructor of English.
Emory Mooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics.
Karl M, Morgenstein, B.S,, Assistant in Zoology,
Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of English.
Ralph Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Graciela p. Nemes, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Carl A. Nydegger, Assistant in Physics.
Charles Palmer, M.A., Instructor of Speech,
Arthur C. Parsons, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Zoology.
Virginia Philups, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Hugh B, Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry,
Harry Polachek, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English,
Joseph M, Power, Instructor of Music.
Augustus Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
H. B. Provenson, M.A,, Assistant Professor of Speech.
R. PUGLIESE, M.A., Instructor of Speech,
William Quynn, Ph,D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marguerite Rand, M.A,, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music,
E, Wilkins Reeve, Ph,D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143
Orr E. Reynolds, Ph.D., Lecturer in Zoology.
James W. Richeimer, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Allib W. Richeson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John M. Robinson, Ph.D., Instructor of Philosophy.
Margltrite Robison, M.A., Instructor of English.
Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Westervelt B. Romaine, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music.
Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Sherman Ross, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology.
Howard Rovelstad, B.S. in L.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Library
Science.
Willis C. Schaefer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Clarie S. Schradieck, Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
William B. Seligmann, M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles G. Sellers, Ph.D., Instructor of History.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Robert F. Shaw, M.A., Instructor of English.
Julius C. Shepherd, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art.
Joseph Edwin Smadel, M.D., Visiting Professor of Bacteriology.
Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Virginia Smith, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Henry J. Soulen, Assistant Professor of Art.
David S. Sparks, M.A., Instructor of History.
Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Robert A. Spurr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
E. Thomas Starcher, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
M. Elizabeth Stites, B. of Arch., Instructor of Art.
Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English.
Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
W. L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech.
Kenneth T. Stringer, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Roland N. Stromberg, M.A., Instructor of History.
Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Glendon Swarthout, M.A., Instructor of English.
John S. Thompsen, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Alice C. Thorpe, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Frances Triggs, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology and Assistant
Director of Counseling Center.
H. David Turner, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
A. Mary Urban, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
144
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Betty Vanderslice, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics.
John L. Vanderslice, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Fletchek p. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Myron Vent, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Helen E. Walker, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
John C. Wangler, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry.
Ronald K. Wangsness, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Joel Warren, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Bacteriology.
Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Josephine A. Wedemeyer, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science.
Alrfed Weissler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History.
James P. Wharton, A. B. (Col. U.S.A., Ret.), Professor and Head of Art.
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages.
Historic Rossborough Inn,
the Oldest Building on the Campus,
Erected in 1798
t}v«v/milfe»U.— "l*
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Dean
THE College of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal in-
telligently with the pi'oblems which confront them and
whose general education will be a continuing source not
only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction.
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate
in the field of his choice; this element of depth serves both
as an integral part of his liberal education and as a foun-
dation for further professional training or pursuits.
Students in other colleges of the University are offered
training in fundamental courses that serve as a background
for their professional education. The new program in American Civilization
is open to all students of the University as well as to those in Arts and
Sciences.
Requirements for Admission
The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are,
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools
of the University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and
other indications of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern
of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of
Social and Natural Sciences are required. One unit of Algebra and one
of Plane Geometry are desirable. Foreign Language entrance units, although
highly desirable for certain programs, are not required. Units in Fine Arts
and in Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for
admission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-
medical curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions.
For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland, for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165 fixed
charges; $48 special fees; $340 board; $120 to $140 room rent; and labora-
tory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation
fee of $10 is charged all new registrants. An additional charge of $150 is
assessed students who are not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of
Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of
the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
146 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regxila-
tions, are required to take basic Air Force R. 0. T. C. training for a period
of two years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite
for graduation and it must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate
or not. Transfer students who have not fulfilled this requirement will com-
plete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry
during their Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. 0. T. C. courses
which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States Air
Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction
write to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland, for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Degrees
The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre-
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science.
Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors
in departments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree
of Bachelor of Arts.* Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with
majors in departments of Biological or Physical Sciences are awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Science.f
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program
of Arts and Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry,
will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation
of the Dean of the School of Medicine, or of the Dean of the School of
Dentistry, This program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester hours
(exclusive of the required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical
activities) in the College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semes-
ter hours (usually the first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or
in the School of Dentistry.
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program
of Arts and Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of
• The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although
administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses for
Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in those of the
other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are administered by the College
of Arts and Sciences.
t The departments of Botany and Entomology, although administered by the College of
Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these
departments as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Science*
administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 147
Arts on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law. This pro-
gram consists of a minimum of 90 semester hours (exclusive of the required
courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the College
of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first year's
program or its equivalent) in the School of Law.
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program
of Arts and Sciences and Nursing will be granted the degree of Bachelor
of Science on the recommendation of the Director of the School of Nursing.
This program consists of a minimum of 60 semester hours (exclusive of the
required courses in hygiene and physical activities) in the College of Arts
and Sciences and of the full nursing curriculum prescribed by the School
of Nursing. The pre-nursing curriculum must be completed in the College
of Arts and Sciences before completion of the nursing course in Baltimore.
Residence
The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in
residence in this University.
Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last
30 semester hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of
Arts and Sciences, College Park.
General Requirements for Degrees
The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:
1. University requirements.
2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements:
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than
military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and four semester hours in
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition four semester hours
in hygiene and four semester hours in physical activities.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average
grade of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will
be permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor.
The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as pos-
sible, before the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before
graduation:
L English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6: twelve semester hours.
n. Foreignn Language — twelve semester hours in one language. Students
wishing to enroll in a language they have studied in high school will be
given a placement test; if it is considered advisable for a student to repeat
courses which duplicate his entrance units, half credit only will be granted
for these courses.
148 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
III. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours;
Sociology 1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6, six semester hours:
twelve semester hours.
IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particu-
lar curriculum.
V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. Science
courses will be elected from those departments offering majors in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences.
VI. Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required fresh-
man and sophomore years.
VII. Hygiene for Women — four semester hours. Required freshman year.
VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours.
Required freshman and sophomore years.
3. Major and Minor Requirements — When a student has completed satis-
factorily the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will
select a major in one of the departments of an upper division and for
graduation will complete a departmental major and a minor. The courses
constituting the major and the minor must conform to the requirements
of the department in which the major work is done.
The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory
courses in the field in which he intends to major.
A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered
100 or above.
A minor shall consist of a coherent group of courses totalling 18 semester
hours in addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18
hours must be in a single department in courses numbered 100 or above.
The courses comprising the minor must be chosen with the approval of the
major department.
The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least
C, and the average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields
combined must be at least C. A general average of C in courses taken
at the University of Maryland is required for graduation.
Certification of High School Teachers
If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major
and a minor in one of the departments of this College. A student who
wishes to work for a teacher's certificate should consult his advisor before
the junior year.
Electiyes in Other Colleges and Schools
A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the
University may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in
the College of Arts and Sciences.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 149
The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges
and schools is as follows:
College of Agriculture — 20.
College of Business and Public Administration — 20.
College of Education — 24.
College of Engineering — 20.
College of Home Economics — 20.
School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be
completed.
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine
must be completed.
School of Nursing — In the combined program the three years of nursing
must be completed.
Normal Load
The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, military
science, and hygiene.
Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval
of the Dean of the College.
Advisers
Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty
adviser who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his
courses and to determine what his field of major concentration should be.
Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, or
his designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the
arrangements of their schedules of courses.
Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years
The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is
desig^ned to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him
for concentration in the latter part of his course.
It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in
the field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic
ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study
is to be obtained.
The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be
best fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should
be taken, when possible, during the Freshman and Sophomore years.
150
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GENERAL CURRICULUM
The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the
departments of the Humanities and the Social Studies. Students wishing
to major in one of the Physical or Biological Sciences will find the require-
ments in the curriculums listed under the respective headings, found on
subsequent pages. Students wishing to major in Sociology or Crime Con-
trol will find the requirements listed under the section on the Social Sciences.
I — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 i!
G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... I
•Foreign LangTiage 3 S
Mathematics or Natural Science S t
L. S. 1. 2 — Library Science 1 1
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
He. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-20 lg-20
Sophoviore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or in World
Literature 8 8
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 8
Natural Science or Mathematics 3 8
Elective 8 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 1«-1» 1«-1»
I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Now, more perhaps than ever before, it is vitally important to understand
this country and to use the best experience of the past to help solve the
massive problems of America's present and future. Believing this, the Uni-
versity has set up one of the most comprehensive programs in American
studies to be found anywhere. The program begins with required courses
on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a major for juniors and
seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. and Ph.D. level.
(For information concerning the graduate program, see the graduate
catalog.)
Since America is many-sided, the student who majors in American Civiliza-
tion has the advantage of being taught by cooperating specialists from
various departments. The Committee in charge of the program represents
the departments of English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology.
Members of the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to
work in the field.
• A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursure
language they have studied in high school.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151
For the student who plans to go (for example) into teaching, law,
journalism, government work, library work, or business, the study of
American Civilization is a good basis. Although the main aims of the
program for majors are cultural rather than professional — designed to
produce better citizens and broader minds — the program still offers a firm
foundation for a number of different kinds of careers.
The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. Studies in American Civilization are supplemented by studies
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in choosing a curricu-
lum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments
primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid
of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in
the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective courses are in
history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics,
sociology, political science, and philosophy; but it is possible for a student
to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty
semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such
work fits into a carefully planned program.
In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in
which the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During
this course, the student analyzes eight or ten important books which reveal
fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receives incidental
training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems for special
investigation, and in group discussion.
American Civilization Curriculums
A student working in American Civilization must decide upon a program
which emphasizes either history, literature, sociology, or government, and
must consult an official advisor before selecting electives. A student follow-
ing this curriculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100 level
in at least two of the departments represented in this program. The
follo\\'ing skeleton curriculum presents a program which would be followed
by a student who elected to emphasize history. Similar programs, making
appropriate substitutions, may be worked out with an advisor for students
electing to emphasize literature, sociology, or government.
Emphasis History r—Semestei .
Junior Year I II
American History 3 8
American Literature, or Sociology, or Government and Politics 3 3
European History • 8
Electives 6 6
Total 16 15
152 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — i
Senior Year I II
American History 8 t
EsKlish Hietory • •
Conference Coarse • •
Elective* 6 6
Total IB 15
II. BIOLOGICAL CURRICULA*
GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUM
A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in
biology, but whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological
sciences. The courses as outlined include work in Bacteriology, Botany,
Entomology, and Zoology, and introduce the student to the general prin-
ciples and methods of each of these biological sciences.
By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a
student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study
to be able to continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper
selection of electives, the educational requirements of the State Department
of Education for certification can be met. A student who wishes to work
for a certificate must plan his entire program before the beginning of his
junior year.
This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the
biological sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of
these credits at least 18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two
of the four departments.
A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the de-
partment in which he plans to do the most work.
General Biological Sciences Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ens. 1, 2 — Compoiition and American Literature 3 8
See. t — Sociolosry of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government 8
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bot. 1— General Botany 4
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
He. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
* A student in the College of Arts and Sciences may also major in Botany or Ento-
mology. For statements concerning Botany and Entomology, see the Catalog of the College
of Agriculture.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153
/ — Semester — ^
Sophomore Year** I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
tH. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Ent, 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 ....
Baet. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 8 S
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T, C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activitie* 1 1
Total 16-19 17-20
Junior Year
Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Slectives (Biological Sciences) 6 6
Klectivea 2 2
Total 15 15
Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 during
their jnnior year.
Senior Year
Electives (Biological Sciences) 9 9
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
BACTERIOLOGY
The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view.
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who
choose bacteriology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are pro-
vided: (1) applied bacteriologj-, in preparation for such positions as dairy,
sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state, and commercial
laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health, and
clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied
departments and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has
been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these
related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encour-
age and foster original thought in the pursuit of research.
** Students who wish to emphasize certain phases of the biological sciences should elect
Chemistry 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, as directed by their advisor.
t A student may be advised to postpone History 5, 6 to the junior year in order that
he may elect a second course in the biological sciences which he intends to emphasize.
154 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bacteriology Curriculums
The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in
the early stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curri-
culum outlined below includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied
fields.
The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bact. 5) is required for all
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bact. 1).
Bacteriology 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses
for majors in other departments provided the student has been introduced
to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent to their
specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required.
The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued
as closely as possible, although it is realized that some deviation may be
necessary. Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student
to obtain several courses that are correlated with his particular interests.
All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head
of the Department during the first year concerning his particular field of
study and his choice of a minor. The minor field of study shall be chosen
only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below,
is the preferred minor.
Applied Bacteriology Curriculum „ .
Freshman Year I 11
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3
Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Hea. 2, 4^Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
French or German* 3 8
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 8 8
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities ; 1 1
Total 17-20 17-20
* Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German required.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155
I — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
French or German (Continued)* 3 3
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 ....
Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriologry .... 4
Chem. 161, 162, 163. 164— Biochemistry 4 4
Electives 3 8
Total 18 18
Senior Year
Bact. 60— Journal Club 1 1
Bact. 103 — Serology 4
Bact. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology 4
Electives 9 9
Total 14 14
Medical Technology Curriculum
This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire
to prepare for technical work in hospital, clinical, and public health labora-
tories. Specialization in the field of Medical Technology begins in the
sophomore year and becomes more intense during the junior year. Em-
phasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in Bacteriology,
Chemistry, and Zoology.
The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of
opportunities to work in medical laboratories during the summer months.
The optimum plan shall be to place the prospective technologist in a labora-
tory as an apprentice as soon as his training permits.
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Chem. 1. 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
Hath. 10— Algebra 3
Math. 11 — ^Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 8
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
• Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German required.
156
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
-Semester — \
Sophomore Year I
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3
French of German* 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology ....
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 8
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 18-21
Junior Year
French or German (Continued) * 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4
Bact. 103— Serology
Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 4
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Zool. 106 — Histological Technique ....
Total 18
Senior Year
Bact. 105 — Clinical Methods 4
Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology ....
Bact. 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health ....
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4
Electives 4
Total 16
II
3
18-21
17
IB
PSYCHOLOGY
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological
Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational pro-
grams related to both these fields.
Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psy-
chology are given on pages 171-172.
ZOOLOGY
The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for
professional work in several fields: teaching in college and secondary
schools, research and regulatory work in the biological bureaus of the
United States Government, work in the biological departments of state
and city governments, and research in industrial laboratories.
Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each
of these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample oppor-
tunity is offered for the election of additional courses in the Department
♦ Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German required.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
157
of Zoology or related departments so that the student may plan his training
toward the particular professional work in which he is interested.
Zoology Curriculum „ .
Freshman Year I H
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... t
Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 i
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
H. 6. 6 — History of American Civilization 8 S
Zool. 6 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 8 S
Elective* 3 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
♦Zool. 108 — Animal Histology 4
♦Zool. 106— Histological Technique 3
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3
Phys, 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Foreign Language 3 3
Electives (Zoology) 0 or 4 0 or 3
Electives 3 3
Total 17 16
Senior Year
Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology .... 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Elective (Zoology) 4
Electives 8 8
Total 16 16
Fisheries Biology
The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for
the study of Fishery Biology and Marine Zoology. The Chesapeake Bay
and its tributaries, representing many habitats, constitute an excellent
laboratory for training in these fields and commercial fisheries of the state
offer additional opportunity for studies in methods, management and
conservation.
* Elect on*.
158 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this
field. In addition to the courses as outlined, which he 'vsnll complete at
College Park, he is expected to spend part of his summers in study or
practical work on the Chesapeake Bay.
The minor field of study for this curriculum will depend upon the specific
phase of Fishery Biology in which the student is primarily interested. A
selection of courses to complete the minor requirements will be made by the
student in consultation with his adviser. The minor may be selected from
Chemistry, Botany, Entomology, or Bacteriology, depending upon the stu-
dent's objective. All students in Fishery Biology are required to complete,
from electives, Chemistry 5 and Chemistry 19 at some time during their
course.
Fishery Biology Curriculum « .
Freshman Year / //
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 I
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 S
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 8
Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology , . 4 ....
ZooL 20 — Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T, C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives 4 4
Total 18-21 18-21
Junior Year
German* 3 8
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
EJectricity 4 4
Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology .... 4
Zool. 118 — Invertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... I
Electives 7 4
Total 18 18
Senior Year
German (Continued)* 3 8
Zool. 125, 126 — Fishery Biology and Management 3 8
Electives 12 12
Total 18 18
* G«r. •, T reqiitr«d.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159
III. THE HUMANITIES
Art
Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for
which art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who prepare
themselves for creative work on a professional basis.
In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles
involved in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form
of actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains
a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods
and procedures underlying good quality of performance.
Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the cre-
ative faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, neces-
sarily places emphasis on the general history, composition, and art appre-
ciation, with subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed
study.
Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students
majoring in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is sug-
gested that they schedule Art 9, 10, and 11, Historical Survey of Painting,
Sculpture, and Architecture, and History of American Art, as excellent
supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 100-101
is recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and
Education majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors
in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture
majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful means
of training observation and developing understanding of, and proficiency
in, the visual arts.
English
Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate
work, are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that re-
quired for graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recom-
mended that students give special consideration to the following: French,
German, philosophy, history, and fine arts.
Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible
24-40 hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows:
1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104).
2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156).
3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120,
122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157).
4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156).
160 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Foreign Languages and Literature
The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a
student can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4,
and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, and 7).
Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for
the general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding
another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and
other aspects.
Literature and Language Major
Language and literature as such are stressed in the first type of major.
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a semester
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9
and 81 or 82, a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six
hours of the introductory sui-vey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76),
any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26
semester hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Department
are desirable and as electives work in American and in Comparative Litera-
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are
required.
Foreign Area Major
The area study major endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge
of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of con-
versation. Civilization (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), three hours
of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or Span. 121) and six hours in litera-
ture courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semester hours. In addi-
tion the student takes, as a minor, twenty to thirty-six hours in geography,
history, political science, sociology, or economics, distributed through
these fields in consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language Depart-
ment, The student is urged to take some elective work in American and in
Comparative Literature.
Special Honors
The distinction of special honors in French, German, or Spanish is awarded
to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned requirements,
have completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive exami-
nation in their field of concentration. The purpose of honors in languages
is (1) to encourage independent reading and (2) to coordinate the knowl-
edge afforded by the various individual courses which constitute the major
curricula. The work leading to honors is done in conferences between stu-
dents and professors. It should be begun early in the student's collegiate
career, and in no case may students declare their candidacy for honors later
than the beginning of their senior year.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161
The Curriculum in History
The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of
knowledge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum
which is designed to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for
entering several fields of professional activity. Specifically these fields are
(1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the
field of journalism, which requires a broad historical background; (3) re-
search and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the
department offers adequate preparation and training for those who intend
to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at the col-
lege level.
Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental
requirements:
1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester
hours in advanced courses, with the following exceptions: (a) the
total may be reduced by 3 credit hours for those students who, in
addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6 credits in other courses
under the 100 level; and (b) the total may be reduced by 6 credit
hours for those who, in addition to the prerequisites, have com-
pleted 12 semester hours in courses under the 100 level.
2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses
should be taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, Amer-
ican, or Latin American.
3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of
all college students) and History 1 and 2.
4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senioi
year.
5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward com-
pleting the major requirements for graduation.
Philosophy
The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical
evaluation concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the
significance of the principal types of human experiences and activities.
To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of
knowledge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of
free electives, the department offers Philosophy 1, Philosophical Perspectives
on nature, man, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2, Philosophical
Perspectives on morality, government, education, and art. For the general
picture, both courses are recommended; each, however, is available sepa-
rately, and either may be taken first.
162 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their
subjects, the department oifers a choice among a group of specifically
related courses: 52, Philosophy in Literature; 53, Philosophy of Religion;
151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy of Art; 154, Political and Social Philosophy;
155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science.
To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department
offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent, and contempo-
rary, and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant
for students of American Civilization.
Philosophy 155, Logic is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum.
Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in
English, Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, and in the
pre-Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with
the chairman of the department.
Majors in philosophy will include in their program, 101, Ancient Phi-
losophy; 102, Modern Philosophy; 112, Recent and Contemporary Philoso-
phy; 151, Ethics, and a selection of at least four other semester courses
in the department. These will normally include one semester of Topical
Investigations, the topic to be chosen in consultation with the department
chairman to meet the student's special interests and needs.
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to pro-
vide work in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs
of all students in the university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work
which will allow a student to major in Speech. A major shall consist
of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses numbered
100 and above. Prerequisites for Speech majors are Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech
5, 6 is recommended as an additional prerequisite for those students who
have not demonstrated effective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts and
Sciences Natural Science requirement it is recommended that Speech majors
elect Zoology 1, 16. A student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a)
public speaking; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio.
IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES ""
Curriculum for General Physical Sciences
This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic
knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in
any one of them. By proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a
student may concentrate in the field of his choice. A number of selections
are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of electives.
Thirty-six hours in addition to underclass departmental requirements in
the three departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics are re-
quired. Of these 36 hours, 18 hours must be of 100 level and taken in at
least two of the three departments.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
163
(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses
open to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students
who want to select this field as a major should consult their advisor before
making up their schedules.)
t — Semester — \
Freshman Year / //
Chem 1, S — General Chemistry ]
or I 4 4
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics I
Bng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 S
Math. 14, 15, 17 — Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra and Geometry. 5 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 8 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... (
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 i
ToUl 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Chem 1, 8 — General Chemistry "]
or i 4-8 4-«
Chem. 81, 82, S3, 84 — Elements of Organic Chemistry and LaboratoryJ
Phya. 60, 61 — Applied Mechanics |
or l 8-4 8-4
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics J
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature |
or 18 8
Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature..]
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Foreign Language 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
EJlectives 4 4
EHecttves in Physical Sciences 7 7
Total 17 17
Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 during
their junior year.
Senior Year
Foreign Language (Continued) .
Electives in Physical Sciences.
EHectives
Total
18
3
4
8
18
164
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chemistry
The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-
planned course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization.
The curriculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The se-
quence of courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is real-
ized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary
toward the end of the prog^ram. All of the courses in chemistry listed, un-
less otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry.
Chemistry Curriculum ^g^^^^t^^.^
Freshman Year I II
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
Math. 15 — College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... S
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 17-18
Sophomore Year
Chem. 16, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 3
Chem. 36, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
•German 3 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T, C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Chem. 21, 23 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4
Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 142 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 2 ....
or
Chem. 150 — Organic Quantitative Analysis 2
Chem. 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 2
or
Chem. 150 — Organic Quantitative Analysis 2
•*Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3
•*Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings, Mainly in English Literature... 3 3
•German (Continued) 3 3
Phyi. 20, 21 5 6
Total 19 19
• Ger. 6, 7 required.
•* Elect one.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165
t — Semester — >
Senior Year I II
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 S
Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry t
Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry 8 8
Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 146 — The Identification of Organic Compounds 2 ....
Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics.. 5-8 B-8
Total 15-18 15-18
Mathematics
This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics.
Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore
courses in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in
mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must:
1. Complete the curriculum in mathematics with an average grade of B in
all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in mathematics at the end of
the senior year; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in
mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in
mathematics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion
of their sophomore year.
No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of
the requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average
grade of C is required in the minor.
The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice
of electives in the Junior and Senior years.
Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry.
Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include
six hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours
in the field of applied mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from
the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation with the Head of the
department of Mathematics.
Mathematics Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
French or German 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life • • • ■ 8
Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2
Math. 15 — College Algebra 3 • • • •
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry • • • • 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 or 19 17 or 18
166
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
-Semester — n
Sophomore Year I
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in World or English
Literature 3
French or German (continued) 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 19
Junior Year
Math. 110. Ill — Advanced Calculus 8
Electives — Mathematics 8
Electives — Minor 3-6
Electives 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men) 3
Elective (Women) 8
Total 15-18
Senior Year
Math. 114 — Differential Equations ....
Electives — Mathematics 6
Electives — Minor 3
Electives 6
Total 16
//
a
3
4
6
19
8
8
3-6
8
8
8
15-18
16
Physics
The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for teaching or graduate work,
and for positions in governmental, industrial, and biophysical laboratories.
Courses comprising the minor may be selected in any allied field in accord-
ance with the needs of the student.
Physics Curriculum
Freshm,an Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1
Math. 14, 15, 17 — Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra, Analytic
Geometry 5
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life . . . •
Foreign Language or Physics 3-4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hypriene (Women) 2
Physical Activities 1
ToUl 18-20
8
8-4
8
2
1
17-19
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
167
t — Semester — <
Sophomore Year / //
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in World or English
Literature 3 8
Math. 20, 21 — Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Physics 4-5 4-5
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Junior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men^ 8 S
Physics 5 S
Foreign Langague (Continued), Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7
Electives 3 8
Total 17-18 17-18
Senior Year
Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17
Total 15-17 16-17
V. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES*
SOCIOLOGY
The student majoring in Sociology will gain a liberal education as well
as develop toward a professional field of specialization which is focused on
an understanding of human relationships. In view of the basic nature of
human relationships in all lines of activity, many of the courses in sociology
are designed so as to be available to students of other specialized interests.
The course offerings in the department include the major basic areas in
the field of sociology such as The Community, Criminology, Cultural Anthro-
pology, The Family, Industrial Sociology, Rural Sociology, Population,
Urban Sociology, Social Problems, Social Psychology, Social Theory, and
Social Welfare. A considerable degree of specialization is possible within
each of these fields. The student who majors in sociology may acquire either
a comprehensive view of the entire field by selecting a range of courses from
several of these basic areas or he may concentrate in any one of them. In
any event, the student majoring in Sociology will consult the head of that
department as to the appropriate advisor within the department for the
selected area of specialization.
Departmental requirements for all who major in Sociology consist of a
minimum of 30 semester hours of Sociology (including Sociology 1) of
• students in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in Economics, Geography,
and Government and Politics. The student should consult his Lower Division Advisor con-
cerning the requirements in these fields. The courses offered in these departments are
described in the Catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration.
168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
which 12 hours must be in courses numbered 100 or above. Only credit
with a grade of C or more can be counted as a part of the major require-
ment. The following sociology courses are required:
Sociology 1 — The Sociology of American Life (University require-
ment)
Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology
Sociology 183 — Social Statistics
Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory
Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar
The curriculum for the first two years for all majors in Sociology is as
follows : ,
r — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
En». 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature S 8
Soc. 1 — SocioloKy of American Life 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government • • • . 8
Foreign Language 3 8
•Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Science 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2
PhjTBical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-20 18-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in World or English
Literature 3 8
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Foreign Language 3 S
♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4
**Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology 3 3
tElective 8
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Totel 16-20 16-20
• In the Crime Control Curriculum, the student will take Zool. 1 in his first semester
freshman year and then take the sequence Zool. 14, 15 in the sophomore year. This will
leave space for an elective in the second semester of the freshman year which ordinarily
will be Soc. 2.
•If the student fulfills his requirements in the natural sciences (12 credit hours) in
three semesters, he will have another elective in the second semester of his sophomore year
which probably will be selected from his major or minor field.
** In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Psych. 1 instead of Soc. 2
since he will have taken this latter subject in the second semester of his freshman year.
t In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Soc. 52.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169
The student seeking to specialize in any of the areas mentioned, including
the curricula indicated below, or seeking a comprehensive view of the whole
field of sociology will, with the aid of his advisor, select the remainder of
his required courses in those areas which best meet his needs. Students
who wish to qualify for public school teaching along with the major in
sociology should consult their advisor no later than their sophomore year
in order to arrange their minor sequence in the field of education. Students
specializing in Preprofessional Social Work or Crime Control will find their
junior and senior year curricula listed below. It is recommended that stu-
dents interested in these, as well as other areas of sociology, consult with
the departmental advisors before their junior year.
Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the
College of Arts and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting
subjects, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines
a liberal education with a sound foundation for the general field of
social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for students
planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a back-
ground for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for
students who are not planning a professional social service career, but who
as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com-
munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately
upon graduation from college into certain social service positions for which
graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this cur-
riculum with the B. A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many
beginning positions in public welfare, public assistance, social services to
individuals and families, social security, and other areas of social service.
The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal
education with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human asso-
ciation, social motivation, and societal organization. The fourth year in-
cludes an introduction to the basic principles, methods, and organization of
the social services. Flexibility to meet the varying interests and needs of
individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior
years.
f — Semester — i
Junior Year I U
Soc. 13 or 14 — Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) 3
Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 3
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory 8
Econ. 37 — Fundamentala of Economics 3 ....
G. & P. 4 or 5 — State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin 3 ....
Electives in related subjects 3 9
Total IB 15
170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3
Soc. 171— ♦Family and Child Welfare 3
Soc. 173— Social Security 3
Soc. 174— *Public Welfare 8
Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3
Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar .... 3
Electives in related subjects 6 6
Total 15 16
Crime Control Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the
College of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psy-
chology, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum com-
bines a liberal education with basic training for the field of crime and
delinquency prevention and control. It is designed specifically for stu-
dents preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, institu-
tions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so-
called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology,
and similar positions.
Junior Year
Soc. 51 — Social Pathology 3
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 ....
Soc. 154 — *Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 3
Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3
Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory .... 3
B. A. 10 — Organization and Control 2 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... S
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... S
Psych 125— Child Psychology 3
Electives .... 6
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Soc. 114— The City 3
S'oc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3
Soc. 145 — Social Control 3
Soc. 156 — 'Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents .... 3
Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar .... 8
Psych. 131 — Abnormal Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 150 — Testa and Measurements 3 ....
Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration or a
3 hours elective in Psychology .... 8
Electives 3 8
Total 15 16
• Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies,
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171
PSYCHOLOGY
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social
Sciences and the Division of Biological Sciences, and offers educational
programs related to both of these fields. The functions of the under-
graduate curriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of
the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions and social fac-
tors which influence such behavior. In addition, the undergraduate pro-
gram in Psychology is arranged to provide a level of training that will
equip the students to enter certain professional pursuits which require a
background in this field. It is important to note, however, that the under-
graduate degree in Psychology is not in itself recognized as carrying any
professional status.
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the
Social Sciences are as follows:
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3).
Psych. 4. General Psychology (3).
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3).
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3).
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4).
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3).
And 6 hours from any two of the following courses:
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3).
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3).
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3).
Plus 6 additional hours in other courses in Psychology, making a total of
31 hours.
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Sciences
in the Biological Sciences are the same as the above with the following
exceptions:
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) is substituted for Psych.
121, Social Psychology (3).
The particular three courses from which 6 hours of work may be chosen
are:
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3).
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3).
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (3).
In addition to the general University requirements and those of the
College of Arts and Sciences, as well as the above requirements in the
Department of Psychology, the student will take a minimum of 18 hours
172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
in a minor curriculum and must include at least G hours of courses in the
100 series in a single department. The minor program will be organized for
each student with the approval of the Department of Psychology. For
the Bachelor of Arts degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of
courses in the Social Sciences. For the Bachelor of Sciences degree the
minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the Biological and
Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 100 series in Zoology.
For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psy-
chology, it is recommended that among their minor or elective programs
they take courses in Mathematics, Zoology, and Physics.
VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW
The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of
academic credit for admission to the school. Many students plan to take
a four-year program for the degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering
law school. Such students may select any appropriate subject for their
major.
The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and
law leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Stu-
dents pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period they
will complete a prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies for a total of 90
semester hours in addition to the requirements in physical activities and
military science, and they must complete the requirements for graduation,
as indicated below. If students enter the combined program with advanced
standing, at least the third full year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of
credit — must be completed in residence at College Park. After the success-
ful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the School of Law
in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening
Division of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be
awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law, pro-
vided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive of
military science and physical activities with at least a C average in his
work at College Park and at last a C average in 30 semester hours of
work in Baltimore. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon
the completion of the combined program. The completion of a year's work
in the Law School in Baltimore constitutes a major, and the student is
required to complete a satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended
fields for the minor are English, Economics, Government and Politics, His-
tory, Philosophy, Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses
in the sophomore year in some of these fields. Students should use the
electives available during that year to meet these requirements.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
173
//
s
8
Arts-Law Curriculum ^-Semester — v
Freshman Year I
Enjf. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3
Science or Mathematics S
G. & P. 1 — American Government "1
and I 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
Foreign Language 8
S{>eech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature ]
or I 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English Literature J
Science and Mathematics 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
Foreign Language (continued) 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 16-19
Junior Year
•Minor 6 or 9
Electives 9 or 6
Total 15 15
18-19
3
3
3
3
1
16-19
6 or 9
9 or 6
FIVE-YEAR COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING
The first two years of this curriculum, comprising a minimum of 60
semester hours exclusive of hygiene and physical activities, are taken in
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional
training is taken in the School of Nursing of the University in Baltimore
or in the Training School of Mercy Hospital, Baltimore.
In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Nursing may, on the recommendation of the Director of the School of
Nursing, be granted at the end of the professional training. Full details
regarding the nursing curriculum may be found in the catalog of the
School of Nursing.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing
but the last year of pre-professional training, consisting of a minimum of
30 credits, exclusive of hygiene and physical activities, must be completed
in College Park and the professional training must be completed in one
• The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's advisor.
174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of the schools indicated above. To qualify for the combined degree the
student must complete the required work at College Park before com-
pleting the professional training in Baltimore.
In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the student must
obtain at least a C average in the work taken at College Park and at least
a C average in the work taken at the School of Nursing.
Arts-Nursing Curriculum , — Semester — ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
*Chem. 1, S^General Chemistry 4 4
Foreign Language 3 3
Speech 1, 2 — Introductory Speech 2 2
•*Math. 0 — Basic Mathematics (recommended) 0 0
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Foreign Language (continued) 3 3
tApproved Electives 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM
This course, which consists of three years of study in the College of
Arts and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine
of the University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed
by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association.
This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to
the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofes-
sional training is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at
College Park and the professional training in the School of Medicine in
Baltimore.
• Students may elect Zoology 1 and Bacteriology 1 during the freshman year and
Chemistry 1, 3 the sophomore year.
•* An examination in Mathematics is given during the registration period ; students
passing this test need not take Math. 0. Students who do not pass the Mathematics exami-
nation should elect Zoology 1 and Bacteriology 1 during the freshman year and postpone
Chemistry 1, 3 to the sophomore year.
t Recommended electives: Bacteriology 5, 52; Chemistry 15, 19; Econ. 37; History 51, 52;
Psychology 1, 2, 4 ; Sociology 2, 5, 13, 14, 51, 62, 64 ; Zoology 3. A student's choice of electives
must be approved by her advisor.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 176
Students who have completed the combined program of Arts and Sciences
and Medicine may, on recommendation of the Dean of the School of
Medicine, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of
Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits
exclusive of required work in military science and physical education in this
college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been com-
pleted so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met.
The qualitative grade requirements of the University must also be fulfilled.
The degree vdll be granted at the commencement following the completion
of the student's second year in medical school.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing,
but the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum
of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training and military instruction, must be
completed at College Park and the professional training must be completed
in the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore.
Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete
the work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when
authorized by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission
to continue in the pre-medical curriculum is granted only to students
who have demonstrated, on the basis of their previous academic records,
that they are fully qualified to carry the work included in this course.
Pre-Medical Three Year Curriculum
r — Semester — ^
Freshman Year* I II
En?. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 8 ....
G. &. P. 1 — American Government .... 8
Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20-21 20-21
* Students who wish to consider a possible major in the Physical Sciences should elect
Modern Language in the freshman year in place of Math. 10 and 11, and should elect
Math. 14, 15, 17 in the sophomore year.
176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — \
Sophomore Year** I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4
Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Phjrsical Activities 1 1
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology . . 8
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Electives (Sciences) T 4
Total 18 18
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the Uni-
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the
fourth year of academic work toward the degree.
If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone
his entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor's Degree, he may choose a
major in any department in which he has completed the necessary under-
class requirements. Because of the general nature of the first three years
of his curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of departments
in which he may specialize.
•* students who wish to consider a possible major in any of the following subjects
should postpone English 3, 4 or 5, 6 to the junior year and elect the courses listed below
during the sophomore year.
Bacteriology: Bacteriology 1, 5.
History : History 5, 6.
Psychology: Psychologry 1, 4.
Sociology: Sociology 2 and Psychology 1.
Students who wish to consider a possible major in American Civilization, Biological
Sciences, English, Foreign Language, Philosophy, or Zoology need make no changes in the
•ophomore year but must choose the proper electives in the junior year.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY
The School of Dentistry of the University requires at least two years
of academic credit for admission. Many students plan to take a four-year
program for the degree of Bachelor of Sciences before entering the School
of Dentistry, Such students may select any appropriate subject for their
major.
The University offers also a combined program in Arts and Sciences and
Dentistry leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Sciences and Doctor of
Dental Surgery. Students pursuing this combined program will spend the
first three years in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park.
During this period they will complete a prescribed curriculum in pre-
dental studies for a total of 100 semester hours in addition to the require-
ments for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the combined
program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's work — i. e.,
30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence in College
Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time dental
courses in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore, the degree of Bachelor of
Sciences may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School
of Dentistry, provided the student has earned at least a total of 130 semes-
ter hours credit exclusive of military science and physical activities with
at least a "C" average in his work at College Park and at least a "C"
average in his work in Baltimore. The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery
may be awarded on completion of the combined program. The completion
of a year's work in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore constitutes a
major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor at Col-
lege Park. Recommended fields for the minor are those sciences basic to
the study of dentistry. There are required courses in the sophomore year
in some of these fields. Students should use the electives available during
that year to meet such prerequisite requirements.
Arts-Dentistry Curriculum
I — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
Gner. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Cham. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Physical Activities 1 i
A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
178 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year I II
Engr. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life "1
and I 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government I
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 4 4
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
•Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Totel 18-21 18-21
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Approved Minor Courses 9 9
Electives 3 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the Uni-
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as
the fourth year (major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of
Bachelor of Sciences.
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his
entrance to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts
and Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose
a major and minor in any of the departments in which he has completed
the necessary underclass requirements. The general nature of the first
three years of this curriculum and the generous electives of the third year
make possible for the student a wide choice of departments in which he
may specialize. In general the electives of the third year will be chosen
as for a major in some particular department.
ART DEPARTMENT
Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Assistant Professors
Maril, Soulen; Instructors de Janosi, Grubar, and Stites.
Art 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course — Antique) (3).
Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and paint-
ing. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of rela-
tive proportions, values, and modeling, etc.
Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3).
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and
movement. (Siegler.)
• Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179
Art 3, 4. Rendering (1, 1).
Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings.
Included are: techniques of monotone wash, water color, pencil, pen and
ink, and the use of perspective and shades and shadows. (Stites.)
Art 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3).
First half semester devoted to elementary theory and practice of color.
Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective and
form principles. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice
oil painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and
utilized. Second semester, more advanced problems. (Wharton.)
Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3),
Outdoor drawing and painting; organization of landscape material. (Art
7 and 6 are interchangeable.) (Maril.)
Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3).
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization from
Pre-historic times to the Renaissance, as expressed through painting,
sculpture, and architecture. (Grubar.)
Art 10. History of American Art (1).
A resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in
this country and how American Art was influenced by social, political,
religious, and economic forces, here and abroad. (Grubar.)
Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3).
This is designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is
concerned with the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the Renaissance to Modem Times. (Grubar.)
Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2).
Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief.
Mediums used: clay, plasteline. (Maril.)
Art. 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9.
This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of
art. It investigates the organic form and backgrounds of painting, sculpture,
and architecture. (Maril and Grubar.)
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Prerequisites, Art. 1, 2, 5, 6.
Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration
and easel picture problems. The formal values in painting are integrated
with the student's personal experiences. (Maril.)
Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequisites,
Art 1 and 5.
Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction,
action, form, and color. (Siegler.)
180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3)— Prerequi-
sites, Art 1 and 5.
Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed.
(Wharton.)
Art. 108, 109. Modern European Art (2,2).
A survey of the development in various schools of Modern Art. Works
of art analyzed according to their intrinsic values and in their historical
background. Collections of Washington and Baltimore are utilized.
(deJanosi.)
Art. 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104.
This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training
into practical fields, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern
commercial advertising problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon
magazine and book illustrating, outdoor poster display, and calendar ad-
vertising, along with cover and jacket designs. (Soulen.)
Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Prerequisite,
Art 6.
This course is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize
in Still Life Painting, (Wharton.)
Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Prerequi-
site, Art 105.
This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop
greater proficiency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.)
Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Prerequisite Art
106, 107.
This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and vnsh to
specialize in portraiture. (Wharton.)
Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9.
A study of the development of painting and related arts from the pre-
historic to the Roman period. (Grubar.)
Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Art 9.
The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman
periods including the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects.
(Stites.)
Art 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Ai't 9.
A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles
from the Early Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.)
Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting (2, 2)— Pre-
requisite, Art 9.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181
A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first
semester study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th centuries
and the emergence of Baroque style. During the second semester, the
painting of France, Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be con-
sidered. (Grubar.)
ASTRONOMY
Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-52).
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy,
Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16.
The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1951-52.)
BACTERIOLOGY
Professors Faber, Hansen; Visiting Professors Smadel, Warren; Asso-
ciate Professors Laffer, Pelczar; Assistant Professor Doetsch
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters.. Two
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00. (Pelczar.)
Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1
and Chem. 3.
Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques
used in the field of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation
of various laboratory procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture
and one two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students
only.
Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Applica-
tion of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial
growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation
and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
(Doetsch.)
Bact. 52. Sanitary Bacteriology (2) — Second semester. Two lecture
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.
This course comprises only the lectures of Bact. 53. (Laffer.)
Bact. 53. Sanitary Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage
disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control, and
waste disposal. Occasional field trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. For junior and senior
students in engineering only.
Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their rela-
tionship to water supply, sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems.
Demonstration of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
(Laffer.)
Bact. 60, 62, Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior
standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and
presentation of reports, (Doetsch.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of
disease, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and
epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensi-
tiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological
reactions and their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with senior standing.
History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science.
The modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in
relation to early theories. (Doetsch.)
Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 103.
A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures
in terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum,
feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important com-
municable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence;
public health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)
Bact. 131. Food Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183
The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food, the use
of microorganisms in the preparation of foods, and methods of control of
these organisms. Discussion of the pure food laws. Demonstration of the
fundamental principles involved and the methods used in the examination of
different types of foods. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and
two two-hours laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream,
cheese, and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.)
Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification,
nitrogen-fixation, and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relation-
ships of microorganisms to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.)
Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in
bacteriology.
History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international
codes of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.)
Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the con-
sent of the instructor.
This course is arranged to provide qualified undergraduate majors in
bacteriology and majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific
bacteriological problems under the supervision of a member of the depart-
ment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits
in bacteriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103.
Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the
methods of isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and
viruses. Practice in the preparation of materials for examination with the
electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods
a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including
Chem. 161 and 162.
Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria,
bacterial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous sub-
strates. (Pelczar.)
184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology.
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects
in the field of bacteriology. (Staff.)
Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week.
Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent.
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae.
(Warren.)
Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equiva-
lent. Registration only upon consent of instructor.
Laboratory methods in virology. (Smadel.)
Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor.
A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.)
Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — Not offered 1951-52. First
semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, 30 credits in bacteriology including Bact. 131.
The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis
upon commercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 280. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30
credits in bacteriology.
Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in
current research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent
advances in microbiology. (Staff.)
Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30
credits in bacteriology.
Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in con-
sultation with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member
of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.)
BOTANY
This department is administered by the College of Agriculture. (Students
may register for its courses, however, just as if it were a department of
the College of Arts and Sciences.) Botany is a recognized major field in
Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. degree. For further information
about the department see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Students
wishing to major in this field will consult the head of the department about
their choice of courses.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185
CHEMISTRY
Professors Drake, Svirbely, White; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt,
Reeve, Rollinson, Spurr, Veitch, Wiley, Woods; Assistant Professors
Aldridge, Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Story and Stuntz.
Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per
semester.
A. Analytical Chemistry
Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period the first semester; one lecture and two three-hour
laboratory periods the second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 1, 3.
Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 15, 17.
This course includes a study of the principal operations of volumetric
and gravimetric analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry.
Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constitu-
ents. The qualitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For
students in agriculture, home economics, and bacteriology.
Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour labora-
tory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190,
and consent of the instructor. (White.)
Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for
Chem. 223.
A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted
to the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.)
Chem. 225. Polarography (2) — Two lectures per week.
A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric
methods in general and to show the technique and application of polarogra-
phy in the various branches of chemistry.
Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site, consent of instructor.
186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual.
(Stuntz.)
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
(Wiley.)
B. Biochemistry
Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34.
A chemical study of the principal textile fibers.
Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38.
This course is designed primarily for students in home economics.
Chem. 82 MUST be taken concurrently.
Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or
Chem. 36, 38.
A course designed to accompany Chem. 81.
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37.
This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriologfy,
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more
extensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second sem-
esters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38.
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of
the instructor. (Veitch.)
Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site, consent of the instructor. (Veitch.)
Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week.
Prerequisites 161, 163. (Veitch.)
Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
sites, Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.)
C. Inorganic and General Chemistry
Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures, one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitatire Analysis (3) — Second semester. One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 3.
Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period per week.
An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for
students in home economics. This course is open only to students registered
in Home Economics.
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38.
(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester
depending on demand.)
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.)
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and sec-
ond semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures
per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semes-
ter. Two lectures per week. (Story.)
Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem.
205 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor.
(Rollinson.)
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools
available for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical tech-
niques.
D. Organic Chemistry
Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home
economics.
Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein.
Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students.
188 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 37, 38.
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First
and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent
of the instructor.
The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen
and certain functional groups, (Aldridge.)
This course may be substituted for either Chem, 142 or Chem. 144 in the
chemistry major curriculum.
(One or more courses from the following group, 241-253, will customarily
be offered each semester.)
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 243. The Chemistry of Petroleum Compounds (2) — Second se-
mester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, 141, 143, 187, 189.
Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Pratt.)
Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures
per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 251. The Heterocycles (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Dewey)
Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 to 4) — First and second
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced
Course (2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour lab-
oratory periods per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 260. Advanced Organic Laboratory (1 or 2) — First and second
semesters. One or two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
An orientation course designed to demonstrate a new student's fitness to
begin research in organic chemistry, (Pratt,)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189
E. Physical Chemistry
Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2;
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 19.
A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184.
Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) —
First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory' period per week.
May be taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183.
The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles
studied in Chem. 181, 183.
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21; or consent of instructor.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189.
Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second se-
mesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, consent
of instructor. (Cari-uthers.)
The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189,
and Chem. 188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group,
281-313, will be offered each semester depending on demand.
Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Second semester.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Spurr.)
Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — First
or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285.
(Pickard.)
Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Pickard.)
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of insrtuctor. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 807. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week.
(Svirbely.)
190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session
only. (Pickard.)
Chem. 313, 315. Molecular Structure (2, 2)— First or second semester.
Two lectures per week. (Brown, Spurr.)
Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prerequi-
site, Chem. 307. (Brown.)
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.)
F. Seminar and Research
Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session.
(Staff.)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zucker;
Lecturer McManaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney,
Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant Professors Andrews, Gravely, Parsons.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Comp. Lit. 101. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) —
First semester. (Zucker.)
Comp, Lit. 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) —
Second semester. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester.
(Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester, (Parsons.)
Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester.
(Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature
(3) — First semester. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 108. Some Non-English Influences on American Literature
(3) — First semester. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3) — Narrative, dramatic,
and lyric literature of the Middle Ages; studies in translation. (Cooley.)
In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative
Literature :
English Language and Literature — Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng.
129, 130; Eng. 144; Eng. 145; Eng. 155, 156; Eng. 157.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191
Foreign Languages and Literatures — Span. 109.
Speech and Dramatic Art — Speech 131, 132.
For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature — (3) — Second semester.
(Goodwyn.)
The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature:
English Language and Literature — Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207;
Eng. 216, 217; Eng. 227, 228.
Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208.
ECONOMICS
This department is administered by the College of Business and Public
Administration. (Students may register for its courses, however, just
as if it were a department of the College of Arts and Sciences.) Economics
is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree.
For further information about the department see the catalog of the
College of Business and Public Administration. Students wishing to major
in this field will consult the head of the department about their choice
of courses.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professors Aldridge, Bode, Harman, Murphy; Lecturer McManaway; Asso-
ciate Professors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant
Professors Andrews, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Schaumann, Ward; In-
structors Adams, Anderson, apRobei-ts, Barnes, Bauer, Beall, Bezanson,
Demaree, Dinwiddle, Fischer, Kahn, Lutwack, Mangold, Martin, C. Martin,
M. Miller, Mish, Portz, Robison, Seligmann, Shaw, Stone, Swarthout;
Graduate Assistants Adams, da Ponte, Elderdice, Harmon, Harris, Holberg,
Newcomb, Nolan, Roers, Thearle.
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester,
but may not be taken concurrently.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes.
Readings are in American literature. (Ball and Staff.)
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an accept-
able combination of the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not be
given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation. (Cooley and Staff.)
Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable
192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
combination of the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers.
(Zeeveld and Staff.)
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or
popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Bezanson, Seligmann.)
Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An analytical study of Modem English grammar, with lectures on the
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history
and technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 10. Practice in Composition (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing essays and reports on non-
technical subjects. (Kahn.)
Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability.
(Swarthout, C. Martin.)
Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus.
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 or Eng. 10 in
addition to Eng. 14.
Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of informa-
tive writing, including the preparation of technical papers and reports.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester.
An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, ori-
gin, and development. (Harman.)
Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester.
Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English.
(Ball.)
Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester.
A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193
Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester.
A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and
Criseyde, and the principal minor poems. (Harman.)
Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3)— Not offered in 1951-52.
An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to
analogues, imitations, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.)
Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — Not offered in
1951-52.
The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare.
(Zeeveld.)
Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester.
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to
Spenser. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester.
The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3) — Second semester.
The important dramatists from Etherege to Sheridan, with emphasis upon
the comedy of manners. (Weber.)
Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester.
The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.)
Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First
semester.
The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.)
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Second
semester.
The Age of Dry den, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— Not offered
in 1951-52.
Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical
background. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and sec-
ond semesters.
A study of the major poets of the period, including Coleridge, Wordsworth,
and Byron in the first semester, and Shelley and Keats in the second
semester. (Weber.)
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3)— First and sec-
ond semesters.
194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic
period to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.)
Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Aldridge, Mooney.)
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester.
The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century.
(Murphy.)
Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester.
The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester.
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.
(Andrews.)
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — First semester.
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. (Manning.)
Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900,
with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.
(Gravely, Manning.)
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely, Manning.)
Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester.
Historical background of folklore studies; growth of the field; types of
folklore. Emphasis upon American folklore: ballads; folk songs; folk
tales; regional customs and beliefs. (Cooley.)
Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permis-
sion of the instructor.
Theory and practice. Intended for students who have more than ordinary
ability. (Fleming.)
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, permission of the instructor.
A high level of performance expected; some attention to forms not studied
in English 170. (Fleming.)
Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission
of the instructor.
Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play.
(Fleming.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a
focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such
as Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter,
Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma.
Specialists from related departments participate in the conduct of the
course. (Bode.)
For Graduates
Eng. 200 — Research (3-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done
and results accomplished. (Staff.)
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester.
An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.)
Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester.
A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference
to etymology, morphology, and syntax. (Harman.)
Eng. 203. Gothic (3) — Second semester.
Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of
the Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English. (Harman.)
Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester.
The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.)
Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and sec-
ond semesters. (McManaway.)
Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Not offered
in 1951-52. (Murphy.)
Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3) — Not
offered in 1951-52. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First
and second semesters. (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.)
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to the present time.
(Murphy.)
Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters, (Bode.)
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1951-52.
196 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ENTOMOLOGY
This department is administered by the College of Agriculture. (Students
may register for its courses, however, just as if it were a department of
the College of Arts and Sciences.) Entomology is a recognized major field
in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. degree. For further information
about the department see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Students
wishing to major in this field will consult the head of the department about
their choice of courses.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn, Miller (abroad
as Associate Director of C.S.C.S. European Program); Associate Professors
Kramer, Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, Rand,
Rosenfield, Hammerschlag, Dobert; Adjunct Professor Juan Ramon Jimenez;
Instructors Z. Jimenez, V. Smith, Nemes, de Marne, Norton, Vent, Bobory-
kine, Bays, Becker, Richeimer, Long; Part-time Instructors Greenberg,
Fagg, Hofer; Graduate Assistants Davis, Dickerson.
At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for
all students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish
to do further work in that language. By this means the Department
assigns each student to the suitable level of instruction.
No credit will be given for less than two semesters of elementary
language.
A student whose native language is taught at the University may not
meet the language requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses
in his language.
Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language re-
quirement 12 additional hours of English. They are advised to take
Foreign Language 1, 2, English for Foreign Students, for their first year
and English 10, Practice in Composition, plus a 3-hour course in literature
during their second year. These courses should be taken concurrently with
Freshman and Sophomore English.
Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-
English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences
between English and various other languages are stressed. (Bays.)
French
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course.
(Quynn and Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in
translation.
French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Open to all students who have completed their first-year French. Qualified
students who had the grade A or B in French 1 may take this course in
conjunction with French 2.
A practice course in simple spoken French.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students who have
taken French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5.
Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts designed to
give some knowledge of French life, thought and culture.
French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French
for students specializing in the sciences. Students who have taken French
4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7.
Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scientific texts.
French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French
life and customs.
French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. Recommended
for students who expect to major or minor in French.
An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drill; com-
position.
For Advanced Undergraduates
French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French
literature; of the lives, works and influence of important novelists. Reports.
French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the
nineteenth.
French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading,
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French
54 the nineteenth.
French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation
of representative examples. French 55 covers up to the nineteenth century,
French 56 the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
198 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First
and second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent.
This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17),
is designed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French,
wish to become more proficient in the written and spoken language.
French 75, 76, Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Pi-erequisite, second-year French or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French
literature.
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge
of French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the
language.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First
semester.
Beginning and development of the Renaissance in France; humanism;
Rabelais and Calvin; the Pleiade; Montaigne. (Falls.)
French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
First semester: the first sixty years of the century, with special atten-
tion to Descartes, Pascal, and Corneille, including Racine. Second semester:
the remaining great classical writers, with special attention to Moliere.
(Quynn, Rosenfield.)
French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
First semester: continuation of traditional literary forms; beginning and
development of the philosophical and scientific movement; Montesquieu.
Second semester: Voltarie, Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.)
French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism.
Second semester: the major prose writers of the same period.
(Bingham, Quynn.)
French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time.
Second semester: the contemporary novel, (Falls.)
French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199.
Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing.
(Falls, Bays.)
French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: the historical
development of the nation and its people. Second semester: present-day
France. (Rosenfield.)
French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3) — First semester.
A study of the pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their
production, the stress group, intonation. Practical exercises. (L. P. Smith.)
French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) —
Second semester. Especially designed for French majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French
literature. (Falls.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Confer-
ences. (Staff.)
French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) —
First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3)- ^First and
second semesters. (L. P. Smith.)
French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (L. P. Smith.)
French 215, 216. Moliere (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.)
French 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged).
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of
French literature. Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic
conferences. (Staff.)
French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Bays.)
French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in
French. (Staff.)
German
German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Students who offer two units for entrance in German, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year German, receive only half credit for this
course.
200 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans-
lation. (Cunz and Staff.)
German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Open to all students who have completed their first-year German. Qualified
students who had the grade A or B in German 1 may take this course in
conjunction with German 2.
A practice course in simple spoken German.
German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have
taken German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5.
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German
life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation.
German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have
taken German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. Second-
year German for students specializing in the sciences.
Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review.
German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak
and understand simple colloquial German.
German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. For
students who enter with three or more units in German, but who are not
prepared to take German 71. Recommended to students who wish to major
or minor in German.
Intensive review of the elements of German grammar with ample prac-
tice in sentence structure.
For Advanced Undergraduates
German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite German 1, 2, or equivalent.
A practical course in the pronunciation of German; study of phonetics,
oral exercises and ear training.
German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course
is required of students preparing to teach German.
A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with
ample practice in composition work.
German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements
in German literature.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201
German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course is intended for students who have a general knowledge of
German, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the
language. Reading of German newspapers.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller.
(Prahl, Schweizer.)
German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Habbel, Ludwig, Stifter,
Keller, Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.)
German 105, 106. Contemporary German Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present
time (1890-1950). (Prahl, Hammerschlag.)
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.)
Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Ger-
many, and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and
German Literature.
German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, German 71, 81, or consent of instructor.
Translations from English and German, free composition, letter writing.
(Kramer, Cunz.)
German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters.
Survey of German geography, history, government, literature, folklore,
and thought; with special emphasis on the inter-relationship of social and
literary history. (Cunz.)
German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) —
Second semester. Especially designed for German majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German
literature. (Schweizer.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Confer-
ences. (Staff.)
202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. (Zucker.)
German 204. Schiller (3). (Prahl.)
German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.)
German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.)
German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.)
German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged).
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of
German literature. Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic
conferences. (Staff.)
German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Bays.)
German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.)
German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in
German. (Staff.)
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepara-
tion is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive only half credit for
this course.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans-
lation. (Parsons and Staff.)
Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1)— First and second semesters.
Open to all students who have completed their first-year Spanish, Qualified
students who had the grade A or B in Spanish 1 may take this course in
conjunction with Spanish 2.
A practice course in simple spoken Spanish.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-
American life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, exer-
cises in pronunciation.
Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to
speak and understand everyday colloquial Spanish.
Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Spanish 4, or consent of instructor. Recommended for students
who expect to major or minor in Spanish.
An intensive review of the elements of Spanish grammar; verb drills;
composition.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203
For Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, second-year Spanish or equivalent.
Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial
letters.
Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent.
A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics,
oral exercises, and ear training.
Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent.
This course is more advanced than Spanish 17, and is designed to give
the students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is
also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition.
Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature.
Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor.
This course is intended to give the student the ability to speak fluently
about subjects of general interest.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester.
The legendary and heroic matter of the Spanish-speaking world, viewed
in the historical and folklorist context through an extensive study of its
written and oral manifestations. (Goodwyn, Parsons.)
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester.
Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina
and others. Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Parsons.)
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester.
Selected dramatic and non-dramatic works of Lope de Vega. Outside
readings, reports. (Parsons.)
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester.
Selected works of Cervantes; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote.
Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Rand.)
Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester.
Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
(Rand, Jimenez.)
204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Spanish 111. Modern Spanish Novel (3) — Second semester.
Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. Outside readings, reports. (Parsons.)
Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester.
Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Outside
readings, reports. (Rand.)
Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought (3) — First semester.
The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings
of the twentieth century. (Rand.)
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters.
Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing.
(Bingham, Nemes.)
Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester.
The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present
and their reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere.
(Bingham.)
Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester.
Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and
writers. (Bingham.)
Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay (3) — First and second semesters.
Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relation-
ship to social and political conditions in Spanish America. (Bingham.)
Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters.
Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; great
men, customs, and general culture. (Z. Jimenez.)
Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America, as expressed in its
literary masterpieces. Lectures on the historical-political background and
the dominating concepts in the lives of the people. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) —
Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors.
Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish
literature. (Parsons.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Confer-
ences. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 207. The Spanish Mystics (3). (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons, Bays.)
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the
graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Exten-
sive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3) (Bays.)
Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in
Spanish. (Staff.)
Russian
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in
translation. (Boborykine.)
Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Open to all students who have completed their first-year Russian. Qualified
students who had the grade A or B in Russian 1 may take this course in
conjunction with Russian 2.
A practice course in simple spoken Russian.
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent.
Translation and exercises in pronunciation; reading of texts designed to
give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
An intermediate practice course in spoken Russian.
Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second-year Russian.
This course is designed to give the student a thorough training in the
structure of the language. It is also intended to give an intensive and prac-
tical drill in Russian composition.
Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent.
An elementary survey of Russian literature.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Russian 101, 102. Contemporary Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
The works of some outstanding authors, such as Maxim Gorky, Alexei
Tolstoy, P. Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.)
206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermontov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky,
Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. (Boborykine.)
Hebrew
Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans-
lation.
Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor.
A practice course in simple Hebrew.
Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought,
and culture. Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation.
Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of insti'uctor.
An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew.
Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent.
An elementary survey of Hebrew literature. (Greenberg.)
Portuguese
Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans-
lation.
Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Portuguese 1
and consent of instructor.
A practice course in simple Portuguese.
Italian
Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Also recommended to advanced students in French and Spanish.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation; exercises in translation.
Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and
consent of instructor.
A practice course in simple Italian.
Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature on pages
190 through 191.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207
GEOGRAPHY
This department is administered by the College of Business and Public
Administration. (Students may register for its courses, however, just as
if it were a department of the College of Arts and Sciences.) Geography
is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree.
For further information about the department see the catalog of the
College of Business and Public Administration. Students wishing to major
in this field will consult the head of the department about their choice
of courses.
GEOLOGY
Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer
Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3.
A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com-
posing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the
agents that form them.
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
This department is administered by the College of Business and Public
Administration. (Students may register for its courses, however, just as
if it were a department of the College of Arts and Sciences.) Government
and Politics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the
A.B. degree. For further information about the department see the catalog
of the College of Business and Public Administration. Students vvashing
to major in this field vdll consult the head of the department about their
choice of courses.
HISTORY
Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors
Bauer, Merrill; Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski; Instruc-
tors Bates, Cotcher, Ferguson, Hanks, Johnson, Lowitt, Sellers, Sparks,
Stromberg.
H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History.
A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day.
(Bauer, Prange.)
H. 3, 4. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. For freshmen and sophomores; open to upper classmen by
special arrangement. (Gordon.)
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Required for graduation of all students who entered the University
208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the sophomore year. See page 26.
for further explanation. (Crosman and Staff.)
H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural
development is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements
of the various civilizations which have contributed to the common cultural
heritage of western civilization. The political, social, and economic set-
tings of the various civilizations are presented in chronological order. The
characteristic achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, litera-
ture, art, science, and music enrich this background. By presenting actual
masterpieces in literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination,
appreciation, and critical judgment will be stimulated. This course is
designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct
contribution to the other liberal art fields. (Jashemski.)
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. American History
H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the
eighteenth century. (Ferguson.)
H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The background and course of the American Revolution through the for-
mation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.)
H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) —
First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A synthesis of American Life from its independence through the Civil
War. (Chatelain.)
H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil
War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon
the period since 1876. (Chatelain.)
' H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First
semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to
Lincoln with particular emphasis on the factor producing Jacksonian de-
mocracy, Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement,
the Republican Party, and secession. (Sparks.)
H. 115. The Old South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or
the equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209
A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South
with particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Sellers.)
H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or
the equivalent.
Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco-
nomic effects of the v^ar upon American society. (Sparks.)
H. 117. The New South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or
the equivalent.
The South's place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with
special reference to regional problems and aspirations. (Bates.)
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World
War I. (Merrill.)
H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American
institutional development. First semester, the trans- Alleghany West; sec-
ond semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.)
H. 123. The New West (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
Regional pecularities and national significance of the Plains and Pacific
Coast areas from 1890 to the present. (Bates.)
H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second se-
mester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big
Business and industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer.
(Merrill.)
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations
of the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil
War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.)
H.129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— (Not offered in
1950-1951.) — Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with ref-
erence to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.)
H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as
religious liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Johnson.)
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3) — First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. H. 135
prerequisite for H. 136.
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con-
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and
practice thereafter. (Gewehr.)
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3)
— First and second semesters.
The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a
focus through the anal>i;ical study of eight to ten important books, such
as Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter,
Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma.
Specialists from related departments participate in the conduct of the
course. (Bode.)
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, ) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development
and role as a state in the American Union. (Chatelain.)
H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. (Crosman.)
H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester.
The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-
American neighbors. (Crosman.)
B. European History
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester.
A sur\'ey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece,
with particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.)
H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester.
A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)
H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1,
2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor.
A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211
H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor.
The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reac-
tion through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.)
H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
The Old Regime in France and Europe; the changes effected by the
French Revolution; the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power
1789-1815. (Bauer.)
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.)
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3,
3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two
World Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.)
H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3)— (Not offered in 1950-
1951.) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and
its fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the
rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of re-
sponsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British Empire
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the
dependent Empire. (Gordon.)
H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or H. 3, 4.
A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century
and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States.
(Gordon.)
H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester.
A survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the
real property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the
development of Parliament, and the expansion of the liberties of the
individual. (Gordon.)
H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or the equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.)
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, H. 191.
212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with
special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and
conflicts with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and
the Far East will be studied. (Bauer.)
H. 195. The Far East (3)— (Not offered in 1950-1951.)
A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the
Pacific area. (Gewehr.)
H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semes-
ters.
Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be
encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most
interested. Required of history majors in senior year. (Stromberg.)
For Graduates
H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Ar-
ranged.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester.
(Chatelain.)
H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.)
H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second
semesters.
Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in
United States History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.)
H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History.
(Ferguson.)
H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revo-
lution. (Ferguson.)
H. 215. The Old South (3)
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum
South. (Merrill.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213
H. 216. The American Civil War (3)
Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil
War. Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon
the social and economic impact of the war on American society. Oppor-
tunity is also given to read in the rich source material of this period.
(Merrill.)
H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3)
A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social,
and economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-
war attitudes and problems into the present. (Merrill.)
H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance
with some of the more important sources and some of the most significant
literature of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.)
H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with
emphasis on religious traditions, social and political theory, and development
of American ideas. (Johnson.)
H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, re-
search, and conferences on important topics in Latin American History.
(Crosman.)
H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters.
(Bauer.)
H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3) — Readings and conferences
designed to acquaint the students with selected topics in Greek and
Hellenistic history, such as the growth of democracy in Athens (with
special attention to the nature of democracy in fifth-century Athens), and
the development of federalism during the Hellenistic period. Time will
also be devoted to the contributions of the Greeks in philosophy, literature,
art, and architecture. Special attention will be given to the study and
evaluation of the source material in this field. (Jashemski.)
H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3) — Readings and conferences de-
signed to acquaint the student with selected topics in Roman history, such
as the development of the Roman constitution, the growth of democracy
in Rome, Roman provincial administration, the nature of Roman imperial-
ism, and Roman law. Special attention will be given to the study and
evaluation of the source material in this field. (Jashemski.)
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3)
Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im-
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the
medieval Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature,
art and architecture. (Jashemski.)
214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3) — Investigation of
various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations,
diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its
aftermath. (Prange.)
H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater
Britain (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials
dealing with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution
of the British Empire since 1763. (Gordon.)
H, 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged.
Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of se-
lected masters. (Sparks.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Charlesworth, Hayes, Henderson,
Holladay, Phillips, Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer.
L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and
Science, Pre-Law and Pre-Nursing curriculums.
These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries
with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of
lectures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its
resources to the students. The courses consider the classification of books
in libraries, the card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain
essential reference books which will be found helpful throughout the college
course and in later years.
L. S. lOlS. School Library Administration (3).
The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the
modem school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the
library in the school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries,
training student assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, pub-
licity, exhibits, and other practical problems.
L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3).
Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog
for school libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's
Catalog, Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed
cards.
L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3).
Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in
the effective use of book selection aids and in the preparation of book
lists. Evaluating of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215
L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4).
Evaluation, selection, and use of standard reference tools, such as en-
cyclopedias, dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks, for
school libraries. Study of bibliographical procedures and forms.
L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3).
An introductory course to library methods as applied to an organization
in which the primary function of the library is bibliographic control of
material pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. A course
planned to train in general library mxCthods a person who already is a
specialist in some particular phase of library service.
MATHEMATICS
Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson; Associate Professors Vanderslice, Trues-
dell;* Assistant Professors Brigham, Good, Leutert; Lecturer Polachek;*
Instructors Boyer, Brewster, Eakens, Eisenman, Facey, Gorciu, Greenspan,
Jarnagin, McLean, Meals, Menneken, Shepherd, Thorpe, B. Vanderslice.*
The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty
and graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in
current mathematical journals.
The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Pro-
fessor Hall for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the
undergraduate.
The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit
of algebra for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10.
The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units
of algebra for entrance: Math. 14, 15.
Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe-
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. 0 if
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum
calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math.
14 concurrently.
In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below.
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated.
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit for only one course.
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11— 1 ¥2 credits; Math. 14—2 credits.
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 17 — 4 credits.
The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a
grade of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade
before going on to a more advanced course.
* Part time.
216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the quali-
fying examination for these courses.
The fundamental principles of algebra. (Menneken and Staff.)
Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls
for Math. 15 and who fail the qualifying examination for this course.
A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra.
(Menneken and Staff.)
Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who
enter deficient in solid geometry.
Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary em-
phasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students.
(Brewster and Staff.)
Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of
Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, and the
Department of Industrial Education. Note regulation above in case student
enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations,
exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank
discount, true discount, and promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.)
Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the College
of Business and Public Administration, and open to students in the College
of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit.
Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities,
general annuities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evalua-
tion of bonds, amortization, and sinking funds. (Shepherd and Staff.)
Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one
unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical,
predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation above,
in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial theorem,
theory of equations. (Brigham and Staff.)
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, pre-
medical, predental, and general Arts and Science students. This course is
not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regu-
lation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in both
Math 11 and 17.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri-
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec-
tions, graphs. (Brigham and Staff.)
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent.
Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion,
the normal curve, cux-ve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.)
Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above,
in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in both Math. 11 and 17.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas,
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations. (Good and Staff.)
Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, high school algebra completed, and plane geometry. Open to students
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above,
in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa-
tions, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms,
determinants, progressions. (Good and Staff.)
Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, solid geometry and Math. 14.
The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial
and astronomical triangles. (Brewster and Staff.)
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15,
or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical
sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11
and 14, or in both Math. 11 and 17.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, solid analytic geometry. (Hall and Staff.)
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill
periods a week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 17 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering,
education, and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli-
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite
series. (Vanderslice and Staff.)
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students
in mechanical and electrical engineering.
218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Differential equations of the fiirst and second order with emphasis on
their engineering applications. (Leutert and Staff.)
A. Algebra
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.) Pre-
requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed
to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Brigham.)
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math.
21 or equivalent.
Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.)
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3)— (Not offered 1951-
1952) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.)
Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Math 21 or equivalent.
Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime
numbers, Moebius function, congruences, residues. (Brigham.)
For Graduates
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered in 1951-1952)—
Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor.
Matrices, groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.)
Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math.
103 or consent of instructor.
The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.)
Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor.
An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the
study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The con-
cept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation
problem will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups.
(Hall, Good.)
Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3) — (Arranged).
B. Analysis
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli-
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics,
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of
variations. (Brigham.)
Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3) — (Math. 114, second semes-
ter; Math. 115, not offered 1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or
equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxi-
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur-
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order,
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations,
applications. (Martin.)
Math. 116, 118. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3, 3)— (Not
offered in 1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to
students in engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate students in
mathematics should enroll in Math. 210, 211.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integra-
tion, sequences and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal
mapping, residue theory, special functions. (Truesdell.)
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)— Prerequisite,
Math. 114 or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica-
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential
equations of physics and engineering. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 119, 120. Intermediate Differential Equations (3, 3)— (Not offered
1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Existence theorems. Continuous groups of transformations and the
transformation theory of differential equations. Series solutions. Definite
integral solutions. Sturmian theory. Integral equations. Classification
of second order equations. Characteristics. Method of Fourier series.
Method of Fourier and Laplace integrals. Difference equations. Elements
of potential theory. Variational methods of solution. (Truesdell.)
For Graduates
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite,
Math. Ill or equivalent.
Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory,
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-
1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent.
220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann
integral, Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Jackson.)
Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3)— (Not offered
1951-1952.)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 116, or 210.
Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential
equations and for partial differential equations. Characteristic theory.
Reduction to normal forms, the method of finite differences. (Martin.)
Math. 217, 218. Analytic Number Theory (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-
1952.)— Prerequisite, Math. 106 and 211.
Brief review of elementary number theory and the properties of the
zeta function. Application of analysis to number theory. Prime number
theorem. Additive partitions. (Brigham.)
Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged).
C. Geometry and Topology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or
equivalent.
Open and closed sets. Elementary topology of the straight line and
the Euclidean plane. The Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications.
Simple connectivity. (Hall.)
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — (Not offered
1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro-
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordi-
nates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.)
Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor
Analysis (3, 3) — (Not offered 1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiva-
lent.
The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector
and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear
coordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives,
intrinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applications to problems in dy-
namics, mechanics, electricity, and relativity. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or
consent of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open
to students in the College of Education.
This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in
high school. The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of
the triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed
on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry.
(Jackson.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221
For Graduates
Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.) —
Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 134, or consent of instructor.
Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula,
ovaloids, surfaces of constant curvature. (Jackson.)
Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.) —
Prerequisite, Math. 124 or consent of instructor.
The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the
postulational point of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the
results obtained. Desargues configuration, and Pappus configuration, per-
spectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate systems will be among
the topics studied. (Jackson.)
Math. 223, 224. Combinatorial Topology (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)
Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 111, or equivalent.
Homology and homotopy theory of complexes developed from a group
theoretic basis. (Hall.)
Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.) —
Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent.
Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces,
convergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and con-
tinuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.)
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math.
Ill and 134, or equivalent.
Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions,
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory
of relativity. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — (Arranged)
D. Applied Mathematics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math 21 or
equivalent.
Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechan-
ics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three
degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial
differential equation. (Leutert.)
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists
(3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application
to the technical problems of physics and engineering. Topics include
Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and partial differential equations of
222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex vari-
ables, operational calculus. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math.
21 or equivalent.
Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. Includes introductory
differential geometry. (Martin.)
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3) — (Not offered 1951-1952.)— Prere-
quisite, Math. 114 or equivalent.
Survey of high-speed calculators; applicability of numerical techniques.
Evaluation of errors in extended calculations; round-off and truncation
errors. Finite differences; smoothing; divided differences; central differ-
ences; uniform intervals. Newton's interpolation formula; inverse inter-
polation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Systems of simultane-
ous equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.)
For Graduates
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)—
Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or equivalent.
The subject material for this course vdW be chosen from the fields of
dynamics, elasticity, hydrodynamics. (Martin.)
Math. 232, 233 — Partial DifiFerential Equations of Mathematical Physics
(3, 3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or
equivalent.
The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial
differential equations with special reference to problems in potential theory,
the flow of heat, hydrodynamics and elasticity. (Leutert.)
Math. 234. Potential Theory (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)— Prerequi-
site, Math. Ill or equivalent.
The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and
Green, potential of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions,
Green's function, the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to
the linear integral equations of potential theory. (Leutert.)
Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)
Prerequisite, Math. 114 and 135, or equivalent.
Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary
differential equations. Construction of multivariate tables. Properties of
elliptic, hyperbolics and parabolic partial differential equations. Conversion
of partial differential equations to system of difference equations; determina-
tion of mesh sizes and convergence. The relaxation method of R. V. South-
well. Integral equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.)
Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — (Not offered
1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 116 or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223
Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernoulli's
theorem, Helmholtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum; the plane
motion of an incompressible perfect fluid, including stream function, com-
plex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of Blasius, Karmdn's vortex
street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to the theory
of viscous fluids. (Synge.)
Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3)— (Not offered 1951-
1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent.
Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexure of
beams, Euler-Bernoulli formulas, Saint-Venant's Principle, Airy's function,
strain and potential energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's
reciprocity law. (Leutert.)
Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3)— (Not offered
1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 134 or consent of instructor.
Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and
energy, theromodynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells,
fluid mechanics (non-linear theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity.
(Truesdell.)
Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) —
(Not offered 1951-1952.) — Prerequisite, Math. 134 or consent of instructor.
Maxwell's equations, electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and
potential distributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and
three dimensions, magnetostatics, electromagnetic inductance, transients,
alternating currents, stress and energy, electromagnetic forces and energy;
plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation.
(Truesdell.)
Math. 240. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)
— Prerequisite, Math. 235.
General methods of solving problems. Existence and uniqueness theorems
for difference equations associated with partial differential equations. Sta-
bility of solutions. Perturbation. Iterative procedures. Steepest descent.
Eigenvalue problems. (Clippinger.)
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged).
E. Reasearch
For Graduates
Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
one semester of graduate work in mathematics.
The student is initiated into the techniques of mathematical research
by reporting on original research papers appearing in the mathematical
literature. At the discretion of the senior staff member in charge, original
problems, lying \vithin the scope of the student's training, will be assigned.
(Staff.)
Math. 300. Research — (Arranged).
224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MUSIC
Professor Randall; Assistant Professor Romaine; Instructors Kemble,
Haslup, Johnson, Power, and Landers.
Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester.
A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the
time of Haydn, with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy.
(Randall.)
Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
A course in the history of music covering the development of all forms
of music (not including opera) from the Greeks to the present. (Haslup.)
Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semester.
A total of six credits may be earned. (Randall.)
Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters.
A total of six credits may be earned. (Randall.)
Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. (Power.)
Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters.
This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major
and minor scales, intervals, basic piano techniques, sight singing, simple
musical form and theory. A student must achieve a grade of B in order
to continue with the study of Harmony. (Haslup.)
Music 8. Solfeggio and Ear Training, I (2) — First and second semesters.
Three times a week.
This course aims to develop facility in singing at sight and the ability
to sing with good intonation. The aural study of the melodic and rhythmic
patterns in Solfeggio is also included. (Kemble.)
Music 9. Elementary Instrument Ensemble (1) — First and second semes-
ters. Two times a week.
This course is designed to give practical ensemble experience to those
students of musical instruments who have not had sufficient training for
performance with the Band or Orchestra. (Power.)
Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters.
For discussion of Student and R. 0. T. C. Bands, see page 42. A total
of six credits may be earned. (Landers.)
Music 11. Solfeggio and Ear Training, II (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Three times a week.
This course is a continuation of the study of Solfeggio and Ear Training,
I. More difficult music is used and special emphasis is placed on part
singing. (Kemble.)
Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First and second semesters.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225
The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental
meter designs. Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted.
Euryhthmics are applied to develop a sense of rhythm through muscular
coordination. Accompanying is also a feature of the course. (Romaine.)
Music 66. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester.
The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos,
music, and the composers of the standard operas. (Randall.)
Music 70. Harmony, I (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Fundamentals of Music.
Music theory is reviewed and a study is made of harmonic progressions,
triads, dominant seventh and ninth chords in root position, and inversions.
The course continues through altered and mixed chords to modulation.
(Kemble.)
Music 71. Harmony, II (3) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Harmony, I. It includes the study of
modulation and the enharmonic intervals. Analysis, simple harmonizations,
and original compositions are a part of the course. (Romaine.)
Music 80. Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) (2) — First and second
semesters. (Kemble.)
A study is made of the techniques of the string instruments through
practical experience.
Music 81. Instruments of the Band (2) — First and second semesters.
A study is made of the techniques of the wind and percussion instru-
ments through practical experience. (Kemble.)
Music 110. History of American Music (2) — Second semester.
This course, desig^ned to be an integral part of the American Civilization
program, reviews the development of music in the United States from
Colonial days to 1800, 1800 to the Civil War, and 1865 to the present.
Phases of our musical history which are studied include: Early Hymn
Writers, Stephen Foster, the Negro Spiritual, and Twentieth Century
Music. (Haslup.)
Music 120. Advanced History and Appreciation of Music (3) — First
semester. Prerequisites, History of Music 2 and 3.
The aim of this course is an extensive study of the evolution of forms
and styles of musical composition as illustrated in the music of various
periods. (Romaine.)
Music 150. Harmony, III (3) — First semester.
The practical application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic prin-
ciples acquired in Harmony I and II are applied in this course. Its pro-
cedures include harmonization of melodies, improvisations and accompani-
ments, playing at dictation, and transposition. (Romaine.)
226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Music 151. Harmony, IV (3) — Second semester.
This course aims to develop a feeling for musical form and a technique
for writing and arranging music for voices, piano, and groups of instru-
ments. (Romaine.)
Music 160. Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods (2) —
First semester.
Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. It aims to improve conducting
technique through practical chorus experience, to learn methods of vocal
procedures, and to make a survey of choral literature. (Romaine.)
Music 161. Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods
(2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting.
Conducting and arranging for the orchestra, band, and instrumental en-
sembles are developed through practical experience. Methods of instruc-
tion and a survey of instrumental literature are made. (Powers.)
Music 12, 52, 112, 152. Piano (1, 1, 1, 1) — Fifteen private lessons in
Applied Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department,
Bldg. B. There will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these
private lessons.
Music 72, 92, 172, 192. Piano (1, 1) — Fifteen private lessons in Applied
Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department,
Bldg. B.
Music 13, 53, 73, 93, 113, 153. Voice (1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen private les-
sons in Applied Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg.
B. There will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
Music 14, 54, 114, 154. Instruments (1, 1, 1, 1) — Fifteen private lessons
in Applied Music. (One-half hour.)
The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg.
B. There will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons.
PHILOSOPHY
Professor Baylis; Assistant Professor Dewey; Instructor Robinson.
Phil. 1. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester.
Philosophy 1 and Philosophy 2 survey different philosophical fields.
Either may be taken first or alone.
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the
nature of the real and how we know it, and concerning the nature, ground,
and function of religion. (Robinson and Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227
Phil. 2. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester.
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the
nature and function of morality, government, education, and art.
(Dewey and Staff.)
Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester.
Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing
ideas significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Dewey.)
Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — First semester.
A critical and constructive study of the nature of religion, of its various
forms and manifestations, and of its functions in human life. (Baylis.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A history of Greek Thought from its beginnings to the close of the Clas-
sical period. Based upon reading in the Pre-Socratic philospohers, Socrates,
Plato, and Aristotle. (Robinson.)
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil.
101.
A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th,
and 18th Centuries. Based upon readings in Bacon, Descartes, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (Robinson.)
Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3) — Second semester. (Offered in 1952-
1953, and alternatively with Phil. 160.) Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the
Classical period to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in the Stoics,
early Christian writers, Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and School-
men. (Robinson.)
Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Phil. 101 and 102, or the written permission of the instructor.
An examination of some of the main trends in philosophical thought in
the West since the 19th Century. (Dewey.)
Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. (Offered in 1952-
1953, and alternatively with Phil. 153.)
The main tendencies in American philosophy including Puritanism, The
Enlightenment, Trancendentalism, Idealism, Pragmatism, and Realism.
(Dewey.)
Phil. 151. Ethics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 2 or one year
of philosophy.
Good and bad; right and wrong; moral and immoral. Free will, de-
terminism and moral responsibility. The nature and ground of moral
obligation. Critical evaluation of the chief rival theories as to the correct
principles of wise choice. (Baylis.)
228 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3)— First semester. (Offered in 1951-
1952, and alternatively with Phil. 121.)
Classical and contemporary theories of art. The nature of art and
beauty; their relations and their function in society. The nature of esthetic
experience. Standards of criticism. (Dewey.)
Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
Classical and contemporary theories of the nature and functions of the
state. The bearings of philosophical principles on contemporary problems
of government and international relations. Human rights, social control,
and individual freedom. (Dewey.)
Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester.
Conditions of clear statement and valid reasoning. Language and mean-
ing. Immediate inference and the syllogism. Modern developments in de-
ductive logic. The nature and function of deductive systems. Recom-
mended in the Junior year of the Arts-Law Curriculum. (Baylis.)
Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester.
An inquiry into the nature of observation, experiment, induction, measure-
ment, explanation, causation, scientific concepts, and the use of mathematics.
(Robinson.)
Phil. 160. Metaphysics (3)— Second semester. (Offered in 1951-1952,
and alternatively with Phil. 111.) Prerequisite, Phil. 101 and 102, or the
written permission of the instructor.
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysical thought, based upon the
study of outstanding works in the field. (Robinson.)
Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1, 3)— Each semester.
Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics
selected by students in conference with the department chairman. Re-
stricted to advanced students with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy.
(Staff.)
For Graduates
Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly
by independent investigation of special topics under individual supervision.
Any of the courses listed below may be elected more than once. Course
selections require the approval of the department chairman.
PhiL 201. Research in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staff.)
Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual
supervision. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229
Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A special topic will be selected for each year, e. g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant,
British Empiricists, Russell. Topic for 1951-1952: Plato's Later Dialogues.
(Staff.)
Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
A special topic will be selected each year, e. g.. Symbolic Logic, Philo-
sophical Analysis, Perceptual Knowledge. Topic for 1951-52: Philosophical
Analysis. (Staff.)
PHYSICS
Professors Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, Johnson, Ken-
nard, McMillen; Associate Professor Iskraut; Assistant Professors Grant,
Krumbein, Wangsness, Thomsen; Instructor Arbuckle.
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre-
requisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in elementary
mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.)
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) —
Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half
of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3,00. (Morgan.)
Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (4) —
First semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three hour laboratory
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. This course
together with Phys. 11, satisfies the minimum, requirements of medical and
dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11
or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstration and
laboratory fee, $6.00. (Wangsness and Staff.)
Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Optics, Magnetism, Electricity, and
Modern Physics (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one
three hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general
physics. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and lab-
oratory fee, $6.00. (Wangsness and Staff.)
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures, two recitations and one three hour laboratory
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of
all students in the engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concur-
rently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
(Iskraut, Thomsen, and Staff.)
230 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity
(5) — First and second semesters. Two lectures, two recitations, and one
three hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general
physics. Required of all students in the engineering curricula. Prere-
quisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demon-
station and laboratory fee, $6.00. (Iskraut, Thomsen, and Staff.)
Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.)
Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently.
Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21.
An intermediate course in the phenomena associated with the atomic
nucleus. Special emphasis will be placed on the radiations emitted.
Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Wangsness.)
Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour.
(Krumbein.)
A. General Physics
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work for each
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites,
Phys. 52 or 54 and one credit in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit
hour. (Krumbein.)
Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prere-
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math 21. (Myers.)
Phys. 104. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Four lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Grant.)
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3,3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or
consent of instructor. (Morgan.)
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semester. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104. (Myers.)
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3) — Off -campus. Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits
of Phys. 100. (Johnson.)
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3)— Off -campus. Prerequisites,
Phys. 107 and Math. 21, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231
For Graduates
Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year;
all others will be given according to the demand.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5) — Five lectures
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in
physics and mathematics. (Myers.)
Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — ^Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 200. (Bershader.)
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester.
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.)
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or
equivalent. (Betchov.)
Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases
(2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 112 and 201.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3,3) — Three lec-
tures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
(Wangsness.)
Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines (2, 2) —
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. (McMillen.)
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.)
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2)
— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213. (Johnson.)
Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
(Johnson.)
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — ^selected topics (3) — Prerequisite, Phys.
236. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, Phys. 213. (Myers.)
Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour.
B. Applied Physics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Four hours laboratory a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, 2 credits Phys. 100. Laboratory fee, $6.00.
(Morgan.)
232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Phys. 102.
Phys. 105. Electricity and Magnetism (2) — Two lectures a week, sec-
ond semester. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.)
Phys. 108. Physics of Vacuum Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.)
Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (5) — Second semester. Five lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Phys. 105. (Grant.)
Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2, or 3) — Three hours lab-
atory work for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken con-
currently. Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or Phys. 54; and two credits in Phys. 60.
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21.
For Graduates
Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a
week. (Morgan.)
Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) —
Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.)
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2,2) —
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (McMillen.)
Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1,1). (Kennard.)
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3)— Prerequisite,
Phys. 201. (McMillen.)
Phys. 244, 245. Aerophysics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, consent of the instruc-
tor. (Seeger.)
Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2) — Prerequisite,
Advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor. (McMillen.)
PSYCHOLOGY
Professors Andrews, Smith, Sprowls; Associate Professors Ayers, Cofer,
Hackman, Ross, Schaefer, Triggs; Assistant Professor Heintz.
Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students
majoring in Psychology.
Psych. 2 and 5 are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature
and are organized primarily as elective courses for students in other de-
partments.
Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences:
1, 4, 106, 121, 145, 150; plus 6 hours from the following g^oup of courses.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233
126, 128, and 142; plus 6 additional hours in Psychology and/or other de-
partments selected in conference with the student's major advisor.
Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological
Sciences: 1, 4, 106, 126, 145, and 150; plus 6 additional hours from the
following group of courses, 180, 181, and 195; plus 6 additional hours in
Psychology and/or other departments selected in confernece with the
student's major advisor.
Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
(Schaefer and Staff.)
Not open to Freshmen.
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution.
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requiste, Psych. 1. (Ayers.)
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every-
day life.
Psych. 4. General Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1.
Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major
or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology
with particular emphasis on research methodology. Consideration of in-
dividual differences, motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning,
emotional behavior and personality.
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Sprowls.)
The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of ad-
justment.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the
Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Schaefer.)
A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological re-
search; measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors
in Psychology must take this course in the junior year.
Psych. 110. Advanced Educational Psychology (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or H. D. Ed 101. (Heintz.)
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in edu-
cation; measurement and significance of indi\'idual differences, learning,
234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
motivation, transfer of training, and the educational implications of
theories of intelligence.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz.)
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment,
communication and its influences on normal social activity.
Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (Heintz.)
A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major
problems in the field of social psychology.
Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Heintz.)
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of
the growing child.
Psych. 126. Developmental Pyschology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1. (Heintz.)
Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research
on simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms
of the development of normal adult behavior.
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121. (Cofer.)
Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human per-
formance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contribu-
tions in this area.
Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects of Literature (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.)
The familiar rubrics of djmamic psychology are studied in the light of
literary products. Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as
functional determinants of well knoAvn literary personalities.
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, three courses in Psychology. Two lectures, one clinic.
(Sprowls.)
The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormali-
ties, with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects.
Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.)
A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of
machinery and equipment. Of special interest to students in industrial
psychology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235
Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — (Not offered
1950-1951.) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.)
Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and
field-testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these prob-
lems through research.
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.)
The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research
evidence.
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4) — First and sec-
ond semester. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite, Psych. 4. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00 (Ross.)
Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic
survey of the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human be-
havior and their application in field work. Emphasis is placed on individual
and group participation in experiments use of data and preparation of
reports.
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Smith.)
Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orienta-
tion and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardi-
zation. Laboratory practice in the use and interpretation of test and non-
test predictors.
Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Smith.)
A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior posi-
tions involving a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake
graduate study.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in Psychology. (Schaefer, Ayers.)
A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — (Not offered 1951-
1952.) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on
special conditions encountered in flight.
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 145. (Andrews, Ross.)
An introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior,
including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion,
drives, and the neurological basis of learning.
236 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.)
A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interac-
tions, learning, sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods,
with a major emphasis on mammals.
Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and
consent of instructor. (Ross.)
A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior
majors and for graduate students.
Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1-3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.)
Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade-
quately documented report on a special topic.
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1, 3) — First and second se-
mesters. Prerequisite, consent of individual faculty supervisor. (Staff.)
An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a spe-
cialized topic or research project under supervision; also designed to allow
groups of students to work under supervision in a topical area not included
in the courses offered at the graduate level.
Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Physchological Science
(3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of
instructor. (Staff.)
Survey of professional problems in Psychology, including considerations
of contemporary developments, professional ethics, literature resources,
formulation of critical research problems, and discussion of the major in-
stitutions requiring psychological services.
For Graduate Students
Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (3) — First
semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Andrews.)
Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)
Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol-
ogy (3, 3) — (Not offered in 1951-1952.) — First and second semesters.
(Hackman, Cofer.)
Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. (Ayers.)
Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Description (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. (Ayers.)
Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Smith.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 237
Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3)— (Not offered 1951-1952.)—
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 220. (Triggs.)
Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading DiflSculties (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 221. (Triggs.)
Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Clinic (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 221. (Smith.)
Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester
(Ayers, Hackman.)
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester.
(Ayers.)
Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — Second semester.
(Ayers.)
Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ayers.)
Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semes-
ter. (Heintz.)
Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. (Hackman.)
Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 253. (Schaefer.)
Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 253. (Schaefer.)
Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.)
Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 253. (Andrews, Hackman, Schaefer.)
Psych. 260, 261. Individual Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Triggs.)
Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3)— (Not offered in 1951-1952.) —
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150.
Psych. 264, 265. Projective Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Cofer.)
Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3)— (Not
offered 1951-1952.) — First and second semesters. (Cofer.)
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 131. (Cofer.)
Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 270. (Triggs.)
238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.)
Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — Second
semester. ( Sprowls . )
Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. (Andrews.)
Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second
semesters. (Staff.)
SOCIOLOGY
Professors HofTsommer, Lejins; Visiting Professor Bailey; Associate Pro-
fessors Hutchinson, Matthews, Melvin, Shankweiler; Assistant Professors
Cussler, de Give, DeHart; Instructors Ebersole, Imse, Lucas, Roebuck, Roth,
Walker.
Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
sociology.
Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an
undergraduate major in sociology.
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters.
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition
and change; social organization. (Hoffsommer and Staff.)
Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing.
The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes;
institutions; culture; human nature and personality. (Staff.)
Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and trans-
mission of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns,
and problems. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country.
(Bailey.)
Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1
and sophomore standing.
Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control.
(Shankweiler.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 239
Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and
sophomore standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation;
prevention of crime. (Lejins.)
Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1
and sophomore standing.
Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior
through customs and societal norms; typical contemporary American
institutions. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
Functions of the family; marriage and family adjustments; factors affect-
ing mate selection, marital relations, and family stability in contemporary
social life. (Shankweiler.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to
courses numbered 100 to 199.
Soc. 105. Applied Anthropology (3) — Second semester.
Examination and critical analysis of recent applications of anthropo-
logical methods and data in the fields of administration, industrial relations,
and social and cultural adjustment. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester.
The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and
urban life; migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of
solving individual and national problems. (Melvin.)
Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester.
A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the
family, school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health,
recreation, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc 114. The City (3) — First semester.
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control,
and planning. (Bailey.)
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organiza-
tion of American industry; functions of members of industrial organiza-
tion, status, social structure, patterns of interaction, and relations of indus-
try and society. (Imse.)
240 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Soc 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester.
Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; commxmity
centers; neighborhood projects. (Bailey.)
Soc 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Population distribution, composition, and growth in North America and
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects
and policies (Imse.)
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester.
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state;
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities
in Europe. (Lejins.)
Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester,
A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of accultura-
tion on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Soc. 51 or permission of instructor.
General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical develop-
ments; grov^rth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, pri-
vate and public. (Roth.)
Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester.
Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and
the role of religion in social life. (Bailey.)
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3)^ — First semester.
Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social
behavior. (Cussler.)
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester.
Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the
public. (Ebersole.)
Soc 145. Social Control (3) — First semester.
Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be-
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Ebersole.)
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester.
Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing con-
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de-
terminants of human behavior. (Lejins.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 241
Soc 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis
of factors underlsring juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.
(Lejins.)
Soc 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate
years with Soc. 156.) (Lejins.)
Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and
delinquency; area programs and projects.
Soc 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor.
(Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.)
Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for
adults and juveniles. (Lejins.)
Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3) — First semester.
The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social
causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations of
peace and war and revolution in contemporary civilization. (Bailey.)
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester.
Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families
and children; child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.)
Soc 173. Social Security (3) — ^First semester.
The social security program in the United States; public assistance;
social insurance. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester.
Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local
agencies and institutions. (Roth.)
Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters.
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.)
Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Soc. 183, or equivalent.
Provides refined statistical research methods for advanced students in
the social sciences. Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique,
tests of significance, and other procedures. (Imse.)
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters.
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent
theories of society. (Bailey.)
242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open
only to senior majors in sociology.
Scope, fields, and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociolog-
ical knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsonamer.)
For Graduates
Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major
(totaling at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours
of sociology (including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 addi-
tional hours of comparable work in economics, political science, or psy-
chology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate
minor or several courses in sociology.
With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered
200 to 299 will ordinarily be ofifered in alternate years.
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester.
Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors
in sociology. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester.
Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and
groviiih, social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analy-
sis of particular communities. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester.
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative
aspects; American and world problems. (Staff.)
Soc. 224. Race and Cultxire (3) — Second semester.
Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Hutchinson.)
Soc 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester.
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality,
and social traits in select social structures. (Staff.)
Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester.
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and
techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion.
(Staff.)
Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3) — First semester.
Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and
research. (Lejins.)
Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester.
Selected problems in the field of criminology. (Lejins.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 243
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.)
Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3) — Second
semester.
An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile de-
linquency in Maryland. (Lejins.)
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester.
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change;
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.)
Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester.
Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends;
methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)
Soc 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester.
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scien-
tific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)
Soc 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester.
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American
theories of society. (Bailey.)
Soc 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and
second semesters. (Thesis Advisor.)
Soc 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and
second semesters.
Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Professor Ehrensberger; Associate Professors Ansberry, Strausbaugh; As-
sistant Professors Provensen, Niemeyer, Batka, Hendricks, Linkow; Instruc-
tory Mayer, Coppinger, Pugliese, Starcher, Golden, Palmer, Barraclough,
Aylward, Bowers, Meeker, McQuade, Hall.
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II.
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the
freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester.
(Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech Clinic — No credit.
Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is con-
ducted in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours ar-
ranged by consultation with the respective speech instructor.
(Ansberry and Staff.)
244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester.
Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for
students who expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Hendricks.)
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — Second semester.
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation.
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.)
Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor.
Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed
upon speaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations.
(Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman
engineering students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports,
etc., on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee $1.00.
(Hall and Staff.)
Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by
consent of instructor.
Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their
application in the discussion of contemporary problems.
(Hendricks and Staff.)
Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning,
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public
speaking. (Golden.)
Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester.
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students
in the art of reading. (Provensen.)
Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester.
Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of
scenery. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Bowers.)
Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester.
Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14.
Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Bowers.)
Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — ^First semester.
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses
in Drama. (Mayer.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 245
Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one lab-
oratory a week. (Mayer.)
A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up,
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period.
Laboratory fee $2.00.
Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
This course is designed to give those students practice in public speak-
ing who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19.
Laboratory fee $1.00 for each semester, (Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech 22. Introduction to Radio (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite for all courses in Radio.
The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting.
(Coppinger and Staff.)
Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied
to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules
of Order. (Golden.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester.
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the co-
ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro-
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00.
(Batka.)
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of
public address. (Not offered 1951.) (Golden.)
Speech 105. Pathology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 112.
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders.
(Ansberry.)
Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105, 120.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.)
246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 13.
Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.)
Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7.
Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that
fall within student's own experience. (Strausbaugh and Staif)
Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite,
Speech 7, 108. (Strausbaugh.)
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For
students who intend to teach.
Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.)
Speech 111. Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of speech majors.
Present-day speech research. (Ehrensberger.)
Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester.
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription.
Mastery of the international phonetic alphabet. (Ansberry.)
Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester.
Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays
for public performance. (Aylward.)
Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab-
oratories a week. (Not offered 1950-51.)
Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, con-
structing, and adapting costumes for the stage. (Bowers.)
Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to stu-
dents in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2.
English 1, 2. Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00.
Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising
of wearing apparel and housefumishings. Collaboration with Washington
and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.)
Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 101.
The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee
$2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester.
A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting.
Application will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity.
Admission by consent of instructor. (Coppinger.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 247
Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 117.
Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by
consent of instructor. (Coppinger.)
Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester.
A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting.
Admission by consent of instructor. (Batka.)
Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 105.
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment
of organic speech disorders. (Ansberry.)
Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech
14, 15.
The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of
design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor.
(Bowers.)
Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio pro-
gram. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each
semester. (Batka.)
Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through
the contemporary period. (Golden.)
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — First semester.
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of Gen-
eral Semantics. (Hendricks.)
Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4) — First and second
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and
Tactics. (Coppinger.)
The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects.
E£Fective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice
recordings. (Coppinger.)
Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of in-
structor.
A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cut-
ting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the
directing of plays. (Mayer, Niemeyer.)
248 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester.
A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester.
A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.)
For Graduates
Speech 200. Thesis (3-6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work
done and results accomplished. (Ehrensberger.)
Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4) — Off-campus. Arranged.
( Ehrensberger. )
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off-
campus.
A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech
mechanisms. (Glorig.)
Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus.
A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical prac-
tice. (Glorig.)
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus.
Etiology and therapy for organic and fimctional speech disorders.
(Senft.)
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus.
Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conserva-
tion. (Senft.)
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus.
Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Walker.)
Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus.
Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. (Faille.)
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus.
A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech
reading, (Bartlett.)
Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically
Handicapped (3) — Off-campus.
A laboratory course in modem methods of utilizing electronic hearing
aids. (Walker and Staff.)
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus.
The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially^
emotionally, and vocationally. (Cornell.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 249
ZOOLOGY
Professors Phillips and Burhoe; Lecturers King, Lemon, and Reynolds;
Associate Professor Littleford; Instructors Allen, Bartlett, GroUman, and
Stringer.
Zool, 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and tAvo two-hour laboratory periods a week.
This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian
form are studied. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Burhoe, Grollman, and Staff.)
Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. This course satis-
fies the freshman premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen
who intend to choose zoology as a major should register for this course.
Zoology 1 or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 3. Students who have com-
pleted Zoology 1 may register for Zoology 3 but not for Zoology 2.
A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of rep-
resentative animals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on in-
vertebrate forms and during the second semester upon vertebrate forms
including the frog. Laboratory fee, $8.00 each semester.
(Littleford and Staff.)
Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one
year of Zoology.
A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate
groups. Laboratory fee $8.00.
Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, one course in zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology 15.
For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and
physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Bartlett and Staff.)
ZooL 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen.
An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00.
ZooL 20. Vetebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of
Zoology.
The development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee, $8.00
Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 15.
A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the
250 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
integration by means of the nervous system. Open only to students for
whom this is a required course.
Zool. 55. DeTelopment of the Hnman Body (2) — First semester. Two
lecture periods a week.
A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of
the child with especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to
students for whom this is a required course.
Zool. 75, 76. Journal Qub (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec-
ture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in Zoology.
Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Registration limited. Permission of the
instructor must be obtained before registration. Recommended for pre-
medical students, and those whose major is zoology.
A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special per-
mission of the instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used
for study. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one
year of Zoolozy and one year of chemistry.
The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals
and lower animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week.
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for pre-
medical students.
A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.)
Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester
of Zoology. Permission of the instructor must be obtained before regis-
tration.
The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Lab-
oratory fee $8.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory
fee $8.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 251
A study of the morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites
with special emphasis on practical problems in parasite control and disease
prevention. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic
forms of nearby woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher
invertebrates and certain vertebrates, their breeding habits, environment,
and modes of living. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Histology; Bacteriology
desirable.
The taxonomy, morphology, cytology, physiology, and distribution of the
unicellular animal organisms. Emphasis will be on the importance of the
protozoa in present-day biological research. Therefore, considerable read-
ing of current and recent literature will be expected. The course will en-
deavor to teach the student the techniques required to prepare protozoa for
permanent study and their cultivation. Stress will be given to the forms
responsible for human and animal disease. Laboratory fee $8.00.
( )
Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Zoology
and Vertebrate Embryology.
An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embry-
ology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee $8.00.
(Allen.)
Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one
course in Zoology and one course in Chemistry.
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological,
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth,
behavior, habits, and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee
$8.00. (Allen.)
Zool. 125, 126. Fishery Biology and Management (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Laboratory fee, Zool. 125, $8.00. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
A study of the biology and economic development of fresh and salt water
forms. Particular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries
work. The first semester of the course deals with problems relating to
fin fishes. The second semester considers shell fish and other invertebrates
of economic importance. (Allen.)
252 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second Semester. Two lectures and
one demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in Physiology and per-
mission of the instructor.
A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physio-
logical problems arising in aviation, including consideration of: respiration
at high altitude, the design and use of O2 equipment, the effects of mechani-
cal forces such as radial and linear acceleration, protective devices, and
various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms.
(Reynolds.)
Zool. 132. Applied Physiology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in physiology and
permission of the instructor.
In this course, applied physiology will be developed through analysis of
problems to be selected from the following fields: illumination; heating,
cooling, and ventilation; pressurization (aircraft, underwater operations,
caissons); design of working spaces and machinery; sanitation; design of
industrial operations and efficiency; transportation; control of atmospheric
contaminants and occupational stresses; and safe practice, protective devices,
and equipment. (King.)
For Graduates
Zool. 200. Ichthyology and Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Zoology 121.
A study of the anatomy, physiology, and habits of fishes and other
marine animals of commercial importance. Laboratory fee $8.00.
(Littleford.)
Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing
animal tissues with specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work
includes the preparation of tissues for microscopic examination. Labora-
tory fee $8.00. ( )
Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned
with methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Labora-
tory fee $8.00.
Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20.
Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important con-
tributions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $8.00.
(Burhoe.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 253
Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology
102.
The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life.
Laboratory fee $8.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zoology 121, Chem.
3, Physics 11.
A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine
the growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near micro-
scopic organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special refer-
ence to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Staff.)
Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One
lecture a week. (Staff.)
Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3) — First or second
semester. Hours and credits arranged. Prerequisite, Zool. 102. Labora-
tory fee $8.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 215. Fishery Technology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other
fishery resources, methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery prod-
ucts, and recent advances in the utilization of fishery products. (Lemon.)
Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo-
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $8.00.
(Burhoe.)
College of
BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
STAFF
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
Anderson, James R., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography
Anderson, Thornton H., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
Andrews, Richard D., M.P.A., Research Assistant in the Bureau of Public
Administration
Ash, Willard O., M.A., Assistant Professor of Statistics
BuRDETTE, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of
Government and Politics
Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance
Capen, Ellery, M.B.A., Professor of Accounting
Carhart, Herbert G., Jr., M.S., Assistant Professor and Director of Public
Relations
Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration
Cole, David M., M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Economics
Cook, J. Allan, Ph.D., Professor of Marketing
Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and
Economic Research
Crist, Raymond E., Litt.D., Professor of Geography
Cronin, Charles F., B.S., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting
Crowell, Alfred A., M.S.J., Professor and Head of Department of
Journalism and Public Relations
Daiker, John A., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting
Danegoer, Alfred, Instructor in Press Photography, University
Photographer
Dillard, Dudley, Ph.D., Professor of Economics
Dixon, Robert G., Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
Edblson, Charles B., M.B.A., Instructor of Accounting
Firman, David, M.A., Instructor (P.T.) of Geography
Fleming, William R., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting
Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor of Transportation and Foreign Trade
Gass, Edmund C, M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
GoosTREB, Robert E., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics
255
256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Griffin, Harold E., M.S., Instructor of Accounting
Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics
Hale, John I., LL.B., M.S. (Retired, Captain USN), Associate Professor
of Business Administration
Henderson, Richard B., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
Hewins, John S., M.A., Instructor (P.T.) of Geography
Hilton, George W., M.A., Instructor of Economics
HoTTEL, William, Lecturer of Journalism
Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography
JOERG, W. L. G., Ph.D., Professor (P.T.) of Geography
Johnson, A. Rex, Ph.D., Professor of Marketing
Kahl, Norman, Instructor (P.T.) of Journalism
Karinen, Arthur E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography
Larsen, Christian L., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics and
Director of the Bureau of Public Administration
Lee, LeRoy, Linwood, A.B., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting
McHuGH, Thomas F., B.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
McLarney, William J., M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Management
Measday, Walter S., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Mester, Edmund C, M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
Morrison, John A,, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Geography Department
MosER, Martin W., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
MouNCE, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor
Norton, Hugh S., M.A., Instructor of Economics
O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor of Office Techniques
Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and
Business Education
Patton, Donald Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography
Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government and Politics
(On Leave)
Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and
Public Administration
Ratzlaff, Carl J., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Economics Department
Ray, Joseph M., Ph.D., Professor (P.T.) of Government and Politics
Rbh), James H., M.A., Professor of Marketing
Rice, James E., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Richard, Donald L., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor of Economics
Robinson, Edward A., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Root, Frankun R., M.B.A., Instructor of Economics
Sarle, Rodney G., M.B.A., Instructor of Business Administration
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 257
Sinclair, Norman S., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting
Starr, Joseph R,, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics
SxEiNMByER, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics
Sterkx, Albert D., M.B.A., Instructor of Office Techniques and Management
Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
Sylvester, Harold F., Ph.D., Professor of Personnel Administration
Taff, Charles A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Transportation
Thatcher, Lionel W., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of
Business Organization and Administration
Thom, H. C. S., M.S., Professor (P.T.) of Geography
Thomas, Benjamin F., M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques and Manage-
ment
Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor of Geography
Wagner, Ruby C, B.S., Instructor of Office Techniques
Watson, Dorothy W., M.S., Instructor of Geography
Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance
Wedeberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting
Weinberg, Norman, A.M., Research Associate, Bureau of Business and
Economic Research
Wood, Walter H., Lecturer of Journalism
Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting (On Leave)
Zagoria, Samuel D., B.S., Lecturer in Journalism
MEMBERS OF THE STAFF IN THE EUROPEAN PROGRAM
Dblamater, Lloyd A., M.A., Instructor of Economics
Hester, Donald C, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics
HiGGlNS, T. F., M.S., Instructor of Geography
Lambert, W. C. Breckenridge, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
Nieuwejarr, Otto, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics
Schwartz, David S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Personnel Management
Totten, Donald E., M.S., Instructor of Geography
Whitney, Donald J., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics
258 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
THE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable
location for students of Business, Government and Politics,
Economics, Public Administration, Geography, Journalism
and Public Relations, Foreign Service and International
Relations. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore busi-
ness district is less than an hour in the other. There is
frequent transportation service from the University gates
to each city. Special arrangements are made to study com-
mercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing agencies
and methods in Baltimore, assistance is given qualified stu-
dents who wish to obtain a first-hand glimpse of the far-flung economic
activities of the national government or to utilize the libraries, government
departments, and other facilities available in Washington.
ORGANIZATION
The College comprises seven departments, two bureaus of research, and
one institute.
I. Department of Business Organization and Administration
1. Accounting and Statistics
2. Financial Administration
3. Industrial Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate
5. Marketing Administration
(a) Advertising
(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance
(c) Retail Store Management
(d) Sales Management
6. Personnel Administration
7. Transportation Administration
(a) Airport Management
(b) Traffic Management
8. Public Utilities and Public Administration
II. Department of Economics.
III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations
IV. Department of Geography
V. Department of Government and Politics
VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management
1. Office Management
2. Office Techniques
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 259
VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
IX. Bureau of Public Administration
X. Institute of World Economics and Politics
Aims
The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, govern-
mental agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units,
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geog-
raphy, government and politics, and Journalism and public relations in high
schools and colleges. It supplies scientific training in administration to
students and prospective executives on a professional basis comparable to
university training in the other professional fields. Administration is re-
garded as a profession, and the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration prepares its students for this profession by offering courses of
instruction which present general principles and techniques of manage-
ment and administration and brings together in systematic form the ex-
periences and practices of business firms and governmental units. This
plan of education does not displace practical experience, but supplements
and strengthens it by shortening the period of apprenticeship otherwise
necessary, and by giving a broad and practical knowledge of the major
principles, policies, and methods of administration.
During the first half of the college study program the student secures
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more
technical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial
and operating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in pro-
duction, marketing, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secre-
tarial training and puhlic administration. The purpose of the training
offered is to aid the student as a prospective executive in developing his
ability to identify and to solve administrative and managerial problems;
and to adjust himself and his organization, policies, and practices to chang-
ing social, political and economic situations.
The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles
om management as are applicable to both big business and small business.
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the
other hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small
business. If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to
the owners and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is
imperative that authentic principles of administration be applied to them.
Sound principles of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout
the various courses.
The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser-
vice is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Pub-
260 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lie Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply
effective training in administration to the young men and women whose
task will be the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and gov-
ernmental units resulting from industrial, social and political development
and expansion. This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect
to secure a major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the con-
trary, usually be required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the
ladder and work his way up through a number of minor positions. He
will, however, be able to move up at a faster rate if he has taken full ad-
vantage of the opportunities offered by the college in developing his talents
and in acquiring technical and professional information, point of view,
skills, and techniques.
Graduation Requirement
A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical
activities and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required
to have a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative
graduation requirements. The time required to complete the requirements
for the bachelor's degree for the average student is eight semesters. A
superior student, by carrying more than the average load, can complete
the work in a shorter period of time.
Degrees
The University confers the following degrees on students of Business
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Ad-
ministration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a
number of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics,
Geography, Journalism and Public Relations, and Government and Politics
available for qualified graduate students. Application for these assistant-
ships should be made directly to the Dean of the College of Business and
Public Administration. (See bulletin of Graduate School for graduate rules
and regulations.)
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree.
Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are
conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia
only in exceptional cases.
Junior Requirement
To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at
least "C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical
activities for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better
than a "C" average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he
may be permitted to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing
he has the prerequisites for these courses and the consent of the Dean.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 261
Senior Residence Requirement
After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activi-
ties, and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he
must earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average
grade of "C" or better at the University of Maryland, No part of these
credits may be transferred from another institution. Specific requiremenets
for graduation in the selected curriculum must be met.
Programs of Study
The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra-
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics,
geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination curricu-
lums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and indus-
trial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs.
Professional Objectives
The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of:
(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the
modern business world;
(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to
promote the free exercise of his activities; and
(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and
administration of a business or governmental enterprise.
In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should:
(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise
English;
(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and
the basic sciences.
(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies subjects;
(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy.
If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern-
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting,
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner,
and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and
to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and
future professional or vocational conduct. It other words, probably the
most important qualities in a successful executive are:
(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments;
262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(b) The capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the
imagination and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures
for executing them.
Facilities Furnished
The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and
Public Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of
providing a type of professional and technical training that will aid the
capable and ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full
capacity.
The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate
levels presuppose effective training in English, history, government, lan-
guage, science, and mathematics.* The program of study for any indi-
vidual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing
for specific lines of work, such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign
trade, industrial administration, marketing administration, personnel ad-
ministration, real estate practice, insurance, government employment secre-
tarial work, teaching, and research.
Advisory Councils
In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses,
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the training most in de-
mand by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruc-
tion abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of
business men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding
leaders in each major field of business activity. Each council has its own
particular interest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, public relations,
or finance; and the viewpoint and suggestions of these business men are
proving to be invaluable in developing the instructional and research pro-
grams of the College.
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force ROTC
courses during their Junior or Senior years which lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
• The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school
and the first two years of college.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 263
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies
and special clubs, the University band, student publications. University
Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the
General Information issue of the Catalog.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges: $48.00 special fees; $340.00 board; $120.00 to $140.00 room, and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued. A matricu-
lation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge of
$150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica-
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Admissions
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pat-
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each
of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of
Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is de-
sirable for certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance.
Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Pub-
lications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of catalog.
STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments.
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart-
ments, he should plan to continue his studies on to the graduate level, work-
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
264 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re-
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control
of organizations, institutions, and operations. The currlculums of the
Department of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the
principles and problems of the development and the use of policies and
organizations, and the methods, techniques and procedures of execution,
in other words, the essence of Administration and Management.
Study Programs in the Department
Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the
undergraduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study
program.
The following study programs will aid the thoughtful student in plan-
ning his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the line of
his major interest:
The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however,
based on the assumption that these major divisions are independent units,
but rather that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every
student in Business Administration, therefore, is required to complete satis-
factorily a minimum number of required basic subjects in economics and in
each of the major functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of
the requirements for the bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in
the theory and practice of administration. There are five commonly
recognized major business functions, viz: production, marketing, finance,
labor relations, and control.
The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors,
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials,
and operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and
courts, board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom
and public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments
to these forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example,
aid in giving the student an understanding of the problems, devices, and
methods of external or "social" control.
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements
During the first half of the program of study each student in the
Department of Business Organization and Administration is expected to
complete the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular
curriculum:
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 265
Required Couraea: Semeater Houra
English, Composition and American and World Literature 12
Mathematics, Math. 6 and 6 6
Economic Geography 1, 2 4
Economic Developments 4, 5 4
Organization and Control 10, 11 4
Government and Politics 1 3
Sociology of American Life 1 8
History of American Civilization 5, 6 6
Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16
Hygiene and Physical Activities for Women 8
Accounting 20, 21 8
Speech 18, 19 2
Principles of Economics 31, 32 6
Total specified requirements 66-74
A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Ad-
ministration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic
work must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per
cent may be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups
of subjects. A "C" average in the Business Administration courses is
required for graduation.
Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign
language.
Junior and Senior Requirements
During the junior and senior years each student in the department is
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified
courses unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise:
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking S
B. A. 140 — Financial Management 8
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 8
B. A. 160 — Marketing Management 8
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 8
B. A. 130 — Elements of Statistics 8
B. A. 180, 181— Business Lavsr I. II 8
Total 29
The remaining credits for the juniors and seniors may be used to meet
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example,
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and
in the fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statis-
tics, Production Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Pur-
chasing, Foreign Trade, Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate,
Insurance, Investment and General Finance. Juniors and seniors may
elect appropriate Secretarial Training courses.
266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Combined Administration and Law Program
When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum,
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus
enough electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military
science, physical activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least
"C." The last year of college work before entering the Law School must be
done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the
College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon the com-
pletion of the first year in the Law School with an average grade of "C"
or better, and the recommendation of the Dean of the Law School. Business
Law cannot be used as credit in this combined curriculum.
Master of Business Administration
Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate
School. See Graduate School, Section IL
The General Curriculum in Administration
This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A
student may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attend-
ing summer sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course
in a shorter period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester.
t — Semester — >
Freshman Year I II
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Eeon. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 t
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 t
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
Mathematics 6 and 6 8 S
G. & P. 1 American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 8 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) 8
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
P. B. 42. 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 8
Econ. 81, 82 — Principles of Economics 8 S
B. A- 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Electives (Girls) 8 8
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Tot*l 17-18 17-18
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 267
t — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
Eicon. 140 — Money and Banking 8 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... t
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 8
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 ....
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 8
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Eiconomics, or other approved subjects 3 6
Total 16 16
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4
Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 8 ....
Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries or
B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 6 6
Total 1« 16
Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad-
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under
the guidance of a faculty advisor, in such a way as to secure a concentration
or major when desired in:
1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration
2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration
3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Utilities and Public Ad-
ministration
1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program
Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com-
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has empha-
sized the importance of the problems of control in management. In order
to control intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these
units, it is necessary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and
develop methods of procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these
managerial activities, it is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning
the operations of the various units, divisions, and departments. It is the
function of the accounting and statistical departments to secure, analyze,
classify, and, to a limited extent, interpret these facts.
268
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the
problems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics.
If the program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a
career as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget
officer, comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer.
Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with
firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore and the District of Co-
lumbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following
graduation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship
training before graduation.
The following study program provides courses for those wishing to
concentrate in this important field:
Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years.
f — Semester — >
Junior Year I II
B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 8
B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting .••• 4
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management • • • • 8
Econ. IBO — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management . ■ • ■ 3
Elective 3 ....
Total 16 16
Senior Year
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management • • • • 3
B. A. 124, 126 — Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3
B. A. 122 — Auditing Theory and Practice 3
B. A. 127 — Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
Electives 3 8
Totel 16 16
The student interested in this field may select such electives, with the
aid of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such com-ses as will
best meet his needs:
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 269
B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 220 — Managerial Accounting (3)
B. A. 118 — Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 221, 222 — Seminar in Accounting
B. A. 125— C. P. A. Problems (3)* (arranged)
B. A. 129— Apprenticeship in Accounting B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3)
(0) B. A. 228 — Research in Accounting
B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- (arranged)
tics (3, 3) B. A. 229 — Studies of special problems in
B. A. 141— Investment Management (3) ^^^ fie^'^s of Statistical Control
B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) (arranged)
_ . , ,. , , , _,. . , •,, Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems
B. A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management .
(3) ^^>
_ . ,,„ . , . . _. . , <,i i ^ Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles
B. A. 149 — Analysis of Financial Statements
(3) ^^>
--.,„_ __ -, ^ ,„, Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought
B. A. 165 — Office Management (3) ,
\^)
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) _ . ■„ -r. , ,. -r^. , n, ^■
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) (3)
B. A. 210 — Advanced Accounting Theory
(2-3)
2. Financial Administration
A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business
enterprises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend
on credit; and the activities of local, state, and federal governments depend,
in large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a com-
plicated structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has
evolved together with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods
used are equally varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so
pervasive throughout our economic life and because it is an expense which
must be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance
function is endowed with a high degree of public interest.
This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa-
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to
aid him in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and
to form sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a
wise selection of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may
prepare himself for positions in the commercial, savings, and investment
banking fields, investment management; corporate financial management;
real estate financing; and insurance. A student may qualify himself to
enter government service, e.g., in departments regulating banking opera-
tions, international finance, the issuance and sales of securities, and a num-
ber of financial corporations owned and operated or controlled by the
government.
Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows:
* C. P. A. Problems ie recommended for students who plan to go into public accounting.
270 UNIVERSITY OF MARY LAX D
I — Semester — <
Junior Year I U
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3
B. A. 110-111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business and
Public Administration 3 4
Total 15 16
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 ....
B. A. 143— Credit Management 3
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management .... 3
Electives 3 6
Total 16 16
Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the advisor from the
following list of subjects:
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting (4) B. A. 249 — Studies of Special Problems in
B. A. 147 — Business Cycle Theory (3) the Field of Financial Administration
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements (arranged)
(3) Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) Prices (3)
B. A. 184 — Public Utilities (3) Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation
B. A. 190 — Life Insurance (3) (3j
B. A. 191 — Property Insurance (3) Econ. 149 — International Finance and Ex-
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3) change ((3)
B. A. 240 — Seminar in Financial Organiza- Econ. 241 — Seminar in Money, Credit and
tion and Management (3) Prices (arranged)
3. Industrial Administration
This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and
techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required
to go on inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand
information through both observation and participation. He should be
familiar with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types
of buildings, and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he
should understand effective methods and devices for the selection and
utilization of men, materials and machines.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 271
The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college,
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful
place in this field of effort are:
•B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting (4) *B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (8)
B. A. 122, 127 — Auditing (3, 3) B. A. 170 — ^Transportation Services and
B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- Regulation (3)
tics (3, 3) B. A. 171 — Industrial and Commercial
B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) Traffic Management (3)
•B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations (3) B. A. 172 — Motor Transportation (3)
B. A. 165 — Office Management (3) *B. A. 177 — Motion Economy and Time
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Study (3)
*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit *B. A. 178 — Production Planning and Con-
Rating (2) trol (2)
4. Insurance and Real Estate
Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home
offices and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life,
property, or casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists —
real estate brokers, appraisers, property managers, and persons handling
the financing of real estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of
courses by a student will provide academic preparation toward the exami-
nations for Chartered Life Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casu-
alty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.), and new professional requirements in real
estate. Also, from a purely personal or family viewpoint these courses can
be of immense value.
Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years.
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below.
r — Semester — ^
Junior Year I II
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 8
B. A. 190 — Life Insurance 3
B. A. 191 — Property Insurance .... 3
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3
Elective 8
Total 15 15
* These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in Industrial
Administration.
272 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — ^
Senior Year I II
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 8
B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 ....
B. A. 194 — Insurance Agency Management 3 ....
B. A. 197 — Real Estate Management 8
Electives -3 6
Total 16 16
Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the advisor from the
following' and other subjects :
Soc. 114— The City (3) B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3)
Soc. 173 — Social Security (3) B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Cam-
Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit, and paigns (2)
Prices (3) B. A. 165— Office Management (3)
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3)
(3) B. A. 189 — Business and Government (3)
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting (3)
5. Marketing Administration
Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing
activities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free
enterprise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and
practice. Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary
to the success of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of
the consumer. If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from
rising unduly, it is necessary that careful study be made of the organiza-
tion, policies, methods, and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing,
merchandising, transportation, financing, storing, and other related mar-
keting activities, and appropriate action taken by qualified technicians
and executives.
The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the
student an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the prob-
lems connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods,
and practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may
develop his aptitudes, on the technical level, for research, selling, buying,
and preparing advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his
abilities for organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in
the field of marketing.
Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
273
student in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of market-
ing. He may form a concentration in :
a. General Marketing d. Retail Store Management
b. Advertising e. Sales Management
c. Foreign Trade and International Finance
B. A. 132, 183 — Advanced Business Sta-
tistics (3, 3)
•B. A. 143— Credit Management (3)
B. A. 147 — Business Cycle Theory (3)
•B. A. IBl — Advertising Programs and
Campaigns (3)
•B. A. 152— Copy Writing and Layout (3)
•B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3)
♦B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3)
B. A. 155 — Problems in Retail Merchan-
dising (3)
B. A. 165— Office Management (3)
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3)
B. A. 170 — Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
B. A. 171 — Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management (3)
For those especially interested in
from the following courses:
tBJcon. 136 — International Economic Policies
and Relations (3)
Econ. 137 — Economic Planning and Poat-
war Problems (8)
tEcon. 149 — International Finance and Ex-
change (3)
B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Cam-
paigns (3)
tB. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Procedure (3)
tB. A. 170 — Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3)
B. A. 189 — Government and Business (3)
EJc. Geog. 4 — Regional Geography of the
Continent* (S)
Geog. 100, 101 — Regional Geography of the
United States and Canada (3, 8)
B. A. 172 — Motor Transportation (3)
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3)
B. A. 191 — Property Insurance (3)
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3)
B. A. 250 — Problems in Sales Management
(3)
B. A. 251 — Problems in Advertising (3)
B. A. 252 — Problems in Retail Store Man-
agement (3)
B. A. 257 — Seminar in Marketing Manage-
ment (arranged)
B. A. 258 — Research in Marketing
(arranged)
B. A. 259 — Studies of Special Problems in
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage-
ment and Administration (arranged)
B. A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged)
foreign trade, selections may be made
Geog. 102 — ^The Geography of Manufactur-
ing in the United States and Canada (8)
Geog. 110, 111 — Latin America (8, 8).
Geog. 115 — Peoples of Latin America (2)
Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Eur-
ope (3)
Geog. 122 — Economic Resources and De-
velopment of Africa (8)
Geog. 130-131 — Economic and Political
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia
(3, 8)
Geog. 180, 181 — Principles of Geography
(3. 8)
Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of
Europe and Africa (8, 8)
• These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Marketing
Management.
t These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Foreign
Trad* and International Finance.
274
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics
Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance
of personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on har-
monious cooperation between employer and employee. The interests of the
public, the owners, and the management, as well as those of the employees,
may be greatly affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of
personnel relationship. The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor
organizations and the increased participation of governmental agencies in
labor disputes have created problems for which business management, union
officials, and government representatives have been, on the whole, ill-
prepared to solve satisfactorily. The government, the unions, and business
need men and women qualified to deal effectively with these problems. They
should have broad training and technical information in the fields of business
and public administration, economics, and psychology, together with suitable
personalities. They must be able to approach these problems with an open
mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices.
Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing an effective
working force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find
employment in business enterprises, governmental departments, govern-
mental corporations, educational institutions and charitable organizations.
A student may select from the following courses those which will, in
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter.
•B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (8)
•B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and
Court Decisions (3)
*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit
Ratine (2)
♦B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3)
G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Adminis-
tration (3)
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology (3)
Psych. 121— Social Psychology (3)
Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in
Personnel Administration (3)
7. Transportation Administration
The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach-
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro-
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway,
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our
G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person-
nel Administration (arranged)
B. A. 262 — Seminar in Contemporary
Trends in Labor Relations (8)
B. A. 265—
B. A. 266 — Research in Personnel Manage-
ment (arranged)
B. A. 267—
B. A. 269— Studies of Special Problems in
Employer-Employee Relationships
(arranged)
B. A. 299— Thesis, 8-6 hours (arranged)
B. A. 299 — Thesis (arranged)
* These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration in
Personnel Administration and Labor Economics.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 275
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans-
portation.
The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the
student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water,
highway, and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly
growing new business activity. (To major in Transportation Administra-
tion the student must complete 15 hours of the courses listed below) :
B. A. 157— Foreign Trade. B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3)
B. A. 170 — Transportation Services and B. A. 174 — Commercial Air Transportation
Regulation (3) (3)
B. A. 171 — Industrial and Commercial B. A. 175 — Airline Administration (3)
Traffic Management (3) B A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage-
B. A. 172 — Motor Transportation (3) ment (3)
Other courses may be selected with the approval of the advisor for the
curriculum.
8. Public Utilities and Public Administration
The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number
of years. Our government has now become the largest "business" enter-
prise in the country. In addition to the Federal Government, State and
Local Government agencies have called upon the universities to aid in train-
ing young men and women for effective public service. To many individuals,
and particularly to those of superior mental ability, the intangible personal
rewards of government service are highly attractive. Few fields of human
endeavor bring men into direct contact with so many fascinating and im-
portant problems and so early in their careers.
The curriculum in Public Utilities and Public Administration is designed
to provide specialized training in public utilities and related fields in govern-
ment and private enterprise as well as training in the broader field of
government service in general.
Pursuant to these purposes the public utilities course is designed as a
core course which will at once afford specialized training in a limited field
and broader training in several fields. Public utility problems are treated
as case studies in the larger fields of economic theory, management, regu-
lation, accounting, finance, taxation, constitutional and administrative law,
and government control. The course is therefore a means of integrating
several fields of study. Also, considered essential to the purpose of the
curriculum are courses in accounting, finance, law and certain advanced
survey courses.
The student is advised to round out his particular curriculum with one
or more of the general courses listed as electives and with other more spe-
cialized courses in public utilities, accounting, finance, transportation, public
administration or perhaps some other fields.
276
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Students following this curriculum take the general study program for
the freshman and sophomore years. The program for junior and senior
years is outlined as follows:
I — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
Econ. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... •
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Principles of Marketing .... 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3
B. A. 140 — ^Financial Management • • . . 8
B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Services and Regulation 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15 16
Senior Year
B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3
B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3
Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries 3
G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3
G. & P. 110 — Principles of Public Administration 3
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
Electives 6 3
Total 16 16
Selection of electives can be made from the following courses:
B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting
B. A. 116— Public Budgeting
B. A. 118 — Governmental Accounting
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting
B. A. 126 — Advanced Accounting Theory
and Practice
B. A. 132-133 — Advanced Business Statis-
tics
B. A. 157— Foreign Trade
B. A. 171 — Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management
B. A. 172 — Motor Transportation
B. A. 173 — Overseas Shipping
B. A. 174 — Commercial Air Transportation
B. A. 175 — Airline Administration
B. A. 221, 222 — Seminar in Accounting
B. A. 240 — Seminar in Financial Organ-
ization and Management
B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles
Econ. 141 — ^Theory of Money, Credit, and
Prices
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation
Econ. 149 — International Finance and Ex-
change
Econ. 241 — Seminar in Money, Credit and
Prices
Econ. 270 — Seminar in Economies and
Geography of American Industries
G. & P. 4 — Stete Government and Ad-
ministration
G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Ad-
ministration
G. & P. 110 — Principles of Public Adminis-
tration
G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law
Other specialized courses, including certain courses in the Departments
of Government and Politics and Business Organization, may be selected
with the consent of the advisor.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 277
II. ECONOMICS
The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale
in this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in
the professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of
Business or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service
Administration, will find courses in economics of considerable value to them
in their later work. A student of economics should choose his courses to
meet the requirements for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a
Doctor of Philosophy degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the
Graduate School for the general requirements for the advanced degrees.)
Requirements for an Economics Major
A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military
science, hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C"
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field-
The specific requirements for the Economics Major are:
I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting)
are recommended, and B. A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses
in Economics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with
the aid of a faculty adviser.
II. Social Studies — American Government (3) ; Sociology of American
Life (3) ; History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours.
III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6;
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours.
IV. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one language.
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are required to have a reading knowledge
of two modern foreign languages.
V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours.
VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Phys-
ical Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are re-
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average
grade of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until
at least 26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required
prerequisite courses, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade
of at least "C".
278
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics.
As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics
students from Business and Public Administration courses.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's
objective and major interest.
Study Program for Economics Majors Semester
Freshman Year I II
Speeeh 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Econ. 4, 6 — ^Economic Developmenta 2 2
Ens. li 2 — Compoaition and Readings in American Literature 8 3
Mathematics 6, 6 or 10 and 11 3 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) ... 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 3
Foreiffn Language 3 8
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. B. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18—19 18—19
Sophomore Year
Econ. 31, 82 — Principles of Economics 8 8
E!ng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
Foreign Language 8 8
Natural Science (or B. A. 20, 21) 3 3
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Totel 16—19 16—19
Junior Year
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 ....
E^n. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
B. A. ISO — Elements of Business Statistics .... 8
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 ....
Econ. 181 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 8
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business Ad-
ministration 6 9
Total 16 16
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 279
/ — Semester — ^
Senior Year I II
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economics Principles 3 ....
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3
Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries or
B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business
Administration* 6 12
Total 15 IB
III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well
grounded in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of
his anticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices
of organization and administration. It should be recognized that only a
limited training can be secured during the undergraduate period. When
more specialized or more extensive preparation is required, graduate work
should be planned. The individual program, in either instance, however,
should be worked out under the guidance of a faculty advisor. The follow-
ing: study program is offered as a guide in the selection of subjects.
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
See. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Foreign Language ( Selection ) 3 3
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Mathematics 5,6 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 19-20 19-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with the
student's need 2 2
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
* Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department of
Economics, but they must be on the Junior and Senior level.
280
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — n
Junior Year I II
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics .... 3
G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Econ. 131 — Ck)mparative Economic Systems .... 3
Ec. Geog. — Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3
Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
G. & P. 102 — International Law 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations .... 3
G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law 3 ....
B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 ....
Ec. 132 — Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary Econ.
Thought 3
G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 3
Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations 3 ....
Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3
Electives to meet the needs of the student's major interest 3 3
Total 15 15
Suggested electives:
American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146.
European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191 — History of Russia;
History 195— The Far East.
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154.
IV. GEOGRAPHY
Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo-
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources
of that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water
power, and other physical factors largely determine the economic possi-
bilities of a country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals
and degrees of technological maturity of the people within a given geo-
graphical unit, in turn determine in large measure the degree of effective-
ness with which the natural resources are utilized. The standard of living,
the purchasing power, and the political outlook of the inhabitants of a
country are, in the main, the result or the expression of the interrelation-
ship existing between the people and their physical environment.
This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con-
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and
social activities. The student interested in international trade, international
political relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspira-
tions will find the courses in this department of great practical value.
Work is offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 281
Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad-
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geog-
raphers in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools,
as well as in private business. A student of geography should choose his
courses to meet the requirements for his major objective, be it an under-
graduate major or minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy
degree. He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the
general requirements for the advanced degrees.
Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geography
A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military
science, hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C"
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field.
The specific requirements for the geography major are:
I. Geog. 20 (2) ; Geog. 30 (3) ; Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3) ; Geog. 60 and
61 (3, 3) ; Geog. 170 (3) and 12 hours in other Geography courses num-
bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in regional courses; a total of
33 hours in geography.
II. Social Sciences— G. «& P. 1 (3) ; Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3) ; History 5
and 6 (3, 3) and two regional courses in history to be selected with the aid
of the faculty advisor (3, 3) ; Soc. 1, 5 (3, 3) and 120 (3) ; a total of 30
semester hours.
III. Natural Sciences— Botany 1 and 103 (4, 3); Soils 1 (3); Chem. 1
(4). Total of 14 semester hours.
IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3) ; a total of 12
semester hours.
V. Foreigrn Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one language,
unless an advanced course is taken.
VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present
University requirements is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Phys-
ical Activities for all able-bodied male students. Women students are re-
quired to take eight semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects geography as a major must have earned twelve
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be-
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken
during the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with
an average grade of not less than "C." The major sequences are not com-
pleted until at least 26 or not more than 40 credits, in addition to the re-
quired prerequisites, are satisfactorily earned; that is, with the average
grade of at least "C."
282 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A minor in geography consists of of Geog. 30 (3), Geog. 40, 41 (3, 3),
Geog. 60, 61 (3, 3) and 12 hours of additional credits in geography or in
courses which are judged to be sufficiently closely related by an adviser
from the Department of Geography.
For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography,
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic,
social and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural
resource base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand,
an elementary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for
the physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the
other hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and
of political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of re-
source utilization and the social consequences.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog-
raphy in terms of the student's objective and major interests.
Suggested Study Program for Geography Majors:
r — SeTnester — n
Freshman Year I II
Geog. 20 — Map Reading and Interpretation S
Geog. 40, 41— Weather and Climate I and II 3 3
Geog. 30 — Principles of Physical Geography 3
Chem. 1 — Introductory Chemistry 4 ....
Botany 1 — General Botany .... 4
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 19-20 19-20
Sophomore Year
Geog. 60, 61 — Economic Geography 3 3
Soils 1— General Soils 3
Soc. 6 — Anthropology .... 8
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 8
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
ToUl 16-19 16-19
-Semester
I
//
8
8
3
3
3
3
3
8
6
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 283
Junior Year
Bot. 113— Plant Geography
Geog. — Selection of Regional Course
Foreign Language
Hist. — Selection of courses to fit student's needs
Geog. — Selection of non-regional courses to fit student's needs
Elective, with adviser's consent
Total 15 IB
Senior Year
Soc. 120 — Population 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Geog. 170— Local Field Course 3
Geog. — Selection of regional courses to fit student's needs 3 3
Electives, with adviser's consent 3 9
Total 15 IB
V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements
In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed:
(1) G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite
to all other courses offered by the Department. Persons taking this
course of study must complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better.
(2) In this curriculum, at least 36 hours of Government and Politics, includ-
ing G. & P. 1, must be completed. No Government and Politics course
with a grade of less than "C" may be counted as a part of these 36 hours.
(3) The electives of the junior and senior years are to be chosen from the
list suggested below, unless consent to take other courses is obtained from
the Head of the Department. Electives in Government and Politics and
in related fields are to be chosen to make an integrated course of study.
Freshman Year
G. & p. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Math. B, 6 or 10, 13— Mathematics 3 3
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
284
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — \
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 ....
G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration or Psychology 1 or
Sociology 52 (Criminology) .... 3
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. 0. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 10 — Comparative Government 2 2
C. & P. 110 — Public Administration 3
G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3
G. & P. 174— Political Parties 3
G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3
G. & P. —(Elective) 3
Electives 6 9
Total 17 17
Senior Year
G. & P. 101 — International Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 3 3
One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses 3 3
Electives 6 9
Total 15 15
Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any
history courses related to the student's integrated course of study.
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 164 — Labor Legislation and Court
Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems Decisions
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Philosophy 155 — Logic.
Thought Psychology 121, 122 — Social Psychology
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking Sociology 52 — Criminology
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics. Sociology 147 — Sociology of Law
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory
B. A. 189 — Government and Business
VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Department of Journalism and Public Relations offers two profes-
sional majors: one in journalism, the other in public relations. The jour-
nalism major is for students who plan to enter some phase of editorial
work upon graduation, and the public relations major is for those who will
work in public relations, public information, or on company publications.
The first two years of study are the same in both the journalism and
public relations majors, giving the student a broad education. The last
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
285
two years contain technical courses and electives. The electives are chosen,
under the direction of the head of the department, to aid the student pro-
fessionally; they are not to be chosen from background or cultural courses
that could not help him vocationally. In a word, electives should meet
individual needs.
Students who cannot use a typewriter effectively are advised to take
O. T. 1, Principles of Typing. Women students are advised to enroll in
both typing and shorthand, in order to take advantage of job-placement
opportunities requiring secretarial ability in addition to preparation in
either journalism or public relations. Home economics helps the women
journalists in editing social news sections, so it makes a good elective.
The internship consists of 480 hours of supervised work, usually 40 hours
a week for three months, spent on a newspaper or in some editorial capacity,
by the journalism major, or in a public relations office by the public rela-
tions major. This is full time work away from the campus, preferably done
between the junior and senior years.
The program of studies is supplemented by open meetings with guest lec-
turers with high professional standing in the various journalistic fields.
Journalism Study Program
f — Semester — >
Freshman Year I II
Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in American Literature 3 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources (or Foreign Language) 2-3 2-3
*Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Development (or Foreign Language) 2 2
Math. 6, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or a
Natural Science) 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech or Speech 1 and 2 1-2 1-2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Hygieno (Women) 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year I II
Jour. 10, 11 — News Reporting I and II 8 S
Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and World Literature or Composition
and English Literature 3 3
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control (or continuation of a Foreign
Language) 2-3 2-3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Total lB-18 18-19
• Student takes Geog. 1, 2 and Econ. 4, B, or foreign language. He may elect to delay
either Geog. or Econ. to get typing in freshman year.
286
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
1. If a foreign langauge is elected, 12 semester hours' credit in one
language must be earned in order to count toward a degree.
2. If a science is elected, 6 to 8 hours must be earned.
Junior Year
Journ. 160 — News Editing I
Journ. 165 — Feature Writing
Journ. 175 — Reporting of Public Affairs
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Phil. 1 or 2 or 154 — Philosophical Prespectives (1-2) or Political and
Social Philosophy
Electives — Students should select electives that correlate vocationally
with journalism or public relations, e. g., business, government,
economics, etc
Total
Senior Year
B. A. 189 — Business and Government
Journ. 176 — Nevifsroom Problems
Journ. 181 — Press Photography
Journ. 184 — Picture Editing
Journ. 190 — Internship* (6 semester hours credit)
Journ. 191 — Law of the Press
Journ. 192 — History of American Journalism
Electives — (See Electives note for Junior Year)
Total
Senuestei
I
3
3
3
3
17
17
//
14
Public Relations Major Requirements
Requirements for the first two years of the public relations program
are the same as those of the journalism program (see above).
The following is the curriculum taken in the junior and senior years by the
average male public relations student who plans to work for a public
relations firm or in a public relations department of a company.
Courses marked * are elective (the others are required). Electives,
chosen under the direction of the head of the department, should help the
student vocationally. For instance, the student hoping to enter government
information service should choose his electives from government and
politics and other offerings of the University, so as to obtain some knowl-
edge of the field in which he hopes to do public relations work.
It is almost essential that women hoping to do public relations work
also be able to qualify as secretaries, so that typing and shorthand should
be elected in this curriculum.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 287
/ — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
Journ. 160 — News Editing 1 3
Journ. 165 — Feature Writing 3
Journ. 166 — Publicity Techniques .... 3
Journ. 170 — Public Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Phil. 1 or 2 or 154 — Philosophical Perspectives (1, 2) or Political and
Social Philosophy .... 3
*Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
*B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 3
Electives 0-3 6-12
Total 15-18 15-18
Senior Year
Journ. 171 — Industrial Journalism 2 ....
Journ. 181 — Press Photography 3 ....
Journ. 184 — Picture Editing .... 2
Journ. 190 — Internship .... 6
Journ. 191 — Law of the Press .... 2
Journ. 194 — Public Relations Ethics 2
Journ. 195 — Seminar in Public Relations .... 2
*B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Campaigns 2 ....
*B. A. 152 — Advertising Copywriting and Layout .... 2
♦B. A. 189 — Business and Government 3 ....
Electives 7-11 4-6
Total 15-18 15-18
VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
1. Office Management
With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective
office management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular
opinion that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems
and machines, there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe
that the management and supervision of an office is quite as important a
job as the management of a factory or any other industrial enterprise.
Many instances may be cited where the managers of offices have, by a
consistent and logical use of scientific management principles, saved as
much as $100,000 a year for their companies.
Any young man or woman entering business today need have no hesitancy
in preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position
has proved a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of
our present leading executives.
The student interested in this field will find the following required courses
with the suggested electives selected under the guidance of the adviser,
a valuable aid in preparing for positions in this field.
288
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
OflBce Administration Study Program
Freshman Year
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources
Ensr. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature.
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control
Math. 6 — General Mathematics
Math. 6 — Mathematics of Finance
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
Paych. 1- — Introduction to Psychology
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking
Econ. 150 — Principles of Marketing
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics
O. T. 112— Filing
B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics
B. A. 160 — Marketing Management
B. A. ^60 — Personnel Management
O. T. Ill — Office Machines
Electives
Total
Senior Year
B. A. 166 — Office Management
B. A. 166 — Business Communications
B. A. 169 — Industrial Management
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law
B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management
Electives in Accounting ; Marketing ; Real Elstate ; Insurance ;
Finance ; and Transportation
Total
-Semester — >
/ //
2 2
3 S
2 2
18-19
16
2
8
2
1
18-19
17-19 16-18
3
3
3
3
2
4
S
8
8
8
16
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 289
2. OflSce Techniques
In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offer-
ing to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses.
The Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain
the essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative
positions. One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen
profession is through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this
end the courses have been designed. The major objectives of the College
will be maintained and emphasized throughout the presentation of the
program of studies. The purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish
merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the student in
developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative positions.
The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct, and
execute is the guiding principle followed in this curriculum. This program
of study will appeal to the young man or woman who is ambitious, nat-
urally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal to those who
realize that positions in secretarial service require much more than merely
skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, but knowl-
edge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more responsible
positions.
Placement Examination
Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent
training in shorthand and /or typewriting are required to take a placement
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registra-
tion in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University.
Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt
from certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and
typewi-iting. Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.
Record of Competency
Students must make grade of "C" in each course in the Office Techniques
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course.
Senior Requirement
A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following
the secretarial curriculum must either take 0. T. 16 and 0. T. 17 (or
0. T. 18) within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a
proficiency examination on the material covered in these courses within this
six-month period.
The following program of study is designed to give the capable student
an 'opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end.
290
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semes ter — \
Freshman Year I II
Eng:. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance 3 3
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting* 2 ....
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. ^Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
O. T. 12. 13 — Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4
O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2 ....
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-20 15-18
Junior Year
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
O. T. 16 — Advanced Shorthand! 3
O. T. 17 — Gregg Transcriptiont 2
B. A. 166 — Business Communications .... 3
O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3
O. T. 112— Filing 2
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking .... 3
Electives 2 2
ToUl 16 16
Senior Year
O. T. 110 — Secretarial Work 3
O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice 3
B. A. 165 — Office Management 3
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .
Suggested Elective — Gregg Shorthand Dictation (S. T. 18) 3
Electives .... 6
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Total 16 15
• O. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 (O. T. 12).
t O. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription must be taken
concurrently.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 291
Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum
Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high
schools.
Requirements to teach business subjects: Twenty semester hours of
prescribed courses in education are required for certification to teach busi-
ness subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of
Columbia.
VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH
The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information con-
cerning business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make
available the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested
business firms, governmental units, and citizen groups.
Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can
obtain practical experience in research work. This involves the application
of techniques and principles studied in the classroom to actual business and
governmental problems.
The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves
as an important source of information relative to business and economic
conditions and developments in this region. This information is made avail-
able, in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry
to the Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with
individual business firms and citizen organizations within the state who
request assistance in the study of specific problems which are recognized
as having an important bearing on community welfare. The Bureau wel-
comes the opportunity to be of real service to such organizations.
IX. BUREAU OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The Bureau of Public Administration was organized in 1947. It is closely
allied, both in function and personnel, with the Department of Government
and Politics. The Department of Government and Politics is the teaching
agency; the Bureau of Public Administration is the governmental research
agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to the problems of state and
local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes
research findings. It conducts short courses or institutes of government
attended by local government ofiicials. It undertakes surveys and offers
its assistance and services to units of government in Maryland. Finally,
it serves as a clearing house of information for the benefit of Maryland
state and local government. Closely associated with the Bureau of Public
292 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Administration is the Maryland Municipal League, the organization of
Maryland cities. The headquarters of the League are maintained in
conjunction with the Bureau of Public Administration.
X. INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS AND POLITICS
The Institute of World Economics and Public Affairs is an administrative
agency of the University responsible for fostering, establishing and cor-
relating existing instruction, research, and extension on International Eco-
nomic and Political Relations.
The main objectives of the Institute's program are concerned with de-
veloping and promoting research; organizing and correlating programs of
study and instruction on and off campus; advise and make recommenda-
tions with reference to new and revised courses designed to prepare per-
sonnel for effective service with Government and Business Agencies in the
fields of International Economic and Political Relations.
The Institute is designed to correlate and supplement existing facilities
rather than to create a new, and competing, academic agency. It operates
in large measure, through and with other relevant divisions and depart-
m.ents of the University. Among these are the Departments of Business
Organization and Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and
Politics, History, Journalism and Public Relations, Modern Languages, and
the Bureaus of Business and Economic Research and Public Administration.
The Director of the Institute is the Chairman of the Advisory Council.
This Advisory Council comprises representatives of each of the Depart-
ments concerned and selected representatives of Government and Business.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 293
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Professors Thatcher, Calhoun, Capen, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Frederick,
Johnson, Mounce, Pyle, Reid, Sweeney, H. Sylvester, Watson, Wedeberg,
Wright; Associate Professors Hale, McLarney; Assistant Professors Ash,
Cronin, Fleming, McHugh, Taff; Instructors Daiker, Edelson, Griffin, Lee,
Richard, Sarle, Sinclair.
B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semes-
ters. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization
and control.
B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Required in all Business Administration cun-iculums. Prerequisite, Sopho-
more standing.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in account-
ing, or consent of instructor.
A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets,
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the inter-
pretation of accounting statements.
294 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32,
A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including sys-
tems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, cen-
tralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations.
B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con-
sent of instructor.
The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms
and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all
governments.
B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in
B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor.
A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including
those for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems.
B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 111.
A study of the principles and problems of auditing and the application of
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and
reports.
B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or
better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor.
A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus-
trative examples, selected questions and problems, the preparation of re-
turns.
B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, B.A. 111.
Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner-
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships
and liquidations.
B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124,
or consent of instructor.
A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of
C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting fields.
B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 122.
Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing.
B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 295
A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for
a semester after graduation.
B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — Prerequisite, junior
standing. Required for graduation.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics.
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabula-
tion; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers;
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations.
B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory. Laboratory hours and credit to be ar-
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students
for work on thesis.)
Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research
offers the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business,
and economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff.
B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130.
The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of
correlation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses
of economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand
indexes and functions.
B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ.
140.
This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organiza-
tion, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of secur-
ities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control;
intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of
problems of financial policy faced by management.
B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 140.
A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment
information, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility,
railroad, and industrial securities.
B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 140.
A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank,
the operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension
of commercial credit.
B.A. 143. Credit Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 140.
296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its exten-
sion for industrial, commercial, and consumer purposes; the organization
and management of a credit department, and the collection of accounts.
B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140
and senior standing.
A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling
economic instability.
B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 140.
Advanced course designed for students specializing in finance. Emphasis
is placed upon the techniques employed by corporation executives in their
application of financial management practice to selected problems and
cases. Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods
and techniques used by corporations.
B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21,
B.A. 140.
Analysis of financial statements for the guidance of executives, directors,
stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items; determination
and interpretation of ratios.
B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ 150.
A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization.
The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is
placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec-
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured products.
B.A. 151. Advertising Programs and Campaigns (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 150.
Deals with the fundamental principles of advertising. Covers the organi-
zation and carrying through of advertising campaigns and programs, the
selection of ideas, types of appeal and different media, and the method of
judging the effectiveness of advertising.
B.A. 152. Advertising Copy Writing and Layout (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 151.
Studies the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout that are
useful for those who expect to prepare advertising or to direct the actual
production of advertising. Covers the most essential principles of various
kinds of copy writing. Surveys the process of production from the original
idea to the published advertisement, and analyzes methods of testing its
effectiveness.
B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 150.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 297
Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan-
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore-
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and
methods and procedures used in their procurement.
B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 150 and senior standing.
Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing poli-
cies, price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; pur-
chasing methods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail
sales force; and administrative problems.
B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3) — Prerequisite, B.A.
154.
Designed to develop skill in the planning and control of merchandise
stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit control pro-
cedures, mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the
gross margin-expense-net earnings relationships.
B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and
senior standing.
Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the
customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.
B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising em-
ployees under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel
administration are stressed, the application of scientific management and
the importance of human relations in this field.
B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
160 and senior standing.
A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration,
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes,
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunc-
tions.
B.A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequisite, B.A.
160 and senior standing.
B.A. 165. OflSce Management (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, junior standing.
Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in
their application to office work.
298 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B.A. 166. Business Communications (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, junior standing.
The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for pre-
sentation, methods of handling various types of information, and physical
set-up; the various types of business letters; special consideration will be
given to application letters.
B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 160.
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry,
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro-
grams, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating,
B.A. 168. Advanced OflSce Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 165 and senior standing.
A study of the policies, systems, practices used to promote the effective
utilization of the office functions. Among the subjects studied will be organ-
ization, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, layout, and process
charting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, and
improving the office methods found in several actual business cases.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B. A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3) — Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop-
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other
transportation courses.)
B. A. 171. Industrial and Commercial TraflSc Management (3) — Pre-
requisite, B. A. 170.
Covers the details of classification and rate construction for ground and
air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifica-
tions is provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical
aspects of shipping and receiving and is required for all majors in Trans-
portation Administration.
B. A. 172. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribu-
tion, competitive situations, organization, regulation.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299
B. A. 173, Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant
Marine as a factor in national activity.
B. A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 170.
The air transportation system of the United States: airvv^ays, airports,
airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services
of commercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financ-
ing, selling of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and
services.
B. A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual w^ork in
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance,
operations, accounting and trajffic transactions, study of airline operations
and other manuals of various companies.
B. A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan-
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage-
ment, financing, operations, revenue sources.
B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3)— Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, stand-
ard times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.
B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2)— Prerequisite B. A. 169.
An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for pro-
duction according to the several types of manufacture. The development
and application of inventory records, load charts, production orders, sched-
ules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture
period and one laboratory period each week.
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases.
B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru-
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and
sales.
B.A. 183. Law for Accountants (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 181.
300 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Principles of law relating to the accounting profession, special emphasis
being placed upon sections of the Maryland Annotated Code dealing with
accountants, corporations, estates, and trusts.
B. A. 184. Public Utilities (3) — Prerequisite, Econ, 32 or 37 and senior
standing.
Using the regulated utilities industries as specific examples attention is
focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitu-
tional law, administrative law, public administration, government control
of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and deprecia-
tion, taxation, finance, engineering and management.
B.A. 189. Business and Government (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing.
A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from
the decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government regu-
lation of private enterprise.
B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
A general survey of life insurance: Its institutional development, selection
of risks, mathematical calculations, contract provisions, kinds of policies,
their functional uses, industrial and group contracts, internal management
problems, and government supervision.
B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
A study of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per-
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland
transportation, fidelity, and liability.
B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, B.A. 190 or 191.
This course deals with selected advanced topics and special coverages in
life, old age, fire, transportation, and casualty insurance of interest to the
insurance representative. Students are to vsrrite a report on some topic in-
volving investigation and research.
B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
The course covers the nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a busi-
ness, basic legal principles, construction problems and home ownership, city
planning, and public control and o%vnership of real estate.
B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
This course includes various methods and techniques in the appraisal of
real estate, in the financing of real estate operations, and in the super-
vision of real properties.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 301
B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A, 195 or 196.
Selected advanced problems in real estate brokerage, community develop-
ment, property valuations, governmental powers, sources and placement of
capital funds, and management of rental buildings. Students are to write
a report on some topic involving investigation and research.
For Graduates
B. A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3) — Prerequisite B. A. Ill
and graduate standing.
B. A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3).
B. A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B. A. 226. Accounting Systems (3).
B. A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and
Organization — ( Arranged. )
B. A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec.
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140.
B. A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis-
tration.
B. A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3).
B. A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3).
B. A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3) — (Arranged.)
B. A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.)
B. A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged).
B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations —
(Arranged.)
B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Modern Industrial Manage-
ment (3).
B. A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.)
B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.)
B. A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation-
ships— ( Arranged, )
B. A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3).
B. A. 271. Theory of Organization (3).
B. A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3).
B. A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relationships — (Ar-
ranged.)
B. A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3).
302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B. A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3).
B. A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3).
B. A. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.)
ECONOMICS
Professors Ratzlaff, Dillard, and Gruchy; Assistant Professor Cole; Instruc-
tors Norton, Robinson, Hilton, Measday, Rice, Root.
Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums.
An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western
Europe and the United States.
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, sopohomore standing. Required in the Business Administra-
tion Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con-
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of
the economic system.
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters.
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31, and 32. Not open to
freshmen or to B. P. A. students.
A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity.
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Econ.. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing. For Economic majors, and others
by consent of instructor.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention being paid to recent developments in the theory of imperfect
competition.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 303
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco-
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A.
Hobson and other contributors to the development of economic thought
since 1900.
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
This course surveys and analyzes the basic economic, social and political
factors that influence governments in the determination of their economic
policies and practices in their relationship with other nations.
Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with
special reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and
the United States.
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary,
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the
Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic
and foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and
credit.
Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140.
A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit
policies in their relation to the problem of full employment.
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of government fiscal policy in regard to the nature of public
expenditures, sources of public revenue, the tax system, the public debt,
and government budgets.
Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 140, Econ. 136 and 141 recommended.
This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade,
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating.
304 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural
products, natural products, sers'ices, and manufactured goods.
Econ. 151. Economics of Cooperatives (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
Analysis of and contrast between economic problems and contributions of
cooperative and other types of business organizations; the significance
of cooperation in the free enterprise system. Nominal fees are collected to
cover the expense of occasional field trips.
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 32 or 37.
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization,
and collective bargaining.
Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
Gro'ft-th of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations,
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts,
and some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monoply.
Problems of small business.
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa-
tive American industries.
For Graduates
Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor.
A study of the development of economic thought and theories including
the Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith,
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy.
Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor.
A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, Geniian his-
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists.
Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Economic Theory (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
A study of recent developments in the field of economic theory in the
United States and abroad.
Econ. 235. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.)
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 305
Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3) — First semester.
Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3) — Second semester.
Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the
field of government finance and taxation.
Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Indus-
tries (3) — (Arranged.)
Econ. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.)
GEOGRAPHY
Professors Morrison, Christ, Hu, Thom, Van Royen; Consulting Professor
Joerg; Assistant Professors Anderson, Karinen, Patton; Instructors Firman,
Hewins, Watson; Lecturers Aiken, Brierly, Davies, Skop; Research Asso-
ciates Battersby, Miller; Research Assistants Allen, Kelley.
Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirement In the Business Administration
Curriculums.
General comparative study of the geographic factors underljring produc-
tion economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief sur-
vey of geography of commerce and manufacturing.
(Anderson, Crist, Patton, Watson.)
Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2)
— First semester.
Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the
underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems
arising therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education.
(Watson.)
Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2)
— Second semester.
Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and
teachers in the field of education. (Watson.)
Geog. 20. Map Reading and Interpretation (2) — Second semester. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Designed to familiarize the student with the kinds of maps ordinarily
encountered in course work and in daily life: topographic, political, adminis-
trative, economic, and transportation maps, city plans, physiographic dia-
grams, etc. Introduction to the history of maps and the theory of map
projections. Limitations and advantages of different types of maps.
(Karinen.)
306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3) — First semester.
A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, includ-
ing subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an understand-
ing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various typei
of land forms. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or sec-
ond semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Pre-
requisite Geog. 20 and 30, or equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen-
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection.
(Davies, Geological Survey.)
Geog. 40, 41. Weather and Climate I and II (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
An introductory course in meteorology and climatology basic to further
work in those subjects. Adapted to the needs of students of geography,
business administration, transportation, agriculture, and engineering, with
applications in their respective fields. The first semester may be taken by
students interested only in meteorology. Geography 40 is a prerequisite
to Geography 41. (Thorn.)
Geog. 60, 61. Economic Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The geography of agriculture, industry, transport and trade. World dis-
tribution of crop and livestock production, manufacturing and transport,
and the geographic factors influencing this distribution. Required for all
majors and minors in geography; can be taken by students in the Division
of World Economics and Public Affairs in place of Geog. 1 and 2. (Staff.)
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi-
site Geog. 30.
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction meth-
ods to the degrree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses.
(Skop, Army Map Service.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 60,
61, or permission of instructor.
The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus-
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions.
(Anderson)
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 307
Geog. 102. The Geography of Manufacturing in the United States and
Canada (3) — First semester.
The geographic factors which are associated with the location of manu-
facturing industries. One or more field trips. (Not given in 1950-51.)
Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
permission of instructor.
An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and position
of the state in relation to its agriculture, industry, transport, and trade.
Field trips when possible. (Anderson.)
Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the
physical environment and the natural resources, and a survey of the his-
torical and cultural development. (Crist.)
Geog. 115. The Peoples of Latin America (2) — Second semester.
Population distribution, composition and growth, trends in fertility and
mortality; migration, rural-urban and interregional, cultural, ethnic and
political aspects. (Crist and Lecturer.)
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester.
The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial
development and to present-day economic and national problems.
(Van Roy en.)
Geog. 122. Economic Recources and Development of Africa (3) — Second
semester.
The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities
of the future. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second
semester.
Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon
the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle-
ment in the tropics. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East-
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the East Indies;
natural resources, population and economic activities. Comparisons of phys-
ical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social,
and political development. (Not given in 1951-52.) (Hu.)
Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of
308 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
China, Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique
characteristics of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institu-
tions, outlooks on life, contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change.
Designed especially for students of the social sciences, and those preparing
for careers in foreign service, foreign trade, education, and international
relations. (Hu.)
Geog. 140. Soviet Lands I (3) — First semester
The natural environment, geographic factors in the expansion of the
Russian State and the geography of agriculture, of industry and of trans-
port. Political geography of the U. S. S. R. (Morrison.)
Geog. 141. Soviet Lands II (3) — Second semester.
The regional geography of the U. S. S. R. Prerequisite, Geog. 140.
(Morrison.)
Geog. 146. The Near East (3)— First semester.
The physical, economic, political, and strategic geography of the lands
between the Mediterranean and India. (Morrison.)
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) —
First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a
week. Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical
means of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration.
(Davies, Geological Survey.)
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-
use Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps used in the
fields of geology, pedology, climatology, forestry and botany, geography,
economics, agricultural economics, demography, transportation and com-
munication, military science, and certain other special fields. Each tjrpe
is studied from the viewpoint of history, basic criteria upon which the
selection of features and scales is determined, methods of representation
and preparation, interpretation, and availability of source materials. Field
trips when possible.
Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — Off
campus. First and second semesters. Two-hour lecture and two hours
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 31, or equivalent.
Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis or topo-
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpre-
tations of soil, geologic, vegetation and military data.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 309
Geog. 154, 155. General Cartography and Graphics (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Geog. 30 or consent of instructor.
Problems and techniques of compilation, design, construction and repro-
duction of the various types of maps and graphic materials. Laboratory
exercises are directed primarily toward the solution of actual cartographic
problems encountered by the geographer. (Karinen.)
Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Geog. 30 and one foreign language.
Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the langauge as-
pects of gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dic-
tionaries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of
air charts, hydrographic charts and the International Map of the World.
(Aiken, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 162. Intermediate Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Geog. 41 or consent of instructor.
Introduction to climatology, stressing the causes of the climates in terms
of the geography of the globe, radiation balance, motions of the atmos-
phere, air masses and fronts. Definition and properties of basic statistical
concepts employed in climatology. (Thom.)
Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3) — First semester.
Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observation
of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One
lecture per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Pri-
marily for undergraduates. (Karinen.)
Geog. 171. Summer Field Course (6) — Summer School.
Intensive training in methods and techniques of geogn^-aphic field observa-
tion and recording. Practical experience in conducting land utilization
surveys and the preparation of reports. Field study of the location and site
factors affecting selected industrial establishments. Water-use problems.
For geography majors and for those preparing for careers in regional
planning. In 1951 the course will be given in western Maryland. (Staff.)
Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic
principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of
geographic thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geo-
graphical works and methods of geographic research. (Not given in
1951-52.) (Hu.)
Geog. 190. Political Geography (3) — Second semester.
Geographical factors in national powder and international relations.
"Geopolitics" and "geostrategy." (Morrison.)
310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3) — Second semester.
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of
transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to condi-
tions of the natural environment; transportation centers and their dis-
tribution. (Patton.)
For Graduates
Geog. 210, 211. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, ex-
ploitation of mineral resources and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog.
110, 111 or consent of instructor. (Crist.)
Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3)
— First and second semesters.
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development
of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120, 121, or consent of instructor.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of China (3, 3)— First and
second semesters.
Analysis of problems concerning the geography of China, with emphasis
on techniques peculiar to Chinese geographical research. (Hu.)
Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis on the
use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and
Geog. 140, 141, or consent of instructor. (Morrison.)
Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3) — (Not given
in 1951-52.) (Morrison.)
Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second
semester.
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical ap-
proaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presen-
tation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
(Karinen and Davies.)
Geog. 260. Micro-Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog.
162, or consent of instructor.
The climate of the layer of air near the ground in which plants live, and
related topics. (Thorn.)
Geog. 261. Advanced General Climatology (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Geog. 162, or consent of instructor.
Selected topics in climatology illustrating principles, techniques and the
distribution of climate. (Thom.)
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 311
Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Oimatology (3, 3) — Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
Selected topics in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the indi-
vidual needs of advanced students. (Thom.)
Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester.
An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological prob-
lems. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 290, 291. Visitors' Seminar in Geography (Credit to be arranged) —
First and second semesters.
Discussion of special topics with visiting specialists. Problems of geo-
graphic research and its administration in Federal agencies,
(Visitors and Staff.)
Geog. 292, 293. Individual Research (Credit to be arranged) — First and
second semesters and summer.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Professors Burdette, Larsen, Ray, Starr, and Steinmeyer; Associate Pro-
fessor Plischke; Assistant Professors Anderson, Dixon, and Lambert;
Instructors Gass, Goostree, Henderson, Hester, Mester, Moser, and Whitney.
G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester.
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri-
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern-
ments in the United States — national, state, and local — and of their adjust-
ment to changing social and economic conditions.
G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the organization and functions of state government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland.
G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the organization and functions of local government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland
cities and counties.
G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2) — First
semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British
Dominions.
G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy,
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries.
G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em-
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.
G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2) — Second
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the
influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the
development of international organization, with emphasis on the United
Nations.
G. and P. 102. — International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including mat-
ters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons;
treatment of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and
neutrality.
G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far
East and their influence on world politics.
G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela-
tions, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United States, giving special
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160.
A survey of public personnel administration, including the development
of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment,
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 313
examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline,
employee relations, and retirement.
G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142.
A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the
techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-
audit and post-audit.
G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and prob-
lems. The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress
and with the legislature of Maryland.
G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American con-
stitutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in
the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position
of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce;
due process of law and other civil rights.
G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in
the United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon
the federal judiciary.
G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of
writers from Plato to Bentham.
G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of 19th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis
on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.
G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of the development and growth of American political concepts
from the colonial period to the present.
G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required
to report on readings from current literature.
314 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. &
P. 1.
A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties,
nominations, elections, and political leadership.
G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure
groups.
G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
American Civilization 137, 138. Conference in American Civilization
(3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a
focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such
as Alexis de Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Nathaniel Hawthorne,
The Scarlet Letter, Thorstein Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Cla^s, and
Gunnar Myrdal, An American Dilem,ma. Specialists from related depart-
ments participate in the conduct of the course.
For Graduates
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3).
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.
G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3).
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in
substantive and procedural international law.
G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the back-
ground and development of American government.
G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3).
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the
world.
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of recent federal-state relations.
G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public administration.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 315
G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public personnel administration.
G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland.
Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland
state and local government.
G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management
(3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra-
tive planning and management in government.
G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authori-
ties (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study
will relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique,
as in the cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York
Authority, and local housing authorities.
G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public opinion.
G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com-
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.
G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields
Ox political organization and action.
G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3).
Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private
property, sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state.
G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields
of constitutional and administrative law.
G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3).
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics
and instruction in the use of government documents.
G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3).
Credit according to work accomplished.
316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit).
Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration
for two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the
entire departmental staff in full meeting.
G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged).
JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Professor Crowell; Assistant Professor Carhart; Instructors Danegger,
Kahl; Lecturers Hottel, Wood, Zagoria.
Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2.
Fundamentals of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in
writing news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3) — Second semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10.
More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 160. News Editing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Copy editing, proofreading. Laboratory time spent in preparing assign-
mants made by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 161. News Editing II (3) — Second semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 160.
Headwriting, makeup. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Production of newspaper features. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Journ. 166. Publicity Techniques (3) — Second semester. Two lectures,
two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Techniques and media used in professional publicity work.
Journ. 170. Public Relations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Journ.
11.
Survey of media used in public relations; objectives, principles, methods.
Journ. 171. Industrial Journalism (2) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Journ. 11.
Introduction to problems of company publications.
Journ. 175. Reporting of Public AflFairs (3) — First semester. Two lec-
tures per week and laboratory. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Advanced reporting covering city, county, federal beats. Student spends
four to six hours per week attending sessions of courts, councils, com-
missions, writing up news and features. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 317
Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
Introduction to newsroom problems, ethics of journalism.
Journ. 181. Press Photography (3) — First and second semesters.. One
lecture, six laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, at least junior stand-
ing in journalism or public relations major.
Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Speed
Graphic cameras provided by University. Student provides supplies needed
in the course.
Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Journ. 181.
Handling of pictures for the press.
Journ. 190. Internship (6) — First and second semesters.; summer term.
Prerequisites, Journ. 160, 165, 175, senior standing, for journalism majors;
for public relations majors, Journ. 160, 165, 166, 170, G. & P. 178, senior
standing.
Student takes time from campus to work full time for some commercial
publication in an editorial capacity or in doing public relations work, a
total of 480 hours. Objective is to introduce student on supervised intern-
ship basis to practices on the job in his field, and to make a contact which
may lead to placement upon graduation.
Journ. 191. Law of the Press (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, senior
standing.
Introduction to laws of libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism,
privilege, Maryland press statutes.
Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, senior standing.
Evolution of American newspaper from its beginning.
Journ. 194. Public Relations Ethics (2) — First semester. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
The role of management in formulating standards of ethics, practices,
policies in professional public relations.
Journ. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2) — Second semester. For
public relations majors in senior year.
Simple research problems in public relations.
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors O'Neill, Sterkx, Thomas,
and Wagner.
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters.
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
318 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of
the "touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in
0. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand.
O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Five
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of
"C" in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for
improving stroking skill will be used.
O. T. 10. OflBce Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters.
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in 0. T. 2 or consent of instructor.
In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of
typewriting with special emphasis on production.
O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and consent of instructor.
This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short-
hrnd. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from
copy and dictation.
*0. T. 16. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 13 and 0 .T. 2 or
consent of instructor.
Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu-
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maxi-
mum for each individual.
O. T. 17. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per
week. Laboratory fee $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T,
13 and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concur-
rently with 0. T. 16.
A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related
skills and knowledges.
O. T. 18. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 16 and 0. T. 17,
or consent of instructor.
• O. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment In Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 16) ;
O. T. IS, Adranced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken concurrently.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 319
A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on
the development of a special shorthand vocabulary.
O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week.
Prerequisite, O. T. Ill and 0. T. 112 or consent of instructor.
This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addi-
tion to the stenographic skills, needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned
on communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files,
selection of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of
statistical data, and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic
skills are obtained from other sources.
0. T. 111. Office Machines (3) — First and second semesters. Six periods
per week. Prerequisites, 0. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern
office devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other
common office appliances. Some attention is given to supervision of small
groups of office workers.
0. T. 112. Filing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior
standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
The development of the principles, procedures, and systems of filing with
the use of laboratory sets. Particular emphasis will be placed on how
each system may be used.
O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters.
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of 0. T. 110.
The purpose of this course is to give laboraotry and office experience to
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience
under supervision is required. In addition each student will prepare a
written report on an original problem previously approved.
Entrance to College of Education Building
College of
EDUCATION
STAFF
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean
Arthur Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education.
Walcott H. Beatty, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for
Child Study.
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean.
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean.
Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Industrial
Education.
Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education.
Donald Buso, B.S., Graduate Assistant, Industrial Education.
Charles Caldwell, M.A., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for
Child Study.
Mary K. Carl, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Nancy R. Clapp, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Educa-
tion.
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Arts.
Marie Deneckb, M.A., Instructor in Education.
Glenn C. Dildine, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
Stanley J. Drazek, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech.
Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education.
Florence M. Gipb, M.S., R.N., Director, Division of Nursing Education
and Nursing Service, University Hospital.
Christine Glass, M.A., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Educa-
tion.
John D. Greene, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education.
Virginia Lee Hufstedler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Insti-
tute for Child Study.
Mary F. Kemble, M.S., Instructor in Music and Music Education.
John J. Kurtz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for
Child Study.
Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., M.A., Director of Clinics, School of Dentistry.
321
322 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Laura P. MacCartney, Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Educa-
tion.
Donald Maley, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education.
Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education.
Madelaine J. MiatSHON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute
for Child Study.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
H. Gerthon Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child
Study.
BiRGER Myksvoll, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration.
Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Education.
Hugh Perkins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child
Study.
Alice M. Powell, B.A., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Educa-
tion.
Daniel A. Prescott, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute
for Child Study.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Corrine Shulman, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Educa-
tion.
Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education.
Margaret A. Stant, Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education.
Charles T. Stewart, M.A., Instructor in Education.
William F. Tierney, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Industrial Education.
K. Fern Van Court, B.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
James A. Van Zwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration.
John A. Visceglia, M.S., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study.
Walter B. Waetjen, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for
Child Study.
Gustave S. Wall, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.
Julia Weber, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child
Study.
Ralph Whitfield, M.A., Instructor in Education.
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Robert F. Will, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant, Education.
Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 323
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean
HE College of Education meets the needs of the following
classes of students: (1) undergraduates preparing to teach
in secondary, nursery, kindergarten, nursing, and dental
schools; (2) present or prospective elementary teachers
who wish to supplement their training; (3) students pre-
paring for educational work in the trades and industries;
(4) students preparing to become home demonstrators, club
or community recreation leaders, and (in cooperation with
the Department of Sociology) social workers; (5) graduate
students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or adminis-
trative positions; (6) students whose major interests are
in other fields, but who desire courses in education.
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
Research and Teaching Facilities
Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's
capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its
students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S.
Office of Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are
accessible, as well as the information services of the National Education
Association, American Council on Education, U. S. Office of Education,
and other institutions, public and private. The school systems of the
District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer
generous cooperation.
The Institute for Child Study
The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it
undertakes basic research in human development: (2) it digests and
synthesizes research findings from the many sciences that study human
beings; (3) it plans, organizes, and provides consultant service programs of
direct child study by in-service teachers in individual schools or in municipal,
county or state systems; (4) it offers field training to a limited number of
properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them to render expert
consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human develop-
ment. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study.
The Workshop on Child Development and Education
The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development
and Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of
all participants, it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis
of scientific knowledge about children and youth; (2) training in the
analysis of case records; (3) training for study-group leaders for in-
service child study programs; (4) planning in-service programs of child
324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory experiences for
prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and school
organization implications of scientific knowledge about human develop-
ment and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are avail-
able about March 15 of each year and advance registration is required
because the number of participants must be limited. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education.
The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School
The University of Maryland has a nursery-kindergarten school on the
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school educa-
tion may receive training and practical experience. This school is a co-
operative effort which is operated jointly by the parents and the College of
Education.
Professional and Pre-professional Organizations
The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations:
Phi Delta Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Educa-
tion, and Iota Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial
Education. Both fraternities have large and active chapters and are
providing outstanding professional leadership in their fields of service.
The College of Education also sponsors the Harold Benjamin Chapter
of the Future Teachers of America, a department of the National Educa-
tion Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students on the
College Park campus.
United Nations Information Center
With a view to helping teachers of Maryland to obtain information
about the United Nations quickly and easily, the College of Education
has accepted the invitation of the United Nations to operate a corre-
spondence center for the State of Maryland. This center receives mate-
rials from United Nations Headquarters at Lake Success. Packets of
these materials are sent to teachers on request, postpaid. For further
information teachers should write to the Executive Secretary, United
Nations Information Center, College of Education, University of Mary-
land.
Courses Outside of College Park
Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of
courses in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses
are chosen to meet the needs of groups of students in various centers.
In these centers, on a part-time basis, a student may complete a part of
the work required for a bachelor's degree. Graduate courses in education
are offered in Baltimore.
Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests
to the Director, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park,
Maryland.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 325
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Requirements for Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for
certain programs, no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine
Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low
are strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies
and special clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post
Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General
Information issue of the Catalog.
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of
two years. The successful completion of this course is a prereqixisite for
graduation but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two
years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or
not. Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military
training will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation,
whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. 0.
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction,
write the Director of Publications for a copy of "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
Physical Education and Hygiene
All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sopho-
mores, irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more
than six semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in
326 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
physical education. These courses must be taken by all eligible students
during the first two years of attendance at the University, whether they
intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have credit in
these courses or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until
graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military service may
receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of the
College of Air Science.
Guidance in Registration
At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to
a member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The
choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach
will be made under faculty guidance during the first year in the Intro-
duction to Education course required of all freshmen. Thereafter, the
student will advise regularly with the faculty member responsible for
his teaching major. While it may be possible to make satisfactory adjust-
ments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have
not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is highly
desirable that the student begin his professional work in the freshman
year. Students who intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture)
should register in the College of Education, in order that they may have
continuously the counsel and guidance of the faculty which is directly re-
sponsible for their professional preparation. Students in Physical Educa-
tion may register in either the College of Education or the College of
Physical Education.
Junior Status
The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional
work of the junior and senior years. To be eligfible to enter the "Pfco-
fessional courses, a student must have attained junior status. (See
Academic Regulations.)
Certification of Teachers
The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved
high schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have
satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Spe-
cifically it limits certification to grraduates who "rank academically in the
upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of C or better in
practice teaching." The several high school curricula of the College of
Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification. (See
also Elementary Education.)
From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement
of 24 semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students
intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any other
city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certifi-
cation requirements in such area and be guided thereby in the selection
of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327
Degrees
The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions
prescribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, social sciences, language and
art receive the B.A. degree. Mathematics majors may receive either de-
gree. All others receive the B.S. degree.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $48.00 special fees; $340.00 board; $120.00 to $140.00 room; and
laboratory fees, which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A ma-
triculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge
of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of
Publications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate Status
For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least
16 semester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a
bachelor's or master's degree from a college or university of recognized
standing. The committee on masters' programs may interpret this require-
ment so that foundation work in fields other than education may be accepted
in cases of graduate students not preparing for school work. The student
must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability to do graduate work.
Registration
A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate
School. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made
prior to dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of the
Dean of the Graduate School. For further instructions a student should
consult the Graduate School catalog.
Masters' Degrees
A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Edu-
cation or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees,
the student should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the
duplicated material issued by the education faculty. On matriculation,
the student should select a faculty adviser of professorial rank.
Doctors' Degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education
degree in education are administered for the Graduate School by the
department of education. For requirements of these degrees, the student
should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the statement of
policy relative to doctoral programs in education. If the student has not
328 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
already made arrangements with a member of the faculty to advise him,
he should consult with the chairman of the education Committee on
Candidacy regarding a proper adviser.
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers
for each curriculum are as follows:
Academic Education
English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-111
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117
Speech — Ray Ehrensberger, Room R-106
Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)
Arthur M. Ahalt, Room 0-137
Art Education
Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103
Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245
Dental Education
Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore)
Elementary Education
Alvin W. Schindler
Home Economics Education
Mabel Spencer, Room T-111
Industrial Education
Glen D. Brown, Room T-110
R. Lee Hombake, Room T-110
Music Education
Mary F. Kemble, Music Building
Nursery School-Kindergarten Education
Edna B. McNaughton, Building HH
Nursing Education
Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore)
Physical Education (Men)
Lester M. Fraley, Room G-102
Albert W. Woods, G-101
Physical Education (Women)
Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House
Dorothy R. Mohr, Women's Field House
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329
General Requirements of the College
A total of 120 senaester hours in addition to the University require-
ment in military science and physical education is required for graduation
in the College of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester
hours required for graduation be less than 128.
The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula:
English — 12 semester hours; social studies — 12 semester hours, as follows:
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life; G & P 1 — American Government;
and H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization; science or mathematics —
6 semester hours; education — 20 semester hours; speech — 3 semester hours;
physical education and military science as required by the University.
Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects
in major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or
higher must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student
teaching a student must have a grade point average of 2.275.
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of
Education must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved
by the Dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are
preparing to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements
of the College of Education.
Majors and Minors.
Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art,
music, physical education. Those electing the academic curriculum will
ordinarily select both a teaching major and a teaching minor, and students
in other curricula may select minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive
the requirement for a minor when necessary to permit the development of
an approved area such as psychology, human development, or sociology.
Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those
selecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to
take only one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Stu-
dents who select an academic major and a special fields minor, or vice versa,
must take methods courses in both the major and minor fields, and should
divide their practice teaching between the two fields.
Academic Education
Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum
requirements in English and social science, plus the following:
(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree:
12 semester hours provided the student enters with less than three
years of foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters
with three years of such credits. No foreign language is required
of any student who enters with four years of language credits nor
of candidates for the bachelor of science degree unless specified in
the curriculum. (See "Degrees" above.)
330 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours.
(3) Education, 21 semester hours.
(4) Speech, 4 semester hours.
All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill
the preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more
school subjects which will involve meeting specific requirements in pa/r-
ticular subject matter fields.
The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows:
English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:
Composition and Literature 12 semester hours
American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours
Electives 21 semester hours
A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15
semester hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives.
Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide
the student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations
of the English Department.
Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are re-
quired, of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in
American history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours
must be in advanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are
required, of which 18 are the same as specified above.
History (including one year each of American and
European History) 18 semester hours
Economics, sociology, government, consumer
education, or geography 6 semester hours
Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours
For a minor, the requirements are the same less the electives.
Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are
strongly advised to take the review course for majors. Further courses in
comparative literature along with work in European or Latin American
history are also recommended.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331
Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr,, Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80),
a semester of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the
literature (Fr., Ger., Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture
Course (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 161 or 162) and six hours in literature courses
numbered 100 or above. If a foreign language is offered as a second field,
all major requirements must be met.
Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 36 semester hours as
follows: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and elective credits in mathematics.
For a minor, the requirements are: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and five
elective credits in mathematics.
The following courses are recommended for electives in mathematics:
Math. 13, 16, 102, 103, 124, 125.
Students who pass an attainment examination with a satisfactory grade
are excused from the requirement in Solid Geometry.
Science, In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of
30 semester hours are offered, each including one full year of elementary
courses in chemistry, physics, and biology (zoology and botany).
Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's
major adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies.
Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in
biological sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year
course in chemistry. A minor in physics must be supported by a one-
year course in chemistry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a
one-year course in physics.
If a major in general science is accompanied by a minor in chemistry,
physics, or biology, the same credits may be applied to both, provided that
they number not less than 52 semester hours in natural sciences.
Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The mini-
mum requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the
10 semester hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4.
The 12 semester hours above the departmental requirement must include
6 hours of courses numbered 100 or higher. It is the policy of the depart-
ment to build a program of study in anticipation of the needs of prospec-
tive teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic coaches, and other
specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the minor must
be approved by the departmental adviser.
332
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Academic Edacation Curriculum , — Semester «
Freshman Year I II
•Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Enf. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
•Soc. 1 — Socioloify of American Life 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
•G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. 0. (Men) 3 8
P. K 1. 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
Major and Minor Bequirements 4 6
Total 16-18 16-18
Sophomore Year
Engr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 8 8
Ensr. E. 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. 0. T. C. (Men) 3 8
P. K 6. 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1
Major and Minor Requirements 6 S
Total 15-18 16-18
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 3 3
Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 13 IS
Total 16 16
Senior Year
•Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 8") ....
•Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 21 ....
•Ed. 160 — Educational Measurement 2[ ....
•Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 9]
•Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 16
Total 16 16
Agricultural Education
This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course require-
ments, the student should consult the bulletin of the College of Agriculture.
Art Education
This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special
teachers and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to
draw out and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate
art and other areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems.
General requirements are the same as for the academic curriculum.
The curriculum for Art majors follows:
• May be taken either semester.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 388
Art Education Curriculum ^ Semester »
Freshman Year I II
*Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 (2)
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition in American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T, C. (Men) (3) (3)
P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2. 4 (Women) 1 1
**Math. 0 — Basic Mathematics .... 0
Electives 2 4
Total 17-18 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 S
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3
Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering .... 3
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2
Cr. 3— Block Print and Silk Screen 2
Cr. 20 — Ceramics 2
Cr. 30 — Metalry 2
Pr. Art. 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4 — Three-dimensional Design .... 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) (3) (3)
P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1
Electives or General Requirements 2 2
Total 16-18 16-18
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 3 3
Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 1 3
Cr. 5 — Puppetry .... 2
Cr. 40 — Weaving 2
H. 5, 6 — American History 3 3
Pr. Art 0 — Professional Lectures .... 0
Electives, Minor, or General Requirements 9 7
Total 18 18
Senior Year
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation in Art 3 ....
Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 2
Cr. 198 — Crafts in Therapy (2
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements J 2
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 1 2
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching I9
Electives in Crafts and Practical Art Courses, or Minor 11 ....
Total 16 16
** An examination in mathematics will be given to freshmen during the fall semester ;
those who pass will not be required to take Math. 0.
334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A minimum of 24 semester hours constitutes a minor in art for which the
following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, cos-
tume, interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected
in consultation with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curricu-
lum, Instruction, and Observation in Art should be included as well as
electives chosen from among the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40,
198; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21, 30, 38, 132, 140, 141.
Business Education
Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business
subjects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teach-
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training
in general business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of elec-
tives, persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of
social studies.
The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who
wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects.
General Business Education Curriculum ,. — Semester — ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
Math. 6 — General Mathematics 3 ....
Math. 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... S
GeoK. 1. 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2
EW. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
S'peech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
P. E. 1. 3 (Men) : P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 ....
O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. R 6. 7 (Men) ; P. K 6. 8 (Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 336
I — Seme$ter — >
Junior Year / //
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4
B. A. 166 — Business Communications .... %
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 3 8
B. E<L 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2
O. T. 112— Filing 2
O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing and Organization .... 3
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... f S
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements .... I 2
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology .... | t
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching .... I 9
B. A. 165 — Office Management 3 ....
Electives and ReQuirementa 13 ....
Total 16 16
Secretarial Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Same as General Business Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 8
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 8
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 ....
O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 6. 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 3 8
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
B. Ed. 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 ....
O. T. 16 — Advanced Shorthand 3 ....
O. T, 17 — Transcription 2
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
O. T. 112— FiUng 2
Electives .... 3
Total 18 16
336 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — .
Senior Year I II
O. T. Ill — Office Machines 3
O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3
B. A. 166 — Office Management 3
B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects .... f3
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements . • ■ • J 2
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 1 2
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching [9
Electives and Requirements 3 ....
Total 15 16
Dental Education
In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education
offers a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree, with course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This
curriculum is designed to prepare superior graduates of the Dental School
for positions as teachers of dentistry. Details of the program may be
obtained from the Dean of the School of Dentistry or of the College of
Education. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com-
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School.
Dental Education Curriculum
For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor
of Dental Surgery (acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who
have the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School :
Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of
work) may be credited for the dental school work provided none of the
dental school marks was lower than "B".
The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required:
Academic subjects 12
Education 20
History of Dental Education 2
Educational Psychology 4
Educational Measurement 2
Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2
Organization and Management of Vocational Classes . . 2
Electives 8
Elementary Education
This curriculum is open only to persons who have com,pleted a two- or
three-year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other
accredited teacher education institution and whose records give evidence
of ability and character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons
will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in appro-
priate classes.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337
Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted
in an amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours
of work preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the
University of Maryland.
State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in
service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours
of credit completed during a school year. The College of Education assumes
no responsibility in this connection, but candidates are advised to observe
this regulation.
Elementary Education Curriculum
For graduates of two year normal schools.
Credits
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64
Requirements
Education 4
English (not including freshman English) 10
*Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology,
bacteriology, entomology, general science) 10
Social science (history, government, sociology,
economics, geography) 12
fElectives 28
For graduates of three year normal schools.
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96
Requirements
Education 2
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6
*Natural science (as above) 6
Social science (as above) 12
fElectives 6
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, vdth professional training for teaching these subjects.
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.
• Not more than four semester hours of Science Education will be counted toward meeting
the naturaJ science requirement.
t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of
Admissions, he must take additional electives in the amount needed to complete 128 semester
konn of work.
338
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Home Economics Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education
Ens. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc, 1 — Sociolo8r7 of American Life
G. A P. 1 — American Government
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking:
H. B. 1 — Home Economics Lectures
Pr. Art 1 — Design
•Math. O
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health
P. E. 2. 4
Tex. 1 — Textiles ,
Eleetives
Total
Sophomore Year
Ens. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20A or B— Clothing
Foods 2, 8 — Foods
P. E. 6. 8
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Elective!
Total
Junior Year
H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation.
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Home Management
Foods 100 — Food Economics
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of £k:onomics
Zool. 16 — ^Human Physiology
Bot. 1 — General Botany
ToUl
Semester — \
/ II
2
3 S
S
17
16
0
2
1
S
8
17
19
8
3
3
3
8
2
....
2
3
3
3
4
....
4
.8
18
• Not required of students who pass the qualifying examination which is given during
the first semester. Prerequisite for chemistry.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 339
/ — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics ..., 8
H. E. Ed. 149 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... 9
E3d. 160 — Educational Measurement .... 2
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home .... 2
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 3 ....
Electives 11 ....
Total 16 17
Industrial Education
The program of studies in Industrial Education provides: (a) a four-year
curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in industrial educa-
tion; (b) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet
the certification requirements in vocational and occupational schools; (c) a
program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service.
Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students pre-
paring to teach industrial subjects. The curriculum is designed to prepare
teachers of trade and industrial shop and related subjects, and teachers of
industrial arts. Reasonable adaptations of this curriculum are made for
trade and industrial teachers in service.
Students entering an industrial education curriculum register in the Col-
lege of Education. Persons interested in graduate work should refer to the
Graduate School catalog.
Industrial Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2
Ind. Ed. . 2 — Elementary Woodworking 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 22 — Machine Woodworking I 2
Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculation 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 1, 3 1 1
Total 18 19
340
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year
Eaag, 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Ind. Ed. 23 — Arc and Gas Welding
Ind. Ed. 110 — Foundry
Ind. Ed. 41 — Architectural Drawing
Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work
Chem, 1, 8 — General Chemistry
Math. 10— Algebra
A. S. 8, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
P. E. 5, 7
Totel
Junior Year
H. D. Ed, 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development
Ind Ed. 26— Art Metal Work I
Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I
Ind. Ed. 69 — Machine Shop Practice I
Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work
Ind. Ed. 160 — Essentials of Design
Ind. Ed. 166 — Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts, or
Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education
Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II
Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management
Electives
Total
*Senior Year
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Ind. Education
Ind. Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching
**Ind. Ed. 89— Machine Shop Practice II
tind. Ed. 31 — Mechanical Drawing
$Ind. Ed. 42 — Machine Woodworking II
Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools
Ind. Ed. 105 — General Shop, or
Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Electives
ToUl
-Semester — \
/ //
18
r2
J 2
16
• Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be inter-
changed.
** Ceramics accepted as a substitute,
t Photography accepted as a substitute.
t Au^tomotives accepted as a substitute.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
341
Music Education
The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the
specialized field of Music Education and leads to the deg:ree of Bachelor of
Science in Education with a Public School Music major. The curriculum
provides training in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is
planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers and supervisors
in Public School Music. By proper selection of subjects, persons may also
qualify in other academic subjects. Six semester hours of science or mathe-
matics must be elected to meet the College requirements in this area.
A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20
semester hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with
23 hours of music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a
major in music education will be found below. A minor in the field must
include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70, 71, 80, 81, 120, and applied music as
needed; Ed. 140 in music, and practice teaching which is divided between
the student's major and minor fields.
Music Education Curriculum „ j.
I — Semester — n
Freshman Year / //
•Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Ensr. 1. 2 — Composition and American Literature 8 I
Soc. 1 — Sociolosry of American Life .... S
G. & P. 1 — American Government S
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Mas. 2, S — History of Music 1 1
Mus. 7 — ^Fundamentals of Music .... 2
A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3
P. E. 1. 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1
Hea. 2. 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2
Applied Music as needed — Mus. 12, 13, 14, 4, 5, 6, 9 and 10 (one
credit will be sriven for each) 2 2
Total 16-17 1«-17
Sophomxire Year
Enir. 8> 4 — Composition and World Literature, or S S
Enr. 6. 6 — Comi>osition and English Literature 3 S
H. B, 6 — ^History of American Civilization 3 S
Mufl. 70, 71— Harmony I, n S 8
Mas. 8, 11 — Solfegrtrio and Ear Training I, II 2 2
•Mas. 80 — Instrtiments of the Orchestra (Strings) 2 ....
•Mob. 81 — Instruments of the Band (Winds and Percussion) .... 2
*Mus. 1 — Music Appreciation (Elective) 3 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3
P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) I 1
Applied Music as needed— Mus. 52, 53, 54, 72, 73, 92, 93, 4, 5, 6, 9 and
10 (one credit will be given for each) 2
Total 17-20 16-19
*Ma7 b« taksn either semeBter.
342
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
-Semester — \
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development
Mus. 50 — Elementary Conducting
•Mus. 120 — Advanced History and Appreciation of Music
Mus. 150. 151— Harmony III, IV
Mus. 160 — Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials and Methods
Mus. 161 — Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods...
Applied Music as needed — Mus. 112, 113, 114, 4, 5, 6, 9 and 10 (one
credit will bo given for each) , Electives
Total
Senior Year
*Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Music
*Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
*Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
*Ed. 159 — Methods and Practice of Teaching
•Applied Music as needed — Mus. 152, 153, 154, 172, 192, 4, 5, 6, 9 and 10
(one credit will be given for each), Electives
Total
//
3
3
2
3
3
8
2
2
16
16
1«
1«
Nursery School — Kindergarten Education
The nursery school-kindergarten curriculum has as its goal the prepara-
tion of nursery school-kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further
the personal development of the student and to give training in home-
making.
Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery
School and Kindergarten on the campus. Children in the Nursery School
are from 2-5 years, and in the Kindergarten, 5-6.
Nursery School — Kindergarten Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
•Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education
•C. Ed. 2 — Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Speech 4 — ^Voice and Diction
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health
P. E. 2, 4
Electives
Total
8
2
1
2
16
2
8
8
8
2
1
2
16
• May be taken either semester.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
343
1
3
2
15
/ — Semester — <
Sophomore Year I U
C. Ed. 50 — Observation and Experience in Nursery School and Kinder-
garten 2 ....
Enj. 8, i — Composition and World Literature, or
Bntf. 5. 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 8
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods .... 3
P. E. 6, 8 1
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Electives 1
Total 17
Junior Year
C. Ed. 100 — Child Development I — Infancy 8
C, Ed. 101 — Child Development H — Early Childhood
C. Bd. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery
School 8
C. Ed. 150 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten . . ....
C. Ed. 115 — Children's Activities and Activities Materials 3
C. Ed. 116 — Creative Expression
ZooL 66 — Development of the Human Body 2
Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition
Electiyes 5
Total 16
Senior Year
C. Ed. 149 — ^Teaching Nursery School 4-8
C. Ed. 159 — Teaching Kindergarten
Home Mgt. 160— Home Management 3
C. Ed. 145 — Guidance in Behavior Problems 3
C. Ed. 102— Child Development IH— The Child From 5 to 10
Electives 7-2
Total 16 16
2
5
16
4-8
2
10-6
Nursing Education
By cooperative arrangements between the School of Nursing and the
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to
become teachers in schools of nursing. The total number of credits required
for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which the last 30 hours of
work must be taken in the University of ITaryland. Students eligible for
this curriculum must have completed a three-year course in nurses'
training, successfully passed the Maryland State Board examination, and
qualified as registered nurses.
344 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Nursing Education Curriculum Credit*
Credit for nurses' training work 30 to 42
General Requirements
English 12
Social science 12
Education
History of Nursing Education (history of education
emphasizing nursing education) 2
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology; or 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 6
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation —
Nursing Education 3
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching —
Nursing Education 4
Physical Education as required by the University.
Electives
Physical Education and Health Education
For detailed information on these curricula and courses, see College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog.
Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education
The curricula in Physical Education and Health Education are designed
to prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational tech-
niques in these fields.
The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily
to teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges.
All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be
approved by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health.
Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above re-
quirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20
hours of work in that area and 4 hours in a cognate area as described below,
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval
of the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health-
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
345
Physical Education Curriculum
Freshman Year {Men)
EnK> 1> 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
P. E. 40 — Basic Body Controls
P. E. 41— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. K 61, 63 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men)
Total
Freshman Year {Wom^n)
Ensr. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. Sl P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
P. E. 40 — Basic Body Controls
P. E. 42— Folk Dance
P. E. 62, 64 — Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics
P. E. 52, 54 — Dance Techniques
Total
Sophomore Year {Men)
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zoology. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
ZooL 53 — Physiology of Exercise
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety
P. E. 65, 67 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Sophomore Year {Women)
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zoology. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
P. E. 56 — Social and Recreational Games
P. E. 58 — Square and Social Dance
P. E. 66, 68 — Techniques of Sports
P. E. 82, 84 — Officiating
Total
-Sem,e8ter — ^
/ //
3 S
18
17
1
2
1
S
19
3
3
4
2
2
2
3
19
1
2
1
16
346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — SeTnes ier — ^
Junior Year (Men) I II
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 100 — Kinesiology 3
P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2
P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 3
P. E. 123— Coaching Athletics 3
P. E. 180 — Measurements in Physical Education and Health .... 3
Electives 3 6
Total 17 16
Junior Year {Women)
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 8
P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3
P. E. 114, 116 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 8
P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
P. E. 170 — Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education 3
P. E. 74 — Intermediate Swimming and Diving .... 1
P. E. 76 — Advanced Swimming and Diving and Life Saving .... 1
P. E. 180 — Measurements in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Electives 3 3
Total 17 16
Senior Year {Men)
P. E. 160— Therapeutics 3
P. E. 170 — Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education 3 ....
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health 3
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9
Electives 9 ....
Total IB 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
Senior Year {Women)
P. E. 78 — Methods of Teaching Aquatics 2
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 2 ....
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health .... 8
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9
Electives 10 ....
Total 15 17
NOTE : When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
347
Health Education Curriculum
Freshman Year {Men)
Engr. 1. 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociologry of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General ZooloEry
Sp. 1, 2 — Public Speaking
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
P. E. 61, 63 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics
A. S'. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Freshman Year {Women)
Enff. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Sp. 1, 2 — Public Speaking
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
P. E. 62, 64 — Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods
Electives
Total
Sophomore Year {Men)
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, IB — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Zool, 53 — Physiology of Exercise
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety
P. E. 65, 67 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Sophomore Year {Women)
Eng. 3, 4 — Comi>osition and World Literature
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Zool, 53 — Physiology of Exercise
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
P. E. 66, 68 — Techniques of Sports
Electives
Total
■Semester — x
/
//
8
3
3
3
4
2
2
1
1
3
2
2
3
8
18
3
4
2
2
1
1
16
348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — \
Junior Year (Men) I II
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 2 ....
Hea. 120— Teaching Health 3
Bact. B — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
H. D. EM. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 3
Electives 2 2
Total 17 18
Junior Year (Women)
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 2
Hea. 120 — Teaching Health 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Bact. 6 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 3
Electives 2 4
Total 17 17
Senior Year (Men)
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 ....
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health 3 ....
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching, Physical Education and
Health 9
Electives 13
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
Senior Year (Women)
Hea. 50 — ^First Aid and Safety 2
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... S
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health 3
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching 9 ....
Electives , , , . 10
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349
Physical Education Minor (20 semester hours of P. E. courses, plus 4 semes-
ter hours of cognate courses)
REQUIRED COURSES: (Men)— P. E. 30 (3), P. E. 61, 63, 65, 67 2-6,* P. E. 113 or
115 (3), P. E. 101 or 103 (2) ; (Women)— P. E. 30 (3), P. E. 62, 64, 66. 68 (2-6),* P. E. 114
or 116 (3), P. E. 124 or 126 (2).
* Activities selected according to need.
ELECTIVE COURSES: (Men and Women)— P. E. 100 (3), P. E. 123 (3), P. E. 125 (3),
P. E. 180 (3). P. E. 190 (3), P. E. 140 (3). P. E. 160 (3), Hea. 110 (2), Hea. 120 (3),
Rec. 30 (2), Rec. 100 (2), Rec. 120 (3). If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men
should be Hea. 40 (3) and Hea. 50 (2) ; the cognate courses for women should be Hea. 50 (2)
and Hea. 120 (3). Men should include P. E. 123 (3) if planning to coach.
NOTE: To be certified in Maryland, 30 hours are required in this area, including the
following or equivalent — Zool. 14, 15, 53, Hea. 50, P. E. 100 and Ed. 149 Student Teaching
at least 26 hours.
Health Education Minor (20 semester hours of Hea. courses, plus 4 semes-
ter hours of cognate courses)
REQUIRED COURSES: Hea. 2, 4 (4) or Hea. 40 (3)— (women), Hea. 40 (3)— (men),
Hea. 50 (2), Hea. 110 (2), Hea. 120 (3), Zool. 16 (4).
ELECTIVE COURSES: Psych. 1 (3), Psych. 5 (3), Nut. 10 (3), Bact. 1 (4), Hea. 60
(2). Hea. 70 (3). P. E. 140 (in Hea. Ed.) (3), P. E. 30 (3), P. E. 90 (3).
Cognate courses may be selected from any approved by the adviser.
Minor Electives
Any student may develop a minor in Physical Education, Health, or
Recreation by completing twenty (20) semester hours of work in that
field and four (4) hours from other fields in the College of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Health.
350 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his prognram. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
EDUCATION
Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores
Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re-
quired of freshmen in Education and recommended for other freshmen who
are interested in teaching.
An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose
wisely in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions,
teacher supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching,
and types of personal and professional competence required of teachers are
among the topics included. The testing and observational program of the
College of Education is begun in this course. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
(Wiggin.)
Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1).
Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and
criticisms.
Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — First and second semesters and sum-
mer session. Prerequisite, English 1, 2.
A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester.
A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient,
mediaeval, and early modem periods. (Wiggin.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351
Ed. 101 History of Edncation II (2)
Emphasis is placed on the post-Rennaissance periods. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester.
A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the
present system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) — First semester.
A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for
judging their worth. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2)
A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to
modern education. Earlier periods. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 108. Philosophy of Education II (2)
Systems of thought affecting the development of education with emphasis
on recent periods and the United States. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2)
This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization.
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2)
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading,
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression.
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations
having real significance to the pupils.
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2)
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experi-
ences. Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources,
curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer
methods and materials in the field.
Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2).
This course will emphasize the relation of the elementary school curricu-
lum to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organ-
ization; the effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn;
and adapting curriculum content and methods to the maturity levels of
children will be emphasized.
352 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 124. Creative Expression in the Elementary School I (2).
This course should prove practical to classroom teachers and super-
visors since it will attempt to consider the so-called special subjects in
their relation to children and the course of study. Creativity as the natural
expression of ideas and as a means of communication will be stressed in
both language and manual arts. The relation of creativity to the inte-
gration of personality will be emphasized.
Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School II (2) — Pre-
requisite, Ed. 124 or taken concurrently.
Following on Ed. 124, this course allows for specialization in selected
phases of the creative arts. Separate sections will be scheduled in such
fields as art, dramatics, and music.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2)
A study of important developments in elementary education with par-
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2) — Second semester.
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school
unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods,
staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for pros-
pective teachers.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2) — Second semester.
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary edu-
cation; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; gfuidance and
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the
District of Columbia.
Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Balti-
more.
The course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching
situation. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques,
audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Atten-
tion is given to the adaptation of teaching methods to individual and group
differences. Consideration is given to present tendencies and aims of in-
struction in the social studies.
Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the Senior High School Core
Curriculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are
in charge of core classes in senior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
* Cradit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 353
Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2) — Summer school.
A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Laboratory fee,
$2.00.
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second semester.
This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathe-
matics, art education, business education, industrial education, music edu-
cation, nursing education, and physical education. Registration cards must
include the subject-matter area as well as the name and number of the
course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement.
In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter,
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional mate-
rials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject
matter area are treated.
Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.)
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester.
This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to
clarify controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.)
Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2).
Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high
schools is studied. (Bryan.)
Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core
Curriculum (2)
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed. (Bryan.)
Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2-3) — First and second
semesters.
The class sessions of Ed. 149 but with no student teaching. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 146. The Teaching of Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with classroom and labora-
tory teaching of Physics.
Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education (2) — First semester and summer
session.
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus,
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures,
models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized
instruction. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
354 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-6) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap-
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only.
Observation, participation, and teaching in a high school class under
the direction of the regular teacher and the university adviser. Two hours
of class sessions weekly, identical with those of Ed. 149, are included.
Applications must be made as for Ed. 149. Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Students should arrange their university schedules so as to allow ample
time for the student teaching assignment.
Open only to experienced teachers and other exceptional students.
For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Brechbill and Staff.)
Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap-
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. Full time for one-half of one semester
is devoted to this work. Two hours of weekly class meetings throughout
the semester are included in which study is made of the principles and
methods of teaching. One hour of group conferences weekly.
In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are
blocked, including the following: Ed. 150, Ed. 160, Ed. 140, Cr. 198, H. E.
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124
Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted
to the Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before regis-
tration. (Brechbill and Staff.)
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters.
A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con-
cepts and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school
marks. For scheduling plan, see Ed, 149. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester.
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is
designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.)
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and adult-
hood, the secondary school period.
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2).
Attention is given to reading readiness, activities for the development
of interests and language skills, the use of experience stories, procedures
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 355
in using basic readers, the organization of content units to promote develop-
ment of reading skills, the program in word analysis, selection and use
of children's literature, and procedures for determining individual needs.
(Schindler.)
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2) — First and second
semesters.
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other
elements of community background which have significance in relation
to schools. For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Schindler.)
Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2).
A general orientation course in the principles of guidance and in the
organization and administration of guidance programs. It is also designed
to provide a general understanding of guidance procedures in terms of
the demands made upon the classroom teacher in the guidance of youth in
his classes and in the extra-curricular activities which he sponsors.
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to class-
room problems.
Ed. 163, 164 and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2,
2,2).
This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with
the agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social
processes which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children
and adults and which must be understood by individuals working toward
school and community improvement. Each participant becomes a member
of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which
have direct application in his school situation. Readings are integrated
with techniques of study. (Schindler.)
Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2)
This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers,
and supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional
children. Preventive and remedial measures are stressed.
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2)
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery,
analysis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational
measures.
Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Not required. Available to mature students only.
356 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Individual study of approved problems of special interest to student.
(Staff.)
NOTE: Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name
of the faculty member who has approved it.
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2)
The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of
adult learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various
types of adult groups. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 195. Teaching Traffic Safety and Automobile Operation (2). (Offered
in Summer School.) Prerequisite, two years driving experience. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00.
Practical and theoretical study of the driver, driver and pedestrian re-
sponsibilities, the automobile and its operation, traffic problems and regni-
lations, and the organization and administration of the course in secondary
schools. Dual control cars used.
For Graduates
Ed. 202. The Junior College (2).
The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). (Benjamin.)
Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2).
(Benjamin and Wiggin.)
Ed. 209. Seminar in History of Education (2). (Wiggin.)
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) —
First semester.
The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the
organization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.)
Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools (2) — Second semester.
The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics
such as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships,
student activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting.
(Newell.)
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2)
An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The
CC'Urse deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implica-
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 357
tions of organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal
of the activities involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing,
purchasing, service of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 213. Administration and Teaching in Junior High School (2)
This course is concerned with persistent problems and related adminis-
trative organization and policy. It is designed for teachers and administra-
tors. Emphasis is placed on w^ays and means whereby junior high schools
may realize their functions fully.
Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2).
An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are
considered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies
the basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new
plant, for selecting and developing school building sites, and for planning
school building. Theory is put into practice in the development of line
drawings for school building design in terms of the instructional program.
Opportunity is provided to work on specific equipment problems.
(Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2)
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school
law. (Newell.)
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience.
This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func-
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating;
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school
workshops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00.
(Newell.)
Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2).
A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elemen-
tary schools and directing instruction.
Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6).
This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems
of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning.
Field work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.)
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2)
This course includes consideration of the organization and administration
of state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on
safety and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training
of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses;
and procurement procedures are included in this course.
358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 221. Functional School Plant Planning (2)
This is an advanced course in school plant planning problems. Emphasis
is given to analysis of the educational program and planning of physical
facilities to accommodate that program. Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this
course. However, students with necessary background may be admitted
without completion of Ed. 214. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. (Newell.)
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6)
Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school
problems. (Newell.)
Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16)
Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or
school system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a pro-
gram of studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of
the school staff, and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will
maintain a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons
involved. (Newell.)
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social insti-
tution and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the
agents who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda
and the schools, with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory
groups, and with such means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and
school publications. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2).
An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-
school, school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores
the area of child accounting in terms of need, development, and current
practice in local districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record
practices, and administrative record procedures are taken into consid-
eration. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2).
An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration.
This course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to
personnel administration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying per-
sonnel needs, personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of
absence, and retirement plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of
the personnel problem are identified. (Van Zwoll.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369
Ed. 228. The Beginning School Principal (2).
This course offers an opportunity for relatively inexperienced principals
to obtain help on specific problems or difficulties which they are encounter-
ing in the field. (Newell.)
Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2).
Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making,
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate
on seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively
to discover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental
practices. (Schindler.)
Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2).
This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the
so-called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Spe-
cial consideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3)
organization, and (4) supervision of student activities such as student coun-
cil, school publications, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and
clubs. Present practices and current trends will be evaluated.
Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2)
Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experi-
ences, organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation.
Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2).
Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2).
This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a
teacher-coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly
with evolving patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is
designed to help teacher-coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in
the supervisory and administrative personnel concerned with functioning
relationships of part-time cooperative education in a comprehensive
educational program. (Brown.)
Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elemen-
tary Schools (2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary
schools. (Schindler.)
Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in
Elementary Schools (2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary
schools. (Schindler.)
Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching
(2).
360 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the sec-
ondary level. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). (Brechbill.)
Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2).
(See Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.)
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — Second semester and summer
session.
This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the
school to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health,
guidance — and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better
understanding of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are
stressed.
Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2). Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250.
Prerequisites may be waived upon approval of the instructor.
This course deals with the various specialized techniques, procedures,
and materials utilized by guidance specialists in the schools. Special
stress is placed upon the interpretation of case data and techniques of
counseling individual pupils.
Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2) — Second semester and summer
session.
The analysis of occupational trends in community, state and nation, and
the organization of this information for the guidance of youth. It is
designed to give counselors, teachers, school librarians and other workers
in the fields of guidance and education a background of educational and
occupational information which is basic for counseling and teaching.
Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Balti-
more.)
Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2).
Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165.
Selected research problems in the field of community study with emphasis
on Baltimore area. (Schindler.)
Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). (Schindler.)
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2).
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.)
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
A study of research in education, the sources of information and tech-
niques available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research
reports and theses.
Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2).
A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 361
at class for one hour with two additional hourse of work in the library.
Especially valuable for students interested in research.
Ed. 288. Research Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes-
ters and summer session.
Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for
credit under this number. (Staff.)
Ed. 289, Research — Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and sum-
mer session.
Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation,
or a doctoral project should use this number. (Staff.)
Ed. 291. Administrative Direction of Special Curricular Fields (2).
A course designed to acquaint school administrators with the adminis-
trative techniques, opportunities and responsibilities in the modern pro-
grams of business education, home economics, and industrial arts. It will
include an over-view of best present practice, recommendations of national
organizations and agencies, and the development of standards for selec-
tion of professional personnel, evaluation of programs, development of facili-
ties, and allocation of budget.
Ed. 292. Advanced Creative Art Expression in Elementary Schools (2).
Prerequisite, Ed. 124 or 125.
Advanced individual exploration and experimentation with art materials
and modes of construction. Study of developm.ental stages of drawing ex-
pression in children.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2) — First semester.
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents
of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.
(Patrick.)
B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office skills (2)
Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests,
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the
integration of office skills. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related
Subjects (2)
Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials
and teaching procedures. (Patrick.)
362 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2)
This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects
and fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional
materials, and teaching procedures.
B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2).
Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives;
subject matter content; methods of organizing material; types of class-
room activities; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the
secondary schools. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 160. Curriculum Building for Work Experience Programs (2).
Developing a curriculum to fit students' immediate and future work
needs; studying the job for work-school correlation of curriculum; using
and adapting the packaged curriculum; building lesson plans for indi-
vidualized or group study with attention to source files, visual aids, and
other course helps; keeping the curriculum current in the light of changing
operations and trends in the field of work.
B. Ed. 162. Methods of Teaching in the Part-Time Cooperative (Dis-
tributive Education) Program (2).
Work study programs require an approach in teaching techniques some-
what different from that of the regular classroom. This course will include
a study of the methods to be used in teaching the part-time cooperative
student, e. g., discussion, committee, conference, individualized study. Em-
phasis will be placed on the development and use of visual aids, films, sound
slides, field trips, and laboratory work in the classroom and on the job.
Opportunity will be given for demonstration and practice.
B. Ed. 165. Organization and Operation of the Part-Time Cooperative
(Distributive Education) Program (2).
A basic course essential for all those who teach or supervise part-time high
school cooperative programs. Includes study of such topics as, setting and
maintaining standards of performance for students, school, and training agen-
cies; integrating the program in the high school; selection, placement, and
follow-up of students; building good training agencies; promoting the pro-
gram, and development of efficient forms and records.
B. Ed. 180. Merchandise Information for the Distributive Education Co-
ordinator (2).
A technical course designed to provide the information necessary for
teaching the manufacture, selling and care of merchandise. Opportunity
is given to study specific items of merchandise and also to develop general
techniques for learning about and keeping up-to-date on all items. Source
files, bibliographies and visual aids will be considered.
B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 363
Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment,
budget making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids- and the in-
service training of teachers.
For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects.
B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2).
Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status;
vocational business education; general business education; relation to con-
sumer education and to education in general. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6).
This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in
devoting the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning
in business education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and ob-
jectives of the business education program, and on curriculum researcK. and
organization of appropriate course content.
Opportunity will be provided through individual and group projects to
study local school curricular problems. Available to the group will be
the resources and personnel of the U. S. Office of Education, National Educa-
tion Association, Maryland school system, and of various business or-
ganizations.
A comprehensive report of the individual and group projects will be pre-
pared at the end of the summer term. Enrollment limited to 25 students.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre-
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140.
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
(Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). Prerequisite, H. E.
Ed. 140.
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living;
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans,
and evaluation devices; directed observation in junior and senior high
school home economics departments, (Spencer.)
364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. E. Ed. 149. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Home Economics
(9) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102
parallel. See Ed. 149. Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school liome
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia.
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes-
ter. (Spencer.)
H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco-
nomics (2-4). (Spencer.)
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu-
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching pro-
cedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION
The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on
human development and approaches to the direct study of children for mem-
bers of the educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within
the course sequences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's
previous experience in direct study of children; this is done in order to pro-
vide an interrelated series of experiences leading toward synthesis and the
ability to apply the principles of human development and behavior.
Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers
(H. D. Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D.
Ed. 112-13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series.
H. D. Ed. 200, 201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for
students majoring in the field, and also provide electives (beginning with
H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) for any graduate students interested in an
overview of the field. The other seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are
designed for emphasis in depth on the various areas of major processes
and forces that shape the development and behavior of human beings, and
are intended primarily for advanced graduate students. Along with most
of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed, 250 provides for concurrent application
of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children as individuals and in
groups.
H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3).
These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that
describe human development and behavior and relate these principles to
the task of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an
integral part of the course and will require one half-day per week for
observing children in nearby schools. This course is designed to meet the
usual certification requirements in Educational Psychology.
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III
(2, 2. 2).
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 365
These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indi-
vidual, presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group
for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development. This
course provides opportunity for teachers in-service to earn credit for par-
ticipation in their own local child study group.
H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I,
II, III (3, 3, 3).
H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3).
Summer workshop courses for undergraduates providing credit for as
many as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory
courses must be taken concurrently.
H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3).
This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these prin-
ciples in the study of individual children. Each student will observe and
record the behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and
must have one half-day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic
to further work in child study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced
courses where the student has not had field work or at least six weeks
of workshop experience in child study. When this course is offered during
the summer it will be H. D. Ed. 200 and intensive laboratory work with case
records may be substituted for the study of an individual child.
H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3).
This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and
behavior depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to
capture, control and expend energy. Application throughout is made to
human body processes and implications for understanding and working with
people. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this
course.
H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3).
This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of
pressures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows
up. These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving
which emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed.
250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3).
This course analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling,
thinking and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological
drives and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social
group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
366 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. D. Ed. 204, 205. .Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3).
This course describes in some detail the major organic processes of:
conception, biological inheritance; differentiation and growth of the body;
capture, transportation and use of energy; perception of the environment;
coordination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual demands
and to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above processes.
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I,
II (3, 3).
This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the
United States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human
expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and ad-
justment patterns are analyzed. Other cultures are examined to highlight
the American way of life and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D.
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3).
This course analyzes the effects of the various physical and growth
processes, affectional relationships, socialization processes, and peer group
roles and status on the integration, development, adjustment, and realiza-
tion of the individual self. This analysis includes consideration of the
nature of intelligence and of the learning processes; the development of
skills, concepts, generalizations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination,
attitudes, values, goals and purposes; and the conditions, relationships and
experiences that are essential to full human development. The more com-
mon adjustment problems experienced in our society at various maturity
levels, and the adjustment mechanisms used to meet them are studied. H. D.
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop-
ment (3).
This course describes the normal development, expression and influence
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect,
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional
behavior and personality adjustment and development. H. D. Ed. 250
a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop-
ment (3).
This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during
childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels
to adulthood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems
associated with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group.
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367
H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Deyelop-
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3).
H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Anaylsis I,
II, II (3, 3, 3).
Summer workshop courses for graduates providing credit for as many
as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses
must be taken concurrently.
H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3).
This course describes the series of developmental tasks faced by chil-
dren. These tasks, made necessary by the normal processes of growth and
development, are learnings that the child needs and desires to accomplish
because of emerging capacities for action and relationship, because of the
demands and expectancies of his family and of society, and because of the
progressive clarification and the directive powers of his own interests,
attitudes, values and aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of
developmental tasks concepts in educational planning and practice.
H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6).
This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con-
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or
regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field
experience is provided. In general this training is open only to persons
who have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a
major in human development or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of
instructor.
H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1).
This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in
conjunction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this
course will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in
their jobs while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use
records from their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken con-
currently with H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104.
H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3).
A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis
of their ovm concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is
placed on seeing the djmamic interrelations between all processes in the
behavior and development of an individual. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204,
206 and 208.
H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6).
An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of
special interest growing out of their basic courses in human development.
Prerequisites, consent of the instructor.
368 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the
specific needs of the course.
Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence
(Art Crafts I, II, and III). The courses are intended to assist persons who
are preparing to teach art crafts in grade 7 of the public schools of Mary-
land or for teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the
schools. The work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts
at any grade level and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs,
adult evening classes, and the like.
Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of
multi-view drawings.
This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimension-
ing, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee,
$5.00.
Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
This is a woodworking course which involves primarily the use of hand
tools. The course is developed so that the student uses practically every
common woodworking hand tool in one or more stituations. There is also
included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber,
and the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — First semester and Summer Session. Two
laboratory periods a day.
The materials used in Art Crafts I are wood, metals, leathers and plas-
tics. Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types
of work in the four media. Laboratory fee, $5.00
Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory
periods a day.
Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which
are pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving,
hooking, knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369
Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations (3).
Shop Calculations is designed to give the student an understanding and
working knowledge of the mathematical concepts related to the various
aspects of Industrial Education. The course includes phases of algebra,
geometry, trigonometry, and general mathematics as applied to shop and
drawing activities.
Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1.
A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern lay-
outs, tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies
are presented. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo-
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2.
Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe.
The types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe
operation are of primary concern. The mediums of instruction are school-
shop equipment, hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee,
$5.00.
Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One labora-
tory period a week.
A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is
carried on in the construction of various projects using welded joints.
Instruction is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints,
methods of welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety
considerations, etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2)— First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the opera-
tions of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming,
beading, burring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns
inclusive of parallel line development, radial line development, and tri-
ang^lation. Common sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface deco-
ration (hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finish-
ing. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
370 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the elec-
trical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical
energy, and a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the
junior high school level. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21.
A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of indus-
tries is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
Practical experience is provided in the design and planning of houses and
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are
featured. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and
design. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heat-
ing measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc,
inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory
fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). (Offered in CSCS Centers.)
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects.
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn;
the tjrpes of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction
sheets; measuring results and grading student progress in shop and
related technical subjects. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching (2). (Offered in
Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of
Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects.
Primarily for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of
directed observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, conferences,
and criticisms constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in this course.
Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or eqxiivalent.
Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl orna-
menting. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 371
Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped to produce "orna-
mental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file, drill
press, taps and dies, the designing and forming of scrolls and the finishes
appropriate for cold metal work are representatives of the course content.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent.
Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming,
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2) — Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester
hours of shop credit, or equivalent.
Skill developing practice in the maintenance of school-shop facilities.
Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a day.
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modem
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery (2) — Two labora-
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
This course offers instruction in wood finishing, techniques applicable
to furniture restoration and in the processes of upholstering household fur-
niture. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2) — Two labora-
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent.
Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items.
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2).
Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary
school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge
developing activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and
general metal working. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown and Staff.)
Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making,
stone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 108, Electricity III (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. Pre-
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent.
Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D
(2, 2, 2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
In. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — First semester. One laboratory period a
week.
Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and
principles covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory
fee, $5.00.
Ind, Ed, 140 (Ed. 140). Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) —
First semester.
Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Education; their
relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools;
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices
and needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results;
professional standards. Twenty periods of observation.
(Brown and Hombake,)
Ind, Ed, 141, 142, Industrial Safety Education I (2, 2),
Ind. Ed. 141 deals with the history and development of effective indus-
trial safety education programs; Ind. Ed. 142 treats causes, effects, and
values of safety education in industry.
Ind, Ed. 143, 144. Industrial Safety Education II (2, 2). Advanced.
Ind Ed. 143 studies exemplary safety practices, while Ind. Ed, 144,
through conference discussion, plant visits, and class demonstrations,
covers actual industrial situations and formulates evaluative criteria in
safety education,
Ind. Ed. 145, 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2).
Ind, Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices
of the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical ser-
vices in industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control
of air contamination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue;
nutrition; sanitation; illumination; noise; radiant energy; heating and
ventilation; maximum use of manpower; absenteeism.
Ind, Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-4).
Forty-five periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high
school class under the direction of the regular teacher and the university
adviser. Two hours of class sessions weekly are included. (See Ed. 148.)
Laboratory fee, $30.00.
Ind. Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second
semesters. See also Ed. 149. Laboratory fee, $30.00.
(Brown and Hombake.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 373
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2) — Second semester.
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application.
Special emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids
useful to shop teachers. Actual making and application of such devices
will be required. (Maley.)
Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements (2). Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or
consent of instructor.
The construction of objective test for occupational and vocational subjects.
Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work.
A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line,
mass, color, and design. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance (2).
This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance
to the problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students.
(Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — Second semester.
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
arrangement of the shop. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session.
This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the Amer-
ican social, economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries
are studied from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization,
industrial relations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the
like. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First
semester.
A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions,
readings and reports. (Brown and Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). (Offered in
Baltimore.)
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational
education.
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — First semester.
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which
is basic in organizing vocational industrial courses of study. This course
should precede Ind. Ed. 169. (Wall.)
374 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2).
Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2) — Summer Session.
The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral
phase of the American program of public education. (Brown.)
Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2) — Summer Session.
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered.
(Wall.)
For Graduates
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2)— First
semester.
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a
point of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total
educational program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for apprais-
ing current procedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own
professional area. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2) — Second
semester.
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in
the operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Voca-
tional Education (2) — Summer Session. (Brown.)
This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, super-
vision, curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational
Education.
Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
First and second semesters. (Brown and Hornbake.)
This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (Staff.)
Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2) — Second
semester.
Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are
examined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are
applied. Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied
and practiced. (Hornbake.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 375
Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
Second semester. (Brown.)
MUSIC EDUCATION
Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School Which Con-
tribute to Musical Development (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with musical experiences in creative listening and
creative response to rhythm and mood, creative use of percussion and simple
melody instruments, creative melody writing, creative interpretation of
music performed. Creative interpretation and creative writing will also be
studied in connection with its development through correlation with other
areas and creative programs.
Mus. Ed. 127. Methods and Materials for Program Productions in the
Secondary School (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Designed especially for those interested in presenting musical assemblies,
concerts and programs for all types. Methods of presentation and materials
suitable for various occasions will be discussed,
Mus. Ed. 128. Workshop in Music for Elementary Schools (2). Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
A workshop for the study of group activities and materials through which
children in the elementary schools experience music. This course has been
planned as an aid to music teachers and classroom teachers in the elementary
schools. It presents an outline of objectives, a survey of materials, and
instructional methods that will develop a more thorough and progressive
music program in the elementary school.
Mus. Ed. 132. Workshop in Music for the Junior High School (2). Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
A workshop designed to make a study of the vocal and instrumental pro-
gram in the Junior High School Curriculum. Special study will be made
of a more flexible program that will offer many opportunities for active
participation in experiencing music to the adolescent with or without special
music aptitude. The part that Music can play in the integrated program
will also be studied.
Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class In-
struction (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with practical instruction in methods of tone pro-
duction, tuning, fingering, and care of the instruments in the hands of the
students. A survey will be made of the latest methods and materials for
class instruction.
Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction (2).
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course deals with the fundamental principles of teaching piano in a
group of students of various grade levels. It includes the techniques and
376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
procedures involved in teaching class piano and a survey of materials for
piano class instruction and recommendation for their use.
Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School
(2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
This course is designed primarily for high school choral directors and
teachers of voice training classes. Special attention will be given to song
repertoire, interpretation, diction, tone production, and breath activity.
Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar. (2). Prerequisite, consent of
instructor,
A review of beginning methods and materials for wind and percussion
instruments; materials for bands for all grades; problems of intonation, tone
quality and interpretation; the percussion section; organization and adjudi-
cation of contests and festivals; special maneuvers of the marching band;
library organization; planning and conducting a concert; organization within
the band and the orchestra; point systems, and other related topics.
NURSERY SCHOOI^KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION
C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — First and
second semesters.
Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods
of observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels.
(Glass.)
C. Ed. 50. Observation and Experience in Nursery School and Kinder-
garten (2) — First and second semesters.
One lecture and two hours of observation. (Glass.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester.
Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical,
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during
the first eighteen months to presonality development; study of a child
fourteen months of age or under. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 101. Child Development II — Early Childhood (3) — Second semes-
ter.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months
to five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help
the child in his motor, mental, emotional and social development; obser-
vation in the nursery school; study of one child. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)—
First and second semesters.
Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child;
interpersonal relations as affected by home, school, and community; obser-
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 377
vations in kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations.
(Shulman.)
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five
years; observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other
colleges of the University. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 112. Play and Play Materials (2)— Prerequisite, C. Ed. 101.
Study of play materials and play equipment in relation to use by differ-
ent age levels; construction of simple equipment. (Flannery.)
C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2).
A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of
age, with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the
materials, experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school.
(McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II — The Social and Emotional
Needs of the Young Child (2).
An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather
than on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the
child to live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole;
working with the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable
adjustment of the child. (Glass.)
C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110.
For Nursery School and Kindergarten majors. (Shulman andl Powell.)
C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3) —
First and second semesters.
Creative experience in the arts on the level of the student; correlation
of the arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of his develop-
ment. (MacCarteney.)
C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative
Nursery School (2-3).
C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School
(3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or
C. Ed. 110.
Standards and organization of nursery school; study of age levels and
methods of guidance; selection and use of equipment; observation in
nursery school. (Powell.)
C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester.
Handling of individual and group problems on the pre-school level;
gathering of objective data; recording and observation; parent-teacher
378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
relationships, with special handling of child; guidance resources of com-
munity. (Powell.)
C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of
nearby communities. (Shulman.)
C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten
(2-3) — Second semester.
A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together
in the kindergarten; discussion and workshop. (Limburg.)
C Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Teaching experience in the University kindergarten and in those of nearby
communities. (Shulman.)
C. Ed. 160. Speech Problems in Child Development (2).
Problems in delayed and distorted speech in nursery school and kinder-
garten children as related to child development: techniques in clinical
work; lecture and clinic.
C. Ed. 161. Behavior Problems of Childhood and Adolescence (2).
Problems of child and adolescent in growing up; interrelation of child
with his family, teacher, classmates and gang.
C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2).
Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organiza-
tions. Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and
recorder; developing methods for discussion groups; discussion of special
problems of organization.
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such
schools, and the types of professional and personal competence required
of teachers in nursing schools are among the topics included. This course
may be substituted for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be
permitted to register for Ed. 2, or vice versa.
N. Ed. 5, 6. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in
Baltimore.)
This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field
of nursing arts. It is a course which is roughly parallel to the general
course Ed. 145.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered
in Baltimore.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 379
Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)—
(Offered in Baltimore.)
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the
worker. Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting
of supplies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through
the entire course.
N. Ed. 117. Newer Trends in Nursing Service (2).
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth
and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION
A. Physical Education
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation
(3) — First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Courses starred (*) may be taken for graduate credit
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools I (3, 3)—
Two lectures and two laboratories a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching tech-
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior
and Senior High School programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools II (3, 3)—
Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching techniques
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and
Senior High School Programs.
P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School (2)— First
and second semesters and summer.
Designed to aid educators in the development of elementary school chil-
dren through the use of school rhythmic activities and games. Some
demonstration and practice with children will be included.
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two labora-
tory hours a week.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found
in high school and college programs.
380 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68.
Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for
National Officials' Ratings.
P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, MEN— P. E. 113, 115; WOMEN— P. E. 114, 116;
124, 126. (See Ed. 140.)
*P. E. 170. Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education (3).— First
and second semesters. (Course may be offered in Baltimore.)
An historical approach to understanding the fundamental principles of
education in terms of human development as applied to Physical Education.
*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First and
and second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. The
application of measurement to physical and health education.
*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (1) —
First and second semesters and summer.
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation and Health
(3) — First and second semesters and summer.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places
in education.
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation and
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. (Course may be
offered in Baltimore.)
Principles and practice of supervision applied to the special fields indi-
cated. Includes evaluation of facilities, program, personnel, and processes,
using either survey or guidance techniques.
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3) — First and second semesters
and summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college ath-
letic competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor
athletic equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acqui-
sition, finances, inventories, and the selection of personnel.
P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3) — First and second
semesters and summer.
A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical educa-
tion, recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their
use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 381
P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in
research pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health education.
An effort will be made to provide the student w^ith the necessary skills,
and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical applications of
these techniques.
P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which
a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activi-
ties (3) — First and second semesters and summer.
This course involves exploring certain psychological phenomena of recog-
nized importance to physical education teachers and coaches. Taken into
consideration are such factors as aesthetic appreciations of the dance and
sports activities; psychological readiness for competition, problems of stale-
ness, emotional upset in relation to diet and instruction, the effect of anxiety
upon bodily functions, and the measurement of emotional disturbance.
P. E. 280. Scientific Bases on Physical Fitness (3) — First and second
semesters and summer.
A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution
of problems related to the kinesiological and physical fitness aspects of
sports. Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical
conditioning of participants, and the over-all effects of exercise are studied;
in addition, the techniques employed in the solution of such problems are
reviewed.
P. E. 288. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters and summer.
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for
1-6 hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate
may register for two or more credits under this number, and write one of
his seminar papers.
P. E. 289. Thesis (1-6) — First and second semesters and summer.
Students who desire credit for a Master's thesis or a Doctoral project
should use this number.
P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer.
A course to acquaint school administrators with the administrative tech-
niques, and opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs of
physical education, recreation, and health education on a coordinated school-
home-community basis. It will include an over-view of the best present
382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
practices, recommendations of national bodies and the development of
standards for selection of professional personnel, evaluation of programs,
development of facilities and allocation of budgets.
P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health
(3) — First and second semesters and summer.
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in physical
education and health education and the practical application of those prin-
ciples to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation.
B. Health Education
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and
second semesters and summer.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Hea. 40, or equivalent. (May be offered in Baltimore.)
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the
health education curriculum.
*Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) —
First and second semesters.
The planning of school curricula and the presentation of courses of study
m hygiene to the classroom teacher.
*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (4-6) — Summer only.
A workshop type course designed so that classroom teachers, school health
administrators, and supervisors may study together mutual problems per-
taining to the practical problem of educating children in healthful living.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3) — First and
second semesters and alternate summers.
Health education and health in public schools and colleges as supported
by endowed funds or by public taxation.
Hea. 230. Public Health Education (3) — First and second semesters and
summer.
A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major
problems in public health and to enable him to recognize and understand the
relationships and relative importance of these problems.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semes-
ters and summer.
Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal,
community, state and national health; functions and relationships of the
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and their
contributions to health; present status of preventive medicine and sanitation.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
383
SCIENCE EDUCATION
*Sci. Ed. 1. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory
fee, $1.00.
This course considers the characteristics of elementary school children
in grades one through three. Selecting, organizing, and presenting science
materials appropriate to this level is done in relation to these characteristics.
*Sci. Ed. 2. Science for the Primary Grades (2)~Summer. Laboratory
fee, $1.00.
This is a continuation of the previous course using different subject
matter areas to provide a wider range of experiences.
*Sci. Ed. 3. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer.
This course is designed to meet the needs of teachers of grades four, five,
and six by providing background material from selected phases of science
which can contribute to these levels. Special attention will be given to
materials of the local environment. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
*Sci. Ed. 4. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer.
This is a continuation of the previous course using different subject
matter materials to provide a wider background of experiences. Labora-
tory fee, $1.00.
ScL Ed. 5. Workshop in Science for Elementary School Teachers (2) —
Summer.
A laboratory course planned to provide grade teachers with the oppor-
tunity of becoming acquainted with experiments and preparing materials
which are of practical value in their science teaching. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
* Students may receive credit for both Sci. Ed. 1 and Sci. Ed. 2 or Sci. Ed. 3 and
Sci. Ed. 4, but no other combination of these courses is accepted.
^N
«
«
/-v
4i>
bo
s
S
S
e
s*
i>
V-'
_o
•<^
■^
^
^
"3
W4
.2
"3.
be
G
s
e
s
O
be
e
is
-o
^C
*a
be
e
*3
pa
s
n
c
'3
(4
E
e
«
"9
JB
«
j=
c
tc
X
H
e«
'u
u
a
O b£
^" e be
'^ .9
4j bA
eg
GLENN L MARTIN
College of
ENGINEERING AND
AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
STAFF
, Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
William R. Ahrendt, M.S., Lecturer on Automatic Regulation.
Redfield W. Allen, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering.
David W. Baker, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Edward S. Barber, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Walter R. Beam, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
William D. Becker, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering.
Donald T. Bonney, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering.
William B. Coffman, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
George F. Corcoran, M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering and
Chairman of the Department.
Gerald Corning, B.S., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
John B. Cournyn, M.S.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
A. Bernard Eyler, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Jacob J. Freeman, Ph.D., Lecturer on Signal Analysis and Noise.
Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Victor H. Gottschalk, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Joseph A. Guard, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing.
Arthur L. Guess, B.S., Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering.
Herbert W. Harden, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Charles R. Hayleck, Jr., M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering.
Donald C. Hennick, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Lawrence J. Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Harry B. Hoshall, B.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.
385
386 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
WiLBERT J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering and
Chairman of the Department; Director of the Engineering Experiment
Station.
Junius O. Hutton, M.S., Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering.
John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
DUANE R. Kei^ler, M.S.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
George R. Kennedy, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Eugene P. Klier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering and
Metallurgy.
C. Robert Landgren, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Ralph H. Long, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Harold R. Martin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Robert D. Mattingly, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Morris S. Ojalvo, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Henry W. Price, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
William S. Redd, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Robert M. Rivello, M.S., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
Irving H. Shames, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Shan-fu Shen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
A. Wiley Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aerodynamics; Manager
of Wind Tunnel; Acting Chairman of Aeronautical Engineering
Department.
Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
David E. Simons, B.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph S. Smatko, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chair-
man of the Department; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students.
John W. Stuntz, M.S., Lecturer on Applied Science.
Emile H. Sunier, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
William W. Thomas, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
David G. Thompson, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials.
Robert K. Warner, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Joseph Weber, B.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Presley A. Wedding, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chair-
man of the Department.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 387
GLENN L. MARTIN
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
» Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
'HE primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to
train young men to practice the profession of Engineering.
It endeavors at the same time to equip them for their duties
as citizens and for careers in public service and in industry.
In training professional engineers it is necessary that
great emphasis be placed on the fundamentals of mathe-
matics, science and engineering so as to establish a broad
professional base. Experience has also shown the value of
a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engi-
neering students since their later professional activities
are so closely identified with the public. It is well recog-
nized that an engineering training affords an efficient preparation for
many callings in public and private life outside the engineering profession.
The new buildings recently completed for the College of Engineering were
made possible through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin, of the
Glenn L. Martin Company of Baltimore, which resulted in two large gifts
from the Company to the University, to which have been added funds
made available by the Legislature of Maryland. The new units consist
of four structures, namely, the General Engineering building, an Engineer-
ing Laboratories Building, a Chemical Engineering building, and a Wind
Tunnel building.
This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering
of an Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will
carry on full-time research in connection with an organization known as
the State Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland
Legislature to be under the direction of the Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity, and also to carry on studies in the various departments leading
to graduate degrees.
The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engi-
neering students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement
their undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study lead-
ing to the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage
388 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
graduate work leading to the doctor's degree, and the Department of
Chemical Engineering has already awarded Ph.D. degrees to a number
of candidates. Graduates engineers desiring to enter research and de-
velopment work should endeavor to qualify for the doctorate. Graduate
programs will be arranged upon application to the chairman of the engi-
neering department concerned.
In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in
making a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore
year, but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely
along professional lines.
Admission Requirements
In selecting students for admission to the University more emphasis
will be placed upon good marks and other indications of probable success
in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. In general,
4 units of English, SV2 units of Mathematics including Solid Geometry, and
1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences are required. Fine Arts, Trade
and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering lacking one
unit of Advanced Algebra and one-half unit of Solid Geometry. The pro-
gram for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five
hours a week would be devoted to making up algebra and solid geometry;
in the second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled ;
and the second semester mathematics would be taken in the Summer School.
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Engineering must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College
Park.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
Bachelor Degrees in the College of Engineering
Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in the
Departments of Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical
engineering, and in Metallurgy.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include; $165.00 fixed
charges; $48.00 for special fees; $340.00 board; $120.00 to $140.00 room; and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matricu-
lation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students, and a College fee of $3.00
per semester is charged to all students registered in the College of Engineer-
ing. An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the
State of Maryland.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 389
Military Instruction
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules
are required to take basic air force R. 0. T. C. training for a period of two
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for gradu-
ation but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two
years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or
not. Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military
training will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation,
whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Force
R. 0. T. C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
General Information
For information with reference to the University grounds, buildings,
equipment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, defi-
nition of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and cer-
tificates, transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrange-
ments in the dormitories, off -campus housing, meals. University Counseling
Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student
government, honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraterni-
ties, sororities, societies and special clubs, the University Band, student
publications. University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director
of Publications for the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
Master of Science in Engineering
Candidates for the degree of Master in Science in Engineering and in
Metallurgy are accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements
of the Graduate School. See Graduate School Catalog.
Professional Degrees in Engineering
The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer,
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to
graduates of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in
engineering. The applicant must satisfy the following conditions:
1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work
for not less than five years after graduation.
2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of
Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering.
3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and
an outline of his proposed thesis.
4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis in duplicate on an approved
subject.
390 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Equipment
The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation-
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of
engineering work.
Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved
drawing outfit, supplies, and books.
LABORATORIES
Chemical Engineering Laboratories
Instruction and research in Chemical Engineering is housed in a new build-
ing designed for this purpose. It contains lecture rooms, library, labora-
tories, shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices ample in size and equipment
to accommodate the full range of chemical engineering studies, from the
elementary chemical and physical reactions underlying process develop-
ments to the construction and operation of pilot plants and the design of
full scale equipment, with provisions for specialized work in options such as
electrochemical engineering, fuel engineering and metallurgy. Labora-
tories are maintained for (1) General Testing and Control; (2) Unit
Operations; (3) Unit Processes; (4) Electrochemical Engineering; (5)
Metallurgy; (6) Gas and Fuel Analysis; (7) Cooperative Research; (8)
Graduate Research. Shops include a complete machine shop, a wood shop
and a student shop.
General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water,
gases, coal, petroleum, and their by-products; and for general industrial
chemicals, both inorganic and organic.
Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation,
crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and centrifuging.
Organic process equipment includes an autoclave, nitrator, reducer, and
mixing kettle. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly
is available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical
Control Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations
Laboratory.
In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure,
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so de-
signed that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed
type, direct pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evapora-
tion can be made on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is
equipped with a horizontal tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube
bundle. Dryers include cabinet, tray and vacuum types. Gas absorp-
tion equipment includes a blower and a stoneware column packed with
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 391
different types of packings in respective sections so that comparative
studies may be made. The organic process equipment is all self-driven
and designed to afford flexibility in use. Filtration equipment includes
plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Combustion equipment
available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix gas-fired
furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding there is a
comminuting machine, jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. Mechan-
ical shakers, standard sieve, and sub-sieve separator are available for par-
ticle size separation. Centrifugation studies may be made on a continuous
super centrifuge, Tolhurst basket type or centrifugal dryer. Concen-
trating equipment includes a flotation cell and Wilfley table. Student
shop facilities include a milling machine, lathe, drill presses, grinder,
welding equipment, and other tools necessary for unit operation studies.
The University has received war surplus equipment, which, when placed
in operation, will greatly expand these facilities.
Unit Processes Laboratory. The Unit Processes Laboratory is designed
to permit the preparation of chemicals on a semi-industrial scale from
1 pound to 100 pounds. Both organic and inorganic compounds can be
made. An advantageous feature is the integration of this laboratory with
the unit operations laboratory, thereby allowing a broad range of typical
chemical engineering activities. Equipment includes apparatus for nitra-
tion, sulfonation, reduction, oxidation, esterification and neutralization, halo-
genation, amination, diazotization and the like. Substances such as dyes,
plastics, wetting agents, organic insecticides, e. g., D.D.T., aniline, nitro-
benzene, phenol, paradichlorbenzene, ethyl acetate, cellulose acetate, ben-
zaldehyde, B-napthyl methyl ether and many others can be made with ease.
Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains appa-
ratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies
conducted in this laboratory relate to electric furnace operations, metal
winning and refining, electroplating, corrosion, electrochemical preparations,
chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, instrumentation, and related opera-
tions and processes.
The laboratory contains small dry rectifiers, one 500-ampere 6-12 V
motor generator set, several 300-ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA
variable A.C. supply for furnace operations and numerous storage batteries
as power sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide
furnace, aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferro-
silicon, ferro-chromium, aluminum, bronze and other alloys, numerous
electrolytic cells for electroplating, copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc,
cadmium, brass, silver, gold, rhodium, and other metals. Flexible arrange-
ments are maintained for the production electrolytically of materials such
as iodoform, white lead, cuprous oxide, azobenzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxyla-
mine, chlorine, caustic soda and other chemicals. Corrosion testing equip-
ment is also on hand. Arrangements are flexible enough so that most in-
dustrial electrochemical operations can be reproduced on a moderate scale.
392 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Cooperative and Graduate Research Laboratories. These laboratories are
arranged to permit the installation of such special equipment as the
particular problems under consideration may require. Effort is made to
maintain cooperation with the industries of Maryland and the Chemical
Engineering activities of the State and Federal governments; for such
work important advantages accrue because of the location of experiment
stations of various Federal agencies in the vicinity of or adjacent to the
campus.
Electrical Engineering Laboratories
Electrical Machinery Laboratory. This laboratory, with a floor space of
5,760 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area being
serviced by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The
distribution switchboard also provides inter-connection between each work-
ing area as well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout
the electrical engineering department. Each working area is provided
with an educational DC-AC motor generator and a variety of modern
motors, generators, transformers, and other electrical devices of such size and
design as to give typical performance characteristics. An overhead crane
is available to facilitate the moving and rearrangement of the various
machines.
Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor-
generator set consisting of a 150-HP synchronous motor driving a
50-KW, 125/250 volt direct current generator, and a 62.5-KVA, 80 per
cent power factor, 3-phase, 60-cycle generator. This latter machine is so
connected as to supply both 120 volts and 240 volts simultaneously. Modern
switchgear provides well regulated voltage from each generator.
Adjoining the laboratory is an instrument and small-equipment room
provided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential
to practical electrical testing, namely, ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters,
watt-hour meters, frequency meters, strobotacs, tachometers, wheatstone
bridges, double bridges, impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special
rheostats.
A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices,
and the general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining
room provides lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference
material.
Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet
adjacent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a
two-ton monorail crane is called the Industrial Electronics Laboratory,
This laboratory is equipped with apparatus and controls similar to those
used in industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by
means of electronic devices.
The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an elec-
tronic welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic motor
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 393
controllers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron recti-
fiers, servo-control systems, and an X-ray installation.
The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, three-
phase ignitron rectifiers and high voltage power supplies are provided.
The instrument room and shop which serve the machinery laboratory
also serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory.
Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machinery labora-
tory is equipped with seven work stations at which basic electrical engi-
neering experiments are performed.
Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current, voltage,
power, resistance, and transmission losses. Basic non-linear circuit con-
cepts are also studied experimentally in this laboratory.
Electrical Measurements Laboratory. Fifteen basic measurements ex-
periments which constitute the laboratory portion of the "Electrical
Measurements" course are housed in this laboratory.
Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, fiux meters, potentiometers,
a-c bridges, oscillographs, rotating standards, and impedance-measuring
circuits are employed in measuring electric and magnetic quantities and
in calibrating electrical instruments.
Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, 16 by 50
feet, provided with a dark room is available for photometric and oscillo-
graphic measurements. The photometry apparatus consists of a bar
photometer and four types of portable photometers and light meters.
Typical lighting installations are available for experimental study.
Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark
room facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film.
Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in
width by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of
which are specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four
specifically for radio engineering experiments.
The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency
meters, and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this appa-
ratus, pentode and thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally
and basic electronic measurements are performed. The performance charac-
teristics of amplifiers, oscillators, and regulated power supplies are also
investigated in this section of the laboratory.
The radio equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, including
mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers,
and push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are
available both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for
experimental study.
394 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Adjacent to this laboratory is a combined instrument room and radio
repair shop.
Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. A floor area of 1,000 square feet is
dedicated to experimentation and measurements in the frequency spectrum
ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second.
Signal generators covering this frequency range as well as a wide variety
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available.
In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em-
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theory. The transmission
line is also used as an impedance measuring device.
In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave
techniques. Crystal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal de-
tection and power measurements respectively.
FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor
of the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency-
modulated and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus
are available for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory,
antennas may be installed readily and connected from the transmitter to
the roof of the building, where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be
used for antenna pattern measurements.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Applied Mechanics Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study
of Dynamics and Stress Analysis. Experiments and research can be
carried out in the fields of: vibration, steady and transients, photo-
elasticity, and related subjects.
The equipment includes A.C. and D.C. strain gauge amplifiers, transient
recorder and printers, vibrographs, 15G vibrating table, vibration pick-ups
of various types and a photoelasticity bench for the study of two dimen-
sional stress problems.
Engine Laboratory. The purpose of this laboratory is instruction in
all phases of Internal Combustion Engine work.
Experiments and research can be carried out in the fields of: ignition,
injection, combustion and detonation, and engine performance.
Included in this laboratory are: variable compression ratio test engines
for octane determination, diesel operation and general ignition work;
multicylinder gasoline engines; eddy current, electric, and water dyna-
mometers; and three jet engines. In addition there are indicators of
various kinds including Piezo-electric and Cox intermittent as well as a
number of different exhaust gas analyzers and temperature measuring
devices.
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Laboratory. Equipment
is available in these laboratories for the study of heating and cooling
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 395
units plus air flow, dehumidification and humidification systems. Heating
tests can be made on the performance of coal and oil burning units and
hot water or warm air space heaters. In the study of refrigeration, freon
and ammonia vapor compression units and absorption units are arranged
for visual demonstration and equipped for performance tests.
In most cases, laboratory units are fitted with both hand and commercial
automatic controls. Instruments that are used include mechanical and
hot wire anemometers, pitot tubes, gas analyzers, orifice plates, inclined
and vertical manometers, thermocouples, potentiometers, resistance ther-
mometers and sling psychrometers.
Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this labora-
tory in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treat-
ment and strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of
metals. Included also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces,
bakelite mold press, polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes,
photographic equipment. Universal testing machine, fatigue testing ma-
chine, hardness tester, Jominy end quench testing equipment, creep test-
ing machine, cutting off wheels, thermocouples and pyrometers, and other
special instruments.
The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications.
Steam Power Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study
of steam power. Experiments and research can be carried out in this
laboratory in the following fields: turbines, compressors, parallel opera-
tion of A.C. turbogenerators, series and parallel operation of turbines,
condenser characteristics, etc.
Included in this laboratory are steam turbines, compressors, engines,
indicators, condensers, injectors, and various special equipment and instru-
ments. There is also a complete Educational Power Plant consisting of
two 20KW A.C. turbogenerators, condenser, synchronous motor and gauge
board.
Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Laboratory. This laboratory is
equipped for study and research in Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer.
Experiments can be performed in the determination of viscosity, heat-
ing value, conductivity, calibration of gauges, etc.
Equipment includes: bomb calorimeters. Junkers calorimeters, viscosi-
meters, distillation apparatus, conductivity box. Brown temperature (six
channel) recorder, potentiometers, galvanometers, and related equipment.
Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of
lathes, planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and
precision boring head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc
welding.
396 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction
for students, but makes possible the complete production of special appa-
ratus for conducting experimental and research work in engineering.
Aeronautical Engineering
Aeronautical Laboratory. The present aeronantical laboratory is equipped
for practice and research in metal aircraft construction, structural tests,
vibration and aerodynamics.
A sheet metal shop equipped to construct components of aircraft struc-
tures is available. This shop includes such equipment as pneumatic rivet-
ing hammers, rivet squeezers, squaring shears, rolls, brake, router, heat-
treating furnace, etc. A machine shop is available for constructing research
apparatus.
The aerodynamics laboratory is equipped with a one-foot supersonic
wind tunnel, a two-foot subsonic wind tunnel, manometer boards, ballistics
range, water table, high-speed flash photographic equipment, and a large
electrolytic tank for the solution of fluid flow problems.
The structures laboratory has a 400,000-pound capacity universal test-
ing machine, hydraulic tension-compression jacks and pumps, and lead
shot bags for applying structural loading. Traction dynamometers and
SR-4 tension-compression load cells are available to measure loads. The
laboratory has SR-4 strain indicating equipment, extensometers, com-
pressometers, Huggenberger tensometers, and a recording oscillograph
for measuring strain. Dial gauges and a transit are available for measur-
ing deflections.
Civil Engineering Laboratories
Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically
driven pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons
of water per minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which
can be used as a constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head
tank, 300 foot head tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot
by 4 foot by 25 foot glass sided flume for weir and model experiments,
Pelton water wheel with glass sides for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt
reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs, nozzles, venturi meters, other
meters, gauges, and other small apparatus necessary for the study of the
flow characteristics of water.
Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment are provided
for making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand,
gravel, stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road
mixes.
Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine,
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound
screw power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact
testing machine, fatigue testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brin-
nell and Shore hardness testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, con-
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 397
stant temperature chamber, moist room and other facilities for mixing,
curing and testing concretes and mortars, as well as extensometer and
micrometer gauges, electrical strain gauges and other special devices for
ascertaining the elastic properties of various materials.
Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for
instruction and research in water and sewage problems.
The apparatus and equipment required to make the standard chemical
and bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available.
Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this labora-
tory and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its
facilities for additional studies are available.
Soils Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction
and research into the properties of soil and their structural applications. The
laboratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve
and hydrometer analysis, Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capil-
larity, consolidation and strength.
The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing
machine with a 240-pound low range and automatic recorder. A repetitive
loading device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic
loads. Compaction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable
frequency vibration table.
Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment,
California bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for
chemical and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing
equipment.
Structural Models Analysis Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for
the mechanical solution of indeterminate structures by use of scaled models.
The equipment available for this analysis includes the Beggs Deformeter,
the Eney Deformeter and the tools necessary for plastic model construc-
tion. Equipment for making brass spring equivalents of trussed frame-
works is available, as are machines for photoelastic studies and membrane
analogy (torsion) studies.
Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and
the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with
the College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research
laboratory at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation
thus organized is to make available to the Association additional facilities
for its investigational work, and to provide for the College of Engineering
additional facilities and opportunities for increasing the scope of its
engineering research.
Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A
wide variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as
398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
well as foreig^n makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the
interpretation and use of aerial photographs.
Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available.
A wide variety of specimens of the more conamon minerals and rocks
has been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from
Maryland.
Engineering Library
In addition to the general University Library an Engineering Reading
Room in the Engineering Building receives the standard engineering maga-
zines and technical journals and maintains a reference library of the standard
engineering works and current technical literature. Also special reference
books and catalogs for design courses are provided in the design rooms
of the various departments.
The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by
Dr. Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association,
is part of the Library of the College of Engineering. This library covers
all phases of highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway
traffic control.
There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the trans-
portation library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The
books and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems,
including railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning.
Curricula
The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following
pages. Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings of
the student chapters of the technical engineering societies.
Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures
by faculty members and practicing engineers covering the work of the
several engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to
assist the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for
which he is best adapted. The student is required to submit a brief written
summary of each lecture. A series of engineering lectures for upper class-
men is also provided. These are given by prominent practicing engineers in
the various branches of the profession.
Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab-
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi-
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical
Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and Institute of
Radio Engineers. The student branches meet regularly for the discussion
of topics dealing with the various fields of engineering.
A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior
when he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman
and Sophomore years with an average grade of C or higher.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 399
The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to
other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent
opportunity for the engineering student to observe what is being done in
his chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips,
and students are required to submit a written report of each trip.
The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in
detail on the following pages.
BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS
All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum
during their first year:
t — Semester — n
Freshman Year I II
'Sing. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 8 S
Speech 7 — Public Speaking .... t
*Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
•Math. 16— College Algebra 8
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
Cbem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 2 t
Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 ....
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte-
nance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance
of aircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organiza-
tion and operation of industrial aircraft plants.
Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum Semgatsr
Sophomore Yea/r I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 8 ....
Soc 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 S
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying 8
Dr. 8 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3 — Manufacturing Processes .... 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 8 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 80
* A Qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently.
400 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
•Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 3 S
*Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 8
Math. 64 — Differential Ekiuations for Engineers 3
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 ....
Mech. 62 — Strength of Materials .... 6
M. E. 58 — Metallography 8
M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3
Aero. B. 101 — Aerodynamics .... 8
Aero. E. 103 — Airplane Detail Drafting 1 ....
Aero. E. 104 — Airplane Layout Drafting .... 1
E. E. 61, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
Total 19 19
Senior Year
•H. 6, 6 — ^History of American Civilization 3 3
Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics 2 ....
Aero. E. 105, 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shop 1 2
Aero. E. 107, 108— Airplane Design 4 4
Aero. E. 109, 110 — Aircraft Power Plants 4 4
Aero. E. Ill, 112 — Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2
Aero. E. 118, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 8 8
Total 19 IS
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to
apply this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for
the attainment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has con-
tributed so much to industrial and social welfare that the field of the
chemical engineer may now be said to cover practically every operation in
which any industrial material undergoes a change in its chemical identity.
When the Department of Chemical Engineering was founded in 1937, the
Board of Regents transferred all the work in Industrial Chemistry, including
the staff and equipment, to the Department of Chemical Engineering.
Beginning in 1948-49, the Department of Chemical Engineering has ex-
panded its offerings to include an option in Metallurgy. Students who elect
this option, which is outlined below, will receive their bachelor's degree
in preparation for work in Metallurgy.
• A. S. 101, 102 and A. S. 103, 104 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester
may be substituted.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 401
Chemical Engineering Curriculum ^ — Semester ^
Sophomore Year I II
Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 6
Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures 2 2
Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 ....
Ch. E. 11 — Chemical Engineering Control .... 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 21 19
Junior Year
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
**Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 3 3
**Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Ch. E. 103, f, s — Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3
Chem. 187, 189 — Elements of Physical Chemistry Lectures 3 3
Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 3 ....
Mech. 51 — Strength of Materials .... 3
Ch. E. 110 — Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Total 20 20
Senior Year
t*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization ; or 3 3
tCh. E. 114 — Application of Electrochemistry 4 ....
Ch. E. 105, f, s — Advanced Unit Operations 5 5
Ch. E. 109, f, s — Chemical Engineering ThermodyTiamics 3 3
Ch. E. 108, f, s — Industrial Chemical Technology 2 2
E. E. Bl, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
tCh. E. 104— Seminar 1 1
Ch. E. 123, 124— Elements of Plant Design 3 3
Total 21 21
Seniors desiring to do so may audit Mech. 53 in preparation of licensing examinations.
** A. S. 101, 102, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be
substituted.
* Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign langauge
may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in their graduate
program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical Engineering may
elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the American History
credit in their graduate program.
t A. S. 103, 104, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be
substituted.
t Students prepare reports on current programs on Chemical Engineering and partici-
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing
so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.
402 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Metallurgical Option t — Semester — \
Sophomore Year I II
G. & p. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 6 6
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 ....
Ch. E. 10 — Water, Fuels and Lubricants .... 4
Ch. E. 23 — Non-ferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy ... 4
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 21
Junior Year
ttEng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature
or 3 S
ttEng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English Literature
Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry 3 S
Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
Ch. E. 64, 66— Physical Metallurgy 5 6
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 3 ....
Mech. 51 — Strength of Materials .... 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
Ch. E. 182, 183 — Optical and X-ray Metallography 4 4
Ch. E. 164, 166 — Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes 3 3
Ch. E. 110 — Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3 ....
tCh. E. 104 — Seminar, Metallurgical Section 1 1
Ch. E. 168, 170 — Metallurgical Investigations 2 4
Ch. E. 103, f,s — Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3
tH. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S
Total 19 18
• Students v^ho are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign language
may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in their
graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical Engineer-
ing may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the American
History credit in their graduate program.
tt A. S. 101, 102 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
t A. S. 103, 104 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
X Students prepare reports on current programs on Chemical Engineering and par-
ticipate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing
BO a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 403
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and
sewerage systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping.
Civil Engineering Curriculum ^ Semester >
Sophomore Year I H
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — SocioloEy of American Life .... S
Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4
Phya. 20, 21— General Physics 6 t
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... %
Surv. 2 — Plane Surveying 3 ....
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
♦Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 3 3
*En8r. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2
Speech 108 — Public Speaking .... 2
E. E. 50 — Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 ....
M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering .... 3
Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 4 ....
Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering .... 2
0. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3
C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4
Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4 ....
Surv. 101 — Curves and Earthwork .... S
Total 19 19
Senior Year
•H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
C. E. 101 — Soil Mechanics 8 ...,
C. E. 102 — Structural Design 6 ....
C. E. 103 — Concrete Design «
C. B. 104— Water Supply 8
C. E. 106 — Sewerage .... t
C. E. 106 — Elements of Highways .... 8
Total 20 19
• A. S. 101, 102 and 103, 104 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester
may be substituted.
404 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERLXG
Electrical engineering deals with the generation, transmission, and
distribution of electrical energy. Well known examples are: (1) electri-
cal energy derived from primary sources such as falling water and steam
is transmitted to desired receiver stations and reconverted to heat, light,
and mechanical energy; (2) intelligence in the form of the spoken word
or picture is transmitted electrically and reconverted to its original form
at receiver stations.
Electrical Engineering Curriculum , — Semestei >
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 6
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics . — S
E. E. 1 — Basic Electrical Engineering .... 4
A. S. 3. 4 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 20
Junior Year
•Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or 3 3
*Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Mech. 5 1 — Strength of Materials 3 ....
C. E. 50— Hydraulics 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations 3 ....
E. E. 60 — Electricity and Magnetism 3 ....
E. E. 62, 63 — Electrical Measurements 2 2
E. E. 65 — Direct Current Machinery 3
E. E. 100 — Alternating Current Circuits 4
E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics .... 4
E. E. 104 — Communication Circuits .... 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year
*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics 4 ....
M. E. 52 — Power Plants 4
E. E. 102, 103 — Alternating Current Machinery 4 4
E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering 4 4
Electrical Engineering Elective (listed below) 3 3
Totel 18 18
Two of the following courses may be elected :
E. E. 108— Electric Transients 3
B. K 109 — Principles of Radar 3
B. E. 114 — Applied Electronics 8 ....
E. E. 116 — Alternating-Current Machinery Design .... 8
E. E. 117 — Power Transmission and Distribution 3 ....
E, E. 120 — ^Electromagnetic Waves 3 ....
• A. S. 101, 102 and 103, 104 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester
may be substituted.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 405
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main-
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigera-
tion; and the organization and operation of industrial plants.
Mechanical Engineering Curriculum „ .
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc 1 — SocioIo87 of American Life .... 8
Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 B
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying: 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3 — Manufacturing Processes .... 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 i
Total 20 20
Junior Year — General Option
•Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 8
•Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 ....
Mech. 62 — Strength of Materials 6
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. K 53 — Metallography 8
M. E. 54 — Fluid Mechanics 8
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 8 ....
Totel 18 18
Junior Year — Aeronautical Option
•Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 8
•Eng. B, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 ....
Mech. 62 — Strength of Materials .... 5
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 58 — ^Metallography 8
M. E. 55 — Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics .... 8
M. E. 100 — ^Thermodynamics 3 ....
Totel 18 18
• A. S. 101, 102 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
406
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Senior Year — General Option
Engr. 100 — Engineering: Contracts and Specifications.
*H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer
M. E. 102 — Heating and Air Conditioning
M. E. 103 — Refrigeration
M. E. 104, 105 — Prime Movers
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design
M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory
Total
Senior Year — Aeronautical Option
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications.
♦H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization
Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures.
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer
M. E. 104, 105 — Prime Movers
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design
M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory
Total
-Semester — >
/ //
2
3 3
2
4
4
2
18
3
3
2
4
4
2
18
8
4
4
2
18
* A. S. 103, 104 — Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. — 3 credits per semester may be
substituted.
AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING
A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, per-
mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in the College of Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree
of Bachelor of Science in the Departments of Civil, Electrical, Mechanical,
or Chemical Engineering at the end of the fifth year.
Details of this program will be found listed in the catalog of College
of Ag^riculture.
FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA-
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY
The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association,
offers fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand
and gravel and the ready mixed concrete industries. The fellowships are
known as the Stanton Walker and the Stephan Stepanian Fellowships, re-
spectively. Fellows enter upon their duties on September 1 and continue for
10 months. Pajmients under the fellowships are made at the end of each
month and amount to $750 for the year.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 407
Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of
Maryland. Class work is directed by the heads of the departments of
instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. The
faculty supervisor is the Dean of the College of Engineering of the Uni-
versity of Maryland.
These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and
research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accom-
panied by a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph,
statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from
three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the
applicant's character, ability, education, and experience.
The applications should be addressed: Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of
Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics has been
established by the University to prosecute fundamental research in applied
mathematics and in theoretical and experimental fluid dynamics. Its pro-
gram encompasses the important problems of high-speed and high-altitude
flight. Research currently under way at the Institute includes coordinated
theoretical and experimental investigations of physical phenomena in gas
jets including shock waves and turbulence, and a mathematical investiga-
tion of non-linear phenomena, particularly those occurring in gas dynamics
and in elasticity. The former program is partially supported by the Office
of Air Research, the latter by the Office of Naval Research. The Institute is
particularly cognizant of the government research being done in the neigh-
borhood of the University and offers its facilities for achievement of common
objectives.
The Institute is comprised of Research Professors who are in charge of
of the above programs. Each year a scholar of international renown, usually
from abroad, is invited as a Visiting Research Professor. The Senior staff
are assisted by Research Associates, University Fellows (post-doctoral),
and University Assistants (doctoral candidates). In addition, faculty mem-
bers from several of the University Departments participate in the activities
of the Institute.
The Institute sponsors a weekly Seminar dealing with its own research
problems. In addition, it holds a monthly colloquium on other research of
current interest. The University also sponsors occasional lectures by dis-
tinguished scientists.
Additional information may be obtained from Dr. R. J. Seeger, Acting
Director of the Institute, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
408 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES
Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State.
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for
the discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works,
in public health, and in public safety.
Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland
State Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park
for volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is desig^ied
to bring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and
extinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation
and equipment maintenance.
Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under
"Fire Service Extension Department."
Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be
obtained from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT
The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College
of Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational
Education, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Depart-
ment provides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted through-
out the State by about 50 local instructors, with one full-time Senior In-
structor. Basic training of 75 clock hours is given in the fundamentals
of firemanship, as well as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering
the technical field of fire prevention, control and extinguishment and a third
section of 57 clock hours in related technical information. A training course
of 45 clock hours for industrial plant fire brigades is also available. A four-
day short course is held at the University at the new Fire Service Building
the first week in September, and short course outlines have been prepared
for watchmen, janitors and building custodians, nurses and hospital at-
tendants, and public school teachers. Firemen who have completed the pre-
scribed training courses have been given preferential rating in positions
in the military and naval fire fighting forces.
The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire pro-
tection engineering, and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as
Technical Advisor to the Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on
various National Committees of the National Fire Protection Association.
Additional information may be obtained from Chief J. W. Just, Director,
Fire Service Extension Department, Fire Service Building, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 409
ENGINEERING ETXPERIMENT STATION
WiLBERT J. Huff, Director.
The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investiga-
tions with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Fed-
eral Governments, A diversity of engineering training, experience, and
equipment represented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of
Engineering is thus made available for the problems under inquiry.
The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies
will be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of
public interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches;
such studies may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of
the University.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient nximber of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: covirses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Professor Sherwood; Associate Professor Coming; Assistant
Professors Rivello, Shen; Instructors Guess, Hutton.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Aero E. 101. Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21 and Math. 21.
Basic fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory. Elements of compressible
flow. (Sherwood.)
Aero. E. 102. Aerodynamics (2) — First semester. Two lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101.
410 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A continuation of Aero. E. 101. (Sherwood.)
Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 3.
Standards of airplane drafting. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 104. Airplane Layout Drafting (1) — Second semester. One
laboratory period a week. Lofting. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 103.
Layout of component parts of airplanes, wings, fuselage, etc. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 105, 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1, 2) — First and second
semesters. One laboratory period a week first semester; one laboratory
period and one lecture a week second semester. Prerequisite, senior stand-
ing in Aero. E.
Aircraft sheet metal forming and fabrication. Airframe materials, sheet
metal fabrication, machining, fasteners, welding, casting, forging, and costs.
(Rivello.)
Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two supervised calculation periods per week. Prerequi-
sites, Aero. E. 101, Aero. E. 104, and Mech. 52. Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E.
113 to be taken concurrently.
Theory and method of airplane design, airplane stability and control, and
structural design. Each student designs a jet transport based upon assigned
specifications. Charts and formulas used in industry are derived and used
as basis of design. Optimum airplane is obtained by variation of fundamen-
tal parameters. (Corning.)
Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (4, 4) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech.
52, M. E. 100.
Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas tur-
bines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of engines in laboratory.
Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aernonautical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Aero. E. 101. To be taken concurrently with Aero E. 102 and Aero. E. 113.
Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Ballistics tests. Fluid flow analogies.
(Staff.)
Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 and Math. 64.
Principles and problems of airplane stress analysis and design.
(Rivello.)
For Graduates
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, 102, Math. 64.
Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design of
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 411
Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 113, 114.
Advanced theory and problems of aircraft structural analysis.
Aero. E. 204. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Math. 64 and Aero. E. 114.
Dynamic loads on a rigid airplane. Dynamics of elastically connected
masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes and principal oscillations.
Generalized coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Transient stresses in an
elastic structure. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
Math. 64 and Aero. E. 101.
Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscil-
lating airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span. Compressi-
bility effects. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110.
Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power
plants; jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory.
Aero. E. 208, 209. Advanced Aircraft Design and Construction (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 107, 108; Math. 64.
A course in project engineering. The student studies methods involved
in the design, production, and flight testing of aircraft. Problems in design
production, management, testing, etc.
Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circu-
lation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel
corrections. Propellor theories. Linearized equations in compressible flow.
Special topics. (Shen.)
Aero. E. 211. — The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3) —
First and second semesters.
The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero-
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measur-
ing results, including balances, manometer, optical instruments, such as
schlieren, spark illumination and Xray equipment.
Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer-
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale.
412 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and
consent of instructor.
Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a body
in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of
supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aero-
dynamic characteristics of supersonic missiles.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Huff, Bonney; Associate Professors Klier, Smatko; Assistant
Professors Gottschalk, Landgren; Instructor Bilbrey.
Ch. E. 10. Water, Fuels and Lubricants (4) — Second semester. Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, or
permission of instructor.
Laboratory work consists of exercises in the usual control methods for
testing water, fuels, and lubricants, and some related engineering materials.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Bonney, Bilbrey and Staff.)
Ch. E. 11. Chemical Engineering Control (2) — Second semester. Six
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 19.
Introductory laboratory studies of widely used materials, methods and
computations encountered in the examination and interpretation of chemical
engineering operations. (Bonney, Bilbrey and Staff.)
Ch. E. 23. Nonferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy (4) — Second semester
Four lectures and demonstrations a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
The methods of extraction of the important metals and their fabrication.
(Klier and Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 64, 66. Physical Metallurgy (5, 5) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures, two laboratories a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 23; Math. 20,
21; Physics 20, 21.
Principles of Crystallography as applied to metals; X-ray diffraction;
physical metallurgy of appropriate systems, including optical and X-ray
metallography; constitution and properties of alloy systems; phase trans-
formations and diffusion theory. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
(Klier and Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 68, 70. Mechanical Properties of Metals (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, same
as for Ch. E. 64, 66.
Introduction to metal forming operations, ingot casting, forg:ing, rolling;
powder metallurgy; metal tests, tensile, impact, creep, fatigue, hardness.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Klier.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 413
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ch. E. 103, f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3; Phys. 21.
Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving
fluid flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation,
and absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical
processes. (Huff, Smatko.)
Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week.
Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering
and participate in the discussion of such reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive
a number of credits by re-registration. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and
one all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103; Chem.
189, 190.
Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations.
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equip-
ment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations
is included to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the
utilization of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per
semester. (Bonney, Landgren and Staff.)
Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6) — Six hours a week, both semes-
ters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 105, f, s, or simultaneous registration therein.
Laboratory fee, $8.00.
Original work on a special problem assigned each student, including the
preparation of a complete report covering the study.
(HuflF, Bonney, and Staff.)
Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three
hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or permission of Department of
Chemical Engineering.
A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Pi'oblems. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 108, f. s. Industrial Chemical Technology (2, 2)— Two hours a
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or simultaneous registration therein, or
permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
A study of the principal chemical industries. Plai.t Inspections, trips,
reports, and problems. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3, 3) — Three
hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Ch. E. 103, or permission
of instructor.
414 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice
of chemical engineering. (Landgren.)
Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3) — First
semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21; Ch. E. 103.
A study of the methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering
problems by use of differential equations. Graphical methods and approxi-
mations by use of infinite series are covered. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4) — First semester. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, consent
of inptructor.
Topics: Corrosion, batteries, electroplating, electro-oxidations and reduc-
tions, metal winning and refining, electrolytic products, passivation, cathodic
protection, electric furnaces, refractories and abrasives and others. Labora-
tory fee, $8.00. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography (3) — Second semes-
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Formulation of empirical equations to represent laboratory data. Con-
struction of various types of nomographs. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 123, 124— Elements of Plant Design (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Ch. E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 110; Chem. 189.
The solution of typical problems encountered in the design of chemical
engineering plants. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 164, 166. Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes (3, 3) —
First and second semesters, three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem.
187, 189; Chem. 188, 190.
The application of the principles of thermodynamics to metallurgical
systems with emphasis on steel making; laws of chemical reactions; mate-
rials and reactions in steel making processes; applications of theory to
steel making; applications of theory to selected non-ferrous systems.
Ch. E. 168, 170. Metallurgical Investigations (2, 4) — First semester, two
three-hour laboratory periods a week; second semester, three lecture and
one three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 182, 183.
A study of the basic metals industry in which typical metallurgical
processes in plant installations are considered in some detail. Class and
individual assignments involving laboratory work and literature reviews.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 182, 183. Optical and X-Ray Metallography (4, 4)— First and
second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Ch. E. 64, 66; Ch. E, 68, 70; or permission of instructor.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 415
The application at an advanced level of the principles of metallography,
with emphasis on the correlation of associated test procedures; constitution
of metal systems and phase transformations; alloy steels; hardenability and
tempering of quenched steels.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, II (2, 2)— First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, graduate or undergraduate standing.
(Ch. E. 188 is not prerequisite to Ch. E. 189.)
Recent advances in the physical metallurgy of steel; ferrite, cementite,
and austenite; the isothermal transformation of austenite; variables affect-
ing the isothermal transformation of austenite; decomposition of austenite
by continuous cooling; the effects of various metallurgical treatments on the
mechanical properties of steels.
The properties of quenched and tempered steels; importance of harden-
ability in engineering applications; calculation of hardenability; variables
affecting hardenability; intensifiers; effects of alloying elements on the
mechanical properties of steels; efficient use of alloying elements in steel.
(Note: To be offered at off-campus naval installations as determined by
departmental and registration requirements.)
For Graduates
Ch. E. 201. Graduate Unit Operations (5) — First semester. One-hour
conference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations in chemical
engineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale semi-commer-
cial units with supplemental reading, conferences and reports.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical
Engineering.
Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors,
and important gaseous impurities. Problems.
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of
all graduate students in Chemical Engineering.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may
receive a number of credits by re-registration.
Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering
and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Staff.)
Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering and in Metallurgy —
Credit hours to be arranged.
416 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree.
Laboratory fee, $8,00 per semester.
(Huff, Bonney, Smatko, Klier, Landgren.)
Ch. E. 207, f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3) — Three conference hours a
week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
(Huff.)
Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3)— Three labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical
Engineering.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — ^Two hours a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels.
Problems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4) — Second semester. Four
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 189 or Chem. 190
or consent of the instructor.
The subjects to be covered include: Theories of corrosion of ferrous and
non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibitors, metal cleaning, stress
corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restoration of ancient
bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings,
plated coatings, and selection of engineering materials. Class demonstra-
tions will illustrate the subject matter. Due to the diversity of subjects
and scattered sources, considerable outside reading will be necessary.
(Smatko.)
Ch. E. 216. Unit Processes of Organic Technology (3) — Second semes-
ter. Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in Chemical
Engineering. Prerequisite, permission of the Department.
This course coordinates the study of fundamental principles of organic
synthesis with the requirements of the industrial plant. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 217. Unit Processes of Organic Technology Laboratory (2) —
Second semester. Two or more laboratory periods a week. Required of
graduate students in Chemical Engineering. Prerequisite, permission of
the Department.
Pilot plant operation of processes such as halogenation, hydration, nitra-
tion, oxidation, reduction and sulfonation.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Bonney, Smatko.)
Ch. E. 220, 221. Solid Phase Reactions (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Chem. 188, 190;
Ch. E. 182, 183; or permission of the instructor.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 417
The application of thermodynamics to the study of phase equilibria and
transformations in metals; mechanism and rate determining factors in solid
phase reactions in metals; order-disorder phenomena, diffusion processes,
nucleation theory, precipitation from solid solution, eutectoid decomposi-
tion. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 224, 225. Advanced X-Ray Metallography (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183.
Analysis of crystallography or martensite reactions, and transformations
in general; analysis of complex diffracting systems.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy (1) — First and second semesters. One
meeting a week. Required of graduate students in metallurgical curriculum.
Survey of the Metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing, so a student may re-
ceive a number of credits by re-registration. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 229. Gases in Metals (2)— Second semester. Two lectures per
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 182, 183, or permission of the instructor.
A consideration of the behavior of gases in metals with emphasis on the
action of hydrogen in solid metals. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183.
Theory of plastic flow and rupture of polycrystalline metals; the influence
of combined stresses, rate of deformation and temperature variation on the
flow and rupture of metals.
Flow and fracture in single crystals; theoretical crystal plasticity, theory
of failure, recovery, recrystallization, and texture formation. (Klier.)
Ch. E. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in metal-
lurgical curriculum.
The principles of X-ray metallography; the atomic theory of metals;
magnetic materials; phase equilibria; review of important binary and
ternary systems; diffusion and transformations in the solid state. (Offered
at the Navy Department.)
Ch. E. 240, 241. Advanced Heat Transmission (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Elective of graduate students in Chemical Engineering and
others. Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered at the Army
Chemical Center only.)
The technical and scientific elements of the mathematical theory of heat
conduction. (V. H. Gottschalk.)
Ch. E. 250. Chemical Engineering Practice (8) — Summer school. Four
hours' conference and forty hours per week of work in laboratory and plant
418 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
for eight weeks. Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered
at the Army Chemical Center only.)
The advanced application of chemical engineering principles to real prob-
lems encountered in a large technical organization. These problems are
solved by planning and conducting experiments in the laboratory and plant,
with the aid of supplemental reading and conferences. Emphasis is placed
on the solution of problems under plant conditions and on the presentation
of results orally and in written reports. (Day, Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 270. Plastics Technology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory a week. Required of students in Chemical Engineering.
Prerequisite, permission of the Department.
A study of chemistry of the synthesis of resinous substances and high
polymers. The processes of manufacture of both raw and finished products.
The properties in relation to constitution and application.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 280. Graduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 109, f,s; Ch. E. 110; or permission
of instructor.
Advanced studies of the applications of the principles of engineering
and chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in
the practice of chemical engineering. (Landgren.)
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Steinberg, Allen; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors Gohr,
Barber, Otts; Assistant Professors Cournyn, Keller, Piper, Wedding;
Instructors Harden, Kennedy, Luce, Redd, Sunier.
C. E. 50. Fluid Mechanics (3) — First or second semesters. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 1. Required of
juniors in civil and electrical engineering.
A rational and experimental study of fluids at rest and in motion with
special emphasis on water and oils. Principles of viscous and turbulent
flow through pipes, orifices, nozzles and metering devices; impulse and
momentum concepts. Flow through closed conduits and open channels;
divided flow, pumps, turbines, dimensional analysis; laws of similarity.
(Cournyn.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50.
Analytic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in
beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals;
elements of slope and deflection. (Allen, Piper.)
C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 and 53.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 419
An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engi-
neering materials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to
engineering. (Barber.)
C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Five lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
Design and detailing of wood and metal structural members and their
connections; wind stresses in building frames; structural framework.
(Allen.)
C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Five lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, appli-
cations of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames.
(Allen.)
C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing.
Requirements of a municipal water supply — design, operation, mainte-
nance, and administration. (Otts.)
C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing.
The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101.
Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements.
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Barber, Gohr.)
C. E. 107. Statically Indeterminate Structures (3) — First or second
semesters. Prerequisite, C. E. 100, or equivalent.
Deflections in beams, trusses and similar structures, both statically de-
terminate and indeterminate. Real and virtual work, Castigliano's Theorem,
area moments, the Williott-Mohr diagram. Classical methods of analysis
of indeterminate structures; theorem of three moments, method of least
work, slope deflection method. Modern methods of analysis of indeterminate
structures; moment distribution, general method of successive corrections.
Applications to particular structures; arches, closed rings, built-in beams
and beams over multiple supports. (Allen, Keller.)
C. E. 108. Photogrammetry (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 100.
The fundamental principles of terrestrial and aerial photographic sur-
veying and then application to principles of map making. Laboratory exer-
cises in the use of the stereoscope, stereocomparagraph, contour finder,
interpretometer, and the vertical sketchmaster. Study of the use of photo-
graphs in accident investigations and tax maps. (Gohr.)
420 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
C. E. 109. Hydrology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50.
A study of the factors governing the supply of ground water and the
flow of streams and their relation to water power, water supply, drainage
and sanitary engineering. (Cournyn.)
For Graduates
C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 53 or equivalent.
A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist-
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure.
Assigned reading from current literature. (Wedding.)
C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent.
Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure
and torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined
stresses, thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Keller.)
C. E. 202. Experimental Stress Analysis (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, Mech. 50, or equivalent.
An introduction to the theory of elasticity. Applications of this theory
to experimental methods of stress analysis with particular reference to the
electric strain gauge, strain rosettes, photoelastic methods, brittle lacquer
technique and various analogy methods. (Keller.)
C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First and second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 101, or equivalent.
A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned reading
from current literature. (Barber.)
C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisites, C. E. 101, 102 and 103, or equivalent.
A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet
varying soil conditions. (Barber.)
C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 106, or equivalent.
An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways.
(Barber, Gohr.)
C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 53, or equivalent.
A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures,
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting con-
crete. This course is intended as a background for work in the field of
concrete, concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. The second semester
of this course is open only to students who are majoring in concrete.
(Walker.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 421
C. E. 207. Advanced Structural Analysis (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisites, C. E. 102, 103, or equivalent.
Maxwell's Law of Reciprocal Displacements, Castigliano's Theorem, gen-
eral work and energy methods for displacements and for solution of inde-
terminates, slope-deflection methods. Hardy Cross method of moment dis-
tribution and column analogy methods. Solution of indeterminates by
actual deformations of scaled models, with particular reference to the
Beggs and the Eney deformeters. (Keller.)
C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, graduate standing in civil engineering.
A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis-
posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat-
proofing, etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection
procedure. (Otts.)
C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 104 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.)
C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 105 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent.
Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances;
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water
purification plants. (Otts.)
C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and
second semesters. (Staff.)
C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing
in civil engineering. (Staff.)
C. E. 214. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3) — First or second semes-
ter, Prerequisites, C. E. 104 and C. E. 105, or equivalent.
Lectures, conferences, assigned readings, and laboratory exercises in the
technique and principles involved in the physical, bacteriological and chem-
ical tests used in water analysis. (Otts.)
C. E. 215. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisites, C. E. 104 and C. E. 105, or equivalent.
422 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Lectures, conferences, assigned readings, and laboratory exercises in the
technique and principles involved in the physical, bacteriological and chem-
ical tests used in sewage and industrial waste analysis. (Otts.)
C. E. 216. Hydraulic Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 50, or equivalent.
Water power and flood control. Analysis of the principal features of a
water power project with special reference to reservoir, waterway, dam,
plant accessories, and power house equipment. Complete report on a water
power project required, including costs and power valuation. (Coumyn.)
C. E. 217. Hydraulic Machinery (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 50, or equivalent.
Principles of design, selection and operation of hydraulic pumps, turbines
and other hydraulic machinery. (Coumyn.)
C. E. 218. Advanced Structural Design (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites, C. E. 102, 103 or equivalent.
Design problems encountered in rigid frames under vertical load. Design
problems encountered in frames under horizontal load, with particular
reference to wind loads. Design of radio towers and of industrial buildings.
(Allen.)
C. E. 219. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent.
Selected problems in the design of structures related to the operation of
water supply and sewerage systems and industrial waste treatment
plants. (Otts.)
C. E. 220. Soil Mechanics Laboratory (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequsite, C. E. 101 or equivalent.
Detailed study and practice of standard and special laboratory test
methods. Construction and operation of models. Application of tests to
design and construction projects and research problems. (Barber.)
DRAWING
Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratories a week. Required of engineering freshmen.
Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views,
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, tech-
nical sketching, and working dra^vings.
Dr. 3, Advanced Engineering Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tories a week. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering, and sophomores in
Aeronautical and Mechanical Engineering. Prerequisites, Dr. 1 and Dr. 2.
Descriptive Geometry with applications to drafting room problems. De-
velopments, intersections, transition pieces and perspective.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 423
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Corcoran, Reed, and Weber; Associate Professors Hodgins,
Wagner, and Small; Assistant Professors Price, Simons, and Becker;
Lecturers Ahrendt, Freeman, and Stuntz; Instructors Beam and Thompson.
E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering (4) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequi-
sites, concurrent registration in Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of sopho-
mores in electrical engineering.
Basic concepts of electric potential, current, power, and energy; d-c cir-
cuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods; network theorems;
electric and magnetic field concepts. (Corcoran, Becker.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in civil engi-
neering.
Principles of direct and alternating currents; power circuits and distri-
bution systems; direct and alternating current machines and applications;
operating characteristics of electrical machines and transformers. (Beam.)
E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4, 4) — First and
second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of
juniors in aeronautical and mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical
engineering.
A study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuits;
polyphase circuits; magnetic circuits. Principles of operation of direct-
and alternating-current machinery and transformers. Brief study of
vacuum tubes operated as rectifiers and amplifiers. (Small, Simons.)
E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering.
Electromagnetism as applied to electrical engineering; electric field
theory with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory
with emphasis on inductance calculations; elements of electrochemistry;
boundary layer phenomena; non-linear circuit elements; high-frequency re-
sistance and inductance calculations involving transmission line parameters.
(Reed.)
E. E. 62, 63. Electrical Measurements (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, concur-
rent registration in E. E. 100 and 101. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering.
424 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Measurement and calibration techniques employing potentiometers, bal-
listic galvanometers, bridges, electromagnetic and cathode-ray oscillographs,
photometers, watt-hour meters, and electronic instruments. (Small.)
E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering.
Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of
direct-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on
the operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors.
(Hodgins, Price.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (4) — First semester. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering.
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinu-
soidal conditions of operation. Mesh-current and nodal methods of analysis.
Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method. Theory and design of
tuned coupled circuits. (Hodgins, Price.)
E. E. 100b. Alternating-Current Circuits (3) — Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1.
Lecture material same as E. E. 100. (Normally taught as an off -campus
course.)
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (4) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequi-
site, E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with
emphasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors. (Price, Beam.)
E. E. 101b. Engineering Electronics (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, E. E. 100 or E. E. 100b.
Lecture material same as E. E. 101. (Normally taught as an off-campus
course.)
E. E. 102, 103. Alternating-Current Machinery (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory
fee, $4.00. Prerequisites, E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in
electrical engineering.
The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from
theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators
and motors; single and poljT^hase transformers; three-phase induction gen-
erators and motors; single-phase induction motors; rotary converters and
mercury-arc rectifiers. (Hodgins, Becker.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 425
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Required of juniors in
electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency sys-
tems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations
in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements
of rectangular and circular wave-guide theory. (Reed.)
E. E. 105, 106. Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modula-
tion, and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplifica-
tion and broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and
antenna systems. (Wagner, Thompson.)
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Senior elective.
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele-
ments of square-wave testing. (Corcoran, Reed.)
E. E. 109. Principles of Radar (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 105. Senior elective.
Systems for detection of radio echoes; pulse formation; transients in R-C
circuits; multivibrators, particularly the cathode-coupled type; indicators;
receivers; modulators. (Stuntz.)
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Senior elective.
Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and
associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube
instruments. (Stuntz.)
E. E. 116. Alternating-Current Machinery Design (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one calculation period a week. Prerequisite, concurrent
registration in E. E. 103.
Derivation of theoretical design equations; practical design considerations;
numerical desig^n of transformers, synchronous generators, and induction
motors. (Reed.)
E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution (3) — First semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102.
Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase transmission lines
on a per wire basis; effective resistance calculations and depth-of -penetration
formula; generalized parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line
426 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
theory applied to power distribution systems; use of transmission line
charts. (Reed.)
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3) — First semester. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or physics
and B average in mathematics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in elec-
trical engineering.
The basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation era-
ploying Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates;
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector
potential and its application to dipole radiation. (Reed.)
E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engi-
neering or physics and B average in mathematics.
Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise in
vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons; magnetrons; photoelectric tubes;
other special-purpose tubes. (Weber.)
For Graduates
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3) — First semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega-
tive, and zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete net-
work solutions in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of those
solutions with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring
positive, negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators.
(Reed.)
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 120. Required of M.S. degree candidates
in electrical engineering.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's,
and Maxwell's equations. (Weber.)
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in
electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. Required of M.S. degree
candidates in electrical engineering.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral; transient analysis of
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
transform method. (Wagner.)
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in elec-
trical engineering or physics.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 427
The wave character of the steady-state long-line solutions; attenuation
and phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four-terminal net-
worlc theory; matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter
theory. (Reed.)
E. E. 206, 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures
and one laboratoryy period a week second semester. Laboratory fee, second
semester, $4.00. Prerequisite, E. E. 201.
Basic considerations in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and re-
flection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-fre-
quency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering. (Not offered 1951-52.)
(Weber.)
E. E. 209. Stability in Power Systems (3) — Second semester. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 200.
An extension of symmetrical components, E. E. 200, as applied to power
systems; study of the stability problem; the swing equation and its solution;
the equal-area and Routh's criteria for stability; solutions of faulted three-
phase networks; system design. (Reed.)
E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 106.
Theory of radio-frequency amplification, oscillation, modulation, and de-
tection, including both amplitude-modulation systems and frequency-modu-
lation systems; broadcast antenna systems; theory of radio-frequency
measurements. (Not offered 1951-52.) (Davies.)
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or
mechanical engineering or physics. (It is desirable that the student should
have had E. E. 202.)
The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo-
mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing
differential equations to provide background for more practical studies of
frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and practi-
cal considerations are studied. (Ahrendt.)
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar propagation and properties
of radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects. (Not offered 1951-52.)
E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering.
428 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Seminars are held on topics such as micro-wave engineering, radiation
engineering, non-linear circuit analysis, tensor analysis, and other topics
of current interest. Since the subject matter is continually changing, a
student may receive a number of credits by re-registering.
(Corcoran, Reed, Weber, and Wagner.)
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3) — First semester. Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E. 204.
The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory;
Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for
feedback circuits; stability and physical realizability of electrical networks;
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability. (Corcoran.)
E. E. 233. Network Synthesis (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, E. E. 232.
Driving point impedance functions; transfer impedance functions; design
of impedance functions with emphasis placed on the manner in which mag-
netic coupling and feedback coupling between plate and grid of vacuum-
tube circuits affects the location of the poles of the system determinant.
(Corcoran.)
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory. (Wagner.)
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E.
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of eighteen
semester hours is required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in con-
formity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement
for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.)
GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS
Engr. 1. Introduction to Engineering (1) — First semester. Required of
freshmen in engineering.
A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering
the engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist
the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he
is best adapted. The student is required to present a written report on each
lecture.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 429
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, senior standing in eng^ineering.
The fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineering;
including contracts, agency, real property, corporations, negotiable instru-
ments, common carriers; and their application to engineering contracts and
specifications. (Steinberg.)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Younger, Shreeve, Jackson; Associate Professors Hayleck,
Hoshall, Long, Martin; Assistant Professors Allen, Eyler, Hennick, Read,
Ojalvo, Warner; Instructors Baker, Coflfman, Guard, Mattingly, Shames,
Thomas.
For Advanced Undergraduates
M. E. 50. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21,
and Math. 21. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering.
Elementary thermodynamics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion
in the production and use of steam for generation of power. Supplemented
by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants.
M. E. 51. Thermodynamics (4) — First semester. Three lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required
of seniors in Electrical Engineering.
The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration,
and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory
supplemented by laboratory tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 52. Power Plants (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering.
Prerequisite, M. E. 51.
The theory and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam
turbines, and their accessories. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 53. Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, to be taken concurrently
with Mech. 52.
A study of the structure of metals and alloys as related to their proper-
ties. Study of crystallization, plastic deformation, constitution diagrams,
manufacturing processes, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements
on ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis,
microscopy, heat treatment and testing of metals.
M. E. 54. Fluid Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100.
430 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of fluids under all possible conditions of rest and motion. The
approach is analj-tical, rational, and mathematical rather than empirical.
Applications to turbine and centrifugal pump design and flow of gases.
Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 55. Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100. Required of
juniors in Mechanical Engineering, Aeronautical Option.
A study of the fundamental principles of the flow of air and of water.
Applications with special reference to the airplane; airfoil and propeller
theory; theory of model testing in wind tunnels; design performance, calcu-
lation of airplanes.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math. 21. Required of
juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering.
The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration,
and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory
supplemented by laboratory tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical
Engineering.
Basic principles of heat transfer including a study of conduction by steady
state and variable heat flow, free and forced convection, radiation, evapora-
tion and condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of
heat transfer to design problems.
M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54,
M E. 101 concurrently.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. The fundamentals of
heating and cooling load computations. Basic information on heating and
air conditioning systems for residential and industrial use.
M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 101, M. E. 102.
Reqiiired of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
ThermodjTiamic analyses of air, vapor compression, absorption and water
refrigeration systems. Characteristics of refrigerants. Study of refrigera-
tion as applied to cooling and dehumidification in air conditioning. Low
temperature refrigeration, the heat pump, and other special topics. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00 per semester.
M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E.
54, M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 431
The study of internal combustion cycles such as Otto, Diesel, and Brayton.
Analysis of the effects of fuels, combustion, detonation, carburetion, injec-
tion and supercharging on engine operation. General features of the gas
turbine and the eifect of its various components. Analysis and design of
the various components of steam power stations, including: condensers,
boilers, heaters, and turbines.
M. E. 106, 107, Mechanical Engineering Design (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Mech. 52, M. E. 53.
A study of velocity, acceleration and displacement of linkages; cam
motions and design; statics, inertia and friction forces in machines; gears
and miscellaneous motions. Study of stresses and strains in machine parts;
design of machine members including fastenings, hoisting and power trans-
mission devices, cylinders, springs, shafts, bearings; introduction to Mechan-
ical Vibrations. Design of a complete machine.
M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, senior
standing. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engines and turbines, air
compressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equip-
ment. Written reports are required on all tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per
semester.
For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107; M. E. 109.
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds.
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Mech, 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad-
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc. and problems involving
instability of structures.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101,
M. E. 104, M. E. 105, Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
availability. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora-
tion and condensation.
432 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Math. 64, M. E. 107.
Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings,
thick wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of
linear and torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine mem-
bers. Complete design of a machine. Study of current design literature.
M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3,3) — First and second
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
M. E. 105.
The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes.
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings.
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3,3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54, Math. 64.
Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory.
Engineering applications.
M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2,2) — First and
second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, registration in M. E. 204, 205.
Research on advanced steam power problems to illustrate and advance
steam power theory. Power plant heat balances.
M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2) — First
and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202, 203.
Illustrative experiments and research on difficult problems in stress
analysis. Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations. Critical speeds. Dynamic
stresses. Fatigue of materials.
M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 104, 105; M. E. 106, 107 and registration in M. E. 200,
201 and M. E. 204, 205.
Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion
engines.
M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, registration in M. E. 216, 217.
Advanced laboratory tests and problems in the design of internal com-
bustion engines.
M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 433
M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics,
heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.
M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 53, Mech. 52.
Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys.
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys includ-
ing stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, mag-
nesium and copper alloys. Study of inspection of metals by the use of
X-Rays, spectograph, metallograph and magniflux. Review of current
literature.
M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3)— First and Second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E.
105, Math. 64.
Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and
compressors based on detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators
and combustors for gas turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Funda-
mentals of rocket, pulse jet and ram jet design.
M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2)— First
and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, M. E.
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects
of mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical prop-
erties. Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation.
Fatigue, creep and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concen-
tration.
M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E.
107, Math. 64.
Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains,
general equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bend-
ing, axially symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain
energy and approximate methods.
M. E. 229, 230. Jet Propulsion (b, 3)— Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E.
104, M. E. 105.
Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency.
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics,
aerodynamics of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and
liquid propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and
hydroduct units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors.
434 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Mechanical Engineering Shop
Shop 1. Machine Shop Practice (2) — First semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical and
Mechanical Engineering.
Study and practice of fundamental principles of machine tools. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00 per semester.
Shop 2. Machine Shop Practice (1) — Second semester. One laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Shop 1. Required of sophomores in Aero-
nautical and in Mechanical Engineering. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.
Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread
cutting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and
surface grinding.
Shop 3. Manufacturing Processes (1) — Second semester. One combi-
nation lecture and laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in
Mechanical Engineering.
A study of the different methods used in industry to fabricate materials
of engineering. Sand casting, metal molds, centrifugal casting, lost wax
process, extrusion, spinning, powder metallurgy, molded plastics, welding,
forging, drawing, pressing and rolling.
MECHANICS
Mech. 1. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Math. 21, Phys. 21.
Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and
moments of inertia; kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse and momentum.
(Keller, Staff.)
Mech. 2. Statics and Dynamics (5) — First semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 3,
Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical
Engineering.
Solution of force systems in stationary and moving bodies; study of the
free body, graphical statics, three dimensional force systems, distributed
forces, friction, centroids and moments of inertia; study of the dynamics
of bodies including velocity, acceleration, translation, rotation, work and
energy, impulse and momentum.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Mech. 50. Strength of Materials (4) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in civil engineering.
Thin-walled cylinders, riveted and welded joints, torsion; stresses in
beams; design of columns; use of structural steel handbook. Beam deflec-
tions; statically indeterminate beams; combined loadings; composite beams;
impact and energy loadings. (Keller, Wedding.)
ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 435
Mech. 51. Strength of Materials (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in electrical and in chemi-
cal engineering.
A shorter course than Mech. 50. (Keller, Wedding.)
Mech. 52. Strength of Materials (5) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 2. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering.
Study of the stresses and strains in members under various types of load-
ings including tension, compression, shear, torsion, bending and combined
loads. Study of cylinders, joints, beams, statically indeterminate members,
columns, curved bars and shafts. Work in strain energy methods, photo-
elastic theory, fatigue and strain hardening.
Mech. 53. Materials of Engineering (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 or taken con-
currently with Mech. 50.
The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials
used in engineering; performance of standard tests; interpretation of test
results and of specifications. (Wedding.)
SURVEYING
Surv. 1- Elements of Plane Surveying (2) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. For non-
civils only; required of sophomores in aeronautical, chemical, and mechani-
cal engineering.
Theory and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level.
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross-
sections, volume, stadia. (Gohr, Staff.)
Surv. 2. Plane Surveying (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Required of sopho-
mores in civil engineering.
A more complete course than Surv. 1 with the addition of land surveying,
mapping, traverse table and azimuth from Polaris. (Gohr, Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
Surv. 100. Advanced Surveying (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 2. Required of juniors
in civil engineering.
Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula-
tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary ad-
justments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land
surveys and boundaries. Mine, tunnel and hydrographic surveys. Aerial
photogrammetry. (Gohr, Staff.)
436
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Surv. 101. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 100. Required of
juniors in civil engineering.
Computation and field work for simple, compound and reversed circular
curves and spirals; parabolic curves; earthwork computations; complete
survey and map, including mass diagram, of a short route. (Harden, Luce.)
SOUTH AMERICAN NEIGHBORS
VISIT MARYLAND
Senior engineering students from the Universidad Nacional de Colombia,
Bogota, Colombia, visit College Park for a look at a North American Uni-
versity. Dean S. S. Steinberg is shown guiding the group through the
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences.
College of
HOME ECONOMICS
STAFF
Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
Emily W. Akin, M.S., Associate Professor of Textiles.
Tela Brauchihi, M.S., Associate Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Allison T, Brown, Instructor of Art.
E. Mab Cornell, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Janb H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Management.
George H. Cuneo, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor of Art.
Fremont Davis, Instructor of Art.
Nell D. Duke, M.A., Instructor of Foods and Nutrition.
Harriett L. Friemel, B.S., Instructor of Textiles and Clothing.
Helen E. Houston, M.S., Instructor of Textiles and Clothing.
Gordon C. Lawson, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
Elizabeth P. Love, M.A., Instructor of Home Management.
Alice Mahoney, Instructor of Art.
William J. Mahoney, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
Martha McDuffee, M.S., Instructor of Foods and Nutrition.
Carolyn Middleton, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
T. Fayb Mitchell, M.A., Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
Maris Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management.
Ada F. Peers, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education.
June C. Wilbur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
437
438 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
I HE College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the
surrounding area with its educational program for both
young women and young men. The program for young
women combines good personal development with education
for homemaking and for a livelihood. Information on better
health principles, good study habits, efficient use of time,
good grooming, becoming dress and proper adjustment to
new situations are a part of the student's program for
self -development. The program for men is directed toward
enriched living, vocationally and avocationally. It empha-
sizes art in merchandising and in crafts, food service, and
textile technology.
In the professional phases of the program, the student consults with the
faculty member assigned as adviser, and has the opportunity to consult with
leaders in the chosen field.
Students are urged to acquire practical experience during vacations. This
experience may be gained either in the actual management of the family
home, in some professional phase of home economics, or both. Students
preparing to teach gain experience on playgrounds in caring for children
and in executing home projects. Commercial firms and institutions provide
opportunities for other types of experience.
Organization
For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized
into the Departments of Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art, Home and
Institution Management, and Foods and Nutrition.
Facilities
The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition,
is a colonial brick building planned and built to present the best modem
equipment and facilities for education in home economics, A home manage-
ment house is maintained on the campus for experience in homemaking.
Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unusual opportunities
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's
excellent general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington fur-
nish the added library facilities so essential to scientific research and cre-
ative work in the arts. The art galleries and museums with their priceless
exhibits, the government bureaus and city institutions, stimulate study and
provide practical experience for the home economics student.
Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics stu-
dents. The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Associa-
tion.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 439
Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high
scholarship are eligible for election to membership twice during the year.
Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund
Home Economics scholarships: Two thousand dollars has been made
available by Marie Mount to home economics students.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer
Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks
to an outstanding freshman.
Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student, who, upon
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and
nutrition and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students.
Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore Scholarship : Two $300 scholar-
ships are provided for residents of the State of Maryland who have com-
pleted the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum. Each recipient
must have shown proficiency and interest in merchandising.
Hecht Company of Washington Scholarship : A $300 scholarship is offered
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior
year of the Practical Art curriculum and have met other specific require-
ments.
National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship: Five hundred
dollars has been given by the National Executive Housekeepers Association
for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administration.
Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an
award to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the
highest scholastic average during the first semester.
The Sears Roebuck Foundation has made available four hundred dol-
lars for home economics scholarships.
A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia Home
Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts,
is available for students majoring in home economics.
For other scholarships and awards, see General Information Issue.
Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Home Economics must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at
College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks
and other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for
440 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
certain progrrams no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine
Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
Costs
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $48.00 special fees; $340.00 board; $120.00 to $140.00 room; and
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. An addi-
tional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State of
Maryland. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students.
All students enrolled in the College of Home Economics are charged a
College Fee of $10.00 per semester to cover Laboratory Fees in their Col-
lege. This fee takes the place of laboratory fees shown for each course
which are charged only to students not enrolled in the College of Home
Economics.
General Information
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities,
societies and special clubs, the University band, student publications, Uni-
versity Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications
for the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
Degrees
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com-
pletion, with an average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120
semester hour credits exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical
activities — a total of 128 credits for women, and exclusive of 12 credits in
basic Air Science and 4 in physical activities — a total of 136 credits for men.
The Master of Science degree is offered in Foods and Nutrition and Tex-
tiles and Clothing in the College of Home Economics and in Home Economics
Education in the College of Education.*
Military Instruction
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take basic Air Force R. 0. T. C. training for a period of two
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for
graduation, but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate
* See the Graduate School announcements.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 441
or not. Transfer students who do not have the required two years of mili-
tary training will be required to complete the course or take it until gradu-
ation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force
R. 0. T. C. couries during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction,
write the Director of Publications for a copy of the "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
The Student Load
The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 14-18
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a
B-grade average and the permission of the Dean.
Curriculat
A student may elect the curriculum in general home economics or one of
the following professional curricula, or a combination of curricula: home
economics education, textiles, textiles and clothing, practical art, crafts,
home economics extension, institution management — food service and house-
keeping administration, and foods and nutrition. A student who wishes
to teach home economics may register in home economics education in
the College of Home Economics or in the College of Education. (See Home
Economics Education.) All students follow the general home ecenomics
curriculum during the freshman year. It is advisable for students to
choose a professional curriculum at the beginning of the sophomore year.
The student who has not decided to specialize follows the general home
economics curriculum until a choice is made. Before continuing with the
third year of any curriculum, the student must have attained junior stand-
ing: 64 semester hours with a C-grade average.
GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS
The general home economics curriculum is planned to give a young woman
a good basis for her best personal development, as has been described
earlier. It provides good training for her as a future homemaker. This
curriculum also forms the basis of all the professional curricula. The addi-
tional requirements of the professional curricula are listed under the de-
scription of each.
t In order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these require-
mentr may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and Dean.
ENTRANCE TO HOME ECONOxMICS BUILDING
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 443
( — Semester — ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
See. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
*H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Tex. 1— Textiles 3
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (for women only) 2 2
A. S. 1, 2 — Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Physical Activities 1 1
IMath. 0 — Basic Mathematics or .... 0
Elective 3 3
Total 17 13-16
Sophomore Year**
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology. .... 3
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 3
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4 — -Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Total 16 16
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Nut. 110 — Nutrition or 3
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition (3)
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 1 3
Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction .... 2
Foods 101 — Meal Service .... 2
Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 ....
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3
Elective 3 3
Total 17 16
• Not required of men students-
t An examination in Mathematics w^ill be given to freshmen during the first semester ;
those who pass will not be required to take Math. 0. Since 56 semester hours of academic
work and the requirements for Military and Physical Education are necessary for junior
standing, students required to take Math. 0 may have to make up semester hours before
the junior year.
** If a student is required to take Math. 0 in the freshman year, two semester credits
should be made up before end of the sophomore year in order to meet requirements for
junior standing.
444 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
t — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home .... 8
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 ....
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
Textiles and Clothing
The cui'i-icula in textiles and clothing are planned to help students to be
intelligent and responsible consumers; to give them preliminary training
for positions in textiles and clothing in business, in textile testing, and re-
search in textiles and clothing.
Men majoring in these curricula will be allowed substitutions for certain
required courses and will choose supporting courses according to their par-
ticular interests and needs.
Sophomore Year
Ens. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 8 8
Ens. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (8) (8)
Chem. 11, 18 — General Chemistry 8 8
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods .... 8
Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 8
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design ■ • • • 8
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 8 ....
Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction t
A. S. 3, 4 — Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives 8 ....
Total 16 18
Textiles
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 160, 161 — Management of the Home
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Nut. 10 — ^Elements of Nutrition or
Nut. 110 — Nutrition
Art
Physics 1, 2 — Element* of Physics
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry
Math. 10 — Algebra
Tex. 100 — Advanced Textiles 3 ....
Tex. 102— Textile Testing 8
Total 17 17
8
8
2
8
....
(8)
2
8
8
8
8
8
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 445
I — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
H. 6. 6 — History of AmeWcan Civilization • S
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 8
Tex. 101 — Problems in Textiles 8 ....
Chem. 41 — Chemistry of Textiles .... 4
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home 3 ....
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Statistics 3
Speech 8
Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics .... 2
Total 16 16
Textiles and Clothing
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 8
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Art 3 8
Clo. 122— Tailoring 2
Clo. 121— Pattern Design 2
Tex. 100 — Advanced Textiles 3
Foods 101 — ^Meal Service .- 2
Psychology 3
Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics 2
Electives 2 ....
Total 16 16
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 8
C. Ed. 110 — Child Development 3
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles or. . . » .... 3
Tex. 106— Household Textiles (8)
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home 3 ....
Clo. 120— Draping 3
Clo. 124 — Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing 2
Speech • • . . 8
Clo. 126 — Fundamentals of Fashion .... 8
Electives 2 2
Total 17 1«
Practical Art
This curriculum permits a choice of three fields of concentration: adver-
tising, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the selection
of house furnishings and wearing apparel with relation to personality.
Positions available to graduates begin with advertising, selling, display,
comp»^rison shopping, textile advising, and radio work; they develop into
advanced positions in these fields or in departmental buying, department
managing, style coordination, personality consulting, designing, store train-
ing and personnel work.
446
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Practical Art for Women
*Fre8hman Year „ .
I — Semester — ^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Lierature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 3 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 3
Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering .... 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives 2 2
Total 18 18
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Foods 101— Meal Service 2
Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3
Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management and Merchandising .... 3
Pr. Art 0 — Professional Lectures .... 0
**French, Spanish, German or Elective 3 3
tElectives 4 2
Total 16 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home (3) 3
Pr. Art 136 — Merchandise Display 2 (2)
Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 2
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles .... 3
S'peech 115 — Radio in Retailing 3
Pr. Art 120— Costume Illustration or (2) (2)
Pr. Art 142 — Advanced Interior Design 2 2
tElectives 4 • • • •
Total 16 14
* Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History (2) is a required subject which should be taken the
fall term of the freshman year.
** One year of French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school.
t Eight semester hours, or more, of electives are to be completed in the student's major ;
Advertising, Costume, or Interior, or in courses specifically related to the major. These
are to be selected in consultation with the student's advisor.
Students who are interested in Merchandising, are advised to take Pr. Art 198 Store
Experience (3) the summer following their junior year ; they must make their arrangements
with the Head of the Department of Practical Art during the spring semester of the
junior year.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 447
' - A
Practical Art (For Men) "
Requirements are the same as for the curriculum in Practical Art, as set
up for women, with the following exceptions:
Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150,
151, 152; Tex. 105; H. E. Ed. llO.f
Additions — H. E. 2; A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art in merchandising
and merchandising courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of
the Department of Practical Art.
Crafts
This curriculum serves persons who are interested in crafts for recrea-
tional, therapeutic, and professional purposes. Emphasis is given to the
joy of creation through crafts. Positions available to graduates include
industrial designing, occupational therapy, instruction at recreation centers,
and classroom teaching of crafts.
Crafts (For Women)
*Fre8hman Year „ i
( — Semester — \
Sophomore Year I II
Kng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Lierature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 3 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 8
Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3
Clo. 20A— Clothing Construction 3
Cr. 2. 3— Simple Crafts 2 2
Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4 — Three Dimensional Design .... 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Foods 101 — Meal Service 2
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3
Cr. 20, 21— Ceramics 2 2
Cr. 30, 31— Metalry 2 2
Pr. Art 0 — Professional Lectures .... 0
♦♦French, Spanish, German or Elective 3 3
Electives 2 2
Total 18 18
t Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electives.
• Pr. Art 2, Survey or Art History, is a required subject which should be taken the fall
term of the Freshman Year.
** One year French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school.
NOTE : Students who expect to work in occupational therapy are advised to elect courses
in physiology, kinesiology and mental hygiene.
448 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — ^
Senior Year I II
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Home Mgt. 152 — Elxperience in Management of the Home 3 (8)
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 8
Or. 40, 41— Weaving 2 Z
Advanced Crafts * *
Cr. 198 — Crafts in Therapy *
Elective* 8
ToUl IB 14
Crafts (For Men)
Requirements are the same as for the Curriculum in Crafts, as set up
for women, with the following exceptions:
♦Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home, Mgt. 150,
151, 152; H. E. Ed. 110.
Additions — H. E. 2; A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art, crafts, and therapy
courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department
of Practical Art.
For other curricula in art, see offerings under the College of Education
and the College of Arts and Sciences.
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects.
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.
Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education
or in the College of Home Economics.
Home Economics Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
S'oc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government .... 8
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Pr. Art 1 — Design 3 ....
Math. 0 or Elective 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I, II 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Tex. 1 — Textiles 3
Total 17 17
* Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electives.
1
//
3
S
(3)
(3)
3
8
3
3
8
3
(3)
3
3
3
1
1
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 449
t — Semester — \
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20A— Clothing
Foods 2, 3 — Foods
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Physical Activities
Total 16 19
Junior Year
H. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 8
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 3 8
Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3 8
Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 ....
Foods 101 — Meal Service .... S
Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction .... %
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History C ...»
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 ....
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4
Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 4
Total Ig 18
Senior Year
H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economies .... S
H. E. 149 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... 9
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home .... t
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement .... 2
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 3 ....
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 ....
Electives 11 ....
Total 16 17
Home Economics Extension*
This curriculum outlines the training necessary for the young woman who
wishes to work with rural people through extension service or other agencies
interested in the educational and social problems of rural living.
* Experience in the field of Home Economics Extension or in social case work is en-
couraged for all students majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained
before the completion of the senior year.
Semeater — >
/
//
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
3
8
3
8
3
3
• . . .
4
....
1
1
450 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Year*
Ener. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or
Engr. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Foods 2, 3— Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Physical Activities
Total 17 16
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 8
Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 ....
Nut. 110 — Nutrition 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3
Psy. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life Education
C. Ed. 110— Child Development
R. Ed. 150 — Extension Education
Total
Senior Year
■ H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home 3 ....
Foods 103 — Demonstrations .... 2
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3
Clo. 120 — Draping 8
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3 ....
H. E. Ext. 100 — Methods in Home Economics Extension .... 3
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3
Electives 3 ....
Total 15 17
Institution Management
This curriculum provides training for those interested in housing and the
f6od service administration for large groups of persons. The work is of two
general types: (1) food service in such institutions as hospitals, schools and
colleges; in the public schools where a midday meal is served; and in
commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels and industrial cafe-
terias; (2) housekeeping in inns, hotels, hospitals, clubs, schools and colleges.
* If a student is required to take Math 0 in the freshman year, one semester credit
should be made up before the end of the sophomore year in order to meet requirements
for junior standine.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 451
Standards for an accredited dietitian require a year of intemeship in a
training course approved by the American Dietetic Association, following
graduation. This curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance
to such a course.
Students following this curriculum are required to have, before the senior
year, field experience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory
in length of time, type of work experienced and in quality.
Men specializing in institution management will be allowed substitutions
for certain required courses.
I — Semester — \
Sophomore Yearf I II
En?. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2. 3— Foods 3 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 ....
Physical Activities 1 1
Psy. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3
*Electives 2 3
A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (for men students) (3) (3)
Total 16-17 16
For students wishing emphasis on food service administration:
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Nut. 110— Nutrition 3
Nut. 112— Dietetics 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3
Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institution Organization and Management .... 3
Inst. Mgt. 161 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting 3 ....
Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 ....
C. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Electives 1-2 ....
Total 16-17 15
t If a student is required to take Math. 0 in the freshman year, two credits should
be made up before the end of the sophomore year in order to meet requirements for junior
standing.
• One of the following selection of courses is to be taken in place of a freshman or
sophomore elective: Pr. Art 20, Costume Design (3), Clo. 20A, Clothing Construction (3),
Clo. 21, Personal Clothing Problems (2).
452 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
( — Semester — >
Senior Year I II
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology ....
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3
Inst. Mgt. 162 — Institution Foods ....
*Nut. 113 — Diet in Disease 2
Inst. Mgt. 164 — Advanced Institution Management .... 2
Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3
Electives 2
Total 17 17
For students wishing emphasis on housekeeping administration:
Junior Year
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Physics 1 — Elements of Physics 3 ....
C. Ed. 110 — Child Development 3
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology or .... 3
(Ed. 191 — Principles and Problems of Adult Education) (3)
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1
Problems in Interior 1
Tex. 105— Consumer Problems in Textiles (or Household Textiles) .... 3
Home Mgt, 150, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institutional Organization and Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 181 — Institutional Purchasing and Accounting .... 3
Electives 2 ....
Total 17 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Inst. Mgt. 182 — Executive Housekeeping Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 183 — Problems in Housekeeping Management .... 3
Psych, 6 — ^Mental Hygiene 3
Clo, 129 — ^Home Furnishings 3 . . , ,
Psych, 2 — ^Applied Psychology , . . . 3
Electives 4 4
Total 16 16
* A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not re-
quired to take Principles of Education and Diet in Disease.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 453
Foods and Nutrition
The purpose of the Foods and Nutrition Curriculum is two-fold — to pro-
vide an education in this field for the individual's personal use or for use
in promoting good health and happiness in the family group, and to pro-
vide training for professional use : in teaching, research, editorial or promo-
tional work.
f — Semester — n
Sophomore Year* I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 3 ....
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4 — Air Science (for men students) 3 3
Total 17 16
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home S S
Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 ....
Foods 101 — Meal Service .... 2
Nut. 110— Nutrition 8
Nut. 112— Dietetics «
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 8 8
C. Ed. 110— Child Development «
Physics 1, 2 — ^Elements of Physics 3 S
Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Total 17 17
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
Home Mgt. 152 — Experience in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 1 3
Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology .... 8
Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 2
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 8
Foods 103 — Demonstrations .... 2
Foods 104 — Advanced Foods .... 2
Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4
Total 15 16
* If a student is required to take Math. 0 in the freshman year, one semester credit
should be made up before the end of the sophomore year in order to meet requirements for
junior standing.
454 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reser\-es the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
g^iving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and gn'aduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The nximber of
hours' credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
FOODS AND NUTRITION*
Associate Professor Braucher; Assistant Professors Cornell, Peers;
Instructors Duke, McDuffee
A. Foods
Foods 1. Introductory Foods (3) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
Foods 2, 3. Foods (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Chemistry, Chem.
11, 13, to precede or parallel. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Composition, selection and preparation of food with a study of the
scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and study of standard
products.
Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition (3) — First and second semesters.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Foods 100. Food Economics (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods
1 or 2, 3. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$7.00.
Sources of our food supply; buying of food for the family.
• Tailored white uniforms are required for laboratory work in Foods 1, 2, 3, 101, 102,
101, 104. 106, 200, Nutrition 110, 111, 112.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 455
Foods 101. Meal Service (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1, or 2, 3. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Planning and serving meals for family groups considering nutritional
needs, and cost; includes simple entertaining.
Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3) — First semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemis-
try; Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
A study of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint.
Foods 103. Demonstrations (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20, Tex. 1.
Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Practice in demonstrations.
Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Advanced study of manipulation of food materials.
Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3) — First semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or2, 3, or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Food preparation and food customs of the peoples of other countries.
B. Nutrition
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Or-
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. Laboratory
fee, $7.00.
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. Animal experimenta-
tion. Correction of nutritional deficiencies by dietary studies.
Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2) — First and Second semesters. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, Nut. 10 or
110. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Principles of human nutrition applied to growth and development of
children. Experience in a nursery school.
Nut. 112. Dietetics (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
A study of food selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries
for children, adults and family units; and methods of teaching food values
and nutrition.
Nut. 113. Diet and Disease (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 110.
Modifications of the Principles of human nutrition to meet the dietary
needs in treating certain diseases.
For Graduates
Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5) — Second semester. Two
lectures, three laboratories. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
456 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Includes experimental problems, special emphasis on use of Maryland
products.
Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3) — First semester.
Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional research and
investigation.
Nut. 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5) — Second semester.
Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest to the
student by the use of experimental animals, human studies, or an extensive
and critical survey of the literature.
Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service (3) — First semester.
Applications of the principles of nutrition to various community problems.
Students may work on problems of their own choosing.
Foods and Nut. 204. Recent Advances in Foods and Nutrition (2-3) —
Second semester.
A study of the recent advances in the manipulation of food materials.
Newer methods of processing and packaging. Study of the effect of these
methods of processing, packaging and storage on the nutritive value of
food. Principles of photography as applied to the preparation and handling
of foods for photographic processes for magazines and newspapers.
Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week, first and second
semesters.
Reports and discussions of current research in the fields of foods and
nutrition.
Foods and Nut. 221. Research — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work
done and results accomplished. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Investigation in some phase of foods or nutrition which may form the
basis of a thesis.
HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL
H. E. 1. Home Economics Lectures (1) — First semester. Required of
Home Economics freshmen.
Lectures, demonstrations, group and individual discussions on grooming
and clothing budget for the college girl; personal adjustments; good study
habits; social usage.
H. E. 2. Home Economics for Men (3) — Second semester.
Selection and care of clothing, considering design, durability and pro-
priety to occasion. Selection of food for better nutrition, interesting
menus and economy; analysis of accepted demeanor for host and guest.
Selection and repair of household appliances; family budgeting and family
relationships.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 467
HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION
Professors Mount and Kellar
H. E. Ext. 100. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3) — Second
semester.
Given in cooperation with the staff in Home Economics Extension. Stu-
dents must have senior standing in the College of Home Economics.
HOME AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT
Professor Mount; Associate Professor Braucher; Assistant Professor
Crow; Instructor Love
A. Home Management — Family Living
Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
The family and human relations; household organization and manage-
ment; management of time, energy, and money; housing as a social prob-
lem; housing to meet family needs; selection and care of household equip-
ment and furnishings.
Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of the Home (3) — F^rst and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Home Mgt. 150, 151. Laboratory fee, $7.00.
Residence for one-third of a semester in the Home Management House.
Experience in planning, guiding, directing, coordinating and participation
in the activities of a household, composed of a faculty member and a small
group of students.
B. Institution Management — Group Living
Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3) — Second
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Foods 2, 3; Home Mgt. 150, 151 to precede or parallel.
The principles of scientific organization and management as applied to
supervision of food services, and to housekeeping administration within an
institution.
Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Purchasing and Accounting (3) — First semes-
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Purchasing of food, supplies, and equipment for institutional use, and
the principles involved in accounting as applied to food services.
Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Practical experience in preparing and serving food for large groups, in-
cluding the use of standard recipes, calculation of food costs, menu planning
and use of institution equipment.
458 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Inst. Mgt. 163. Practice in Institution Management (3) — Arranged.
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Experience in food service under supervision.
Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Inst.
Mgt. 160, 161, 162.
Special problems in institution management.
Inst. Mgt. 165. The School Lunch (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110, or
equivalent.
Problems relating to the planning, organization, management and serving
of the noon meal in schools and in child-care centers.
Inst. Mgt, 181. Purchasing and Accounting for Housekeeping Administra-
tion (3) — Second semester.
Purchasing of household textiles, furnishings, supplies and equipment for
institutional use, and the principles involved in budgeting and accounting as
applied to housekeeping administration.
Inst. Mgt. 182. Housekeeping Management (3) — First semester.
Principles concerning housekeeping management, floor plans, sanitation,
safety, personnel and legal problems.
Inst. Mgt. 183. Problems in Housekeeping Management (3) — Second
semester.
Special lectures and advanced problems in housekeeping administration.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION*
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 110.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living;
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans,
and evaluation devices; directed observations in junior and senior high
school home economics departments.
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education.
Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101. (See College of Education Issue— H. E. Ed.
149 for scheduling.)
*For farther information 8e« Colleee of Education bulletin.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 459
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
H. E. Ed. 149. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Homemaking (9)
— First or second semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 and 102 or 102
parallel.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. Ten
weeks of practicum in two schools and with both junior and senior high
school classes. Students must reserve a half day in their schedule for the
student teaching assignment.
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2) — Prerequisite, H. E.
Ed. 101.
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use.
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First
semester.
H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco-
nomics (2-4).
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current
educational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching pro-
cedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices.
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING
Professor Mitchell; Associate Professor Akin; Assistant Professors
Middleton, Wilbur; Instructors Friemel, Houston.
A. Textiles
Tex. 1. Textiles (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of textile fibers; standardization and labeling of textiles; collection
and analysis of fabrics.
B. Clothing
Clo. 20A. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; basic fitting and construc-
tion techniques.
Clo. 20B. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Elec-
tive for students in other colleges. Three laboratory periods a week. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; fabric study; basic fitting
and construction techniques.
460 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Clo. 21. Personal Problems in Clothing (2) — First semester.
Care of clothing; wardrobe planning; selection and purchase of accessories
and ready-to-wear.
Clo. 22. Clothing Construction (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Continuation of Clo. 20A or Clo. 20B. To give additional experience in
the use and adaptations of commercial patterns and for increased skill in
construction techniques.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Tex. 100. Advanced Textiles (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The intensive study of textiles from the fiber to the finished fabric, from
the producer to the consumer. Analysis of fabric construction and sei-vice-
ability features through the use of laboratory testing.
Tex. 101. Problems in Textiles (3) — First semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 100, Organic Chemistry.
Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Individual experimental problems in textiles.
Tex. 102. Textile Testing (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 100. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use of physical test-
ing apparatus, the interpretation of the data, and the presentation of the
findings.
Tex. 103. Textile Microscopy (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 101, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Application of optical and microscopical equipment to technical analysis
of textiles. Lectures and laboratory concerning the types of equipment,
their use, and the technique of textile microanalysis for fiber, yam and
fabric. Opportunity for work on fibre cross sectioning. Projects involving
quantitative determinations, development of technique, application of photo-
micrography; swelling techniques, staining, etc., as applied to textile
microscopy.
Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Economic and trade conditions that affect consumer-trade relationships;
buying guides for purchase of clothing; performance tests of fabrics.
Tex. 106. Household Textiles (3) — First semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of textiles for household and institutional use. Evaluation of such
textile products through lectures, laboratory tests, survey of literature and
field trips.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 461
Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces.
Clo. 120. Draping (3) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 22. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics on individual
dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism.
Clo. 121. Pattern Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 22, Pr. Art 20. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Development and use of a basic pattern in dress making.
Clo. 122, 125. Tailoring (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 22. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Construction of tailored garments requiring professional skill.
Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Clo. 20A
or B, or equivalent.
Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty, economy
and personality; development of original designs.
Clo. 124. Projects and Reading in Textiles and Clothing (2) — Second
semester. Prerequisites, Clo. 22, Tex. 100. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Study of the reasons for dress and the versatility of fabrics; analysis of
wardrobe planning preparatory to the job situation; grooming as related to
the college girl — to the job holder; survey of job opportunities in the field;
one special project.
Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2, 3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Fashion history; current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them;
fashion show techniques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and
written reports, group projects, panel discussions and field trips.
Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3) — First and second semesters. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and
construction; original designing on a dress form.
Clo. 128. Home Furnishings (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, Clo. 20A or 20B, or consent of in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Selection of fabrics for home and institutional furnishings; care and re-
pair of such furnishings; custom construction of slip covers, draperies, bed-
spreads, etc.
462 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4). Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4). Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1). Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 231. Research (4-6). Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Textiles and Clothing (3). Laboratorj'
fee, $3.00.
PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS
Professor Curtiss; Assistant Professors Cuneo, Lawson, W. Mahoney;
Instructors Brown, Davis, A. Mahoney
The Department of Practical Art reserves the right to retain one art
problem from each student, from each class, for illustrative purposes;
however, it will retain only such problems as are needed by the department.
Pr. Art 0. Professional Lectures (0) — Second semester.
Lectures by current merchandisers and designers.
A. Practical Art
Pr. Art 1. Design (3) — First and second semesters. Laboratory fee,
$3.00.
Art expression through the use of materials, such as opaque water color,
wet clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon, which are conducive to free
techniques. Elementary lettering, action figures, abstract design and gen-
eral composition study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living.
Teaching methods are emphasized in the section for art education students.
Pr. Art 2. Survey of Art History (2) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $3.00.
A rapid survey of art, from prehistoric times to the twentieth century,
showing the great human movements and art ideals, which each period has
reflected. Emphasis is given to domestic architecture, furnishings, and cos-
tume, and to the philosophy and significance of art in today's living. Illus-
trated lectures; assigned readings, examinations.
Pr. Art 3. Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2) — First semester.
Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Modern design produced after the study of vigorous primitive art as found
in the prehistoric art of Spain, France, and the southwestern part of the
United States; archaic Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece; Mayan, Aztec, and
Peruvian cultures; past and present primitive tribes; provincial and
peasant groups.
Pr. Art 4. Three-dimensional Design (4) — Second semester. Two labor-
atory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 463
Abstract and symbolic design emphasizing mass, volume, and depth in
construction problems, which utilize paper, cork, screen, wire, thin sheet
metal, fabric, wood, plastics, etc. This course stimulates resourcefulness
and imagination in design; it is especially valuable to persons interested
in display.
Pr. Art 20. Costume Design (3) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1,
or equivalent.
Clothing selection with relation to personality. Adaptation of changing
fashions to the individual. Designing of costumes in mediums, such as
Conte and lithograph crayon, transparent and opaque water color, soft
pencil, India ink, and three-dimensional materials. A minimum of fashion
figure drawing. Survey of historic costume and of the fashion industry.
Pr. Art 21, 22. Action Drawing (2, 2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or
equivalent.
Quick sketching of live model, from poses and action. This course is
basic for costume illustration and mural painting. Pr. Art 21 prerequisite
to Pr. Art 22.
Pr. Art 30. Typography and Lettering (3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent.
A study of typography, hand lettering, and their application. Brief
survey of processes of reproduction.
Pr. Art 38, 39. Photography (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Consent of the instructor.
Experimental effects in photography with special emphasis upon pictures
for advertisements, store display, periodicals, murals and salon exhibits.
It is advisable for each student to have his own camera.
B. Crafts
Cr. 2. Simple Crafts (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plaster carving, wood burning,
thin metal working, paper mache modeling, finger weaving. Emphasis is
laid upon inexpensive materials and tools and simple techniques, which can
be pursued in the home. Excellent for teachers and directors of recreation
centers.
Cr. 3. Blockprint and Silk Screen (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratories per week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Beginning techniques in linoleum blockprinting and in silk screening on
paper and on fabric. Original design is stressed. Excellent for teachers
and directors of recreation centers.
Cr. 5, 6— Puppetry (2, 2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
464 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet shows. Valuable
to teachers and directors of recreation centers.
Cr. 20, 21. Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2,
if possible.
Elementary pottery-making, modeling in relief, intaglio and in the round,
simple glaze effects. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 30, 31. Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2,
if possible.
Etching, repousse, and sawed filigree in metals, such as copper, aluminum,
brass, pewter and German silver. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 40, 41. Weaving (2, 2) — -First and second semesters. Three labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, if
possible.
Hand weaving on simple looms. Good color, texture, and general design
are stressed.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21,
or consent of the instructor.
Consideration of mural design with relation to propriety of setting. Study
of traditional and contemporary techniques. Experiment in colored chalk,
gouash, oil paint, and fresco; stone, glass, and tile mosaic.
Pr. Art 102, 103. Advanced Mural Design (2, 2) — First semester. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
2, 3, 21, 100, 101.
Advanced techniques in mural design.
Pr. Art 120, 121. Costume Illustration (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites,
Pr. Art 1, 20, and 21, 22, if possible.
Advanced techniques in rendering of fashion illustration. Experience in
use of Ben Day and Craftint. Organization of fashion shows.
Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in costume design or costume illustration for students
who are capable of independent work.
Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art
1, 20, 30, and 20, 21, if possible.
Rough layouts and finished advertisements utilizing lettering, type speci-
fications, and illustration. Air brush used in large work.
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 465
Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2) — Second
semester. Tvvo laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3,00. Pre-
requisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 120, 132, or equivalent, and permission of the
instructor.
Advanced problems in advertising for students who are capable of
independent work.
Pr. Art 136. Merchandise Display (2) — First and second semesters.
Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr.
Art 1, 20, 30; 120, 132 to precede or parallel.
Practice in effective display of merchandise. Cooperation with retail
establishments.
Pr. Art 137. Advanced Merchandise Display (2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 120, 132, 136 and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in the display of merchandise. Emphasis upon
original atmospheric effects, which are within the bounds of good taste.
Pr. Art 138, 139. Advanced Photography (2,2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requisites, Pr. Art 38, 39.
Advanced individual problems in photography; visual aids in education;
the business story by pictures — fashions, interiors, foods, science; the use
of the camera in the graphic arts; creative design by photography; photog-
raphy for recoi'd purposes.
Pr. Art 140, 141. Interior Design (1, 3) — First semester, one laboratory
per week; second semester, three laboratory periods per week. Laboratory
fee, on 141 only, $3.00. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, to precede or parallel
Pr. Art 140.
Analysis of interiors as backgrounds for various personalities. Study of
good and poor interiors. Trips to historic homes, a furniture factory, and
retail house furnishing establishments. Original floor plans and wall eleva-
tions drawn to scale and rendered in color.
Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requisites, Pr. Art 1, 140, 141, or equivalent.
Designing of rooms and furnishings; scale drawing and color rendering
in plan, elevation and perspective, or making of maquettes. Study of
furniture manufacture and merchandising. Planning of exhibition rooms
or houses when possible.
Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 140, 141, 142, 143, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in interior design or construction for students who
are capable of independent work.
466 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Pr. Art 198. Store Experience (3) — 160 clock hours, or 20 continuous
eight-hour days, summer following the Junior Year, Practical Art
curriculum.
Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work, done under supervision in
a specified department store or studio. Arrangements to be made with the
Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring semester,
Junior year.
Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2,2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites,
Cr. 20, 21.
Advanced techniques in ceramics; preparation of glazes and handling of
the kiln.
Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requisites, Or. 20, 21, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in ceramics. For students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite, Cr.
30, 31.
Advanced techniques in metalry, including soldering, stone-setting, and
fine etching.
Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requisite, Cr. 30, 31, 130, 131, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in Metalry for students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites,
Cr. 40, 41.
Advanced techniques in weaving.
Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pre-
requsites, Cr. 40, 41, 140, 141, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in weaving for students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 198. Crafts in Therapy (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, three
courses in various crafts or art construction, consent of the instructor and
junior standing.
Demonstration and discussion of the teaching of crafts to persons, who
need physical and mental rehabilitation. Readings, field trips, a minimum
of art activity. Excellent for persons who plan to work with disabled
persons.
College of
MILITARY SCIENCE
Staflf
Colonel John C. Pitchford, U.S.A.F,, Dean.
Colonel Harland C. Griswold, U.S.A. (Rtd.), Assistant Dean.
Colonel James Regan, U.S.A. (Rtd.), Assistant to the Dean.
Air Force Stafif
Colonel John C. Pitchford, U.S.A.F., Professor of Air Science and
Tactics.
Lt. Colonel Axel E. Altberg, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics (Commandant of Air Force R.O.T.C. Cadets).
Major Ovie D. Clark, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Major John D. Garlington, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
Major John G. Grier., U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Major Sylvanus T. Howell, Jr., U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
Major William P. Nash, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Edmond W. Bastek, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
467
468 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Captain Ralph Bedrick, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Joseph A. Dickerson, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
Captain Marvin F. Evans, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Fred G. Ginther, U.S.A.F,, Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Charles F. Girard, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
Captain John R. Komp, U.S.A.F,, Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Bernard L. Mortenson, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science
and Tactics.
Captain Myron S. Myers, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Edward Rupp, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Frank P. Tipton, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air Science and
Tactics.
Captain Walter T. Van Anglen, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor, Air
Science and Tactics.
First Lieutenant Charles A. Hamill, U.S.A.F., Assistant Professor,
Air Science and Tactics.
Warkant Officer (J.G.) Theodore D. Casten, U.S.A.F., Assistant Pro-
fessor, Air Science and Tactics.
Master Sergeant Thomas J. Higgins, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Walter Kamar, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Joseph H. Knight, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Samuel L. Petro, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Stanley Piszkin, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant John A. Rogers, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant James W. Sublett, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Clayton J. Wood, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Master Sergeant Edwin Wurster, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Irving J. Casey, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Kenneth H. Carroll, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Technical Sergeant Gordon L. Mackey, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Technical Sergeant William F. Turton, U.S.A.F., Instructor
Staff Sergeant Arthur T. Whitwam, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Staff Sergeant Thomas L. Putnam, U.S.A.F., Instructor.
Administrative Staff
McKinley L. Fuller (C.W.O., Rtd.), Military Property Custodian.
Deb S. Harpham, Assistant Band Director.
Warrant Officer Robert Landers, Director of the Band.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 469
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Col. John C. Pitchford, U.S.A.F., Dean
THE College of Military Science offers training for students
who wish professional preparation in the field of Military
Science. The length of the normal curriculum is four years.
The college is divided into two main departments as fol-
lows: (1) The Academic Curricula and (2) Air Force Re-
serve Officers Training Corps. The work of each of these
departments is described in detail under the appropriate
heading.
ADMISSIONS
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Military
Science must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students, more emphasis will be placed upon good marks
and other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a
fixed pattern of subject matter. In general, four (4) units of English
and one (1) unit each of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One
(1) unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs no Foreign Language
is required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are
acceptable as electives. In addition, students desiring to enroll in this
college must either have possessed or now hold a commission in one of
the Armed Forces or possess those qualities and attributes, both physical
and mental, which are desirable in a commissioned officer.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed
charges; $48.00 special fees; $340.00 board, $120.00 to $140.00 room;
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A
matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional
charge of $150.00 is assessed students who are not residents of the State
of Maryland. For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to
the Director of Publications for a copy of the General Information Issue
of the catalog.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off-campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
470 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies
and special clubs, the University band, student publications, University
Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the
General Information issue of the Catalog.
MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take basic Air Force R.O.T.C. training for a period of
two years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite
for graduation but it must be taken by all eligible students during the
first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to
graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the required two
years of military training will be required to complete the course or
take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force
R.O.T.C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction,
write the Director of Publications for a copy of the "General Information
Issue" of the Catalog.
CURRICULA
Two curricula are offered by the College of Military Science — The
General Curriculum and the Curriculum in Military Science. These cur-
ricula lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science, providing the student
maintains a grade average of not less than "C." The requirement for
Junior standing is attained in these curricula when the student has com-
pleted 72 hours with a grade average of not less than "C."
The primary purpose of The General Curriculum is to offer to those
interested students a broad education in subjects pertinent to military
and public affairs, with emphasis on government and politics, history and
military science.
The primary purpose of the curriculum in Military Science is to educate
men who desire to follow a military career. As a prerequisite for com-
pletion of this curriculum, a student must have satisfactorily held or
presently hold a commission in one of the Armed Forces, or possess those
physical and mental requirements which can lead to a commission in one
of the Armed Forces. The completion of the Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C.
courses also satisfies this requirement.
The first two years of these curricula are common.
472
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Common Freshman and Sophomore Years
Freshman Year
*Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in American Literature
•Soc 1 — Sociology of American Life
•G. & P. 1 — American Government
••Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Modern Language — (One language for two years' study)
tA. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C
tPbysical Activities
Total
Sophomore Year
•Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Reading in World Literature ....
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
••Speech 5, 6 — Advanced Public Speaking
•Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
Modem Language — (Second year)
tA. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C
tPhysical Activities
ToUl
The General Curriculum
Junior Year
Speech 133 — Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids, or
Speech 134 — Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed
Forces
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
Geog. 20 — Map Reading and Interpretation
G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations
G. & P. 102 — International Law
Hist. 127, 128 — Diplomatic History of the United States
Electives
Total
-Semester — \
/
II
3
8
8
2
2
3
3
3
3
8
3
1
1
18
18
18
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
18
3
3
3
15
• Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses upon successful completion
of the college level General Educational Development Tests. Students who receive 12 credit
hours in English by this means are required to complete English 8 or English 14. The
credits earned in either of these courses may be used as electives.
•• Adult off-campus students may substitute Speech 103 and 104, Speech Composition and
Rhetoric (3, 3) for Speech 1, 2, B, and 6 (2, 2, 2, 2). The additional two hours may be
taken in electives.
t Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. Waived for adult off-campus
students.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 473
/ — Semester — ^
Senior Year I II
M. S. 151— Militory Logistics 3
M. S. 153— Military Policy of the United SUtes 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 154— Problems of World Politics 3
Hist. 175, 176— Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century 3 3
Geog. 60, 61 — Economic Geography 3 3
Electives 4 3
Total 16 15
Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
Military Science Curriculum
Junior Year
tSpeech 127, 128— Military Speech and Command 2 2
Speech 133 — Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids, or
Speech 134 — Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed
Forces .... 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
Geog. 20 — Map Reading and Interpretation .... 3
tA. S. 101. 102— Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C 3 3
Electives 9 8
Total 17 17
Senior Year
G. & p. 101 — International Political Relations, or "I
G. & P. 102— International Law, or J. 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations J
M. S. 151 — Military Logistics .... 8
tM. S. 152— Military Leadership 3
M. S. 153— Military Policy of the United Stetes 3
tA. S. 103. 104— Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C 6 6
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
t Credit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
Students who do not wish to present these subjects for this degree and who have com-
pleted acceptable Service Extension Courses at the Officer Candidate level, or its equivalent,
may substitute therefor an equivalent number of hours in Government and Politics and
History, in courses numbered 100 or above, of which twelve hours must be in one field.
474 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE U. S. A. F. RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS
Instruction in military science and tactics has been an important phase
of the College Park division of the University of Maryland since 1856.
In 1864 the General Assembly of Maryland accepted the provision of the
Act of Congress of 1862 whereby public lands were donated to the States
providing colleges in which a course of military training was maintained.
Until 1916 the institution was a military school. After the first World
War the military training was reorganized and given as specified in the
Acts of Congress of 1916 and 1920, as amended, which are commonly
known as the National Defense Acts. Under these laws the Reserve
Officer Training Corps is organized to provide basic training and to offer
advanced training leading to a commission in the United States Air Force
Reserve on a selective basis. All male students, unless specifically
exempted, under University rules are required to take basic military
training for a period of two years. This is a prerequisite for graduation
and must be taken by all eligible students in their first two years of at-
tendance whether they intend to graduate or not. Students of the Uni-
versity, regardless of the college in which registered, who successfully
complete the Basic Course Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps
may be considered as candidates for the Advanced Course.
The mission of the Senior Division, Reserve Officers' Training Corps is
to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essentia]
to their progressive and continued development as officers in the United
States Air Force. The major mission is the training of officers to serve
with the Reserve Components of the Air Force of the United States,
i. e., the United States Air Force Reserve or the Air National Guard.
In addition, the Senior Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps will
provide the principal source of procurement of junior officers for the
Regular Air Force through selection of a required number of Dis-
tinguished Military Graduates of the Senior Division for direct appoint-
ment, and through extended active duty tours of volunteer officers
from which will be selected addtional personnel for regular appointment.
The hundreds of Maryland graduates who received their commissions
through this unit were found ready and capable when the national crisis
arose, and they have achieved an inspiring and enviable record of which
the State may well be proud.
Air Force personnel, approved by the President of the University, are
detailed by the Department of the Air Force to administer the course.
Officers serve under appointment by the University as Professor or
Assistant Professor and selected non-commissioned officers as Instructors.
The course of instruction leading to a commission as a second lieutenant
is organized into a two-year basic course which all male students, except
excused veterans and non-citizens, must take, and an elective two-year
advanced course offered to selected students who apply. A.F. R.O.T.C.
honor graduates stand an excellent chance of being selected for a regular
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
475
commission and a lifetime career in the United States Air Force. To
those who do not desire to pursue the advanced course the basic course
offers training in leadership, discipline, citizenship and other beneficial
courses which will be of value to the individual, should he be called into
the Armed Forces.
The specialties of the Air Force R.O.T.C. offered at the University
are Aircraft Maintenance, Communications, Air Installations, Adminis-
tration and Logistics, Air ComptroUership, Flight Operations and General
Technical. Students will be given an apportunity to indicate a preference
in the sophomore year for the specialty in which they desire to enroll.
Specialization commences in the second semester of the sophomore year.
The qualifications for admission in the various specialties, in addition to
the standards as set forth above, are as follows:
Air Force R.O.T.C. Specialized Courses Academic Major
Air Force Communications (1) Electrical or General Engineering
(2) Electronic Physics
(3) Other Engineering
Aircraft Maintenance Engineering (1) Aeronautical or Mechanical Engineering
(2) Other Engineering
Air Installation (1) Civil Engineering
(2) Industrial Engineering Architecture
(3) Other Engineering
ComptroUership (1) Business Administration (Major in Finance,
Statistics, Accounting, Economics, Management)
(2) Business Administration (other)
Administration and Logistics (1) Business Administration (Note: Majors in Busi-
ness Administration will not be assigned this
course until quota, if any, for ComptroUership
is filled)
Flight Operations (1) Any course of study leading to a baccalaureate
degree, providing student is desirous of and
qualified for flight training
(2) Any course of study leading to a baccalaureate
degree (Note: Majors in any branch of Engi-
neering, Chemistry or Physics will not be as-
signed this course until quotas, if any, for the
following specialized Air Force R.O.T.C. courses
at the institution are filled:
Air Force Communications
Aircraft Maintenance
Engineering
Air Installations
General Technical (1) Majors in any field of science not qualified for
one of the technical options above
The necessary training equipment including uniforms, weapons, and
technical material, is loaned to the University by the Department of the
Air Force. Students in the basic courses are issued uniforms without cost.
476 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The New Armory located East of the Administration Building has been
declared by a Department of the Air Force inspector to be one of the finest
buildings used for Military instruction in the country. It contains clothing
and ordnance storerooms, class rooms, offices, projection room, a ten firing
point small bore range, and a drill floor 240 feet long by 120 feet wide.
Drill field, parade grounds and other outdoor training activities are nearby.
Advanced Course
The primary object of the Advance Course is to provide military instruc-
tion and systematic training to selected eligible students through the agency
of educational institutions, to the end that they may qualify as United
States Air Force Reserve officers. It is intended to attain this objective
in accordance with the terms of the contract during the time the students
are pursuing their academic studies at the University.
A student prior to enrollment in the course must have satisfactorily
completed the Basic Course or have been honorably discharged after at
least one year active service in one of the armed forces. The student must
have indicated in writing his desire to undertake the course. Selection of
students in the advanced course will be made by the President of the Uni-
versity and the Professor of Air Science and Tactics, as provided in Sec-
tion 47c, National Defense Act. No applicant will be admitted to the
advance course who is less than eighteen or more than twenty-five years
of age at the time of admission or who is not able to pass physical standards
set forth in AR 40-105 and 40-110 and the Army General Clasification
Test with a qualifying score. Opportunities for students interested in
the Regular Air Force as a career have been augmented by recent legis-
lation authorizing increase numbers of regular commissions to distin-
guished. Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps graduates.
Program of Instruction
For first and second years, basic course, the instruction will consist
of five (5) hours per week, three (3) hours of classroom instruction and
two (2) hours of drill. The advance course will consist of five (5) hours
per week, three (3) hours per week of classroom instruction and two (2)
hours of drill. Drill may be cancelled for all students during the inclement
season at the discretion of the PAS&T. Advanced students will attend
lectures during cancelled periods of drill. Special formations may be held
as the PAS&T may direct.
Uniforms
All members must appear in proper uniforms at all Military drill forma-
tions and at such other times as the Military Department may designate.
Uniforms for students in the elementary course are furnished by the
Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United
States Air Force, with certain distinguishing features. Such uniforms
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 4.11
must be kept in good condition by the students. They remain the property
of the Air Force, and though intended primarily for use in connection
Military Department instructs otherwise. The uniforms will not be worn
with military instruction they may be worn at other times unless the
in part nor used while the wearer is engaged in athletic sports. A basic
uniform will be returned to the Military Department at the end of the
year; or before, if a student severs his connection with the Department.
The Advanced Course students will wear an officer-type uniform, pur-
chased on a Federal Government allowance.
Commutation
All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance
in lieu of subsistence, equivalent to the current value of the garrison
ration, to be paid monthly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced
Course less the period of the Advanced Camp of six weeks. During this
Camp the student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade and
travel pay. The total period of receiving commutation will not exceed
570 days for any student. This allowance will be paid in addition to
benefits authorized by the GI Bill of Rights.
Credits
Military instruction at this Institution is on a par with other university
work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency are the
same as those of other departments. Academic elective credits are given
in all colleges for the advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. course.
Students who have received Military Training at any other educational
institution under the direction of officers detailed as Professor of Military
Science and Tactics, Professor of Air Science and Tactics and Professor
of Naval Science and Tactics, may received such credit as the P.A.S.&T.
and the President may jointly determine.
University and Air Force Reserve Officer's Training Corps Bands
The University of Maryland Band and the Air Force Reserve Officers'
Training Corps Band are separate musical organizations at the University,
existing for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested
students. The Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps Band functions
under the Military Department. The University Band is under the direction
of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department.
The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band is composed of
Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps students. It practices during
drill periods and plays for drills and military formations. Uniforms and
instruments are furnished by the Federal Government. Members of the
Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band are eligible for enroll-
ment in any of the University Bands.
The University of Maryland Bands are very important and active under-
graduate organizations on the Maryland Campus. Membership in the
478 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
University Bands is open to all interested students of the University by
audition with the Director. The Bands furnish music for athletic events
and special occasions during the School Year. The Fall practice sessions
are devoted to the support of the football season, with the band accom-
panying the football team on some of its trips away from home. During
the Winter season the Activities Band plays for basketball games and
for boxing matches. At the close of football season, the Concert and
Activities Bands are formed. The Concert Band plays several concerts,
both on and off the Campus, during the year.
Student who play musical instruments, applying for admission to the
University, and who desire to be considered for the University Bands,
should indicate their experience and ability on their application form,
and should contact the Director at the earliest opportunity for enrollment
in one of the University Bands after being accepted for admission to the
University.
Band is a regularly scheduled course of instruction under its own consti-
tution. One credit per semester, not to exceed a total of eight (8) credits,
may be earned by the student participating in this activity. Uniforms and
certain instruments are furnished by the University. Band rehearsals are
conducted in the Band Room in the New Armory. A band letter may be
earned each year by faithful attendance. A gold award is presented to the
student who earns a letter for four successive years. Students may be
elected to positions of honor and responsibility within this student organiza-
tion which operates under its own constitution.
The University Rifle Teams
The University Rifle Teams are under the supervision of the Military
Department. Rifle competition at the University of Maryland is rated as
a major sport activity, and the varsity letters and sweaters are awarded
each year to team members. The rifle teams representing this institution
have a high national standing as they have consistently placed in the
top brackets in the National Intercollegiate Rifle Match. The Varsity
Rifle Team won the National Intercollegiate Championship in 1947 and again
in 1949, each time with a new record score. The R.O.T.C. Team has been
a consistent winner in the William Randolph Hearst Trophy Match and the
Third Service Command Reserve Officers' Training Corps Match as well as
winning a very high percentage of the regular schedule of postal and
shoulder matches. Rifle and ammunition are furnished by the State and
Federal Governments and the rifle range in the New Armory used by the
team has been pronounced by officials of the National Rifle Association to be
one of the finest in the country.
Both a Varsity Team and a Freshman Team are placed in intercollegiate
competition, with members of the latter team being awarded class numerals.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 479
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer
to another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199 : courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Subjects of courses in Military Science and Tactics are
subject to changes necessitated by changes in R.O.T.C. programs pre-
scribed by the armed forces. Students obtain these schedules when they
register.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND AIR FORCE R.O.T.C.
A. S. 1, 2. Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of class instruction. Subject taught: World Political Geography.
A. S. 3, 4. Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of class instruction, one hour of laboratory. Subjects taught:
Aerodynamics, Meteorology, Navigation, Applied Air Power.
A. S. lOlA, 102A. First Year Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. Adminis-
tration and Logistics (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: U.S.A.F. Supply, Personnel Manage-
ment, Personnel Reports (origin, care, preparation and classification),
Principles of Management, Commercial Motor and Rail Transportation, and
Air Transportation.
A. S. 101 C, 102C. First Year Advanced Air Force Communications
(3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Technical and tactical knowledge
for signal communication, including wire, radio and visual; advance
operation and maintenance.
480 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A. S. lOlAI, ia2AI. First Year Advanced Air Force Air Installations
(3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Construction, maintenance and
repair of buildings, grounds, and utilities systems. Special utility services
such as fire protection and crash rescue.
A. S. lOlAC, 102AC. First Year Advanced Air Force Air Comptroller-
ship (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Budgetary limitations on mis-
sions, measurement of progress toward mission, evaluation of results.
Manpower, funds, materiel, their efficient and economical use.
A. S. 101 E, 102E. First Year Advanced Air Force Aircraft Maintenance
Engineering (3, 3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Maintenance, repair, and testing
of aircraft. Planning and supervision of disassembly, repair and testing.
A. S. lOlFO, 102FO. First Year Advanced Air Force Flight Opera-
tions (3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Principles of Flight, Aircraft Engi-
neering and Introduction to Instruments, Air Navigation, Meteorology and
New Developments, Mission, Organization, Types of Equipment and Method
of Operation of Each.
A. S. lOlGT, 102GT. First Year Advanced General Technical (3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Problem Solving and Writing,
Familiarization and Use of Technical Publications, Organization and Mis-
sion of the USAF, the Wing Air Base, Technical Careers in the USAF,
Atomic Theory and Radiological Defense, New Developments.
A. S. 103A, 104A. Second Year Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C. Adminis-
tration and Logistics (3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: advanced course in organization and
functions of wing base staff and natures and problems of logistical sup-
port of military efforts.
A. S. 103C, 104C. Second Year Advanced Air Force Communications
(3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Advanced Tactical and Technical
Communications, Military Law, Military Teaching, Air Force Management.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE 481
A. S. 103AI, 104AI. Second Year Advanced Air Force Air Installations.
(3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Advanced Construction, Mainte-
nance and Repair of Buildings, Grounds and Utilities. Military Law,
Military Teaching, Air Force Management.
A. S. 103AC, 104AC. Second Year Advanced Air Force Air Comptroller-
ship (3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Advanced Budget Progress,
Evaluation of Air Force Mission, Military Law, Military Teaching, Air
Force Management.
A. S. 103E, 104E. Second Year Advanced Air Force Aircraft Mainte-
nance Engineering (3).
Two hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Advanced Maintenance, Planning
and Supervision, Military Law, Military Teaching, Air Force Management,
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — Second semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of organization, troop
movements by Motor, Rail, Air, Water, Evacuation of replacements and
prisoners of war, characteristics of materiel supply. Staffs, and procedure
to include organization, duties and functions through division.
M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — Second semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of the basic requisites,
principles and attributes of good military leadership, including both the
practical and psychological approaches to the subject. Individual differ-
ences in human behavior and the personal element in successful leader-
ship are stressed.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3) — First semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of our military history
and our military policy and the effects on national objectives, national
strategy, military concepts and resulting military strategy.
A. S. 103FO, 104FO. Second Year Advanced Flight Operations (3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
periods of classroom. Subjects taught: Navigation and Bombing, Theory
of Radar, Responsibilities of Electronic Counter Measures Officer and Radar
Observer, Military Law, Military Management, Military Teaching Methods.
A. S. 103GT, 104GT. Second Year Advanced General Technical (3).
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Command. Three one-hour
period of classroom. Subjects taught: Understanding of Technical Problems
in the Air Force, New Technical and Scientific Developments, Military Law,
Military Teaching Methods, Military Management.
College of
PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION and HEALTH
STAFF
Lester M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean
George L. Carroll, B.S., Assistant Professor, Director of Athletic Publicity.
M. Emmett Cheek, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Football Coach.
W. W. CoBEY, B.A., Associate Professor, Graduate Manager of Athletics.
Denver J. Crawford, B.S., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Head Golf Coach.
Dorothy F. Deach, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Department of Physical
Education for Women.
David A. Field, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Gymnastic Coach.
Elizabeth I. Flinchbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion.
Warren K. Giese, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Ellen E. Harvey, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Recreation.
Martha Haverstick, M.S., Instructor of Physical Education.
John M. Hennemier, A.B., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Martha E. Holloway, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Louise Howarth, M.Ed., Instructor of Physical Education.
BuRRis F. HusMAN, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Basketball Coach.
Warren R. Johnson, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
James H. Kehoe, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Head
Track Coach.
William E. Krouse, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Head Wrestling Coach.
Dorothy G. Madden, M.A., Instructor of Physical Education.
Benjamin H. Massey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
William M. Meex, B.S., Associate Professor, Football Coach.
Harvey L. Miller, Colonel, U.S.M.C. (Retired), Associate Professor and
Head Coach of Boxing.
H. A. MiLLiKAN, B.S., Associate Professor and Head Basketball Coach.
483
484
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A. Viola Mitchell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Thomas A. Mont, B.S., Instructor of Physical Education and Football
Coach.
Adelaide R. Ross, M.S., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Head Baseball Coach.
A. L. Stewart, A.B., Associate Professor and Football Coach.
James M. Tatum, B.S., Professor, Director of Athletics, Head Football
Coach.
Theron A. Tompkins, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Joseph T. Tucker, B.S., Instructor, Assistant Graduate Manager of
Athletics.
Peter R. Wisher, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy and Athletic
Training.
The Initial Session of a Boxing Class in Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 485
COLLEGE OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH
Lester M, Fraley, Ph.D., Dean
'HE College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
trains specifically for the following classes of positions:
(1) leaders in Physical Education and Health Education
as teachers, supervisors, or directors in the public schools
and colleges; (2) technicians and specialists in these fields
outside the schools; (3) leaders in the many aspects of
Recreation such as community programs, boys' and girls'
clubs, camp work, social organizations, and the schools;
(4) directors of intramural sports programs and other extra-
curricular activities; and (5) prepares those who expect
to do advanced work in physical therapy.
In addition the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
offers a service program of physical education for all students in their
first two years and courses in health education for all freshmen women.
ORGANIZATION
This college is organized as a distinct administrative unit. It is divided
into a Department of Physical Education for Men, and a Department of
Physical Education for Women. These Departments are so coordinated
that the various curricula are common to both with sufficient flexibility
to meet the needs of each group.
The curricula of the College are Physical Education, Health Education,
Recreational Leadership, and Pre-physical Therapy.
All teacher preparation is conducted in close cooperation with the
College of Education. Students may enroll either in the College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health, or in the College of Education with a
major in Physical Education or Health Education. In either case, the
same standards of professional preparation prevail.
The staff of this College articulates with the Graduate School in providing
graduate programs in Physical Education, Health Education, and Recrea-
tional Leadership. Sufficient work is offered at the graduate level to qualify
students for the usual advanced degrees.
The Department of Intercollegiate Athletics is administered separately
from the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. There
is a cooperative relationship between this department and the College in
the use of facilities and coaches for teaching some of the professional
courses.
The intramural programs for both men and women are closely coordi-
nated with both the required physical education and the professional
programs.
486 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
The close proximity to Baltimore and Washington, and particularly to
the Federal agencies and headquarters of national professional organiza-
tions in the capital city, affords unusual contact for those who wish to
study in the fields which the College embraces. The evolving county-wide
programs in these fields in Maryland and adjoining states offer unusual
opportunity for practical experience in many types of situations. The
great variety of intercollegiate athletic competition in the University
offers maximum opportunity for practical advanced athletic participation
for those interested in this type of work.
WORKSHOPS AND CLINICS
Health Education
During certain summers, and at such time as conditions warrant, the
College offers a workshop in Health Education, usually in cooperation with
other state or national agencies and organizations. This is planned accord-
ing to the situation to meet the needs of teachers, administrators, nurses,
and other health workers.
Outdoor Education
This College cooperates with the College of Education and the Maryland
State Department of Education in offering a workshop in Outdoor Educa-
tion to meet the needs of teachers, administrators, social workers, recreation
leaders, and others in this rapidly developing educational area.
Athletic Clinics
The Athletic Department, at various times, offers clinics and Institutes
for trainers, coaches, and officials. Faculty members of this College par-
ticipate in these clinics. Credit for participation by major students may
be given under certain conditions.
OFF-CAMPUS COURSES
Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies, professional
courses from this College may be offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. Ad-
visers are available to help plan and develop programs leading to a degree.
Announcements of course offerings may be obtained by writing the Director
of the College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Major Club
All students majoring in Physical Education are eligible for member-
ship in this organization. It conducts various professional meetings, brings
in speakers and promotes various co-recreational activities. It has spon-
sored trips to District and National conventions of the American Association
for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
Women's Recreation Association
All women students, on admission to the University, automatically be-
come members of the Women's Recreation Association. Through the
Association's program of intramurals, recreational activities, social func-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 487
tions, and in cooperation with other University groups and organizations,
students are encouraged to develop their many and varied interests.
Leadership of these activities and functions is exercised and maintained
by the annually elected student representatives and their assisting com-
mittees.
The Women's Recreation Association as an affiliate of the American
Federation of College Women, the national organization of college recre-
ation and athletic associations, is invited to attend and participate in
various sportsdays and playdays on nearby campuses. Though varsity
squads as such do not exist at the University of Maryland, such special
days as mentioned above, and others sponsored by individual institutions,
provide opportunity for the more highly skilled player.
An intramural program in a variety of sports is carried on throughout
the year, including both free and tournament play. For instance, such
activities as archery, badminton, bowling, basketball, field hockey, softball,
tennis, and volleyball are organized for individual or team tournaments
through the dormitory, sorority, and day-student organizations. A cup
is awarded annually to that group ranking highest in W.R.A. participation
and tournament competition.
Opportunities are provided for those students interested in obtaining a
Women's National Official Rating in basketball, field hockey, softball, tennis,
or volleyball. On completion of the required practice sessions and the
successful passing of the written and practical examinations such students
officiate the intramural and sportsday games and the games of nearby high
schools.
Social events are scheduled throughout the school year and include, for
example, coeducational parties and games, roller skating trips, cookouts,
and square dancing. An effort is made to supplement, not duplicate, exist-
ing campus social activities and events.
Various groups and clubs interested in recreation exist on the campus out-
side the jurisdiction of the Women's Recreation Association which offer
rich opportunities for development of recreational interests. Some of
these are the Terrapin Trail Club, the Creative Dance Club, the Ballroom
Dance Club, the Riding Club and the musical and dramatic groups.
With the addition of the swimming pool to the Women's Field House,
swimming activities will become a major interest and concern in the
planning of the Association's program.
Creative Dance Group
Men and women who are interested in the modern dance work together
during the school year on techniques and composition of individual and
group dances. A concert is presented in the spring.
Intramurals for Men
The Intramural Department offers an extensive opportunity for all men
to participate in a recreational program of either individual or team sports.
A variety of activities are available to fill the student's leisure time and
488 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
develop skills which may be carried over into later life. Also, many desirable
attributes, such as fair play, leadership, team work and sportsmanship, are
encouraged and developed by the student participating in the program.
Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the following sports: touch
football, horseshoe pitching, tennis, cross country, track and field, basketball,
table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling, bowling, volleyball, swimming,
foul shooting, and Softball.
Management and officiating in intramural sports are conducted by students
majoring in physical education under the supervision of the Director of
Intramurals and under policies and regulations established by the Intramural
Council.
ADMISSIONS
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health must apply to the Director of Admissions of the
University of Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students, more emphasis will be placed on good marks and
other indications of possible success in college, rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of Social and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for cer-
tain programs, no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts,
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. It is especially
desirable that the student have at least one unit each in Biological Science
and in Physical Science; in addition, health and safety education, and par-
ticipation in school programs of physical education and athletics are de-
sirable. Any experience in music, drama, camping, playground and recre-
ational activities, and group leadership also will be helpful. Students whose
high school records are consistently low should not enroll in any of the
teacher education curricula of this College.
Students desiring to enroll in the professional curriculum must be free
from handicapping defects. Physical examinations can be required periodi-
cally to determine physical status. Students developing physical defects
after enrolling in the College may be recommended for transfer to another
curriculum. Competence in motor activities is essential for success in the
Physical Education program.
For a more detailed statement of admission, write the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University of Maryland include: $165.00
fixed charges; $48.00 special fees; $340.00 board; $120.00 to $140.00 room
and laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A
matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge
of $150.00 per year is assessed non-residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of
Publications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 489
MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students, unless specifically exempt under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two
years. The successful completion of these courses is a prerequisite for
graduation, but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate
or not. Transfer students who do not have the required two years of mili-
tary training will be required to complete the course or take it until gradu-
ation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Force
R. 0. T. C. courses, during their junior and senior years, which lead to a
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip-
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition
of resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates,
transcripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in
the dormitories, off -campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service,
scholarships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government,
honors and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities,
societies and special clubs, the University Band, student publications. Uni-
versity Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications
for the General Information Issue of the Catalog.
JUNIOR STATUS
For junior standing in this College, the requirements shall be, in addi-
tion to required military and physical education for men, and required
physical education and health for women: (1) fifty-six (56) semester hours
of academic credit, the whole program to be completed with an average
grade of "C" (2.0); and (2) completion of all required physical education,
health and science courses with no grade below "C." Students who have not
attained this status must repeat courses with low grades and may take
only those advanced courses for which written permission is given by the
Dean. The student must obtain a grade of "C" or above in all profes-
sional courses during the junior and senior years,
DEGREES
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have
met the conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College
of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. Candidates enrolled in the
College of Education with a major in Physical Education or Health Educa-
tion receive a Bachelor of Science degree upon fulfillment of the require-
ments as prescribed by that College.
Certain curricula in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health, such as Recreational Leadership and Pre-physical Therapy, are not
planned to meet state certification requirements.
490 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Each candidate for a degree must file in the Office of the Registrar eight
weeks prior to the date of graduation, a formal application for a degree.
Requirements for Degree in Physical Education
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education
in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:
Men Sem. Cr.
Professional physical education courses (P. E. 30, 40, 41, 61, 63, 65,
67, 100, 101, 103, 113, 115, 123 or 125, 160, 170, 180, 190) 41
Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15, 53) 14
Education courses as prescribed (including C. I. 0.) 18
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1).... 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 1, 2; L. S. 1, 2) 6
University requirements in R. O. T. C 12
Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 5
Electives 16
Total 136
Women Sem. Cr.
Professional physical education courses (P. E. 30, 40, 42, 52, 54, 56,
58, 62, 64, 66, 68, 74, 76, 78, 82, 84, 100, 114, 116, 124, 126,
160, 170, 180, 190) 48
Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15, 53) 14
Education courses as prescribed (including C. I. 0.) 18
General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; Hist. 5, 6; Soc. 1; G. & P. 1).... 24
Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 1, 2; L. S. 1, 2) 6
Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 5
Electives 13
Total 128
PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Physical Education
This curriculum prepares students (1) for teaching physical education
in the secondary schools, (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth
and adult groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two
years of this curriculum are considered to be an orientation period in which
the student has an opportunity to gain an adequate background in general
education as well as in those scientific areas closely related to this field of
specialization. In addition, there is considerable emphasis placed upon the
development of skills in a wide range of motor activities. This basic
training makes it possible for the student to select related areas, especially
in the fields of biology, health education, and recreation as fields of secondary
interest. These materially increase the vocational opportunities which are
available to a graduate in physical education.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 491
MEN
Physical Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Sp. 1, 2 — Public Speaking
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.
P. E. 40 — Basic Body Controls and Rhythmics
P. E. 41— Basic Rhythm Skills
P. E. 61, 63 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics
L. S. 1. 2— Library Methods
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Semester — >
/ //
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and "World Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization . .
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety
P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
Total
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II
P. E. 100 — Kinesiology
P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals
P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools
P. E. 123 or 125 — Coaching Athletics
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health
Electives
Total
Senior Year
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics
P. E. 170 — Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health
P, E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below)
Electives
Total
18
17
19
15
NOTE: Ed. 149 may be scheduled either semester. P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must be
scheduled concurrently.
492
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
WOMEN / — Semester — .
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Sp. 1. 2— Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health . . 3
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 42— Folk Dance 1
P. E. 52, 54 — Dance Techniques 1 1
P. E. 62, 64 — Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics 2 2
Total 16 17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 2
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3 ....
P. E. 56, 58— Social Games and Rhythms 1 1
P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2
P. E. 82, 84— Officiating 1 1
Total 17 16
Junior Year
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
P. E. 74 — Intermediate Swimming and Diving .... 1
P. E. 76 — Advanced Swimming and Diving and Life Saving .... 1
P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3
P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 3
P. E. 124, 128 — Methods and Miterials in Team Sports 2 2
P. E. 170 — Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education .... 3
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Electives 3 3
Total 17 16
Senior Year
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 2
P. E. 78 — Methods of Teaching Aquatics 2
P. E. 160— Therapeutics 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health .... 3
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) .... 9
Electives 10
Total 15 17
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 493
Minor in Physical Education
Required Courses:
Men— P. E. 30; P. E. 61, 63, 65, 67 (2-6*); P. E, 113 or 115; P. E. 101
or 103.
Women— P. E. 30; P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68 (2-6*); P. E. 114 or 116; P. E. 124
or 126.
Elective Courses:
Men and women— P. E. 78, 82, 84, 100; P. E. 123; P. E. 125; P. E. 140;
P. E. 160; P. E. 180; P. E. 190; Hea. 110; Hea. 120; Rec. 30; Rec. 42;
Rec. 100; Rec. 121; Rec. 150.
If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men should be Hea. 40 and
Hea. 50; for women, Hea. 50 and Hea. 120. Men should include P. E. 123 if
planning to coach.
NOTE: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 hours are required in
this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 14, 15, 53; Hea. 50;
P. E. 100; and Ed. 149 student teaching, at least 25 hours.
Minor in Dance
Required Courses :
P. E. 42, 52, 54, 58; P. E. 70, 80, 110; P. E. 114 or 116; P. E. 182; Mus. 7.
Elective Courses:
Sp. 14, 15, 16; Mus. 90; Pr. Art 2, 3.
Health Education
This curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give leadership in
the development of the school health education program (1) in instruction,
and (2) in the coordination of the work of health personnel with that of
the various health agencies which serve communities. The interrelation-
ships of the school and community environment with the health protection
program and the competencies needed to assist the school administrator
and the medical adviser in planning the program are stressed. Students
with a major in this area may also prepare themselves, through the proper
selection of electives, for positions with health agencies, in industrial
hygiene, and for specialized work with public welfare agencies.
* Activities selected according to need.
494
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Health Education Curriculum
MEN , — Semestei
Freshman Year I
Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology ....
Sp. 1, 2— Public Speaking 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Eklucation, Recreation, and Health.. 3
P. E. 61, 63 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3
Total 17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise ....
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety ....
P. E. 65, 67 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3
Total 18
Junior Year
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition ....
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 2
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology ....
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I. II 3
Pysch. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene ....
Electives 2
Total 17
Senior Year
p. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3
P. E. 160 — Therapeutics
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health 3
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) 9
Electives ....
Total 15
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
//
13
16
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 495
WOMEN , — Semester — >
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 S
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Sp. 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.. 3
P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 62, 64 — Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics 2 2
Electives .... 1
Total 15 16
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 2
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3 ....
P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Electives 1 ....
Total 16 17
Junior Year
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 ....
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 2 ....
Hea. 120— Teaching Health 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 3
Electives 2 3
Total 17 16
Senior Year
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 2
P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 ....
P. E. 160— Therapeutics 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health 3 ....
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) 9 ....
Electives 11
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled.
496 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Health Education Minor
Required Courses:
Hea. 2, 4 or Hea. 40 (women); Hea. 40 (men); Hea. 50, 110, 120; Zool. 16.
Elective Courses:
Psych. 1, Psych. 5; Nut. 10; Pact. 1; Hea. 60, Hea. 70; P. E. 30, P. E. 140
(in Hea. Ed.), and P. E. 190. Courses selected as cognates should be
approved by the adviser.
Recreation
This curriculum is designed to meet the needs of students who wish to
qualify for employment in the field of recreation and of other students who
desire a background of culture and skills which will enable them to render
distinct contributions to community life. The college draws upon the de-
partments of education, fine art, speech, music, social sciences, human
development, and similar departments for courses to balance and enrich its
offerings for recreation majors.
The increased amount of leisure forced upon society through the rapid
development of modern civilization has made us cognizant of the need for
an educational program of leisure-time activities.
Majors in recreation obtain practical experience in local recreation pro-
grams, as well as in those of metropolitan Washington and Baltimore.
Recreation Curriculum
The courses for the freshman and sophomore years in Recreational Leader-
ship are basically the same as for the Physical Education major. Modifi-
cations of the first two years' program may be made for the student through
consultation with the adviser for this area.
I — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
Basic Academic Sequence 3-4 3-4
Soc. 51 — Social Pathology 3 ....
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3
Sp. 113 — Play Production 3
Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation 2
♦Bee. 42 — Camp Counseling, or
Rec. 121— Camp Administration and Leadership .... 3
Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation 3
Electives '^~8 2
Total 15-17 17-18
• Students with camping experience should register for Rec. 150.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 497
I — Semester — >
Senior Year / //
Basic Academic Sequence 3-4 8_4
Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs .... 2
Rec. 110 — Nature Lore .... i_3
Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (see note below) 6 .,..
Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3
P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2
P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
Electives 6 4_5
Total 17-18 15-18
NOTE : Students desiring certification as teachers must plan their courses to meet
College of Education requirements in student teaching.
Recreation Minor
A minor in Recreational Leadership may be developed individually in
consultation with the Dean of this College or his designated representative
in the special field.
Pre-Physical Therapy
Opportunities in this profession are rapidly growing due to increased
emphasis on the restoration of the physically handicapped through the
employment of the physical and other effective properties of radiant energy,
heat, cold, water, electricity, massage, and therapeutic exercise. Job
opportunities are increasing for the physical education major who wishes
to specialize in this expanding profession.
Each student majoring in this field will be required to take the basic
courses required in this College for the freshman and sophomore years
of the physical education curriculum, except that Physics 1, 2 will replace
the physical activity courses in excess of minimal requirements. Special
programs of study are formulated for the student during the junior and
senior years to meet the varying entrance requirements of the schools
offering professional training in physical therapy, reconditioning, and re-
habilitation.
The curriculum below is planned to meet any and all requirements for
training in this field.
/ — Semester — \
Junior Year I //
p. E. 100 — Kinesiology 8
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3
Cr. 2, 3 — Simple Crafts 2 2
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 8
Electives 5 8
Totel 17 17
498 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
I — Semester — n
Senior Year I II
Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3
Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 ....
Psych. 126 — Developmental Psychology 3
P. E. 160— Therapeutics 3
Electives 11 11
Total 17 17
SPECIAL INFORMATION
Transfer Students
Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct are eligible
to transfer under the general University regulations. Basic courses in
health, science, and physical activity must be completed, or satisfactory
competence demonstrated, before the student will be permitted to enter
advanced professional courses. It may be necessary to do additional work to
meet these requirements.
Delinquent Students
The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal
of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of
scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental
to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not
satisfactory to the authorities of the University.
Guidance
At the time of matriculation each student is assigned to a member of the
faculty of the College who acts as the student's academic adviser. The
choice of curricula within which the student will major will be made under
faculty guidance during the first year in the Introduction to Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Health course required of all freshmen. Thereafter,
the student will confer regularly with the faculty member assigned as his
adviser.
Electives
Electives should be planned carefully, and well in advance, preferably
during the orientation course the first semester, or with his academic
adviser during the second semester. It is important to begin certain
sequences as soon as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may be
selected from any department of the University in accordance with a
student's professional needs. Electives selected must meet with the approval
of the adviser and the Dean of the College.
Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain
courses, such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 499
Uniforms
Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the College, are required for the
activity classes and for student teaching. These uniforms should be worn
only during professional activities.
Men — White cotton T-shirt, full length black pants with gold braid on
side, supporters, sweat shirt, sweat pants, all-white tennis shoes, and white
wool socks.
Women — Tailored navy blue shorts, white shirt, ankle socks, and tennis
shoes, dance leotard and skirt, and warm-up suit.
For Student Teaching — An appropriate teaching costume will be selected
under the guidance of the supervisor of student teaching at the beginning
of the junior year.
Minors
It is relatively easy for any student majoring in this College to complete
the requirements for a minor as indicated after each major curriculum.
Those who plan to teach in the public schools should also qualify in an
academic area if possible. This is more difficult with the limited number
of elective credits and must be planned carefully in advance, preferably
during the freshman year. If it seems advisable, the Dean may waive
certain specified courses to allow development of a needed minor, or the
student may be able to carry a heavier load if his grade average permits.
Normal Load
The normal load for students in this College is 15 credits per semester,
exclusive of the credits for required military science for men, and health
for women. The requirement in physical education for men, and in physical
education and health for women are fulfilled by professional courses in the
College. Thus the normal load for freshmen and sophomore men is 19
credits; for women 17 credits. No junior or senior may register for more
than 19 hours unless he has a "B" (3.0) average for the preceding semester
and approval of the Dean of the College.
Freshman and Sophomore Programs
The work of the first two years in this College is designed to accomplish
the following purposes: (1) provide a general basic or core education and
prepare for later specialization by giving a foundation in certain basic
sciences; (2) develop competency in those basic techniques of the motor
activities necessary for successful participation in the professional courses
of the last two years.
While much of the academic course work will be alike, the technique
courses will vary considerably in the different curricula. The core of Uni-
versity requirements should be completed in the first two years in such
manner as to justify acceptance as a junior in the desired major. The
technique courses must be satisfactorily completed, or competencies demon-
strated before the student can be accepted for the advanced courses in
method and in student teaching. It is very important that each require-
ment be met as it occurs.
500 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Certification
The Maryland State Department of Education certifies for teaching only
when an applicant has a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland
county school. No certificate may be secured by application of the
student on graduation. Course content requirements for certification are
indicated with each curriculum. Certification is specifically limited to
graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class
and who make a grade of 'C or better in student teaching." In order to
insure the meeting of these requirements, students will not be approved for
student teaching except as indicated below. A student intending to qualify
as a teacher in Baltimore, Washington, or other specific situations should
secure a statement of certification requirements before starting work in the
junior year and discuss them with his academic adviser.
Student Teaching
Opportunity is provided for student teaching experience in Physical
Education or Health Education, or Health and Physical Education. The
student devotes the second half of either semester of his senior year full
time to observation, participation, and teaching under a qualified super-
vising teacher in an approved junior or senior high school in the vicinity of
the University. The student progresses to gradual assumption of all of
the responsibilities of the supervising teacher. A supervisor from the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health visits the student
periodically and confers with both the student teacher and the supervising
teacher, giving assistance when needed. To be eligible for student teaching,
the student must have an accumulative grade point average of 2.275, must
have satisfied the competency requirements in P. E. 61, 63, 65 and 67 (men),
P. E. 62, 64, 66 and 68 (women), and must have completed the folloAving
courses: P. E. 100; P. E. 113, 115 (men); P. E. 114, 116, 124, 126 (women);
and P. E. 140.
For students who are unable to teach on the entire day schedule, special
schedule arrangements may be made upon application to the Director of
Student Teaching.
GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate work in this College is conducted in cooperation with the Col-
lege of Education in accordance with the procedures and requirements of
the Graduate School.
For graduate study a student must have earned at least 16 semester
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a Bachelor's or
Master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The
committee on Master's programs may interpret this requirement so that
foundation work in fields other than education may be accepted in cases of
graduate students not preparing for school work. The student must also
satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability to do graduate work.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 501
Registration
A graduate student must matriculate in the Graduate School. Application
for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to date of
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate
School. For further instructions a student should consvilt the Graduate
School catalog.
Master's Degrees
A graduate student, as in Education, may matriculate for a Master of
Education or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees,
the student should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the special
material issued by the Education faculty. On matriculation, the student
should select a faculty adviser of professorial rank.
Undergraduate requirements for admission to candidacy for a graduate
degree in Physical Education are: human anatomy and physiology; physi-
ology of exercise; kinesiology; therapeutics; sport skills; methods; human
development; measurement; principles of physical education; administra-
tion; and student teaching. In cases where a student has had successful
experience in teaching Physical Education, the prerequisites of sport skills,
methods, and student teaching may be waived. Undergraduate prerequi-
sites in Recreation are: psychology; sociology; principles of recreation;
administration; basic sciences; recreational activities; and practical ex-
perience. Undergraduate prerequisites in Health Education are: biological
sciences; bacteriology; human anatomy; physiology; nutrition; chemistry;
psychology; measurement; administration; principles of health; and field
work.
Every graduate student majoring in Physical Education, Recreation, or
Health Education is required to take the following courses (or transfer
their equivalent) before taking the qualifying examination: P. E. 201,
Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health; P. E. 210,
Methods and Techniques of Research in Physical Education, Recreation
and Health; and P. E. 230, Survey Techniques in Physical Education, Recre-
ation, and Health. In addition, every graduate student must register for
and complete P. E. 200, Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health at some time during his graduate career.
Doctor's Degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education
degree are administered for the Graduate School in cooperation with the
Department of Education. For requirements of these degrees, the student
should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the statement of policy
relative to doctoral programs in Education. If the student has not already
made arrangements with a member of the faculty to advise him, he should
consult with the chairman of the Committee on Candidacy regarding a
proper adviser.
502 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN
All undergraduate men and women students classified as freshmen or
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit,
are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses
in physical education for a total of four semester hours of credit. The
successful completion of these courses is required for graduation. These
courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years
of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not.
Men and women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt
from these courses. Students who are physically disqualified from taking
these courses must enroll in adaptive courses for which credit will be
given. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses, or their
equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, which-
ever occurs first. Students with military service may receive credit for
these courses by applying to the Air Force R. 0. T. C. Records Office.
Students majoring or minoring in physical education, recreation or health
education may meet these requirements by special professional courses.
Equipment
Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain
elective courses, such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis.
Men's Program
This program is designed to develop physical vigor and stamina, motor
abilities, knowledge and appreciations, and habits of regular physical
activity which will best prepare the student for successful living now and
in the future. Special attention is given to those accomplishments which
will prepare for participation in the University intramural program, and
in desirable leisure-time activities of later life.
Freshmen: Enroll in P. E. 1 (Fall) and in P. E. 3 (Spring) unless
definitely assigned to adaptives by the Dean of the College.
Sophomores : Enroll in P. E. 5 (Fall) and in P. E. 7 (Spring) provided
minimal requirements have been met in freshmen courses. Sophomores may
elect from a variety of activities, such as badminton, basketball, boxing,
gymnastics and individual skills, soccer, softball, tennis, touch football,
track and field, tumbling, volleyball, weight lifting, and wrestling.
Uniform
White cotton T-shirt, black trunks, supporters, white gym shoes, sweat-
suits, and white socks; all of which may be purchased at the Students' Supply
Store.
Women's Program
Through participation in a variety of activities, freshman and sophomore
women have the opportunity to acquire skills, knowledge, and attitudes
which will contribute to personal enjoyment and better physical efficiency.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 503
Students are required to complete a unit of work in a team or indi-
vidual sport, dance, body mechanics, and swimming. They enroll in
P. E. 2, 4, 6, or 8. The swimming requirement may be met either by com-
pleting one of the courses or by successfully passing the classification test
administered at the beginning of each semester.
Activities within the specified areas may be selected according to indi-
vidual interests and needs. Students are urged to develop new skills as
well as to select those in which they would like to have further experience.
Each student may choose from the following activities:
Individual Sports — Archery, badminton, bowling, golf, rifle, tennis.
Team Sports — Basketball, hockey, softball, speedball, volleyball.
Dance — Folk and square, modern, social.
Body Mechanics.
Swimming — Beginning, intermediate, and advanced; life saving.
Health Education Requirements
All freshmen women are required to satisfactorily complete two semes-
ters of Personal and Community Health (Hea. 2, 4) for graduation. Trans-
fer students who do not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent,
must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first,
This year course is designed to meet the interests and the needs of col-
lege women. It consists of units which attempt to form up-to-date scien-
tific background for developing attitudes, habits, and skills among students
that will contribute to better everyday living. Audio-visual aids, readings,
reports, field trips, and special lectures help to enrich the class discussions.
The University environment, the personal and group adjustments which
the students must make are considered a vital part of these courses.
Costume
Each woman student is expected to provide herself with gymnasium cos-
tume consisting of dark green gabardine shorts, white slip-over blouse,
white socks and tennis shoes. Special sandals will be worn in modem dance
classes. These may be purchased at the Maryland Book Exchange.
Locks and Lockers
A locker and lock are assigned to each girl at the first meeting of her
class upon presentation of her University fee receipt. At the close of the last
class each one is responsible for cleaning out her locker and returning the
lock.
504 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIRED COURSES
FOR ALL FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES*
P. E. courses open only to men are given in odd numbers.
P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers.
P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
Physical education for women; fee per semester (to be charged for any
woman registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Edu-
cation involving the use of the swimming pool), $3.00.
A. Physical Education
A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in the
regular required or service program will be assigned to an adaptive activity
suitable to his physical capacity. This refers to P, E. 1 to 8, both inclusive.
*P. E. 1, 3, Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1). Three hours a
week. First and second semesters.
Conditioning and body building activities, instruction in techniques of
various sports activities, limited competition in selected sports. Men not
physically qualified must substitute work in the adaptive program.
*P. E. 2, 4. Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (1, 1). Three hours a
week. First and second semesters.
Required of all freshman women. Instruction and practice in funda-
mentals of sports, rhythms, body mechanics, and swimming.
*P. E. 5, 7. Sports and Other Recreational Activities (1, 1). Three hours
a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 1, 3.
Sophomores may elect from the following: Badminton, basketball, boxing,
gymnastics and individual skills, soccer, Softball, tennis, touch football, track
and field, tumbling, volleyball, weight lifting, and wrestling.
*P. E. 6, 8. Selected Sports and Dance (1, 1). Three hours a week. First
and second semesters.
Sophomores may elect from the following: Archery, badminton, basket-
ball, bowling, fencing, folk and square dance, modern dance, social dance,
golf, hockey, rifle, softball, speedball, swimming, tennis, and volleyball.
B. Health Education (Required for all women)
Hea. 2, 4. Personal and Community Health (2, 2). First and second
semesters.
A course concerned with health principles as applied to the individual
as well as with health of people as a group and with organizations, both
private and governmental, which attempt to improve health conditions.
• Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those
majoring in physical education, recreation, and health. Sophomore courses are selective as
indicated.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 505
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer
to another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 150 : courses for advanced undergraduates.
150 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
P. E. courses open only to men are given in odd numbers.
P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers.
P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
Physical education for women; fee per semester (to be charged for any
woman registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Edu-
cation involving the use of the swimming pool), $3.00.
A. Physical Education
P. E. SIO. Tennis (1). Summer only.
Instruction and practice in basic strokes, rules of the game, care and
selection of equipment.
P. E. S16. Swimming (1). Summer only.
(a) Beginning; (b) Intermediate; (c) Advanced.
P. E. S20. Badminton (1). Summer only.
Instruction and practice in basic strokes, rules of the game, care and
selection of equipment.
P. E. S30. Archery (1). Summer only.
Instruction and practice; scoring; competition in varying types of shooting.
P. E. 30, Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (3).
First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
P. E. S40. Golf (1). Summer only.
Selection of equipment, rules of golf. Techniques of drive, approach, and
putt. Instruction in golf as a competitive game, intramural and inter-
scholastic.
506 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. S50. Square Dance (1). Summer only.
Study of American square and round dances for use in schools and recre-
ational groups.
P. E. 40. Basic Body Controls (1). Three hours a week. First and
second semesters.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental
principles and techniques of body movement, and to provide for practical
application in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities.
P. E. 41. Basic Rhythm Skills (1). Three hours a week. First and
second semesters.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the basic skills in
social, folk, and square dancing for use in schools and recreational groups.
P. E. 42. Folk Dance (1). Three hours a week. First and second
semesters.
Study of basic steps as well as the history of folk dances of various
countries.
P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1). Three hours a week. First and
second semesters.
A basic course which includes movement techniques of modem dance and
analysis of form and composition.
P. E. 56. Social Games and Rhythms (1). Three hours a week. First
and second semesters.
This course includes those low organization games and activities that
are of lead-up, therapeutic, or leisure time value to the physical education
teacher and recreational worker.
P. E. 58. Social Games and Ryhthms (1). Three hours a week. First
and second semesters.
The study of basic social dance steps and their combinations; calling and
execution of American square dances.
P. E. 61, 63. Sport Skills and Gymnastics (2, 2). Six hours a week.
First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of skills in apparatus, calisthentics,
cross-country, dual recreation activities, mass games and relays, soccer,
touch football, track, tumbling, and volleyball.
P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2).
Six hours a week. First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling,
self-testing activities, and gymnastic exercises.
P. E. 65, 67. Sport Skills and Gymnastics (2, 2). Six hours a week.
First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of skills in basketball, bowling,
boxing, dual net games, golf, lacrosse, softball, tennis, and wrestling.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 507
P. E. 66, 68. Techniques of Sports (2, 2). Six hours a week. First
and second semesters.
Techniques of selected team and individual sports.
P. E. 70. Intermediate Modern Dance (2). First and second semesters.
Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, or permission
of instructor.
More advanced techniques and dance forms.
P. E. 71. Elementary Swimming (1). First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice of elementary swimming. Course
includes basic and intermediate swimming instruction. American Red Cross
Beginner, Intermediate, and Swimmer certificates will be issued to those
successfully completing the course.
P. E. 72. Elementary Swimming and Diving (1). Three hours a week.
First and second semesters.
Progressive techniques and practice in the elementary phases of swim-
ming and diving, designed to make the student self-sufficient in deep water.
P. E. 73. Advanced Swimming (1). First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, P. E. 71, or equivalent.
Progressive techniques and practice of advanced swimming and water
safety. American Red Cross Senior Life Saving certificates will be issued
to those successfully completing the course.
P. E. 74. Intermediate Swimming and Diving (1). Three hours a week.
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 72, or equivalent.
Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 72 to include proficiency in the
standard swimming strokes and the ability to perform a fully coordinated
standing dive.
P. E. 76. Advanced Swimming and Diving and Life Saving (1). Three
hours a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 72 and P. E.
74, or equivalents.
Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 74, to include more advanced
swimming strokes, fancy diving, water stunts, and synchronized swimming.
The American Red Cross course in senior life-saving will be offered to those
qualified to pursue it.
P. E. 77. Methods of Teaching Aquatics (2). One lecture and three
laboratory hours a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E.
73, or equivalent.
This course is designed to train students for aquatic leadership in schools,
camps, and clubs. Course includes teaching methods, administration, facili-
ties and equipment, and advanced swimming techniques. American Red
Cross Instructor's certificate in Swimming and Life Saving will be issued
to those successfully completing the course.
508 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. 78. Methods of Teaching Aquatics (2). One lecture and three
laboratory hours a week. First and second semesters.
This course is designed to prepare the student to teach swimming and
diving, administer swimming pools, conduct recreational aquatic activities,
and direct camp aquatic programs.
P. E. 80. Advanced Modern Dance (2). Four laboratory hours a week.
Second semester. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 70, or permission of instructor.
Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance. Planning dances for
specific historic periods.
P. E. 82, 84. Officiating (1, 1). Three hours a week. First and second
semesters.
Techniques of officiating women's sports. Opportunities to qualify for
local and national ratings in hockey, volleyball, basketball, and Softball.
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3). First and second semesters. Prerequisites,
Zool. 14, 15, 53.
A study and analysis of human motion conforming to the laws of
mechanics and principles of physiology and anatomy.
P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2). Six
hours a week. First and second semesters.
Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various
school levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of
student leader personnel, etc.
P. E. 110. Workshop in Dance (2). First and second semesters. Pre-
requistes, P. E. 52, 54, P. E. 70, P. E. 80, or permission of instructor.
Practice in planning of group and individual choreography. Instruction
in percussion accompaniment; aspects of dance production, such as make-up,
staging, costumes, music suitable for dance.
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools (3, 3).
Two lectures and three laboratories a week. First and second semesters.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching techniques
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for junior and
senior high school programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools (3, 3).
Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. First and second
semesters.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching techniques
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for junior and
senior high school programs.
P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School (2). First
and second semesters and summer.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 509
Designed to aid educators in the development of elementary school chil-
dren through the use of selected rhythmic activities and games. Some
demonstration and practice with children will be included,
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3). Two lectures and two labora-
tory hours a week. First and second semesters.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in
high school and college programs.
P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2). Two
lecture periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68. First and second
semesters.
Specific techniques of teaching team sports in secondary schools.
P. E. S131. Coaching Basketball (2). Summer only.
Methods of coaching basketball in high school and college.
P. E. S133. Coaching Football (2). Summer only.
Methods of coaching football in high school and college.
P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3). First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, men- — P. E. 113, 115; women — P. E. 114,
116, 124, 126.
A course designed to provide directed observation and discussion, co-
ordinating these experiences with those from previous methods courses in
the development of curricula for health and physical education. The course
is planned to prepare for student teaching which follows in the same semes-
ter. The observations will be made of health and physical education pro-
grams in junior and senior high schools.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. E. 160. Therapeutics (3). First and second semester and summer.
Prerequisite, P. E. 100.
A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) exer-
cises, and massage. Causes, prevention, and correction of postural defects.
Testing methods. Theory and practice.
P. E. 170. Principles and Philosophy of Physical Education (3). First
and second semesters and summer.
An historical approach to understanding the fundamental principles of
education in terms of human development as applied to Physical Education.
P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3). First
and second semesters and summer. Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week.
The application of measurement to physical and health education.
510 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
P. E. 181. Advanced Training and Conditioning (3). Second semester.
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 14, 15,
53; P. E. 100.
The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of athletic
injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and electro-
therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice.
P. E. 182. History of Dance (3), First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, P. E. 52, 54, or permission of instructor.
Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primi-
tive to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for
specific historic periods.
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Rec-
reation, and Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, recreation, and health.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health (1).
First and second semesters and summer.
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
(3). First and second semesters and summer.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places in
education.
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
Principles and practice of supervision applied to the special fields indi-
cated. Includes evaluation of facilities, programs, personnel, and processes,
using either survey or guidance techniques.
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3). First and second semesters
and summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college
athletic competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and out-
door athletic equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property
acquisition, finances, inventories, and the selection of personnel.
P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical educa-
tion, recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their
use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.
P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 511
A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in
research pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health educa-
tion. An effort will be made to provide the student with the necessary
skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical applica-
tions of these techniques.
P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3). First and second semesters
and summer.
A librai'y survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of
which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activi-
ties (3). First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Psych. 1,
or H. D. Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents.
This course involves exploring certain psychological phenomena of recog-
nized importance to physical education teachers and coaches. Taken into
consideration are such factors as aesthetic appreciations of the dance and
sports activities, psychological readiness for competition, problems of stale-
ness, emotional upset in relation to diet and instruction, the effect of
anxiety upon bodily functions, and the measurement of emotional dis-
turbance.
P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Physical Fitness (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution
of problems related to the kinesiological and the physical fitness aspects of
sports. Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical
conditioning of participants, and the overall effects of exercise are studied;
in addition, the techniques employed in the solution of such problems are
reviewed.
P. E. 288. Research (1-6). First and second semesters and summer.
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may
register for two or more credits under this number and write one of his
seminar papers.
P. E. 289. Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and summer.
Students who desire credits for a Master's thesis, a Doctoral dissertation,
or a Doctoral project should use this number.
P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health (3). First and second semesters and summer.
A course designed to acquaint school administrators with the adminis-
trative techniques, opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs
of physical education, health education, and recreation on a coordinated
school-home-community basis. It will include an over-view of the best
512 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
present practices, recommendations of national bodies and the development
of standards for selection of professional personnel, evaluation of program,
development of facilities and allocation of budget.
P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health
(3). First and second semesters and summer.
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical
Education and Health Education and the practical application of these prin-
ciples to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation.
B. Health Education
Hea. 40. Personal and Community Health (3). First and second semes-
ters.
A study of personal and community health for major students. Em-
phasis on causative factors of various diseases, means of transmission, and
prevention.
Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety (2). First and second semesters.
Standard American Red Cross course in first aid; safety in physical
activities.
Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid (2). First and second semesters.
Opportunity to secure Red Cross Advanced and Instructor's Certificate.
Hea. 70. Safety Education (3). First and second semesters.
A study of the causes of accidents and methods of prevention, including
principles of traffic and industrial safety.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (2). First and second semes-
ters.
The supervision of health inspection and physical examinations of students,
including the sanitary inspection of the school plant.
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2). First and
second semesters and summer.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3). First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Hea. 40, or equivalent.
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the
health education curriculum.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (4-6). Summer only.
A workshop type course designed so that classroom teachers, school health
administrators, and supervisors may study together mutual problems per-
taining to the practical problem of educating children in healthful living.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 513
Hea. 190. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3).
First and second semesters.
The planning of school curricula and the presentation of courses of study
in hygiene to the classroom teacher.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3). First and
second semesters and summer.
Health education and health in public schools and colleges as supported
by endowed funds or by public taxation.
Hea. 230. Public Health Education (3). First and second semesters
and summer.
A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major
problems in public health, and to enable him to recognize and understand
the relationships and relative importance of these problems.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3). First and second semes-
ters and summer.
Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal,
community, state and national health; functions and relationships of the
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and their
contributions to health; present status of preventive medicine and sanitation.
C. Recreation
Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2). First and second
semesters.
The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by
individuals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, leader-
ship, areas, facilities, and programs.
Rec. 42. Camp Counseling (3). First and second semesters.
An introduction to the philosophy and techniques of camping; an under-
standing of the background and significance of the camping movement;
the qualifications and responsibilities for counseling; practice in the tech-
niques of outdoor living.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs (2). First and second
semesters and summer. Four laboratory hours a week.
Activities for social recreation in playgrounds, industries, camps, churches,
and gymnasiums.
Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary Schools (2). First
semester.
Materials and methods, theory and practice in teaching games.
514 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Rec. 106. Recreational Golf (1). Second semester.
The game treated as a social pastime with practice in the etiquette and
psychology of team play.
Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-3). Second semester.
An evening course and six Saturdays and Sundays during April and
May; given in Washington. The conduct of nature trips for study and
appreciation of plant, insect and animal life, and astronomy.
Rec. 121. Camp Administration and Leadership (3). First and second
semesters.
The techniques involved in the organization, administration, program
planning and leadership in the total camp program.
Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5). First and second
semesters.
Observation of recreation centers, city playgrounds, community and night
centers. Leadership practice in these areas and v/ritten reports. Students
who desire to be certified as teachers must plan their courses to meet
College of Education requirements in practice teaching.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Rec. 150. Camp Management (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
An advanced camping course for those students with previous training
and experience; organization, administration, programming, current trends,
evaluation, and special problems. Whenever possible, visiting specialists
and field trips will be included.
Rec. 170. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3). First and second
semesters and summer.
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group
recreation.
Rec. S184. Outdoor Education (6). Summer only.
A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation leaders, and
social workers in functionalized child development through utilization of the
surrounding natural environment and resources. Guided group work imple-
ments the acquired techniques for use with children in developing education
in democratic living, worthy use of leisure, certain character traits and
also for vitalizing such subject-matter areas as mathematics, language,
arts, social and natural sciences, music, health and physical education, graphic
and plastic arts.
Rec. 190. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3). First
and second semesters and summer.
A consideration of the management and the personnel required to con-
duct recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club,
and social agencies.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 515
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Modern Trends in Recreation (3). First and second semesters
rnd summer.
A study of emphases and recent developments in the recreation field as
a whole and within its various specialized areas.
Rec. 220. Hospital Recreation (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
An introductory study of the philosophy and practices of hospital and
institutional recreation. Where possible the course will include oppor-
tunities for observation and field work.
Rec. 230. Industrial Recreation (3). First and second semesters and
summer.
A study of the practices and problems of industrial recreation. Where
possible the course will include opportunities for observation and field work.
A Physical Education Student in Archery
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND IN EUROPE
•
- A
!
■f-
' ':'i;
^.' ^.;ffr
'4«
; t
•
if^y 1
%
SPEECH CLASS IN TRIESTE
A HISTORY CLASS IN THE MUNICH DAY SCHOOL
College of
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
ISSUE 1951-1952
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Joseph M. Ray, Dean
Stanley J. Drazek, Assistant Dean
George R. J. Weigand, Director, Division of General Studies
Edward F. Cooper, Director, Baltimore Office
Mary K, Carl, Educational Adviser
Heidelberg Office, European Program
A. E. ZucKER, Director
Edmund E. Miller, Associate Director and Supervisor of
Language Teachers
Robert A. Bays, Assistant Supervisor of Language Teachers
Stuart Haywood, Supervisor of Mathematics Teachers
Ernest Herbster, Assistant Comptroller
Rene K. Oshana, Assistant Director of Admissions
MONA Jean Bias, Assistant Registrar
College of Special and Continuation Studies Council
This Council participates in the direction of the affairs of the College.
Joseph M. Ray Charles Manning
Stanley J. Drazek ^''^s and Sciences
Henry H. Brechbill James H. Reid
Education Business and Public Administration
Harland C. Griswold Franklin L. Burdette
Military Science Ray Ehrensberger
Edgar F. Long
Admissions
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF, ALL CENTERS
Herbert Abelson, M.A., Instructor in Psychology (Europe).
George Abraham, M.S., Lecturer in Physics.
Milton Abramowitz, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Martha Adams, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry.
W. R. Ahrendt, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Franz L. Alt, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Axel B. Altberg, B.S., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
James R. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography.
Thornton H. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics.
Richard D. Andrews, M.P.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
517
518 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
John Applegarth, M.S., Instructor in Zoology.
Edward Arnold, M.A., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Robert D. Arnold, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
WiLLARD 0. Ash, M.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration..
Thomas Aylward, M.A., Instructor in Speech (Europe).
Richard P. Bailey, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
William Bailey, M.A., Visiting Professor in Sociology.
Adelb B. Batjlman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
William Balwanz, M.S., Assistant in Physics.
Harry Bard, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Arnold Bass, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
James L. Bates, M.A., Instructor in History.
George F. Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Charles A. Baylis, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy.
Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education.
C. J. Bernardo, Ph.D., Lecturer in Military Science.
Alfred J. Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Walter Blake, A.M., Instructor in College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
David F. Bleil, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Marion E. Bonniwell, B.S., Lecturer in Library Science.
Arthur Bouvier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English (Europe).
F. G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
William Brierly, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography.
Eleanor Bulatkin, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Franklin L. Burdette, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Government and
Politics.
J. M. Cameron, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Mary K. Carl, B.S., Instructor in Education, Psychology.
William C. Carter, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History (Europe).
Arthur G. Christman, Jr., M.S., Lecturer in Physics.
Charles Clark, Ph.D., Lecturer in History.
Eli W. Clemens, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
Jean Coney, B.S., Assistant in Bacteriology.
Virginia Conley, B.S., Assistant in Education.
Isadore Cook, M.S., Lecturer in Engineering.
Franklin Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
John M. Coppinger, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
John L. Coltlter, Jr., M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Herbert A. Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History (Europe).
Margaret Cussler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
John A. Daiker, B.S., Instructor in Business Administration.
William E. Davies, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 519
Lois W. DbBrule, R.N., M.Ed,, Lecturer in Nursing Education.
Lloyd Delamater, M.A., Instructor in Economics (Europe).
Henri deMarne, B.A,, Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Marie Dbnecke, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
Robert E. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Robert G. Dixon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics.
Daniel Dommasch, M.A.E., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Stanley J. Drazek, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education and Assistant
Dean of C.S.C.S.
William A. Eadie, B.S., Lecturer in Military Science.
John C. Eakens, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Luke E. Ebersole, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic
Art.
H. E. Ellingson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Gaylord B. Estabrook, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics and Physical
Chemistry.
John Facey, Jr., M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
RUFUS G. Fellers, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
E. James Ferguson, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
Louise Ferguson, Assistant in History.
Warren Ferris, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Sister Mary Florence, R.N., B.S., Ph.G., Lecturer in Nursing Education.
J. B. Friauf, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Edward Fritz, M.A., Instructor in English (Europe).
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History.
George B. Gibson, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
John H. Giese, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Christine Glass, M.A., Lecturer in Child Education.
James L. Golden, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Francis B. Gordon, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Arthur Grad, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Catherine G. Gregg, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Noel H. Gross, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Allan G. Gruchy, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
George P. Hager, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
John I. Hale, M.S., L.L.B., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
William L. Hall, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
LUDWIG Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor in History.
"W. J. Harris, Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemical Engineering.
Mark Harrison, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Ellen E. Harvey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Stuart Haywood, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Europe).
William Henry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology (Europe).
Donald C. Hester, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics (Europe).
520 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
J. Ross Heverly, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
John J. Hicks, Lecturer of Military Science.
T. F. X. HiGGiNS, M.A., Instructor in Geography (Europe).
Patrick J. Hogan, Assistant Professor of Military Science.
Daniel Hoober, B.C.E., Lecturer in Engineering.
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education.
Charles Y. Hu, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Mary Hunter, Assistant in History.
Frank Hurt, M.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Scott Hutchison, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Louis C. Hutson, Vocational Mining Instructor.
Robert T. Hyde, M.A., Lecturer in English.
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Charles A. Johnson, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
Montgomery H. Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Rex Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Warren Johnson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Will D. Joslin, B.S., Lecturer in Military Science.
Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Jerome Karle, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Martin Katzin, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
James Kerley, M.A., Instructor in History (Europe).
Joseph G. Kratzenstein, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Harvey Kreuzburg, M.Ed., Lecturer in Education.
Gustave Kuerti, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Hermann H. Kurzweg, Ph.D., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering.
W. C. B. Lambert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
(Europe).
Otis Lancaster, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Alcott J. Larsson, A.B., Assistant, Instructor in Physics.
Peter P. Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
Kurt W. Lessen, M.A., Instructor in History (Europe).
Werner W. Leutert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Harold Lindner, M.A., Instructor in Psychology.
Irving Linkow, M.A., Lecturer in Speech.
B. A. LiPPMANN, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Theodore Little, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech (Europe).
Maurice E. Long, M.E., M.S., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering.
B. LORING, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
M. M. Lotkin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
O. C. Lott, A.B., Lecturer in Business Administration.
Ralph G. Lounsbury, Ph.D., Professor of History (Europe).
Richard Lowitt, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
Benjamin Lucas, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Leonard Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
Laura P. MacCartenby, Director of Music, National Child Research Center.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 521
Jerry Mahoney, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics.
Jackson T. Main, M.A., Assistant Professor of History (Europe).
Donald Maley, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education.
Fedor S. Mansvetov, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
BOYDE Marsh, M.S., Lecturer in Nursing Education.
M. Taylor Matthews, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology (Europe).
Emanuel Maxwell, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Lylb V. Mayer, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Beverly McAnear, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History (Europe).
William McKenzie, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech (Europe).
William J. McLarney, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Manage-
ment.
Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
J. Howard McMillen, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Kenton L. Meals, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Walter S. Measday, B.S., Instructor in Economics.
Bruce L. Melvin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology (Europe).
Jessie W. Menneken, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Ramon Mercado, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Marion Merrill, Assistant in History.
James W. Mileham, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education.
F. M. Miller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Lawrence Miller, B.S., Lecturer in Military Science.
William Miller, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
H, G. Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Human Development Education.
Carl Morganstein, B.A., Assistant in Zoology.
John A. Morrison, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Geography.
Martin W. Moser, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Earl W. Mounce, M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor.
Jay Mowbray, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Daniel F. Munster, B.S., Lecturer in Military Science.
Kenneth Murray, A.B., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
David S. Muzzey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Paul F. Nemenyi, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics-
Edward Neulander, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Homer Newell, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Otto Nieuwejaar, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics (Europe).
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Hugh S. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Robert Nuquist, M.A., Instructor in Speech (Europe).
William A. Odell, M.A., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Charles B. Oler, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
George G. Pease, Assistant in Economics.
Ampro Peckinpaugh, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
522 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hugh Perkins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Human Development Edu-
cation.
A. J. Perlis, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Col. John C. Pitchford, Professor and Dean of Military Science.
Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and
Business Education.
Harry Polachek, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John Portz, M.A., Instructor in English.
Raymond Potter, M.S., Assistant in Physics.
Alexis M. Poushkin, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Rudolph Pugliese, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Lester Raines, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech (Europe).
Joseph M, Ray, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics, and Dean
of College of Special and Continuation Studies.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
James H. Reid, M.A., Professor of Economics.
Cromwell Riches, Ph.D., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
A. W. Richeson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Andress Ridgway, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
F, D. RiGBY, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
R, E. RoBERSON, M.S., Lecturer in Physics.
William M. Robertson, Instructor in Agricultural Engineering.
Edward A. Robinson, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Marguerite E. Robison, M.A., Instructor in English.
Julian Roebuck, M.A., Instructor in Sociology (Europe).
Carl Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Franklin Root, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics.
A. L. Roth, M.A., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
Philip Rovner, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Charles Russell, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
A. H. Ryan, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Albert W. Saenz, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Edward Salkowitz, Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemical Engineering.
Rodney G. Sarle, M.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
James Schaefle, M.A., Instructor in English (Europe),
Edward Schantz, Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Ida Georgie Scholl, Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
E. A, Schuchard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
David Schwartz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
(Europe).
William B. Seligmann, M.A., Instructor in English.
Evelyn S. Sellers, M.A., Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Norman Shapiro, B.S., Assistant in Mathematics.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 628
Solomon Shapiro, M.A., Instructor in Psychology.
ROBEKT F. Shaw, M.A., Instructor in English.
Donald E. Shay, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Arnold A. Shostak, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
G. L. Shue, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Milton M. Slawsky, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Zack I. Slawsky, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Virginia S. Smith, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Herbert Solomon, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Helmut Sommer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
David S. Sparks, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
K. E. Stahl, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry.
Thomas E. Starcher, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Joseph R. Starr, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Henry E. Stauss, Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemical Engineering.
Reuben C. Steinmeyer, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
James Steward, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Charles T. Stewart, B.A., Instructor in Education.
Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech.
Hans Strupp, M.A., Lecturer in Psychology.
Glendon L. Swarthout, M.A., Instructor in English.
Harold F. Sylvester, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Lionel W. Thatcher, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Business Organization
and Administration.
F. Theilheimer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Sanford T. Thompson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Don Edward Totten, M.A., Instructor in Geography (Europe).
H. M. Trent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
E. G. VandenBosche, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
James A. VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
W. VonAulock, B.A., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Irvin F. Wagner, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
J. Arthur Waites, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Kbnichi Watanabe, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
James Watson, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
S. M. Wedeberg, M.A., Professor of Business Administration.
Alfred Weissler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Robert White, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Warren C. White, M.A., Lecturer in Government and Politics.
D. J. Whitney, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics (Europe).
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Richard G. Wiggin, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Peter R. Wisher, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Doris B. Yingling, B.S., Lecturer in Nursing Education.
Gordon W. Zeeyeld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Samuel Zeirfoss, Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemical Engineering.
524 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
Office of the Dean:
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Telephone, Washington,
D. C. Exchange: Warfield 3800, extensions, 425, 434.
Baltimore Office:
University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1.
Telephone: PLaza 1100, extensions 136, 153.
Heidelberg Office:
University of Maryland, New University Building, 3rd Floor, Heidelberg,
Germany.
SECTION I
GENERAL
Purpose
HE primary purpose of the College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies is to extend the facilities of the University
through conveniently established centers throughout the
state. This college is especially designed: (1) for those
individuals who are not located sufficiently close to the
university campus to attend regular classes; (2) for those
who are in close proximity to research laboratories which
make highly specialized advanced training feasible; (3) for
those members of the armed services on active duty who
wish to continue part-time study; (4) for other special
students.
History
On the recommendation of the Administrative Board and the President
of the University, the Board of Regents established in 1947 the College
of Special and Continuation Studies. This College performs two principal
functions. First, it is charged with the responsibility of administering all
off-campus instruction for adult, part-time students. Secondly, it enrolls
a comparatively small group of special full-time students on the Uni-
versity's main campus.
ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMS*
The adult education programs offered by the College of Special and
Continuation Studies afford students a convenient opportunity to continue
their education. Students who have full-time employment or who, for some
other reason, cannot follow a full-time program at College Park may
pursue degrees off-campus.
• Adult education is here used to inclule all those forms of training and learning
pursued incidentally during leisure hours by persons otherwise regularly and fully employed.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 525
Credit
Courses at both the graduate and undergraduate level are offered in
government agencies, industrial establishments, educational institutions,
military establishments, and other centers. All courses offered and in-
structors assigned to teach them are fully approved by the University
department concerned,
DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES**
Purpose
The General Studies Division of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies was originally established to provide a special program for high
school graduates whose secondary school preparation was deficient. In
answer to other needs, this Division now admits special students. Those
who wish to pursue a special curriculum suited to their own individual
needs are one type. The second group consists of those who wish to
transfer from one degree-granting college to another but do not have the
necessary 2.0 average. These come to the Division of General Studies to
make up these deficiencies. A third group of students are those who
recognize the need for assistance in basic disciplines.
Curricula
The special students pursue regular University courses in combinations
which are especially adapted to their own requirements but which may not
meet the specific requirements of any authorized curriculum.
The remaining students who may wish to enter other colleges but do not
satisfy the specific requirements are provided special study supervision
and vocational and educational orientation. Effective study techniques are
taught and practiced and individual assistance in English, science, mathe-
matics, and social science is given in conferences adjusted to the needs of
the students. The Division of General Studies represents a philosophy of
education which allows for individual needs.
ESTABLISHMENT OF OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS
The College is prepared to establish credit courses, institutes, and non-
credit short courses for groups of adults who are qualified to do university
work. If facilities permit and demand is sufficient, courses or institutes
may be set up in any community requesting this service.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
The ability of the College of Special and Continuation Studies to meet
all requests for off -campus courses is limited by three factors. (1) The
College prefers to use regular university staff members to teach its courses.
With increased demands, staff members are occasionally not free for off-
campus assignments. (2) Certain courses can be given only where there
** Warfleld 8800. extension 469.
526 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
are adequate reference library materials, laboratories or other necessary
facilities. (3) Another limiting factor is student enrollment. Occasionally
a course which has been scheduled must be cancelled if there is insufficient
enrollment.
TYPES OF COURSES AND INSTITUTES
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offered during the
1950-1951 school year approximately 230 courses each semester for credit.
Some 50 courses were given in the summer term. These figures do not
include the European Program, which offers more than 125 courses during
each eight-week term. While credit courses comprise the bulk of off-
campus offerings of the College, certificate programs, in-service training
programs, and current affairs institutes are given.
Credit Courses
The College offers credit courses in the social and natural sciences,
military science, the humanities, mathematics, engineering, and education.
There are limited offerings in other technical areas.
In off-campus centers, such as Baltimore and military establishments,
planned sequences of courses are offered. It is not always possible to offer
a complete sequence of courses satisfying special curriculums at all centers.
Curriculum requirements for all degrees must be met to the satisfaction
of the dean of the college concerned.
Certificate Programs
Single courses leading to a certificate may be set up where university
credit is not desired. Examples of this kind of program are as follows:
A five-month course in "Principles of Nutrition," at Fort George
G. Meade.
Courses in labor, industry, commerce, and personnel work in Baltimore.
A program in mathematics and electrical engineering at the Patuxent
Naval Air Station.
A basic program in cosmetology in Baltimore.
In-Service Training Programs
A number of in-service training programs involving credit or non-credit
courses have been offered in the fields of labor-management, supervisory
training, health and welfare, and social service. Examples are as follows:
A program for recreation leaders in the Bureau of Recreation,
Baltimore.
Night mining classes at the mine heads in Garrett and Allegany
counties.
Job training and cultural interest courses at Calvert Distilling
Company, Elkridge.
Courses for teachers in communities throughout the State,
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 527
Special Programs for Teachers
The staff of the Institute for Child Study of the College of Education
offers for teachers a series of courses on human development and on the
techniques of child study. The sequence of three courses, Child Develop-
ment Laboratory I, II, and III, involves the direct year-long study of
children as individuals and in groups. It is offered to teachers in the field
through this College.
A series of community study courses offered in Baltimore and in several
counties supplement the child development work by emphasizing the social
environment of the child.
The College of Special and Continuation Studies, through the College of
Education, offers courses which fulfill the State Department requirements
for certification.
Current AfiFairs Institutes
Adults not interested in college credit may wish to avail themselves of
the special competencies available at the University. Short courses or
institutes in local, national, and international problems may be arranged.
SPEAKERS BUREAU
The College maintains a list of professors and instructors who are pre-
pared to give lectures on their specialties to high school and adult groups.
When college duties permit, professional staff members are available free
of charge for single talks to Maryland groups.
ADVANCED STANDING
Credit by Correspondence, Examination, and Service Schools
In adult programs of education at the University of Maryland, credit
for correspondence courses pursued by persons in the armed forces or armed
forces programs is accepted toward a degree at the University of Maryland
from approved institutions, providing this credit is accepted by the institu-
tion conducting the correspondence course as credit toward its own bac-
calaureate degrees.
The amount of such credit that can be accepted toward a degree at the
University of Maryland may not exceed 12 semester hours.
Credit earned by means other than regular class attendance in an ap-
proved degree-granting institution, excluding basic R.O.T.C. and physical
activities, cannot be applied toward a degree at the University of Maryland
in excess of 60 semester hours. This credit embraces credit by examina-
tion including credit for General Educational Development tests, credit
for Officer Candidate School, credit which might be transferred from
service schools recommended by the American Council on Education, and
credit earned by correspondence courses from approved institutions. The
amount of such credit actually used for a degree at the University of
528 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Maryland depends upon the curriculum and college from which an adult
student elects to graduate.
Associate in Arts and Associate in Science
Students following an adult program in the University of Maryland who
have completed the first two years of an approved established curriculum
may be granted a Certificate of Associate in Arts or Associate in Science,
whichever is appropriate, providing they have completed 60 semester hours,
not including Basic R.O.T.C. and physical activities, and that at least 15
semester hours have been completed in residence at the University of
Maryland with an average grade of 2.0. The student must make formal
application for the certificate to the Office of the Registrar. The certificate
must be recommended by the college in charge of the curriculum, as in
the case of degrees.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY IN PLANNING A PART-TIME PROGRAM
Candidates for Degrees
Students taking credit work in this College will receive their degrees
through the degree-granting colleges and the Graduate School. Work to be
credited toward an undergraduate or graduate degree should be planned
with advisers in colleges granting the degrees. Admission requirements
for off -campus degree candidates are the same as for full-time day students
at the University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree should be
admitted to the University.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar, eight
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for
a degree.
Teacher Certification Requirements
A student intending to qualify as a teacher in any city, county, or state
should obtain a statement of certification requirements for that particular
area and plan a program accordingly.
Maryland State Department of Education requirements provide that a
teacher in service may present for certificate credit not more than six
semester hours of credit completed during a school year.
Prerequisites
Students taking off-campus courses must have the approval of their
advisers in degree-granting colleges to take any course for which pre-
requisites have not been fulfilled.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 629
SECTION II
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS REGARDING ADMISSION,
REGISTRATION, FEES, WITHDRAWALS, AND GRADES
CREDIT COURSES
Regular Admission
The admission requirements for part-time students who desire to be-
come candidates for degrees are the same as for full-time students
at the University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree must be
admitted to the University. All students desiring to enroll in any of the
degree-granting colleges must apply to the Director of Admissions of the
University of Maryland at College Park,
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good grades and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each
of social and natural sciences are required. One unit each of algebra and
plane geometry is desirable. While foreign language is desirable for cer-
tain programs, no foreign language is required for entrance. Fine arts,
trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi-
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the catalog.
Those who seek graduate degrees should apply to the Dean of the Graduate
School, College Park.
Provisional Admission
Students who are taking work for transfer to other colleges and uni-
versities, or who are not sure that they wish to matriculate for degrees,
may be admitted to the University on a provisional basis.
Classificatron of Students
Regular Students. Students who prior to their registration for work in
the College of Special and Continuation Studies have been admitted to degree-
granting colleges will be considered as students in good standing subject
to academic regulations of the University. /
Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-<'ne years of age,
and who do not meet the regular entrance requirements, may be admitted
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to
matriculate for a degree until entrance requiretnents ha/ve been satisfied.
Students who desire to matriculate for a degree must be high school
graduates or must present a high school equivalence certificate.
Unclassified Students
Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who do not wish to
pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for provisional
530 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
admission as mentioned above. They may pursue courses for which they
have met prerequisites.
Guidance
The student who wishes to pursue work toward a degree in a program
administered by the College of Special and Continuation Studies must
secure guidance and permission to take off-campus courses from an adviser
in the college in which he wishes to obtain his degree.
Degrees
Credit courses taken under these conditions through the College of
Special and Continuation Studies may be counted toward any of the degrees
granted by the colleges of the University.
Quality of Credit Courses
Both instructors and courses in the College of Special and Continuation
Studies are approved by appropriate department heads and deans. Courses
carry residence credit identical to that given for regular campus courses.
Classes meet for sixteen weeks, making a total of 48 class hours for
three-credit courses and 32 class hours for two-credit courses.
Course Load
Six semester hours is considered a full load for off-campus fully em-
ployed, part-time students. For exceptional adult students up to nine
semester hours may be approved providing the student's academic average
for previous college work be not less than a 2.5 Honor Point Rating. (This
means a grade average midway between a C and a B.) In case laboratory
is involved no more than seven semester hours may be approved. On-
campus part-time students taking courses through this college are governed
by the same rules.
NON-CREDIT COURSES AND INSTITUTES
A-dmission and registration requirements will be adjusted to fit the
clienWe of each non-credit short course or institute.
FEES
Credit Courses
Matriculation Fee (Payable once at time of first registration by all stu-
dents, full-time and part-time; candidates for degrees and non-candidates.
Only one matriculation lee need be paid for each degree.)
For Undergraduates $10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Tuition Charge (same for all students) per credit hour lO.OOf
t Part-time graduate students enrolled in the College of Special and Continuation Studies
must pay the fee of $10.00 per semester credit hour regardless of the amount of work taken.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 531
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Agricultural Engineering.... $3.00 Horticulture $5.00
Bacteriology 10.00 Education
Botany 5.00 $1.00, $2.00, $3.00 and 6.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00 Industrial Education 5.00
Chemistry 10.00 Music (applied music only) 30.00
Dairy 3.00
Physics —
Electrical Engineering 4.00 introductory ..„ 3.00
Entomology 3.00 ^jj ^^^^^ g^^O
Office Techniques and Man-
agement 7.50
Psychology -... 4.00
Home Economics-
(Non-Home Ec. Students)
Practical Art, Crafts,
Textiles and Clothing.... 3.00
Foods and Home Manage- Speech —
ment (each) 7.00 Radio and Stagecraft 2.00
Mechanical Engineering 3.00 All other 1.00
Journalism 3.00 Zoology 8.00
The above laboratory fees will be charged whenever the availability of
personnel, facilities, and other factors make it possible to offer laboratory
instruction.
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Late Registration Fee
All students are expected to complete registration, including the
filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registra-
tion days. Those who do not complete registration during the
prescribed days will be charged a fee of $5.00
Fee for Change in Registration (Substitution of one course for
another) 3.00*
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester
hour „ 5.0*
Makeup Examination Fee
For students who are absent during any class period when tep^s
or examinations are given — - 1«00
Transcript of Record Fee
No charge is made for first copy /
Each additional copy .^•^- 1-00
Property Damage Charge
Stiidents will be charged for damage to property or equipment.
Wliere responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual
student will be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed,
the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment will be
pro-rated.
• This fee is not charged to part-time students who drop a course and do not substitute
in its place another course carrying the same number of credit hours.
532 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Diploma fee for Bachelor's Degree $10.00
Cap and Gown fee for Bachelor's Degree 2.50
Diploma fee for Master's Degree 10.00
Cap and Gown fee for Master's Degree 2.75
Graduation fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00
Cap and Gown fee for Doctor's Degree 3.75
Payment of Fees
All checks, money orders, or postal notes should be made payable to the
University of Maryland.
SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES
Fees for short courses and institutes will be determined in terms of cost
of each such short course or institute.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year should file, in person or by letter, a request for withdrawal.
The Dean of the College of Special and Continuation Studies will initiate
and sign the necessary withdrawal forms and forward them to the office
of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a
matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit
his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date
used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is
filed in the office of the Dean of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies,
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, less the matriculation fee, in accordance with the following
schedule:
Period from Date Instruction Begins
2 ■w*»eks or less 80%
between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
over 5 weeks 0
No refund is allowed for courses dropped unless there is a complete
withdrawal within the time limits.
GRADES
Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C,
and D, Passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete; W, Withdrawal; X, unofficial
withdrawal in emergency circumstances, carries no prejudice.
An average grade of "C" is required for the bachelor's degree.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 533
SECTION III
CURRICULA
Any curriculum of the University may be followed by the student enrolled
in the College of Special and Continuation Studies. It is not always possible
to offer the key courses in many of these curricula, however, for two
principal reasons: (1) some courses require laboratories which cannot be
established at all centers; (2) the number of students desiring a specialized
course of study at a given center may not be large enough to justify its
being given.
The University requires that the last 30 semester hours be completed in
residence for a baccalaureate degree. Credit earned in the College of
Special and Continuation Studies is residence credit. In the case of hard-
ships upon an adult student, the thirty-hour rule may be adjusted with the
approval of the Dean of the Faculty, the dean of the college, and the head
of the department concerned.
The curricula most frequently desired by off-campus students are offered
in four of the University's Colleges: (1) Arts and Sciences, (2) Business
and Public Administration, (3) Education, and (4) Military Science.
Requirements Common to All Curricula
Most curricula require 16 semester hours in Physical Education and
R.O.T.C. in the freshman and sophomore years. These requirements are
waived for adult, off-campus students.
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula)
are required to take twelve semester hours of English (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4 or
Eng. 1, 2, 5, 6), three semester hours of sociology (Soc.l — Sociology of
American Life), three semester hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American
Government), and six semester hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of
American Civilization).
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: Warfield 3800, extension 287
Degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences are based primarily upon
major and minor concentrations rather than upon curricula. The student
must meet the conditions set for both major and minor by the department
in charge of his major work. These requirements vary from one depart-
ment to another. In general, they include a full year's work in the major
subject (30 to 40 semester hours) and a half year's work in the minor
(18 semester hours). The major department has authority over both the
major and the minor. A general college requirement is that the student
must have a "C" average in his major and a "C" average in his major
and minor combined unless the major department sets a higher requirement.
534 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Major work uniformly must be done in one department, as in history,
sociology, or government and politics. Minor work need not be restricted
to one department, provided the head of the major department approves
of the individual courses taken. For example, a history major may take,
as a part of his 18 semester hours of minor work, courses in such subjects
as sociology, government and politics, psychology, and economics. The
minor, however, must consist of a coherent group of courses, and the head
of the major department must approve such a divided minor. Of the 18
semester hours required in the minor, at least six must be in one department
in courses numbered 100 or above. The safest procedure, for the adult
off-campus student, who is denied the privilege of registering each semester
with the direct approval of the head of his major department, is to con-
centrate his minor work in one department. Thus, the major in history
may take his 18 semester hours of minor work in sociology, or government
and politics, or other comparable departments.
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours of academic
work with an average grade of C or better before he will be permitted to
take courses numbered 100 or above in his major or minor. A student who
has established a B average in work done at this University may take
courses numbered 100 or above after the completion of 48 semester hours
of academic work. The student should be careful to avoid taking courses
for which he does not have the prescribed prerequisites.
Before a student selects a major or minor, he should consult the head
of the major department at College Park. It is this person alone, or his
designated representative, who can give the candidate for the Arts and
Sciences degree approval on major and minor requirements. Department
heads are willing to answer by mail or telephone any inquiries from adult
off-campus students majoring with their departments.
Majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences are as follows:
1.
American Civilization
11.
Geography
2.
Art
12.
Government and Politics
3.
Bacteriology
13.
History
4.
Botany
14.
Mathematics
5.
Chemistry
15.
Philosophy
6.
Comparative Literature
16.
Physics
7.
Economics
17.
Psychology
8.
English
18.
Sociology
9.
Entomology
19.
Speech
10.
Foreign Languages
20.
Zoology
Two considerations must be emphasized in connection with this listing
of majors. In the first place, many science courses cannot be given at
off-campus centers where laboratory facilities are not available. And, in
the second place, courses in specialized subjects cannot be offered at a
given center if there is not a sufficiently large body of students to support
them. For this latter reason, especially, it is not always practicable for a
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 685
student to complete all degree requirements in specialized subjects off-
campus. The Arts and Sciences majors which have been shown by experi-
ence to be most nearly attainable at off-campus centers are history, govern-
ment and politics, and sociology.
It must be noted that no course generally required in the University may
be counted toward a major or minor in the College of Arts and Sciences.
Thus, the courses Government and Politics 1, Sociology 1, History 5 and 6,
and the first two years of English may not be counted toward majors and
minors. The twelve semester hours required in a foreign language and
the twelve semester hours required in mathematics or science may not
be counted toward the major or minor.
Requirements in Arts and Sciences
The following requirements are common to all majors in the College of
Arts and Sciences.
1. English — twelve semester hours.
2. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language.
Students wishing to enroll in a language they have studied in
high school will be given a placement test.
3. Social Studies — twelve semester hours; Government and Politics 1,
three semester hours; Sociology 1, three semester hours; History
5 and 6, six semester hours.
4. Speech — two to four semester hours depending upon the par-
ticular schedule.
5. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours.
History Major
1. Every major in History is required to complete a minimum of 24
semester hours in advanced courses (courses numbered 100 or above), with
the follo\ving exceptions: (a) the total may be reduced by 3 credit hours
for those students who, in addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6
credits in other history courses under the 100 level; and (b) the total
may be reduced by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to the prere-
quisites, have completed 12 semester hours in history courses under the
100 level.
2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours of the 24 in advanced
courses should be taken in any one field of history, e. g. European, Ameri-
can, or Latin American.
3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required
of all students) and History 1 and 2.
4. All majors are required to take the proseminar (History 199) during
their senior year. History 199, the proseminar, may be waived in hardship
cases where the off-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable
to take this course at his off-campus center.
536 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements. An average grade of "C" must be maintained
in the courses selected for a minor.
Sociology Major
1. Every major in Sociology is required to take 27 hours in Sociology
exclusive of Sociology 1.
2. Required courses for Sociology majors are the following:
Sociology 2, Principles of Sociology
Sociology 183, Social Statistics
Sociology 186, Sociological Theory
Sociology 196, Senior Seminar
Sociology 196, the Senior Seminar, may be waived in hardship cases,
where the off-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable to
take the course at his off-campus center.
3. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward complet-
ing the major requirements.
Government and Politics Major
In addition to the regular university requirements, a student majoring
in the field of Governments and Politics must meet the following conditions:
1. Government and Politics 1, American Government, or its equivalent,
is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the Department. All persons
majoring in Government and Politics must first complete this course with
a grade of "C" or better.
2. All majors must take 33 hours of Government and Politics, exclusive
of Government and Politics 1.
3. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C"
can be counted as a part of the major work.
American Civilization Major
The program in American Civilization embraces a combined major-minor
plan. The Committee in charge of the program consists of the heads of
the departments of English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology.
Members of the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to
work in the field. The principal objectives of the work for majors are
cultural rather than professional.
In choosing a curriculum, students are required to concentrate in one
of the four departments primarily concerned with the program. A student
following this curriculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100
level in at least two of the departments represented in this program.
Elective courses are, with the aid of an official adviser, chosen from courses
offered in the humanities, in the social sciences, or in education. Normally,
most elective courses are in history, English, foreign languages, comparative
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 537
literature, economics, sociology, government and politics, and philosophy;
but it is possible for a student to fulfill the requirements of the program
and to elect as many as thirty semester hours in such subjects as art and
psychology, provided that such work fits into a carefully planned program.
In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course
of six semester hours in v^^hich the study of American civilization is brought
to a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight or ten important
books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and thought and
receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulating prob-
lems for special investigation, and in group discussion.
A student working in American Civilization must decide upon a program
which emphasizes history, literature, sociology, or government and politics
and must consult an official adviser before selecting electives. The follow-
ing skeleton curriculum presents a program which would be followed by a
student who elected to emphasize history. Similar programs, making
appropriate substitutions, may be worked out with an adviser for students
electing to emphasize literature, sociology, or government and politics.
Emphasis History
f — Semester — \
Junior Year I II
American History 3 8
American Literature, or Sociology, or Government and Politics 3 3
European History 3 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
Senior Year
American History 3 3
English History 3 3
Conference Course 3 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
This curriculum is in some ways ideal for the off -campus student, in that
it enables the student to move toward a degree with a minimum of semester
hours in one department. There are, however, two principal obstacles to
its usefulness to the off-campus student. First, not all courses offered by
the departments mentioned above are applicable to this program. For
example, the departmental adviser might not approve a course in medieval
history for this program. A planned program for the individual student
necessitates full agreement with advisers in one of the four departments
directing the program. It is necessary for the student to understand fully
what courses will fit into his program. Secondly, it may prove difficult,
538 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
at a given center, to arrange for the conference course of six semester
hours required in the senior year. If, however, a large enough group of
students desire the course at a given time, it can be arranged.
Other Majors
Other majors in the College of Arts and Sciences are available as men-
tioned above. None of them are closed to adult off-campus students except
in practical terms of (1) the difficulties in offering laboratory courses,
and (2) an adequate number of students to support them at a given
center during a given term. The work in history, government and politics,
and sociology are emphasized above only because experience with off-
campus offerings has shown them to be most nearly feasible as off-campus
majors.
Combined Program in Arts and Sciences and Law
The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of
academic credit for admission to the school. Many students plan to take
a four year program for the degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering
law school. Such students may select any appropriate subject for their
major.
The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and
law leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws.
Students pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years
in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period
they will complete a prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies for a total
of 90 semester hours in addition to the requirements in physical activities
and military science, and they must complete the requirements for gradua-
tion, as indicated below. If students enter the combined program with
advanced standing, at least the third full year's work — i.e., 30 semester
hours of credit must be completed in residence at College Park. After the
successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the School of
Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the
Evening Division of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts
may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law,
provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive of
military science and physical activities with at least a C average in his
work at College Park and at least a C average in thirty semester hours
of work in Baltimore. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded
upon the completion of the combined program. The completion of a year's
work in the Law School in Baltimore constitutes a major, and the student
is required to complete a satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended
fields for the minor are English, Economics, Government & Politics, History,
Philosophy, Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses in the
sophomore year in some of these fields. Students should use the electives
available during that year to meet these requirements.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 539
Arts-Law Curriculum
/ — Semester — \
Freshman Year ' '^
Ensr. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8
Science or Mathematics 3 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government 1
and I 3 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life J
Foreign Language 8 8
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1
A. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature
or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English Literature
Science and Mathematics 8 8
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
Foreign Language (continued) 3 8
Electives 8 8
A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
•Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9
Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6
Total 15 15
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Telephone, Washington, D. C,
Exchange: Warfield 3800, Extension 346
Professor James H. Reid, Extension 423
The College and Business and Public Administration is fully accredited
by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. It offers
the following curricula:
• The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's advisor.
540 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
1. General Administration
2. Accounting and Statistics
3. Financial Administration
4. Industrial Administration
5. Insurance and Real Estate
6. Marketing Administration
7. Personnel Administration
8. Transportation Administration
9. Public Utilities and Public Administration
10. Foreign Service and International Relations
11. Journalism and Public Relations
12. Office Techniques and Management
For the details of these curricula, the student should consult the catalog
of the College of Business and Public Administration. Most important,
in addition to the regular university requirements, are the following:
1. Most curricula require the following courses:
Econ. 4 and 5 Economic Developments
Econ. 31 and 32 Principles of Economics
B. A. 10 and 11 Organization and Control
B. A. 20 and 21 Principles of Accounting
2. A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours of academic
work with an average grade of C or better before he will be permitted to
take courses numbered 100 or above. A student who has established a
B average in work done at this University may take courses numbered
100 or above after the completion of 48 semester hours of acamedic work,
providing he has the necessary prerequisites.
The curricula in Business Administration are specialized, as the above
list indicates. As in the cases of some other curricula and Arts and
Sciences majors, it is not always possible to complete these curricula at
off-campus centers operated by the College of Special and Continuation
Studies. Any course in any curriculum may be given, however, if an
adequate number of students desire it at a given time and center.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Telephone, Washington, D. C,
Exchange: Warfield 3800, Extension 234
The College of Education offers curricula for students of Education and
for teachers in service. Education curricula and advisers are as follows:
1. Academic Education
English — Marie D. Bryan
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 541
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler
Speech — Ray Ehrensberger
2. Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) — Arthur
M. Ahalt
3. Art Education — Vienna Curtiss
4. Business Education — Arthur S. Patrick
5. Dental Education — Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Balti-
more)
6. Elementary Education — Alvin W. Schindler
7. Home Economics Education — Mabel Spencer
8. Industrial Education — Glen D. Brown, R. Lee Hornbake
9. Music Education — Mary A. French Kimble
10. Nursery School — Kindergarten Education — Edna B. McNaughton
11. Nursing Education — Florence M. Gipe (School of Nursing, Baltimore)
12. Physical Education (Men) — Albert W. Woods
13. Physical Education (Women) — Dorothy Mohr
Specific curriculum requirements may be obtained from the College of
Education catalog.
OflF-campus Courses in Education
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers courses in educa-
tion to permit students to complete a part of the work required for a
bachelor's degree, to enable graduate students to work toward advanced
degrees, and to fulfill or renew the Maryland State Department of Educa-
tion certification requirements. Education courses are offered most fre-
quently at the Baltimore Center and at centers at the seats of the various
counties in Maryland.
Elementary Education Curriculum
This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two or
three-year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other
accredited teacher education institutions and whose records give evidence
of ability and character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons
will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in ap-
propriate classes.
For graduates of two-year normal schools
Credits
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64
Requirements
Education 4
542 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
English (not including freshman English) 10
♦Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, bac-
teriology, entomology, general science) 10
Social science (history, government, sociology, economics, geog-
raphy) 12
fElectives 28
For graduates of three-year normal schools
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96
Requirements
Education 2
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6
♦Natural science (as above) 6
Social science (as above) 12
fElectives 6
Nursing Education
By cooperative arrangements between the School of Nursing and the
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to
become teachers in schools of nursing. The total number of credits required
for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which the last 20 hours of
work must be taken in the University of Maryland. Students eligible
for this curriculum must have completed a three-year course in nurses'
training, successfully passed the Maryland State Board examination, and
qualified as registered nurses.
Nursing Education Curriculum
Credits
Credit for nurses' training work 30 to 42
General Requirements
English 12
Social Science 12
Education
History of Nursing Education (history of education emphasizing
nursing education) 2
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3
or
H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 6
• Not more than four semester hours of Science Education will be counted toward meet-
ing the natural science requirement.
t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of
Admissions, he must take additional electives to the amount needed to complete 128 semester
hoon of work.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 548
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursing
Education 3
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching —
Nursing Education 4
Electives — to make a total of 128 credits.
COLLEGE OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Telephone, Washington, D. C.
Exchange: Warfield 3800, Extension 261
The College of Military Science offers courses of study designed pri-
marily for armed services personnel or those desiring to follo^r military
careers. Its curricula are given below. These curricula are pursued
usually at centers maintained at military installations.
CURRICULA
Two curricula are offered by the College of Military Science — The Gen-
eral Curriculum and the Curriculum in Military Science. These curricula
lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science, providing the student maintains
a grade average of not less than C. The requirement for Junior standing
is attained in these curricula when the student has completed 72 hours
with a grade average of not less than C.
The primary purpose of the General Curriculum is to offer to those
interested students a broad education in subjects pertinent to military and
public affairs, with emphasis on government and politics, history and
military science.
The primary purpose of the curriculum in Military Science is to educate
men who desire to follow a military career. As a prerequisite for com-
pletion of this curriculum, a student must have satisfactorily held or
presently hold a commission in one of the Armed Forces, or possess those
physical and mental requirements which can lead to a commission in one
of the Armed Forces. The completion of the Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C.
courses also satisfies this requirement.
The first two years of these curricula are common.
-Semester — <
/
//
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
544 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Common Freshman and Sophomore Years
Freshman Year
•Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in American Literature
*Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
*G. & P. 1 — American Government
♦•Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
Math, 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Modern Language
tA. S. 1. 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C
jPhysical Activities
Total 18 18
Sophomore Year
*Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
♦♦Speech 5, 6 — Advanced Public Speaking 2 2
♦Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
tA. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
fPhysical Activities 1 1
Total 18 18
♦ Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses upon successful completion
of the college level General Educational Development Tests. Students who receive 12 credit
hours in English by this means are required to complete English 8 or English 14. The
credits earned in either of these courses may be used as electives.
♦♦ Adult off-campus students may substitute Speech 103 and 104, Speech Composition and
Rhetoric (3, 3), for Speech 1, 2, 6, and 6 (2, 2, 2, 2). The additional two hours may be
taken in electives.
t Waived for adult off-campus students.
The General Curriculum
Speech 133 — Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids ; or
Speech 134 — Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed
Forces 3 ....
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
Geog. 20 — Map Reading and Interpretation .... 3
G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 102 — International Law 8
Hist. 127, 128 — Diplomatic History of the United States 3 8
♦Electives 6 3
ToUl 18 16
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 545
f — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
M. S. 151 — Military Log:istics .... 3
M. S. 153— Military Policy of the United States 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 3 ....
G. & P. 154— Problems of World Politics 3
Hist. 175, 176 — Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century 3 3
GeofiT. 60, 61 — Economic Geography 3 3
*Electives 4 3
Total 16 15
* Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
Military Science Curriculum
Junior Year
•Speech 127, 128 — Military Speech and Command 2 2
Speech 133 — Staff Reports, Briefings and Visual Aids ; or
Speech 134 — Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed
Forces 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
Geog. 20 — Map Reading and Interpretation 3
•A. S. 101. 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
••Electives 9 3
Total 17 17
Senior Year
G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations ; or
G. & P. 102 — International Law ; or
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 3
M. S. 151 — MiliUry Logistics 3
•M. S. 152 — Military Leadership S
M. S. 153— Militery Policy of the United States 3
•A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C 3 3
••Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
• Credit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
Students who do not wish to present these subjects for this degree and who have completed
acceptable Service Extension Courses at the Officer Candidate level, or its equivalent, may
substitute therefor an equivalent number of hours in Government and Politics and History,
in courses numbered 100 or above, of which 12 hours must be in one field.
•• Electives must be taken under advisement and in terms of the objectives of this
curriculum.
546 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GRADUATE SCHOOL
Telephone, Washington, D. C,
Exchange: Warfield 3800, Extension 232
Master's and doctor's degrees are given by most of the departments at
the University. Graduate programs are administered by the Graduate
School in cooperation with the various departments. Students are admitted
to the Graduate School only if (1) they hold baccalaureate degrees and
(2) their previous work is in quality and extent acceptable to the depart-
ment in which they desire to work. Normally a "B" average is required.
It is sometimes difficult to proceed toward graduate degrees at off -campus
centers conducted by the College of Sepical and Continuation Studies,
Library and laboratory facilities are not always available at off-campus
centers. Many of the departments require that a certain number of courses
be completed on the campus. Furthermore, graduate work is highly
specialized, and the number of students desiring particular courses at a
given time and center is seldom large. If the circumstances are favorable,
however, graduate work in many fields can be offered off-campus.
Courses may be taken for graduate work only if the student has been
admitted to the Graduate School. A student may be admitted to CSCS
classes as a "Graduate Student Pending" and receive graduate credit,
provided he is admitted to the Graduate School before the course is com-
pleted.
Graduate degrees are awarded at the completion of an individually
planned course study. The student must register for each course in full
consultation with the departmental adviser concerned. In general, the
master's degree is based upon a division of work between a major and a
minor. A minimum of half the required courses for this degree must be
taken in courses numbered 200 or above. These courses are open only to
graduate students. The remaining courses required for the degree may be
taken in courses numbei-ed between 100 and 199. These courses are open to
juniors and seniors as well as to graduate students. Courses taken for
undergraduate credit may not be counted toward graduate degrees. Infor-
mation regarding the requirements for the doctor's degree may best be
obtained by consultation with the head of the department concerned.
The College of Special and Continuation Studies arranges extensive
graduate course programs at several centers. The programs in the various
counties and at Baltimore frequently include graduate courses in Education.
Graduate courses in mathematics and the sciences are offered at the
Aberdeen Proving Ground, Bureau of Ships, David Taylor Model Basin,
Forest Glen, National Bureau of Standards, Naval Ordnance Laboratory,
Naval Research Laboratory, Patuxent Naval Air Station and the U. S.
Naval Academy.
Occasionally graduate courses in the social sciences, particularly history,
government and politics, and sociology, are offered at other centers.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 547
SECTION IV
CENTERS
The College of Special and Continuation Studies provides educational
programs in the counties, in Baltimore, in various Air, Army, Navy, and
other governmental agencies, and in industrial establishments. It also
administers a special mining educational program in the coal mining regions
of Maryland.
Classes are offered at centers ranging from Crellin, located on the border
of West Virginia, approximately two hundred miles west of College Park,
to Snow Hill, in Worcester County, which borders on the Atlantic Ocean.
Centers also range from counties bordering on Pennsylvania to Leonard-
town and Patuxent in Southern Maryland.
During the 1950-1951 school year, programs were offered at forty-two
stateside centers listed below. The number of courses and students listed
are for the 1950 fall semester.
Number
Number
Center
of Courses
of Students
*Aberdeen Proving Ground
9
145
Andrews Air Force Base (Spring, 1951)
—
—
* Annapolis (U. S. Naval Academy)
5
86
♦Baltimore
63
711
♦Baltimore Signal Depot (Spring, 1951)
—
—
Barton (Mining Program)
1
35
Boiling Air Force Base
23
340
Bureau of Aeronautics
5
79
Bureau of Ships
6
110
♦Calvert Distilling Company
2
28
Cambridge
1
19
Campus (College Park)
1
18
♦Carver Vocational School
2
18
Crellin (Mining Program)
1
20
Crownsville State Hospital (Spring 1951)
—
—
Cumberland
2
39
David Taylor Model Basin
2
28
Denton
1
30
Detrick (Camp)
4
78
♦Edgewood (Army Chemical Center)
3
52
Finzel (Mining Program)
1
13
Fort Meade
3
72
Frederick
1
20
Frederick Sasscer
1
14
Frostburg (Mining Program)
1
15
* Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore office, Lombard and
Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
1
24
1
11
2
24
1
14
1
27
1
16
1
29
8
173
12
220
19
239
4
46
39
694
1
12
1
45
4
63
1
20
235
3622
548 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hagerstown
Hancock
*Holabird (Fort)
Indian Head
Kitzmiller (Mining Program)
Leonardtown
Montgomery Blair
National Bureau of Standards
Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Naval Research Laboratory
Patuxent (Naval Air Test Center)
Pentagon
Princess Anne (Spring 1951)
Reisterstown
Salisbury
Walter Reed (Army Hospital)
Wilson Teachers College
Total**
A schedule of courses for each of the centers described is available
approximately six weeks prior to the beginning of each semester.
COUNTY PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers courses in nearly
every county in Maryland. The specific courses and their locations depends
on the requests made by County Superintendents of Education, their Super-
visors and Assistants, and teachers. The actual courses presented will
depend on local interest and support of specific courses. Experience has
shown that at least two months are required to arrange courses at off-
campus centers. The courses are normally scheduled concurrently with
campus courses. See Section I for further details. For information con-
cerning registration, contact the College of Special and Continuation
Studies, or the County Superintendent of Education.
Courses have been offered in the counties indicated below:
Allegany — Cumberland
Anne Arundel — Annapolis and Crownsville
Baltimore — Reisterstown and Dundalk
Caroline — Denton
Charles — La Plata and Indian Head
District of Columbia — Wilson Teachers College
Dorchester — Cambridge
Frederick — Frederick
* Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore office, Lombard and
Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
** The totals include the 1950 fall semester enrollments exclusive of all registrations
for Human Development and the European Program.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 549
Garrett — Grantsville, Accident, Oakland
Harford — Aberdeen and Edgewood
Kent — Chestertown
Montgomery — Montgomery Blair High School
Prince Georges — College Park and Frederick Sasscer High School
Somerset — Princess Anne
St. Marys — Leonardtown
Talbot— Easton
Washington — Hagerstown and Hancock
Wicomico — Salisbury
Worcester — Snow Hill
Teachers interested in having a program in Education started in their
county or community should make their requests known to this college
through their county superintendent of schools or some other school official.
Child Study
The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers
in each county a series of courses on human development and on the
techniques of child study for members of the educational profession. The
sequences of three courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II,
and III involve the direct year-long study of children as individuals and
in groups and are offered to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact
their county Superintendent of Schools for offerings in their community.
Graduate courses in Human Development are also available in a few of
the counties.
Community Study
During the past year, four separate courses in community study were
offered in various counties. These programs dealt with the study of local
community problems and their influence upon the child, the school, and
the home.
The complexity of this program prohibits its being offered in a number
of centers. Teachers interested in this program should direct their in-
quiries to the Dean of this college.
ABERDEEN PROVING GROUND
Courses offered at the Aberdeen Proving Ground are planned to meet
the educational needs of military and civilian personnel of the Aberdeen-
Edgewood area. During the past year, courses in economics, English,
languages, government and politics, mathematics, military science, psy-
chology and speech were offered. A regular sequence of courses is arranged
to permit Army personnel to pursue degrees in Military Science.
The Army Information and Education Office at the Proving Ground
assists the University in planning this program. The Army Chemical
Center program complements the Proving Ground program. Persons may
enroll at either center or they may enroll concurrently at both.
550 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Civilians, not working at either installation, may enroll if they can
secure special passes from the military post concerned.
Further information regarding this program may be obtained from Lt.
Henry L. Zetlin, Chief I. and E. Officer or Mr. George Baker, Educational
Adviser, or the Baltimore Office of CSCS.
ANDREWS AIR FORCE BASE
During the 1951 spring semester an educational program was initiated
at Andrews Air Force Base. The education office at Andrews, with the
cooperation of this College, plans the program for Andrews several months
in advance of each semester.
The past semester's offerings included courses in business administration,
economics, foreign languages, history, military science, psychology and
speech. Officers and airmen enroll in the various courses to pursue military
science and other degrees.
The Andrews educational program complements that of Boiling Air
Force Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll
concurrently at both.
Further information may be obtained from Captain Arthur M. Becker,
Director of Education, or Mr. Mearl F. Gerheim, Educational Supervisor,
Hillside 3100, Extension 4222, or this College.
ANNAPOLIS
The educational program at Annapolis is planned in cooperation with
the U. S. Naval Academy under the Severn River Naval Command. Al-
though this program is designed primarily for service personnel and
government employees, the courses may be taken by anyone who meets
the entrance requirements for the University of Maryland. The program
is planned to allow persons to enroll for non-degree work, as well as for
undergraduate and graduate study.
During the past year courses were offered in electrical engineering,
government and politics, mathematics and psychology.
Further information may be secured from Professors L. T. Wilson (Maury
Hall) or J. Ross Heverly (Sampson Hall) at the Naval Academy, or by
writing or calling the Director of the Baltimore Center, College of Special
and Continuation Studies, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
BALTIMORE
An office of the College of Special and Continuation Studies is maintained
in the Administration Building, University of Maryland, Baltimore, at
Lombard and Greene Streets, to serve as headquarters for the largest
center of the College. This office also administers the programs in the
environs of Baltimore.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 551
During the academic year 1950-51, over fifteen hundred students from
Baltimore City and surrounding counties were enrolled in some 100 different
courses. Students are currently working on degrees in several under-
graduate colleges and in the Graduate School of the University.
Scope of Offerings
The plan of the Baltimore Branch is to offer each semester courses in
chemistry and the various natural and physical sciences, business adminis-
tration, economics, education, government and politics, geography, history,
industrial education, languages, philosophy, psychology, sociology, speech,
and special institutes.
Education
The College of Education supports a steadily expanding offering for
teachers and school officials in Baltimore City and in surrounding counties.
Elementary and Secondary School Education
Four-year and five-year sequences of courses are offered which teachers
may apply toward bachelor's degrees in elementary education and master's
degrees in education. These courses lie in the general areas of community
and child study and educational activities related to core teaching.
Child Study
The staff on the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers
each year a series of courses on Human Development, and on the tech-
niques of child study for members of the educational profession. The
sequences of three courses caJled Child Development Laboratory I, II,
and III, which involve the direct year-long study of children as individuals
and in groups, are offered to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact
their Boards of Education for offerings in their community. Graduate
courses in Human Development are also available through cooperation of
the Institute.
Community Study
With the cooperation of the Department of Education of the City of
Baltimore, a series of community study courses are offered in Baltimore
to supplement the child development work by presenting the social environ-
ment of the child. University courses dealing with city and community
organization and structure are regularly scheduled to enrich the com-
munity study program.
Chemistry
To accommodate men from industry and government agencies who are
interested in work toward master's degrees in chemistry, a sequence of
courses is presented in cooperation with the Department of Chemistry
and the Staff of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.
552 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Nursing Education
With the advice of the Director of the School of Nursing, the College of
Education offers a limited number of courses in nursing education. These
are planned for registered nurses who are working for bachelor's degrees
in nursing education or for master's degrees in education. Candidates in
nursing education may also take regular education and arts and sciences
courses.
The School of Nursing schedules each summer a program in Nursing
Education in Baltimore.
For further information, nurses should contact the Director, School of
Nursing, University Hospital, or the College of Special and Continuation
Studies, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
Industrial Education
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers a two-year cycle
of courses required by the Baltimore and State Departments of Education
for vocational, occupational, and shop center teachers.
BALTIMORE SIGNAL DEPOT
During the spring of 1951 a special in-service training program was
arranged for employees of the Baltimore Signal Depot. A course was
offered in personnel management.
Further information relative to this program may be obtained from
Mr. Edington Bond, Director of Civilian Personnel at the Depot or the
Baltimore office of the College of Special and Continuation Studies.
BOLLING AIR FORCE BASE
An extensive educational program is offered at the Boiling Air Force Base
each semester and during each summer session. The education office at
Boiling, with the cooperation of this College, plans each program several
months in advance.
The past year's offerings included courses in agricultural engineering,
business administration, economics, government and politics, history,
foreign languages, office management, mathematics, military science, psy-
chology, sociology and speech. Officers and airmen enroll in the various
courses to pursue military science and other degrees.
The Boiling educational program complements that of the Andrews
Air Force Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may
enroll concurrently at both.
Further information may be obtained from Captain Richard E. Kyle,
Director of Education, or Mrs. Lois K. Roberts, Airmen Education Office,
Johnson 2-9000, extension 679 and 348, or this College.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 553
BUREAU OF AERONAUTICS, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
18th and Constitution Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.
Each semester the training office of the Bureau of Aeronautics with the
cooperation of this College plans an educational program for its employees.
Courses in business administration, library science, mathematics, me-
chanical engineering, and office management were offered during the past
year.
Further information relative to this program may be obtained from
Mr. V. J. Augliere, Head, Training Unit, Room 3909, Liberty 5-6700,
extension 6-5444, or this College.
BUREAU OF SHIPS, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
18th and Constitution Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.
The educational program at the Bureau of Ships is designed to aid Navy
engineers and scientists to work toward degrees in engineering, physics,
and mathematics. This program is offered in cooperation with the training
divisions in the Navy bureaus and this College.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in electrical engineer-
ing, chemical engineering, mechanical engineering and mathematics.
Further information may be obtained from Mr. Carl L. Bush, Training
Officer, Room 2424 Main Navy, Liberty 5-6700, extension 62090, or this
College.
THE CALVERT DISTILLING COMPANY
Elkridge, Maryland
The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the Education Direc-
tor of the Calvert Distilling Company, has a regularly planned program
for the Company's employees. Courses are designed to meet both technical
and non-technical needs.
During the past year courses were offered in business administration
and government and politics. Further information concerning this pro-
gram may be obtained from Mr. Theodore Plant, Educational Director of
the Calvert Company, Saratoga 1500, or the College of Special and Con-
tinuation Studies, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
CAMP DETRICK— FREDERICK, MARYLAND
The educational program at Camp Detrick is planned to advance the
technical knowledge of the personnel employed at this post. This program
is planned by the Detrick Education Office and this College.
During the past year courses were offered in accounting, bacteriology,
chemistry, English, and Russian.
Further information relative to this program may be obtained from
Mr. B. C. McDonnell, Chief of Civilian Personnel, Frederick 1191, Exten-
sion 519 or 529, or this College.
554 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DAVID TAYLOR MODEL BASIN— NAVY DEPARTMENT
Carderock, Maryland
A program of graduate study in fluid mechanics, aeronautical engineering,
mechanical engineering, physics and mathematics is offered at the David
Taylor Model Basin, under the sponsorship of the Glenn L. Martin College
of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences of the University of Maryland.
Two courses, one in aeronautical engineering, and another in advanced
physics, were offered during the past year. These two courses were in-
tended to review mathematical methods and physical principles.
Further details about this program may be obtained from Mr. Irving
Pollin of Aerodynamics, Oliver 8436, extension 883, or Mr. Louis Land-
weber of Hydromechanics, Oliver 8436, extension 32, or this College.
EDGEWOOD
ARMY CHEMICAL CENTER
Edgewood, Maryland
Courses offered at the Army Chemical Center are planned to meet the
educational needs of the Edgewood-Aberdeen area. A regular sequence
of courses is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military
Science degrees.
The Aberdeen Proving Ground program complements that of the Army
Chemical Center. Persons may enroll at either center or may enroll con-
currently at both centers. Civilians not working at either installation may
enroll for courses. Special passes are provided by the respective posts.
During the past year courses were offered in foreign languages, mathe-
matics, and speech.
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Lt.
Frederick B. O'Brien, Chief I. & E., or Mr. Reginald Harding, Education
Director, Army Chemical Center, or the Baltimore office of this College.
FOREST GLEN
SPEECH PROGRAM FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
A reciprocal agreement exists between the Department of Speech and
Dramatic Art, University of Maryland, College Park, and the Army Audi-
ology and Speech Correction Center of the Walter Reed Army Hospital,
Forest Glen, Maryland, whereby graduate credit will be granted by the
University of Maryland for the successful completion of the courses offered.
These courses carry full graduate credit.
Courses are offered in anatomy and physiology of speech and hearing,
advanced clinical practice, speech pathology, clinical audiometry, auditory
training, speech reading, and clinical practice in the selection of prosthetic
appliances.
Further information on this program may be obtained from Dr. Ray
Ehrensberger, Head, Department of Speech, University of Maryland, War-
field S800, extension 291, or this College.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 555
FORT GEORGE G. MEADE— HEADQUARTERS SECOND ARMY
Courses offered at Fort Meade are designed to meet the educational needs
of military and civilian personnel at this post. A regular sequence of
courses is arranged for each semester to permit Army personnel to pursue
the Military Science degrees.
During the past year courses in economics, government and politics,
history, and sociology were offered.
Further information may be obtained from Lt. Col. S. E. Tyner, Chief
T. I. & E. Division, Odenton 3311, extension 3196, or Mr. David C. Berry,
Post Education Adviser, Information and Education Office, Odenton 3311,
extension 2575, or this College.
FORT HOLABIRD
Courses offered at Fort Holabird are planned to meet the educational
needs of the military and civilian personnel at this installation. A se-
quence of courses is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue the
Military Science degrees.
During the past year courses were offered in government and politics,
military science, and speech. Since Fort Holabird is located a short distance
from Baltimore, many of the military and civilian personnel find it de-
sirable to enroll concurrently in Baltimore and Holabird courses. This
arrangement permits a wider selection of courses.
Further information may be obtained from Major Frank Fischer, Chief
T. I. & E., or Mr. Gustaf Berglund, Education Adviser, I. & E. Office, Fort
Holabird, or the Baltimore office of this College.
GARRETT AND ALLEGANY COUNTIES, MINING CLASSES
Each semester, in cooperation with the State Bureau of Mines, this College
offers a program in mining education in various localities in Garrett and
Allegany Counties.
Further information relative to this mining education program may be
obtained from Mr. L. T. Hutson, Kitzmiller, Maryland, the County Super-
intendent of Schools in the respective counties, or this College.
NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS
Connecticut Avenue at Upton Street N. W., Washington 25, D. C.
Courses at the National Bureau of Standards are offered under the direc-
tion of the Bureau's Educational Committee and this College. The program
includes graduate and undergraduate courses.
During the past year the educational program at the National Bureau
of Standards included courses in chemistry, electrical engineering, mathe-
matics, and physics. An announcement of courses for each year is available
from the Registrar at the National Bureau of Standards,
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from
Mr. Joseph Hilsenrath, member of the Educational Committee, or Mrs.
556 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
L. L. Chapin, Registrar, Ordway 4040, extension 366, Room 515, South
Building, or this College.
NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY
White Oak, Silver Spring, Maryland
The center at the Naval Ordnance Laboratory is set up for Navy De-
partment personnel in the Washington area. For the most part, courses
at this center are of graduate level.
In addition to its regular program, special courses are offered from time
to time in support of new projects. A number of courses are arranged
at the College Park campus evenings and Saturdays to amplify the NOL
program.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in aeronautical
engineering, electrical engineering, mathematics, mechanical engineering
and physics. A printed brochure is available which explains the NOL
program.
Additional information may be obtained from Mr. D. E. Stames, Co-
ordinator of Graduate Training, Shepherd 7100, extension 646, NOL, or
this College.
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Anacostia
Courses under this program are designed primarily for Navy scientists
doing graduate study in the fields of chemistry, engineering, mathematics,
and physics and are given in cooperation with the Science Education Section
of the Naval Research Laboratory. A printed brochure is available at
the Naval Research Laboratory which explains the program.
During the past year the Naval Research Laboratory program included
advanced courses in chemistry, chemical engineering, drawing, electrical
engineering, mathematics, and physics.
Further information concerning this program may be obtained from
Mr. George Abraham, Head, Science Education Section, Johnson 3-6600,
extension 856, or this College.
PATUXENT RIVER— UNITED STATES NAVAL AIR STATION
The Patuxent program is aimed primarily at meeting the graduate needs
of personnel interested in electrical, mechanical, and aeronautical engineering.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in electrical engineer-
ing, mathematics, and mechanical engineering.
Further information may be obtained from Mr. John Mazur, Great Mills
3111, extension 388 or 567, or Dr. H. R. Reed, Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering, College Park campus, or this College.
THE PENTAGON
The Pentagon program is operated in cooperation with the Army, Air
Force, Marine Corps, and Navy in the Washington area. Well in advance
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 557
of each semester, the respective services conduct polls to determine the
educational needs of military personnel.
Except for the Baltimore center, the Pentagon program is larger than
that of any other center. During the past year courses were offered in
business administration, economics, English, foreign languages, geography,
government and politics, history, mathematics, military science, philosophy,
psychology, sociology, and speech. The majority of the students at the
Pentagon are primarily interested in courses leading to the Military
Science degrees. Others are working toward degrees in various colleges.
A few students are pursuing graduate degrees.
Army personnel may obtain further information concerning this program
from Miss Dorothy Martin at Gravelly Point on Tuesday and Thursday,
or from the Information Desk, Concourse, Pentagon on Monday, Wednesday
and Friday, Liberty 5-6700, extension 72823, or from Col. Taylor Smith,
Liberty 5-6700, extension 76101. Air Force personnel may obtain informa-
tion from Captain John E. Hagood, L and E., Room 4D241, Pentagon,
Liberty 5-6700, extension 56707, or this College.
WALTER REED ARMY HOSPITAL
ARMY MEDICAL CENTER
Washington 12, D. C.
Courses are given at the Army Medical Center in cooperation with the
Troop Information and Education Office at the post. Course offerings are
planned to meet the needs of army and air force personnel interested in
working for Military Science degrees and nurses interested in meeting
requirements for a professional degree.
Courses in economics, history, mathematics, military science, psychology,
and speech have been offered during the past year.
F\irther information regarding the Walter Reed program may be ob-
tained from Lt. Robert C. King, TI&E officer, or Mr. Robert E. Hynes,
Education Adviser, Georgia 1000, extension 670, or this College.
EUROPEAN PROGRAM
The European Program of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies opened its first classes in October, 1949. The Program expanded
rapidly, and the Heidelberg Office of the College was established in April,
1950.
The Program is operated on an accelerated basis, with classes meeting
two evenings each week for eight weeks. There are five terms each year.
The dates for the 1950-1951 terms are as follows:
October 2 — November 23
December 4 — February 8
February 19 — April 13
April 23— June 21
July 9— August 31
The five terms are held on approximately the above dates each year.
558
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Heidelberg Office has more autonomy than do the various state-side
centers. It maintains an assistant comptroller, an assistant registrar, and
an assistant director of admissions.
The courses of study arranged for the European Program point primarily
to the degrees in Military Science. Courses are taught in business admin-
istration, economics, English, foreign languages, geography, government
and politics, history, mathematics, military science, psychology, sociology,
and speech.
Foreign language teachers and mathematics teachers are selected from
qualified European nationals. Military science courses are taught by mili-
tary men chosen in Europe. Other teachers are selected at College Park
in consultation with the respective department heads. An average teaching
staff of thirty full-time teachers, fifteen mathematics teachers, ten military
science teachers, and fifty-five language teachers was maintained during
the various terms in 1950-1951.
Classes were offered at the following centers during the December-
January term. The centers having the largest enrollment are indicated
by large type.
Fuerstenfeldbruck Paris
Giessen-Wetzlar Regensburg
Hanau RHEIN/MAIN
HEIDELBERG Salzburg
Karlsruhe Straubing
Landsberg Stuttgart
Landshut Trieste
Linz Tripoli
London Upper Heyford
MUNICH Vienna
Neubiberg WIESBADEN
Nurnberg
Most of the centers are located in the American Zone of Germany.
More than five thousand individual students have enrolled in the European
Program since its inception.
The European Program would not be possible except for the valuable
assistance and support of the Troop Information and Education Branches
of the Armed Services. Full-time staff members are provided military
transportation to and from Europe. Extensive assistance is given to the
University in matters involving registration, quarters, and many other
essentials of university existence in the centers of troop concentration
in Europe.
American and European civilians are admitted to the University of
Maryland classes, provided that no armed services personnel are excluded
thereby.
Credit earned in the European program is considered as residence credit
at the University of Maryland, as is credit earned at the stateside centers.
Ansbach
Aschaffenburg
Bad Nauheim
Bamberg
BERLIN
Bremerhaven
Brize Norton
BURTONWOOD
Darmstadt
Erding
FRANKFURT/MAIN
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
559
An independent catalog for the European Program is published by the
Heidelberg office. A copy of this catalog may be obtained from the College
of Special and Continuation Studies at College Park or by addressing a
request to: University of Maryland, Heidelberg Military Post, APO 403,
c/o Postmaster, New York, New York.
NEWFOUNDLAND PROGRAM
At the request of the North East Air Command, the College of Special
and Continuation Studies will inaugurate its Newfoundland program on
July 1, 1951. This program will be operated on an accelerated basis, with
classes meeting two evenings each week for eight week terms.
Classes in economics, government and politics, and history will be offered
during the 1951 summer term in Newfoundland. During this term courses
will be offered at the following Newfoundland centers:
Harmon Air Force Base — Stephenville
McAndrew Air Force Base — Argentia
Pepperrell Air Force Base — St. John's
Additional courses and centers may be added in subsequent terms. Fur-
ther information relative to the Newfoundland program may be obtained
from Major Paul Weidenheimer, Chief, Personnel Services Division, Head-
quarters, North East Air Command, Pepperrell Air Force Base, St. John's,
Newfoundland, or the College of Special and Continuation Studies, Univer-
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Staff Conference in Heidelberg
560 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SECTION V
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Below are listed by departments or special units, the courses offered
in the academic year 1950-1951 through the College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99 : Courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: Courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours of credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics (3).
Basic fluid mechanics and the aerodynamic theory of airfoils. Airplana
performance and stability calculation. Laboratory demonstration.
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Aero.
E. 101, 102, Math. 64.
Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design^ of
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research.
Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech.
52, Math. 64.
Study of vibrations, wing flutter, gust loads, and dynamics of landing.
Calculations of natural frequencies of vibration of aircraft structures.
Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and
consent of instructor.
Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a
body in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of
supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the areo-
dynamic characteristics of supersonic missiles.
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3).
A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 561
ART
Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3).
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization as expressed
through painting, sculpture and architecture. A background to more de-
tailed study.
BACTERIOLOGY
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4).
The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4). Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of
diseases, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and
epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — Prerequisite, 20 credits in bac-
teriology.
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special sub-
jects in the field of bacteriology.
BOTANY
Bot. 1. General Botany (4).
General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B. A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2, 2). Required in all Business
Administration curriculums.
A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a
business enterprise. B. A. 11 includes industrial management, organiza-
tion and control.
B. A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4). Required in all Business
Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore training.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.
B. A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3). Prerequisite, Junior
standing. Required for graduation.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics.
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabu-
lation; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers;
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations.
562 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
B. A. 140. Financial Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 140.
This course deals with the principles and practices involved in the organ-
ization, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of
securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and
control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on
solution of problems of financial policy faced by management.
B. A. 144 Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2). Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
A study of the types of life insurance and the basic principles underlying
all life insurance relating to reserves, investments, premiums, and regu-
lations.
B. A. 150. Marketing Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 150.
A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization.
The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is
placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the
effective marketing of various forms of manufactured products.
B. A. 153. Purchasing Management (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 150.
Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan-
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore-
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and
methods and procedures used in their government.
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ, 160.
This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relation-
ships between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey
of the scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis,
classification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment,
wage incentives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and
elimination of employment hazards.
B. A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3). Prerequisite,
B. A. 160.
A study of contemporary trends in society's effort through legislation,
mediation, and other methods to bring about a harmonious relationship
between labor and management. Laws and court decisions affecting labor
relations are given some consideration.
B. A. 163. Industrial Relations (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration,
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes,
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunc-
tions.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 563
B. A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3). Prerequisite,
B. A. 160 and senior standing.
B. A. 165. Office Management (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 11 or junior
standing.
Considers the application of principles of scientific management in their
application to office work.
B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 160.
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry,
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro-
gframs, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3). Prerequisites, B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B. A. 170. Transportation I. Regulation of Transportation Services
(3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
This course is designed for students of Transportation, Public Adminis-
tration, and General Business. It covers the world practices in the regula-
tion and control of transportation facilities.
B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.
B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
Analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for pro-
duction according to the several types of manufacture. The development
and application of inventory records, load charts, production orders, sched-
ules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture
period and one laboratory period each week.
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3). Prereqmsite, B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates, and with superiors. The purposes of the
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases.
B. A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4). Prereqmsite, senior standing. Re-
quired in all Business Administration curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru-
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and
sales.
564 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CHEMISTRY
Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4). Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4). Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 23,
37, 38.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2). Prerequisites,
Chem. 37, 88.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2). Prerequisites,
Chem. 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen,
halogen, and nitrogen are studied.
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2). Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. Laboratory
fee, $10.00.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2). Prerequisites, Chem.
32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 187. Physical Chemistry (3). Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21;
Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2).
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2).
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2).
A survey of the tools available for the solution of chemical problems by
means of physical techniques.
Chem. 261. Advanced Biochemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143,
or consent of the instructor.
Chem. 262. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2). Prerequisite, con-
sent of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2).
Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — Prere-
quisite, Chemistry 285.
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3).
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 565
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Chem. Engr. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy.
Required of graduate students in metallurgic curriculum. The principles
of x-ray metalography, the atomic theory of metals, magnetic materials,
phase equilibria, review of important binary and ternary systems, diffusion
and transformations in the solid state.
CHILD DEVELOPMENT
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3). First and second semesters.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five
years; observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other
colleges. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3). Prerequi-
sites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110.
For Nursery School and Kindergarten majors.
C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3).
Creative experience in the arts on the level of the student; correlation
of the arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of his develop-
ment.
COLLEGE AIMS
C. A. 1, 2. College Aims (1, 1). Open only to students in the College
of Special and Continuation Studies or consent of the instructor.
This course is primarily aimed at orienting new students in the College
of Special and Continuation Studies toward the practice of efficient study
techniques. It will be concerned with such topics as: 1. How to study and
develop higher level work skills; 2. Diagnosing and remedying skill dis-
abilities; 3. Handling problem area which distracts students from their
studies.
DRAWING
Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2). Required of engineering freshmen.
Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views,
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, tech-
nical sketching and working drawings.
ECONOMICS
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3). Prerequisite, sophomore
standing. Required in the Business Administration Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con-
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of
the economic system.
566 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3). Not open to students who
have credit in Econ, 31, and 32. Not open to freshmen.
A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity.
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32.
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative tyj>es of
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32.
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental eco-
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A.
Hobson, and other contributors to the development of economic thought
since 1900.
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
This course surveys and analyzes the basic economic, social and political
factors that influence governments in the determination of their economic
policies and practices in their relationship with other nations.
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary,
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the
Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic
and foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and
credit.
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First semester. Prere-
quisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of government fiscal policy in regard to the nature of public
expenditures, sources of public revenue, the tax system, the public debt,
and government budgets.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3). Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
Thig is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing ag^^icultural prod-
ucts, natural products, services, and manufactured goods.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 567
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization,
collective bargaining.
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty repre-
sentative American industries.
EDUCATION
Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3).
A study of the principles of learning and their application to school
situations. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement
for educational psychology.
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2).
A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the
present system of education in the United States.
Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2).
A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for
judging their worth.
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2).
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere.
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2).
A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to
modem education. Earlier periods.
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2).
This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization.
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2).
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading,
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression.
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations
having real significance to the pupils.
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2).
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growiih through social experi-
ences. Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources,
568 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer
methods and materials in the field.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2).
A study of important developments in elementary education with par-
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
•Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2).
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It in-
cludes consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this
school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies,
methods, staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for
prospective teachers.
•Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2).
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary educa-
tion; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the
District of Columbia.
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3).
This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject-matter
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathe-
matics, art education, business education, industrial education, and physical
education. Reg^istration cards must include the subject-matter area as well
as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed only
by special arrangement.
In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter,
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional mate-
rials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject
matter area are treated.
Twenty periods of observation.
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2). First semester.
This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to
clarify controversial elements of form, style, and usage.
Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core Cur-
riculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
* Credit it accepted for Ed. 180 or £d. 131, but not for both courses.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 569
Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2).
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus,
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures,
models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized
instruction. Fee, $1.00.
Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-6) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap-
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only.
Forty-five periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high
school class under the direction of the regular teacher and the university
adviser. Two hours of class sessions weekly, identical with those of Ed. 149,
are included. Applications must be made as for Ed. 149.
Students should arrange their university schedules so as to allow ample
time for the student teaching assignment.
Open only to experienced teachers and other exceptional students.
For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149.
Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of
faculty. Undergraduate credit only.
Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. Full time for one-half of one semester,
either first or second half, is devoted to this work. Two hours of weekly
class meetings throughout the semester are included in which study is
made of the prinicples and methods of teaching. One hour of group con-
ferences weekly.
In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are
blocked, including the following: Ed. 150, Ed. 160, Ed. 140, Cr. 198, H. E.
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124.
Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted
to the Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before
registration.
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2).
A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con-
cepts and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school
marks.
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2).
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course
is designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers.
570 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and
adulthood, the secondary school period.
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2).
This course is intended for teachers working at the intermediate and
secondary school levels. Attention is given to the teaching of reading in
different school subjects, the selection of reading materials, the study of
individuals with reference to causes of reading deficiencies, types of reading
lessons, and certain elements of psychology essential to intelligent con-
sideration of problems in this field.
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2).
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other
elements of community background which have significance in relation
to schools.
Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2).
A general orientation course in the principles of guidance and in the
organization and administration of guidance programs. It is also designed
to provide a general understanding of guidance procedures in terms of the
day-by-day demands made upon the classroom teacher in the guidance of
youth in his classes and in the extra-curricular activities which he sponsors.
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to class-
room problems.
Ed. 163, 164, 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2).
This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults
and which must be understood by individuals working toward school and
community improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group
in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which have direct
application in his school situation. Readings are integrated with tech-
niques of study.
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2).
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery,
analysis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educa-
tional measures.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 571
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2).
The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of
adult learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various
types of adult groups.
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education.
Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2).
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).
The basic course is school administration. The course deals with the
organization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved.
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2).
An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications
of organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the
activities involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, pur-
chasing, service of supplies, and accounting.
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2).
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to
school law.
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience.
This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func-
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating;
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school
workshops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00.
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2).
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6).
Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school
problems.
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institu-
tion and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the
agents who participate in the interpretative process; with propaganda and
the schools; with the P. T. A. and the other lay supervisory groups, and with
such means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications.
Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2).
An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration.
This course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to
572 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
personnel administration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying per-
sonnel needs, personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of
absence, and retirement plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of
the personnel problem are identified.
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2).
This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the school
to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health guidance
— and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better under-
standing of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are stressed.
Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2). Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250.
Prerequisites may be waived upon approval of the instructor.
This course deals with the various specialized techniques, procedures, and
materials utilized by guidance specialists in the schools. Special stress is
placed upon the interpretation of case data and techniques of counseling
individual pupils.
Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2).
The analysis of occupational trends in community, state and nation,
and the organization of this information for the guidance of youth. It is
designed to give counselors, teachers, school librarians and other workers
in the fields of guidance and education a background of educational and
occupational information which is basic for counseling and teaching.
Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2).
Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165.
Selected research problems in the field of community study with empha-
sis on the Baltimore area.
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2).
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
Ed. 288. Research Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes-
ters.
Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for
credit under this number.
Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6) — First and second semesters.
Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation,
or a doctoral project should use this number.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6). Prerequisites, Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21; E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Labora-
tory fee, $4.00.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 573
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method.
Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical
components.
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6). Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Re-
quired of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with em-
phasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors.
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3). Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and 100.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency
systems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equa-
tions in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; ele-
ments of rectangular and circular wave guide theory.
E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modula-
tion, and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplifica-
tion and broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and
antenna systems.
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele-
ments of square-wave testing.
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Senior
elective.
Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and
associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube
instruments.
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3). Prerequisite, senior standing
in electrical engineering or physics and "B" average in mathematics. Re-
quired of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation employ-
ing Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates;
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector
potential and its application to dipole radiation.
E. E. 160. Vacuum Tubes (3). Prerequisites, senior standing in elec-
trical engineering or physics and "B" average in mathematics.
574 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise
in vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons magnetrons; photoelectric tubes;
other special-purpose tubes.
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega-
tive, and zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete network
solution in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of these solu-
tions with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring posi-
tive, negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators.
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 120. Re-
quired of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's,
Maxwell's equations.
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3). Prerequisite, xinder-
graduate major in electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, or physics.
Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral, transient analysis ol
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
transformer method.
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3). Prerequisites, under-
gn"aduate major in either physics or electrical engineering.
The wave character of the steady-state, long-line solutions; attenuation
and phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four-terminal net-
work theory; matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter
theory.
E. E. 206, 207. Ultra High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3). Prereqxiisite,
E. E. 201. Laboratory fee on 207, $4.00.
Basic consideration in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and re-
flection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-
frequency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering.
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical engineering
or physics. (It is desirable that the student should have had E. E. 202.)
The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo-
mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing
differential equations to provide background for more practical studies of
frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and prac-
tical considerations are studied.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 575
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar propagation and properties
of radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects.
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
E. E. 202 or E. E. 204.
The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory;
Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for
feedback circuits; stability and physical realizability of electrical networks;
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability.
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory.
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E.
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of twelve semes-
ter hours are required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in con-
formity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement
for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering.
ENGINEERING
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2). Prerequisite,
senior standing in engineering.
The fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineer-
ing; including contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, corporations, com-
mon carriers, and their application to engineering contracts and specifi-
cations.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3). Required of
freshmen. Prerequisite, three units of high school English.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. Read-
ings will be in American literature.
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3). Prerequisite, Eng.
1, 2. Eng 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or some combination of the two required of
sophomores.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
576 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or
popular essays on technical subjects.
Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms.
Eng. 10. Practice in Composition (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
quisite, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing essays and reports on non-
technical subjects.
Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3).
Methods and problems of exposition; practices in several kinds of informa-
tive writing, including the preparation of technical papers and reports.
Not offered on the College Park campus.
Eng. 115. Shakespeare (3).
Twenty-one important plays.
Eng. 140. The English Novel— Victorian Period (3).
The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the
period.
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3).
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3).
Two writers studied intensively each semester.
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prere-
quisite, permission of the instructor.
A high level of performance expected; some attention to forms not studied
in English 170.
GEOGRAPHY
Geog. 20. Map Reading and Interpretation (3).
Designed to familiarize the student with the kinds of maps ordinarily
encountered in course work and in daily life; topographic, political, admin-
istrative, economic, and transportation maps, city plans, physiographic
diagrams, etc. Introduction to the history of maps and the theory of map
projections.
Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3).
A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, in-
cluding subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an under-
standing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various
types of land forms.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 577
Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3). Two hours lec-
ture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 20 and 30, or
equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen-
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection.
Geog. 60, 61. Economic Geography (3, 3).
The geography of agriculture, industry, transport, and trade. World
distribution of crop and livestock production, manufacturing and transport,
and the geographic factors influencing this distribution,
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3). Two hours lecture
and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods
to the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses.
Geog. 100. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada (3).
Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 60, 61, or permission of instructor.
The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus-
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions. Several
all-day field trips are required.
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and
Eastern Asia (3, 3).
A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the Dutch East
Indies; natural resources, population, and economic activities. Compari-
sons of physical and human potentialities or major regions and of their
economic, social, and political development.
Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3)— First and
second semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of
China, Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique
characteristics of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institu-
tions, outlooks on life, contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change.
Designed especially for students of the social sciences, and those preparing
for careers in foreign service, foreign trade, education, and international
relations.
Geog. 140. Soviet Lands I (3) — First semester.
The natural environment, geographic factors in the expansion of the
Russian State and the geography of agriculture, of industry and of trans-
port. Political geography of the U. S. S. R.
578 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I — Topographic Maps (3). Two
hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Review of status of topog^raphic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical
means of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration.
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II — Non-topographic Special-use
Maps (3). Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi-
site, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use types of maps such
as military-geographic, military-geologic, climatic, pedologic, isogonic, eco-
nomic, water supply, terrain appreciaton maps, etc.
Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3). Prerequisite, Geog. 30 and one
foreign language.
Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the lang^uage as-
pects of gazeteers and the problems of compilation of cartographic diction-
aries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of air
charts, hydrographic charts, and the International Map of the World.
Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (Credit to be arranged). (On
Campus.)
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical ap-
proaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the pre-
sentation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
GEOLOGY
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
G. & P. 1. American Government (3).
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri-
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern-
ments in the United States and of their adjustment to changing social and
economic conditions.
G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3),
An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political
processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Ger-
many, Italy, Japan, and China.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 579
Students may not receive credit in this course and also obtain credit in
G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3). Prerequisite, G, & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the
influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the
development of international organization, with emphasis on the United
Nations.
G. & P. 102. International Law (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the principles governing international intercourse in times of
peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases.
G. & P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far
East and their influence on world politics.
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela-
tions, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3). Prerequisite,
G. & P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United States, giving special
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of nineteenth and twentieth century political thought, with special
emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, fascism.
G. & P. 144. American Political Theory (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the development and growth of American political concepts
from the colonial period to the present.
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required
to report on readings from current literature.
G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3).
Reports of selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world.
G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3),
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of recent federal-state relations.
580 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HEALTH
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3).
The supervision on health inspection and physical examinations of stu-
dents by school nurses and physicians, including the sanitary inspection of
the school plant.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (2). Prerequisite, Hea. 40, or equivalent.
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the
health education curriculum.
HISTORY
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3). Required for gradua-
tion of all students who enter the University after 1944-45. Normally to be
taken in the sophomore year.
H. 102. The American Revolution (3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
The background and course of the American Revolution through the
formation of the Constitution.
H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States Since 1900 (3).
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul-
tural changes of twentieth century America.
H. 115. The Old South (3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South
with particular reference to the background of the Civil War.
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World
War. I.
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— Prere-
quisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of
the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War;
second semester, from the Civil War to the present.
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Prerequisites, H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with refer-
ence to the rest of the world since 1917.
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3). Prerequi-
sites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 681
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con-
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory atid
practice thereafter.
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and
role as a state in the American Union.
H. 145, 146. Latin- American History (3, 3). Prerequisites, 6 hours of
fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with
special emphasis upon relations with the United States.
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3). Pre-
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War.
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3).
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two
World Wars and their global impacts and sig^nificance.
H. 179, 180. Diplomatic History of Europe Since 1871 (3, 3).
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of European diplomacy, imperialism and power politics since the
Franco-Prussian War.
H. 186. History of the British Empire (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or
H. 3, 4.
The rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of
responsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the
dependent Empire.
H. 191. History of Russia (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day.
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3). Prerequisite, H. 191.
A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with
special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and
conflicts with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and
the Far East will be studied.
H. 193. History of the Near East (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the Balkans and of Turkey from earliest times to the present.
582 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
H. 195. The Far East (3).
A survey of the institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the
Pacific area.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3).
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III
(2, 2, 2). Prerequisite, General or Educational Psychology or any course in
Human Development.
This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a \vide body of information about an indi-
vidual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study
group for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2).
Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic
arts, paper construction. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects
(2), (Offered in Baltimore.)
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects.
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn;
the types of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction
sheets; measuring results and grading student progress in shop and
related technical subjects.
Ind. Ed. 145, 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2,2).
Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices
of the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical serv-
ices in industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control
of air contamination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue;
nutrition; sanitation; illumination; noise; radiant energy; heating and venti-
lation; maximum use of manpower; absenteeism.
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2).
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application.
Special emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids
useful to shop teachers. Actual making and application of such an aid
will be required.
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2).
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
arrangement of the shop.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 583
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2).
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which
is basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course
should precede Ind. Ed. 169.
Ind. Ed. 169. Construction of Vocational and Occupational Courses of
Study (2).
Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools.
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2).
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a
point of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total
educational program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for apprais-
ing current procedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own
professional area.
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2).
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required
in the operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2).
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE, FOREIGN
French
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3). Students who offer two units
in French for entrance, but whose preparation is not adequate for second-
year French, receive half credit for this course.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3). Prerequisite, French
1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for students interested in litera-
ture or in fields related to literature. Students who expect to do major
or minor work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place
of the second semester of this course.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture.
German
German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3). Students who offer two units
in German for entrance, but whose preparation is not adequate for second-
year German, receive half credit for this course.
Russian
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3).
Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.
584 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3). Prerequisite, Russian 1 and
2, or equivalent.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought, and culture.
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3).
Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepa-
ration is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this
course.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3). Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2
or equivalent. Students who do major or minor work in Spanish are advised
to take Spanish 17 in place of the second semester of this course.
Translation, grammar review, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of
texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American
life, thought, and culture.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3).
An introductory course to library methods as applied to an organization
in which the primary function of the library is bibliographical control of
material pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. This course
is planned to train in general library methods a person who already is a
specialist in some particular phase of library service.
MATHEMATICS
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0). Required of students who fail the
qualifying examination for Math. 5 or 10.
The fundamental principles of algebra.
Math. 10. Algebra (3). Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane
geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general Arts and
Science students.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binominal theorem,
theory of equations.
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3). Prerequisite, Math.
10, or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general
Arts and Science students. This course not recommended for students plan-
ning to enroll in Math. 20.
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri-
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec-
tions, graphs.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 585
Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2).
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas,
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations.
Math. 15. College Algebra (3).
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa-
tions, theory of equations, binominal theorem, complex numbers, logarithms
determinants, progressions.
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4). Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical
sciences.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 19. Mathematics Refresher (0). (Equivalent of 4 credits.)
Review of trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition
formulas, solution of triangles, trigonometric equations; and, review of co-
ordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transforma-
tion of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equa-
tions, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4). Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Opei.
to students in engineering, education and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli-
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite
series.
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3). Prerequisite, Math.
21, or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and electrical engi-
neering.
Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order
with emphasis on their engineering applications.
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or
equivalent.
Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions.
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent.
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces.
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli-
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics,
586 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of
variations. ^
Math. 114, 115. DifiFerential Equations (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxi-
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur-
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order,
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations,
applications.
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3). Prerequisite,
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students of mathematics should enroll in Math 210, 211.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and inte-
gration, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power
series.
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3). Prerequisite, Math. 114, or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica-
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential
equations of physics and engineering.
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3,
3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent.
Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, elec-
trical and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences.
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Vector algebra with applications to geometry and mechanics.
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equiv-
alent.
Survey of high-speed calculators; applicability of numerical techniques.
Evaluation of errors in extended calculations; round-off and truncation
errors. Finite differences; smoothing; divided differences; central differ-
ences; uniform intervals. Newton's interpolation formula; inverse inter-
polation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Systems of simultane-
ous equations. Solution of typical problems.
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equiva-
lent. Intended for students of engineering and physics.
Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations.
Fourier and Laplace transforms.
Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statistics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Math. 21
or equivalent.
Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and
correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 587
Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent.
This course is intended for those who desire a working knowledge of
statistical methods without going into the finer points of the mathematical
theory. Tools of probability theory, testing hypotheses, power of tests,
tests of goodness of fit, estimation, design of experiments, moments, curve
fitting, regression, and correlation.
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3). Prerequisite,
advanced calculus.
Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory,
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler.
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3). Prerequisites, advanced calculus and
differential equations.
Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian Geometry and its extensions,
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory
of relativity.
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced
calculus and differential equations.
The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of
dynamics, elasticity, hydro-dynamics.
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3).
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Mech. 52;
Math. 64; M. E. 107; M. E. 109.
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds.
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3). Prerequisite, Mech. 52; Math.
64; M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad-
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc., and problems involving
instability of structures.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3).
Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 104, 105; Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
availibility. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of
588 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora-
tion and condensation.
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisite, M. E.
54, Math. 64.
Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory.
Engineering applications.
M. E. 225. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2). Prerequisite,
Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects
of mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical proper-
ties. Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation.
Fatigue, creep and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concen-
tration.
M. E. 229. Jet Propulsion (2). Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104,
M. E. 105.
Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency.
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics,
aerodynamics of high-speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and
liquid propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and
hydroduct units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors.
MILITARY SCIENCE
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3).
A study of organization, troop movements by Motor, Rail, Air, Water.
Evacuation replacements and prisoner of war, characteristics of materiel,
supply. Staffs, and procedure to include organization, duties, and functions
through division.
M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3).
The study of the great leaders of history and an analysis of qualities which
attributed to their success.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3).
A study of our military history and our military policy and the effects
of the latter on the former.
MUSIC
Music 1. Music Appreciation (3).
A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the time
of Haydn, with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy.
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 589
schools, and the types of professional and personal competence required
of teachers in nursing schools are among the topics included. This course
may be substituted for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be
permitted to register for Ed. 2, or vice versa.
N. Ed. 5, 6. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3). (Offered in
Baltimore.)
This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field
of nursing arts. It is a course which is roughly parallel to the general
course Ed. 145.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2).
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the
worker. Emphasis is placed on hospital economics and the budgeting of
supplies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the
entire course.
N. Ed. 117. Newer Trends in Nursing Service (2).
Inclination and effect on the care of the patient; how to evaluate a nursing
service by the point rate system as advocated by the American College of
Surgeons. The importance of a close working relationship between the
director of nursing and the hospital administrators as well as all other
department heads.
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3). (Offered in Baltimore.)
Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth
and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required.
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2). Laboratory fee, $7.50.
The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the type-
writer continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of the
"touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in
O. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand.
PHILOSOPHY
Phil. 1. Philosophical Perspectives (3).
Systematic and critical examination and evaluation of representative
hypotheses as to the nature of man and his place in the universe, the nature
and function of religion and of science in the life of man.
PhiL 102. Modern Philosophy (3). Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th,
and 18th Centuries. Based upon readings in Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant.
590 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Courses open only to men are given odd numbers.
Courses open only to women have even numbers.
Courses for men and women have numbers ending with zero.
P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3). Prerequisite, P. E. 100.
A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) exer-
cises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural defects.
Testing methods. Theory and practice.
P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2).
The study of the origins and derivations of modem physical education
and the implications of the modem program for human welfare.
P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3).
An integrative resume of the basic and specialized sciences pertinent to
this field and their application in developing the modem physical education
curriculum.
P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3).
The application of measurement to physical and health education.
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation (3).
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (1-2).
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
(3).
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places
in education.
P. E. 288. Research Problems in Physical Education (1-6).
Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may
register for two or more credits under this number and write one of his
seminar papers.
P. E. 289. Research in Thesis (1-6).
Students who desire credits for a Master's thesis, a Doctoral dissertation,
or a Doctoral project should use this number.
PHYSICS
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3). The
first half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the
general stttdent and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 591
schools. Prerequisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in
elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3).
The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for
the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5). The first half of
a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering
curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration
and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5).
The second half of a course in general physics. Required of all students
in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken
concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours' laboratory work for
each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour,
Phys. 102. Optics (3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11
or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or
21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2). Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104.
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3). Prerequisite, Phys.
115, and two credits of Phys. 100.
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Off-campus. Prerequisites,
Phys. 107 and Math. 21, or equivalent.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5). Primarily
for students planning to do graduate work. Prerequisite, advanced stand-
ing in physics and mathematics.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 201, or
equivalent.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 222. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2). Pre-
requisite, Phys. 201.
592 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213.
Phys. 230. Seminar (1).
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 200.
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3). Prerequisite, Phys.
236.
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 250. Research. (Credit according to work done.) Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour.
PSYCHOLOGY
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3). Not open to Freshmen.
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution.
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every-
day life.
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1.
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in educa-
tion; measurement and sig^nificance of individual differences, learning, moti-
vation, transfer of training.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment,
communication and its influences on normal social activity.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3).
Prerequisite, Psych. 128.
A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 693
RECREATION
Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2).
The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by
individuals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, leader-
ship, areas, facilities and programs.
*Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3). (May be offered
in Baltimore.)
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group
recreation.
*Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3).
A consideration of the management and the personnel required to con-
duct recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club, and
social agencies.
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3).
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition
and change; social organization.
Soc. 52. Criminology (3). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation;
prevention of crime.
Soc 114. The City (3).
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control,
and planning.
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3). Social organization of American in-
dustry; functions of members of industrial organization, status, social
structure, patterns of interaction and relations of industry and society.
Soc 118. Community Organization (3).
Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community
centers; neighborhood projects.
Soc 121, 122. Population (3, 3).
Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects
and policies.
• Courses starred (*) may be used for graduate credit.
594 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3).
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state;
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities
in Europe.
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3).
Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social
behavior.
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3).
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3). Prerequisites, Soc. 1 or equivalent
and junior standing.
Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the
public.
Soc. 145. Social Control (3). Prerequisites, Soc. 1 or its equivalent and
junior standing.
Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior;
problems of social control in contemporary society.
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3).
Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing con-
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de-
terminants of human behavior.
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3).
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3).
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent
theories of society.
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3).
Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects
of race and culture contacts and intermixture.
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2). Prerequisite for advanced speech
courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech IL
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the fresh-
man year. Laboratory fee, $1.00 for each course.
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 595
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3).
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation.
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2.
Speech 7. Public Speaking (3).. For science and engineering students.
The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., on technical and
general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3). Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
Speech 102. Radio Production (3).
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting, and the co-
ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro-
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3).
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of
public address.
Speech 105. Pathology (3).
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders.
Speech 106. Clinic (3). Prerequisite, Speech 105.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus.
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3). For students who intend
to teach.
Every-day speech problems that confront the teacher.
Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Command (2,2).
Limited to students in the College of Military Science.
Speech 133. StafiF Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3).
Limited to students in the College of Military Science.
Speech 134. Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed
Forces (3).
Limited to students in the College of Miltary Science.
SURVEYING
Surv. 1, 2. Plane Surveying (2, 2). Prerequisite, Math. 14. Surv. 1
required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Chemical, Electrical, and Mechan-
ical Engineering. Surv. 1, 2 required of sophomores in Civil Engineering.
596
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Theory and practice in the use of tape, compass, transit, and level.
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross-
sections, volume, stadia.
ZOOLOGY
Zool. la, lb. General Zoology (2, 2).
This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian
form are studied. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
Zool. 110. Parasitology (3). Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
A study of the morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites
with special emphasis on practical problems in parasite control and disease
prevention. Laboratory fee, $8.00.
University of Maryland Munich Day School Students
On the Way to Class At the Snack Bar
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL
SURGERY, DENTAL SCHOOL
OFFICERS OF ADiMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean
Katharine Toomey, Administrative Assistant
Eekjar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1950-1951 SESSION
Emeritus
Burt B. Ide, D.D.S 2010 E. Thirty-first Street
Professor of Operative Dentistry
Professors
*Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Street
Professor of Pathology
*JosBPH C. BiDDix, Jr., D.D.S 72 Dunkirk Road
Professor of Oral Diagnosis
♦Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S 716 Hunting Place
Professor of Pharmacology
JBrice M. Dorsey, D.D.S Defense Highway, R. D. 1, Annapolis, Md.
Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
♦Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S 218 Midhurst Road
Professor of Dental Prosthesis
♦William E. Hahn, D.D.S., A.B., M.S 47 Holmehurst Ave., Catonsville
Professor of Anatomy
♦Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., B.S., M.A 5821 Bellona Avenue
Director of Clinics
♦Marion W. McCrea, D.D.S., M.S 1200 St. Paul Street
Professor of Embryology and Histology
♦Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S 5811 Clear Spring Road
Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
♦Robert H. Oster, Ph.D 694 Gladstone Avenue
Professor of Physiology
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S Mt. Vista Road, Glen Arm, Md.
Professor of Orthodontics
♦Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S 4500 Pen Lucy Road
Professor of Operative Dentistry
♦J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc Roland Park Apartments
Professor of Dental History and Dental Ethics
♦Donald E. Shay, Ph.D. Severna Park, Md.
Professor of Bacteriology
♦E. G. Vanden Bosche, Ph.D 7 Burnbrae Road, Towson
Professor of Biochemistry
• Full time 1 Half time
769
770 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Associate Professors
JBbnjamin a. Dabrowski, A.B., D.D.S 5410 Springlake Way
Associate Professor of Clinical Oral Roentgenolosry
*Stanley H. Dosh, D.D.S 216 Rosewood Avenue, Catonsville
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
*J0SEPHINE V. EZEKIEL 5001 Hazel Avenue, Relay
Director of Visual Aids
♦Gardner P. H. Foley, M.A 4824 Keswick Road
Associate Professor of Dental History and Dental Literature
Harold Golton, D.D.S 3728 Winterboume Road
Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S 5214 Springlake Way
Associate Professor of Periodontology
George McLean, M.D 5507 St. Albans Way
Associate Professor of Physical Diagmosis and Principles of Medicine
'Robert G. Miller, D.D.S 6603 Edmondson Ave. Ext,, Catonsville
Associate Professor of Dental Anatomy and Instructor in Clinical Oral Roentgenology
*WiLBUR 0. Ramsey, D.D.S Seminary Avenue, Lutherville
Associate Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
NATHAN B. Scherr, D.D.S 2426 Eutaw Place
Associate Professor of Dentistry for Children
*GuY P. Thompson, A.M 3024 Ailsa Avenue
Associate Professor of Anatomy
♦Robert B. Towill, D.D.S 1327 Gatwich Road, Harundale
Associate Professor of Oi)erative Dentistry
fL. Edward Warner, D.D.S Northwood Apartments
Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
Assistant Professors
Douglas A. Browning, D.D.S 425 Nottingham Road
Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
*J0SEPH P. Cappuccio, B.S., D.D.S 807 Park Avenue
Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
A. Bernard Eskow, D.D.S 3611 Copley Road
Assistant Professor of Periodontology
♦Stuart R. Londeree, D.D.S 5501 Morello Road
Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery
*J0SB E. Medina, D.D.S 1662 East Cold Spring Lane
Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
B. Sargent Wells, D.D.S 3704 Cedardale Road
Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
JRiLBY S. Williamson, Jr., D.D.S 3803 Locheam Drive
Assistant Professor of Dental Prosthesis
Special Lecturers
Alfred T. Nelson, M.D 4526 Marble Hall Road
Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine)
Harry M. Robinson, M.D 106 E. Chase Street
Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine)
* Fall time t Approximately full time t Half time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 111
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D 603 Edgevale Road
Associate in Surgery (School of Medicine)
F. Noel Smith, D.D.S 321 Broxton Road
Special Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis
John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D 3936 Cloverhill Road
Professor of Law (School of Law)
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D 602 W. University Parkway
Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery (School of Medicine)
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D 212 Ridgewood Road
Professor of Surgery (School of Medicine)
Instructors
tALViN D. AiSENBERG, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Road
Instructor in Pathology
Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S 1308 E. Belvedere Avenue
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
JSterrett p. Beaven, D.D.S 736 West Hills Parkway, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
*W. Robert Biddington, D.D.S 4212 Frederick Avenue
Instructor in Periodontology
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S 522 Old Orchard Road
Instructor in Diagnosis
Morris E. Coberth, D.D.S 209 Goodale Road
Instructor in Clinical Dentistry for Children
♦Virginia H. Cooksey, B.S 1404 Edison Highway
Instructor in Embryology and Histology
*Charles W. DeVier, D.D.S 5733 Beauregard Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Dentistry for Children
♦Lawrence J. Edberg, B.S 4602 Lawn Park Road
Instructor in Biochemistry
Russell Gigliotti, D.D.S. i 800 N. Patterson Park Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Diagnosis
Ralph J. Gordon, D.D.S 2320 Anoka Avenue
Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
Karl F. Grempler, D.D.S 2 2311 Garrison Boulevard
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
Julian W. Habercam, D.D.S 5839 York Road
Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
L. Crockett Harrison, A.B., D.D.S 335 Whitfield Road
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
♦Cecil G. Hewes, B.A., M.S 1644-D Eastern Avenue, Essex
Instructor in Anatomy
Marshall I. Kader, D.D.S 1404 Lochner Road
Instructor in Oral Surgery
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S 3504 Grantley Road
Instructor in Anesthesiology
•Nancy W. Kiehne, A.B.3 5703 Chinquapin Parkway
Instructor in Visual Aids
• Full time t Half time
1 Resigned February 28, 1951 2 Died February 25, 1951 3 Resigned January 31, 1951
772 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Stanley M. Kotula, D.D.S 533 S. Luzerne Avenue
Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
Algert p. Lazauskas, D.D.S 801 Braeside Road, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Lester Lebo, B.S., M.D 3600 Eldorado Avenue
Instructor in Physical Diagnosis
Victor S. Leocha, D.M.D 42 State Circle, Annapolis
Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Richard C. Leonard, D.D.S., M.S.P.H Lan-Lea Apartments, Towson
Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
*Alicb J. Mellinger, A.B 3 Northship Road, Dundalk
Instructor in Visual Aids
Frank N. Ogden, M.D 2701 N. Calvert Street
Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Students
*RiCHARD C. Orrison, D.D.S 1312 Berry Street
Instructor in Oral Surgery
Burton R. Pollack, D.D.S 5427 Jonquil Avenue
Instructor in Physiology
Leonard Rapoport, B.S., D.D.S 836 W. 36th Street
Instructor in Pharmacology
Aaron Schaeffer, A.B., D.D.S., M.S 3114 Wolcott Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
tE. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D. 6206 Blackburn Lane
Instructor in Physiology
D. Robert Swinehart, B.A., D.D.S 1119 Bellemore Road
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
R. Kent Tongue, Jr., D.D.S 4006 Round Top Road
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
JEdmond G. Vanden Bosche, B.S., D.D.S 7 Burnbrae Road, Towson
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Paul C. Wainwright, B.S., D.D.S 2509 Canterbury Road
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Earle H. Watson, D.D.S 1810 Winans Ave., Halethorpe
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
♦Margaret W. Wood, R.N 823 Park Avenue
Instructor in Visual Aids
Graduate Assistants
♦Martha A. Adams, B.S 1404 Edison Highway
Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
♦Joseph W. Cavallaro, B.S 2602 Allendale Road
Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology
Library Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S 2100 Mt. Royal Terrace
Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
Beatrice Marriott, A.B. 709 Reservoir Street
Assistant Librarian
• Full time t Half time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 773
Elizabeth Grouse 313 S. Ellwood Avenue
Library Assistant
Clara Louise Meckel, A.B., B.S.L.S 1703-B Waverly Way
Cataloguer
Charlotte Wilson 5719 Edge Park Road
Assistant to the Cataloguer
Assisting Staff
Louise 0. Bentley 327 Cornwall Street
Stenographer
June G. Bingen, R.N 604 Hastings Road, Towson
Assistant in Oral Surgery
Lorraine J. Cook 7110 Marley Neck Road
stenographer
Ruth E. Cooke 700 Cooks Lane
Secretary, Diagnostic Clinic
Mary Katherine Cross 3821 Dolfield Avenue
Information and Case Record Clerk
Norma J. Duffey 1241 N. Curley Street
stenographer
Mary A. Hagan 2804 E. Baltimore Street
Secretary, Orthodontic Clinic
Claire V. Herbert 4523 Fairfax Road
Secretary, Prosthetic Clinic
Ellen Lynch 2515 Garrett Avenue
stenographer
Dorothy McLaughlin 303 Edsdale Road
stenographer
Katherine Miller 1806 E. 30th Street
Secretary, Oral Surgery Clinic
Mary C. Reed 215 N. Linwood Avenue
Accountant, Clinics
Addie a. Spicer Hampstead, Maryland
Cashier
Mary H. Stienemann 1257 Stevens Avenue, Halethorpe
Secretary, Roentgenology Clinic
Katherine L. Underwood 124 Newburg Avenue, Catonsville
stenographer
774 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTORY
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and inter-
esting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular session —
1950-51 — it completed its one hundred and eleventh year of service to dental
education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first
effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating
the practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissen-
sions in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It
was Dr. Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than
had been given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan
of dental teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in
1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for
a scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris
came to Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of un-
usual ability and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing and
promoting formal dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been
interrupted at the University of Maryland and there was an apparent
unsurmountable difficulty confronting the creation of dental departments in
medical schools, an independent college was decided upon. A charter was
applied for and granted by the Maryland Legislature February 1, 1840.
The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840, at which time Dr.
Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris, Dean.
The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on November 3, 1840,
to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was created as
the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College of
Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of the dental profession, con-
tributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of
Dental Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris
continued fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental
literature to the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of
Dental Science testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840
the American Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H.
Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding
Secretary. This was the beginning of dental organization in America, and
was the forerunner of the American Dental Association, which now num-
bers approximately seventy-five thousand in its present membership. The
foregoing suggests the unusual influence Baltimore dentists and the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery have exercised on professional ideals and
policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore Col-
lege of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1879,
at which time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery. A department of dentistry was organized at the University of
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 775
Maryland in the year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923.
This school was chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately
owned and directed institution until 1920, when it became a State institution.
The Dental Department of the Baltimore Medical College was established
in 1895, continuing until 1913, when it merged with the Dental Department
of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School
of Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct
department of the University under State supervision and control. Thus
we find in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Uni-
versity of Maryland, a merging of the various efforts at dental education
in Maryland. From these component elements have radiated developments
of the art and science of dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second
to none, either in number or degree of service to the profession.
BUILDING
The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest comer of Lombard
and Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occu-
pied by the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square feet
of floor space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is ideally
arranged for efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large lecture
rooms, classrooms, a library and reading room, science laboratories, technic
laboratories, clinic rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with new equip-
ment throughout and provides every accommodation necessary for satisfac-
tory instruction under comfortable arrangements and pleasant surroundings.
Special attention has been given to the facilities in clinic instruction. The
large clinic wing contains 145 operating spaces; each space contains a chair,
operating table and unit equipped with an electric engine, compressed air,
gas, running water, etc. Clinic instruction is segregated, and the following
departments have been arranged for effective teaching: Operative, Prosthesis
(including Fixed Partial Prosthesis and Ceramics), Anesthetics and Surgery,
Orthodontics, Diagnosis, Pathology, Pedodontics, Roentgenology, and Visual
Aids. All technic laboratories are equipped with every modem facility to
promote efficiency in instruction.
LIBRARY
The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and
organized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. The
Library is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices
and a reading room accommodating ninety-six students. More than 14,600
books and bound journals on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together
with numerous pamphlets, reprints and unbound journals, are available for
the student's use. More than 200 journals are regularly received by the
Library. An adequate staff promotes the growth of the Library and assists
the student body in the use of the Library's resources. The Library is
financed by direct appropriations from the State, by the income from the
endowment established by the Maryland State Dental Association and by
the proceeds of the sale of books to students. One of the most important
776 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
factors of the dental student's education is to teach him the value and the
use of dental literature in his formal education and in promoting his use-
fulness and value to the profession during practice. The Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental instruction.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland, offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of
didactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, and
quizzes. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student in
the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete
course is found on pages 782 and 783 of this catalogue.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having successfully
completed two full years of work in an accredited college of arts and
sciences based upon the completion of a four-year high-school course. No
applicant will be considered who has not completed all requirements for
advancement to the Junior year. Although a minimum of 60 semester
credits, exclusive of Physical Education and Military Science, is required
for admission, additional work is desirable. The scholastic attainments of
the applicant must be of such quality as to insure a high standard of achieve-
ment in the dental course.
The college courses must include at least a year's credit in English, in
biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic chemistry. All
required science courses shall include both classroom and laboratory in-
struction. Formal credit in biology and physics, and a half year's credit in
organic chemistry, but not in English and inorganic chemistry, may be
waived in part or in whole in the case of exceptional students with three
years or more of college credit earned in an accredited college or university.
The credentials of all students admitted to the Dental School, University of
Maryland, under the foregoing permissive regulation will be submitted for
approval to the Council on Education of the American Dental Association.
COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES— DENTAL PROGRAM
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum
leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery.
The preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional
part in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the
arts and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean
of the School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science
by the College of Arts and Sciences at the commencement following the
completion of the student's second year in the School of Dentistry. A
student may enter the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park
with advanced standing from an accredited college or university, but the
last year of the preprofessional training must be completed at College Park
and the professional training must be completed in the School of Dentistry
of the University of Maryland.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 777
REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and
his successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate train-
ing. The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the
College of Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered
to by the School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and
is not enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $100.00 to insure regis-
tration in the class.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write to
the Office of the Dean requesting a preliminary information form. Upon
the receipt and the examination of this form by the Committee on Admis-
sions an application blank will be sent to those candidates who merit
consideration. Each applicant should fill out the blank in its entirety and
mail it promptly, together with the application fee and photographs, to the
Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland.
The early filing of an application is urged. Applicants wishing advice on
any problem relating to their predental training or their application should
communicate with the Committee on Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This
test will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States,
its possessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on
Dental Education of the American Dental Association of the dates of the
tests and the locations of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Committee on
Admissions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the
best possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which
will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he
has applied.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed
two or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School
of Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regu-
lar instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the
first year.
(b) Applicant for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for ad-
mission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion
to the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3)
show an average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the
school where transfer credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic
attainments, character and personality; (5) present letter of honorable dis-
missal and recommendation from the dean of the school from which he
transfers.
778 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have en-
tered and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which
time lectures to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session,
the dates for which are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the
privilege of final examination in any and all such courses. In certain un-
avoidable circumstances of absence the Dean may honor excuses, but a stu-
dent with indifferent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding
class.
GRADING AND PROMOTION
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure;
I, Incomplete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory"
and "Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their com-
pleted assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control,
have been unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A
student shall not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When
he has completed the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the
student shall be given the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of trimester credits assigned
to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are:
A-4; B-3; C-2; D-1; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the
products of trimester credits and grade values, divided by the total nvmiber
of trimester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year
will be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an over-all grade
point average of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of
2.0 is required for promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
EQUIPMENT
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by
the Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments
and materials to be delivered to the student at the opening of school. Each
student is required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed neces-
sities. A student who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted
to continue with his class.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness
to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. In-
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 779
tegrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and
associates and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student
will be considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the
granting of a degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled
course of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in
the community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
FEES
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year) :
Non-resident student 550.00
Resident student 330.00
Student Health Service (each year) 20.00
Laboratory breakage deposit, Freshman, Sophomore and Junior
years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for
admission) $5.00
Penalty for late registration 5.00
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Student Activity Fee — Special
For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activi-
ties the student body has voted a fee of $12.00 to be paid at the opening of
the school year to the treasurer of the Student Activity Committee.
Refunds
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his courses or fails to register after a place has
been reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course,
but are not transferable.
REGISTRATION
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
780 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from
one professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee
required by each professional school.
A student who neglects or fails to register prior to and within the day or
days specified for his school, will be called upon to pay a fine of $5.00. The
last day of registration with fine added to regular fees is Saturday at noon
of the week in which instruction begins, following the specified registration
period. (This rule may be waived only on written recommendation of the
Dean.)
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and pay to the Comptroller one-half of the tuition fee in addi-
tion to all other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork
at the opening of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in
the hands of the Comptroller during registration period for the second half
of the academic year.
The above requirements will be rigidly enforced.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENT STATUS OF STUDENT
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if, at the
time of their registration, their parents* have been residents of this State
for at least one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time of their
registration, they have been residents of this State for at least one year;
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of
his first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed
by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become
legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence for a least one
full calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change
from a nonresident to a resident status must be established by him prior
to registration for a semester in any academic year.
DEPARTMENT OF STUDENT HEALTH
The School undertakes to supply medical care for its students through the
Department of Student Health. This care includes required diagnostic
studies, medical attention, surgical procedures and hospitalization judged to
be necessary by the Department.
It is not within the scope of the Department to provide medical care for
conditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it
the function of this service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students
before admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in
the period between academic years or during authorized school vacations.
The cost of orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the services
of special nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student.
The School does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring
away from the community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or
• The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or other unusual cir-
cumstances, have been legrally constituted the guardians of and stand in loco parentis to
such minor students.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 781
medical services in institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in
any case, for medical expense not authorized by the Department of Student
Health.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examina-
tion, which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected
within the first school year. The passing of this examination is a require-
ment for the final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where
defects in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been
made.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the oflBce of
the Department of Student Health. Under circumstances requiring home
treatment, the students will be visited at their College residences.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the De-
partment will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital ex-
penses, depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred.
This arrangement applies only to students admitted through the office of
the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects cor-
rected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which
later correction might involve.
SCHOLARSHIP LOANS
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need
on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry.
It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last
two years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation — From this fund, established
under the will of General Henry Strong of Chicago, an annual allotment is
made to the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland, for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and
women students under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the
privileges of these loans are limited to students in the Junior and Senior
years. Only students who through stress of circumstances require financial
aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are con-
sidered in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endovmient Fund — Under a provision
of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New Haven, Connecticut,
an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds of which are
to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation — During World War II the Foundation
recognized the burden that the accelerated course imposed upon many dental
students who under normal circumstances would earn money for their edu-
cation by employment during the summer vacation. The Foundation granted
to this School a fund to provide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
782
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
OS»-I«0(MOOC^U3
eotouiiH •«oajM<ONoo
O
OS
o
o
z
iJ tH
■"it (N O •<* to 00
•^ t- 00 -^ CO o
rH W iH
00 00 M
O tH t>
H *:
N c^ >*
• O (M (M Tt
«£>
«o to
t> tH N
• «D t- iH (N
CO CO
«D00«C>CD«OC<I«O N
■ CO CO CO iH «0 00
94
S *'
(M to 00 «0 t£>
t- CO -^ CO CO
(M
H J
.§*5
00 • (£>
tH • CO
•
00
•
00
00
CI
•
. «o .
■^
N
o
CO
• • CO
;
CO
00
00
.
. . to
(M
(N
N
.
o
5?
CO
• N 00
• CO
(N
• CO
-3 to
b 0)
a 2^^
a; c3
.2 5
a
C<J
c
<
C4 rt CQ
c .
>. ca
bo C
o rt
,2 S
>. o ^•
o
S
o
o
<u
bo o
.2
CO
V
u
&<
<v
.2 Q
wo.. _
Q Q o a ;? H
Q) O
C cj
"o 4J "O
c .S .3
c3
'■5 bo
T3 bo C _
C O O -^
c« "S -O .2
- ^ .2 «
^ ^ b
S es +3
^ Vi 2if M 'r-l -i-l l-H M eg Ol wi-^
•<PQQHEz4;z400aHPLipLi
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
783
m
u
r
H -r
U3eOlMOOl>eomC<5Wt>COM
c ousoooeo • -^ -00
"3 OOCCi-KO'* -US .1-1
o •
00
•OWIU3
•O •
• ooo
• 00 U5
N •
(N
•QO(M(M
•00 •
• CO 00
. tHC^
lO
tH
T-\
•«*
-) ij
H J
• W ?0 C<] (N -^ «0 (M
• tH tH tH (M CO r-4
•C^ (>] oo«o
• 1-i y-i ■r-\ <n
00
8 .
a t;
• lH T-t • CO rH
s a
5 'J
• eg wWN
u
'S
s
pCt3
M >- to
o C3 O'
Q^.2'-*^
QQHI
-f? >.
*^ o
rt o
f-i _ ^j ^
cu e« cj -
OOOO
s o
1=1
S o^o o
"43'© M g
Hart
0)^ C P
in
c3
O
Eh
(V^ ^ o S
.2 "Sg^S
a, (U.S c
QQQW
S3 .
a» >>
a>'-4-)
U3 C _ ""I (1) nS.Sl
1^ «!J 06 -3 bo g-^
53.S3^P<t,tHt^
H&H*^;2;0000
Q
■ V
2 Si^'
2 bfll^,
CO .2 §§•
O w y *;
.2 ^ « >
o o
p, bo2
,g Q> g <u
784 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GROSS ANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson and Mr. Hewes
This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences, oral and written quizzes, and practical demonstrations. Each
student is required to dissect the lateral half of the human body. The
osteology of a given region is studied at the time of the dissection of that
region so that the value of learning this phase of anatomy may be better
demonstrated.
The subject is taught M^ith the purpose of emphasizing the principles of
structure of the body, the knoMrledge of which is derived from a study of
its development, its organs and tissues, and the action of its parts.
Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students and dentists
interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
NEUROANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson and Mr. Hewes
Neuroanatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy.
The work consists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross
dissections and miscroscopic methods. Function is taught with structure;
correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work in the
histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
Professor McCrea and Miss Cooksey
Histology, general and special dental, is given during the Freshman year
and is presented by lectures and laboratory instruction. It embraces the
thorough study of the cells, elementary tissues, and the organs of the various
systems of the body. Special dental histology includes the gross and micro-
scopic study of the oral cavity, teeth and their investing tissues. At all times
correlations are made with the other phases of the curriculum. The use of
fresh tissues in the laboratory is included to associate further the structure
with function.
The course in Embryology is given by means of lectures and laboratory
classes. It covers the fundamentals of the development of the human body,
particular emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, oral cavity
and teeth with their surrounding structures. At all times emphasis is placed
on the association of embryology to histology and anatomy.
Students are trained in the proper use of the microscope and its accessories,
and in staining, mounting and properly manipulating sections made for
microscopic study. All sections are prepared for class.
ORAL ANATOMY
Associate Professors Miller and Thompson
The course in Oral Anatomy is designed to teach the form and structure
of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of surfaces, divisions,
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 785
and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained in the
carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions. These lecture and laboratory exercises provide the
student with a thorough knowledge of tooth form and structure.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures
of the teeth and the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of
beginning calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the
deciduous teeth; followed by the beginning calcification, eruption, and com-
plete calcification of the permanent teeth are studied and correlated with the
growth in size of the jaws and face.
The third part of the course treats the evolutionary development of denti-
tion as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, both vertebrates and
invertebrates, with a comparative study of the number, position and form
of the teeth.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor Vayiden Bosche, Miss Adams and Mr. Edherg
The course is given in the Freshman year. The prerequisite subjects are
inorganic and organic chemistry. Additional training in analytical and phys-
ical chemistry is desirable.
Instruction is presented in the form of lectures, demonstrations and labora-
tory experience. The chemistry of living matter, its constituents and proc-
esses, forms the basis of the course. The detailed subject matter includes
the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hor-
mones; the processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism, secretion and
excretion are considered.
Instruction in qualitative and quantitative blood and urine examination is
included. These procedures are given clinical application during the Junior
and Senior years.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Oster, Drs. Pollack and Shipley
The purpose of the course in Physiology is to equip the student of dentistry
with a knowledge of the fundamental physiological functions of the human
body. The basic physical and chemical properties and processes in living
tissues and organisms are analyzed.
The material of the lectures is divided into sections concerned with nerve
and muscle function, the central nervous system and its integrative role,
respiration, digestion, metabolism, circulation, humoral control of function,
water balance, kidney function, and the special senses.
Laboratory work is given in the second trimester. Simple experiments
performed on frogs and turtles are followed by more advanced work on cats
and dogs and on the students themselves. Principles illustrating the appli-
cation of physiology to medicine and dentistry are given special attention.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed upon the experimental and
objective approach to problems as the basis of the scientific method. Effort
is made to present modem physiological developments and evaluate them
in terms of their clinical significance.
786 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs and Dr. Rapoport
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology, afford-
ing the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational thera-
peutics.
The course is taught during the second and third trimesters of the Junior
year by lectures, laboratories and demonstrations. The second trimester
consists of twenty-four (24) hours of didactic and twenty-four (24) hours
of laboratory work including instruction in pharmaceutical chemistry,
pharmacy, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics of the local-
acting drugs.
The third trimester consists of thirty-six (36) hours of didactic and thirty-
six (36) hours of laboratory instruction. The subject material consists of
the pharmacodynamics of the systemic-acting drugs.
In therapeutics the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the pre-
vention, treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
NUTRITIONAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
This course presented in the Senior year consists of twelve (12) hours of
lectures and demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutri-
tional therapeutics. The presentation includes a study of the dietary re-
quirements of essential food substances in health and disease. The vitamin
and mineral deficiency states with their pathology and symptomatology are
presented vsdth suggestions for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic dis-
eases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are considered.
Diets are planned for patients with various nutritional problems, such as
those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries,
stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
A term paper is required for the purpose of acquainting the students with
the current literature. A project study is made by each student which in-
cludes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement, his total energy require-
ment, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
ORAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
Oral therapeutics is presented in the Senior year and consists of twelve
(12) hours of lectures and demonstrations. The course is designed to
acquaint the students with the practical applications of pharmacology in
the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is given to
the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients
from the dental clinic and hospital will be used for demonstrations when-
ever possible.
BACTERIOLOGY
Professor Shay aiid Mr. Cavallaro
The course in Bacteriology is given in the Sophomore year. It embraces
lectures, demonstrations, recitations, and conferences, augmented by guided
reading.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 787
Practical and theoretical consideration is given to bacteria, both patho-
genic and nonpathogenic, viruses, protozoa, and some of the yeasts and
fungi. Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in
and about the oral cavity, particularly primary focal infection about the
teeth, tonsils, pharynx, nose, accessory sinuses, adenoids and nasopharynx,
and the types of systemic disease which result from the establishment of
secondary foci.
Immunity and serology are also dealt with, as well as antitoxins, antisera,
bacterins, vaccines and other antigens.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the preparation
of media; cultural characteristics of bacteria; their reaction to disinfectants,
antiseptics, germicides and various methods of sterilization; animal inocu-
lation, preparation of sera, vaccines, etc.; the various laboratory tests and
reactions; a study of the antibiotics; and demonstrations of virus techniques.
GENERAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
General pathology is taught in the Sophomore year by means of lectures,
demonstrations, quizzes and laboratory work.
The general principles of disease processes and tissue reactions, both gross
and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the student to
recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences.
Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in the treatment of which medico-
dental relationships are to be encountered.
ORAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
Special Oral Pathology is taught in the first trimester of the Junior year.
It includes a study of the etiology, the gross and microscopic manifestations,
and the correlation with treatment of diseases of the teeth, and their in-
vesting structures: namely, pathologic dentition, tooth malformations, dental
anomalies, periodontal diseases, tissue changes in orthodontic movement of
teeth, calcific deposits, dental caries, pulp diseases, focal infection, and oral
manifestations of systemic diseases.
Instruction includes lectures, demonstrations, lantern slides, prepared
slides, microscopic study of macroscopic specimens and models.
In an endeavor to correlate the scientific laboratories with clinical practice,
the Department of Oral Pathology also carries on in the clinic the work of
examination, diagnosis and treatment of Vincent's infection and periodontal
diseases, and the filling of root canals.
ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT PLANNING
Professor Biddix, Associate Professor Golton, Drs. Bryant,
Gigliotti, Habercam and Wainwright
The Department of Oral Diagnosis emphasizes the study of fundamental
principles and procedures in the diag^nosis of oral and related diseases. The
Junior and Senior students, in seminar groups, receive instruction by inti-
788 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
mate clinical observation and discussion of interesting cases. An intelligent
and scientific approach to each case is the prime teaching principle of this
department.
Abundant clinic material is available so that the student may observe every
type of disease to which the oral cavity is susceptible. Emphasis is placed
upon the fact that one must approach a study of the oral cavity through an
understanding of its relationship to other parts of the body. To this end
the department is singularly fortunate in having easy access for consulta-
tion with the medical service of the University Hospital.
Treatment planning is given the great importance it deserves. Students
are permitted to give their impressions of plans of treatment, which are
carefully discussed in this department. Consultations with other departments
are always available so that the practice of thorough diag^nosis is developed.
Much time is given to the study of the relationship of mouth infection to
systemic disease. The theory of local infection is emphasized and properly
evaluated so that the student may interpret clinical, roentgenologic, and
laboratory findings in an intelligent and competent manner. A large col-
lection of color slides serves to make lectures in oral diagnosis interesting
and instructive.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor Randolph; Associate Professors Scherr and Towill; Assistant
Professor Medina; Drs. Beaven, Harrison, Lazaitskas
and Vanden Bosche
Operative Dentistry is the treatment of diseases and injuries of the teeth
to restore the normal tooth forms and provide for the better health and
function of the oral mechanism. The course of instruction is given during
the Sophomore, Junior and Senior years.
In the Sophomore year, the student is trained in the technical procedures
in instrumentation, cavity preparation and manipulation of restorative mate-
rials. The variables which must be observed in preparing cavities to receive
different types of filling materials are carefully outlined. These modifica-
tions are carried out by the student in a series of cavity preparations made
in composition teeth, arranged in normal proximal relation on forms espe-
cially designed for the purpose. These fundamental principles are then
applied to extracted teeth in order that the student might study the charac-
teristic resistance of tooth structure to instrumentation. The management
of gold foil, amalgam, gold inlay and cement is given in detail and the stu-
dent restores the prepared cavities with these materials. This course of
instruction consists of twenty-four lectures and forty-eight laboratory
periods. Demonstration lectures, visual aids and conferences are used to
augment the student's training.
Operative Dentistry as taught in the Junior and Senior years is a con-
tinuing development of the principles presented in the Sophomore year. The
student is trained to render a satisfactory Oral Health service by restoring
pathologic teeth to their normal form and function and to evaluate new
procedures suggested by experience and research as improvements in opera-
tive practice. These objectives are pursued through a combination of
didactic and clinical instruction.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 789
The didactic instruction includes twenty-four one-hour lectures offered
during the Junior year, and twenty-four lectures during the Senior year. The
student is instructed in the treatment of the pathology of the hard tissues of
the teeth; he is taught how to apply the principles of idealism to unorthodox
conditions; and he is directed in the professional treatment of his patients
in terms of what they expect of him and what he can expect of them. A
certain amount of time is devoted to conferences which provide the student
an opportunity to bring his individual problems to the instructor for intimate
discussion.
Clinical instruction includes the practical application of the principles
underlying rational operative procedures. During the Junior and the Senior
years the student treats the dental pathologies of several cases under the
supervision of the Operative Instruction Staff.
DENTISTRY FOR CHILDREN
Associate Professor Scherr and Drs. Coberth and De Vier
This course consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction
which cover the technical aspects of treatment of children's teeth. Instruc-
tion is offered in the fundamentals and modification required in the prepa-
ration of all classes of cavities in the temporary teeth for the proper
reception of different filling materials, emphasizing conservation of tooth
structure. The proper manipulation and insertion of various metallic and
plastic filling materials are carefully taught. The proper care of the first
permanent molars is particularly emphasized. Various methods and pro-
cedures indicated in the restoration of broken and fractured central incisors
in children are demonstrated. For the purpose of rational tooth conservation
the technic of partial pulpotomy is taught, together with its indications and
contraindications. The problem of the premature loss of deciduous teeth
which necessitates proper space maintenance is carefully considered. Methods
of constructing various types of space retainers in the treatment of such
spaces are demonstrated. Prophylaxis is emphasized as a factor in pre-
vention.
A children's clinic, separate from the general operative clinic, equipped
with sixteen chairs and supervised by a special pedodontia staff, offers an
opportunity for clinical demonstration of the practices stressed in the
lectures.
PREVENTIVE AND PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY
Dr. Leonard
The objectives of this course are to emphasize those measures other than
remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or the exten-
sion of oral pathology, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of
general public health. The relationships of dentistry with other phases of
public health are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration
of dental health programs. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods
and materials suitable for use in dental health education programs.
790 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DENTAL MATERIALS
Professor Gaver; Assistant Professor Williamson;
Drs. Bailey and Watson
This course is designed to provide the Freshman student with a scientific
background in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical
application, and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the
practice of Dentistry, excluding all drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented by the instructors in the
form of lectures, demonstrations, informal group discussions, and directed
supplemental reading. From the practical standpoint, the student manipu-
lates and tests the various materials in the laboratory, being guided by
prepared project sheets.
At the termination of the course, the student will have developed an
understanding of the following factors: the importance of scientific testing
of a material before it is used by the profession at large; the realization of
the fact that every material has its limitations, which can be compensated
for only by intelligent application and manipulation; and an appreciation of
the vast field of research open to those who wish to help improve the mate-
rials that are available at the present time.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Gaver; Associate Professors Ramsey and Warner; Assistant
Professor Williamson; Drs. Bailey, Gordon, Kotida,
Smith and Watson
This course is carried through four years of study and includes lectures,
clinics, and demonstrations. It embraces lectures and technic work in the
first and second years, and lectures and clinics in the third and fourth years.
The work of the first year is devoted to a study of materials used in
denture construction. A series of lecture-demonstrations is given, explain-
ing the properties and manipulation of all the materials used. Experiments
and exercises are arranged to give the student practical knowledge of the
materials demonstrated and are designed to impress the student with the
importance of the essential fundamentals in all the various steps in full
denture construction.
During the second year the instruction embraces a study of materials used
in partial denture construction. Lecture-demonstrations, experiments, exer-
cises, and technical demonstrations are given, using the same method of
presentation as followed in the first year.
The course in the third year includes a study of the practical application
in the Infirmary of the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demon-
strations are offered of the various technics of impression and bite-taking
to provide the student with additional knowledge necessary for practical work
in the Infirmary.
The last year is given to the application in the Infirmary of the funda-
mentals taught in the previous year, particular attention being given to a
standard method of denture construction by the clinical instructors to eq\iip
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 791
the student with a basic technic. The didactic course of this year includes
all the various methods employed in advanced prosthesis.
FIXED PARTIAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Nuttall; Associate Professor Dosh; Assistant Professors
Browning and Wells; and Dr. Leocha
Instruction includes lecture and laboratory courses during the Sophomore
and Junior years which embrace the teaching of the principles involved and
the procedures necessary in abutment preparations, the construction of
fundamental retainers and the assemblage of fixed partial dentures. The
technics include the construction of pontics, wax manipulation, pattern carv-
ing, investing and casting.
The didactic work in the Junior year includes a study of the biological
factors, the mechanical requirements and the indications and contraindi-
cations of fixed partial prosthesis. Instruction is given in the history and
development of porcelain and methyl methacrylate as restorative materials.
These materials are employed in the construction of complete jacket crowns,
dowel crowns, and staining and glazing technic.
During the Junior and Senior years excellent clinical opportunities are
afforded the student to fulfill the practical requirements.
ORAL HYGIENE AND PERIODONTIA
Associate Professor Hicks; Assistant Professor Eskow;
Drs. A. D. Aisenberg and Biddington
Oral Hygiene
Oral Hygiene is taught by a combined lecture and laboratory course.
Prevention, or care of the mouth, is stressed in lectures. Emphasis is
placed on the functions and limitations of dentifrices and mouth washes, tooth-
brushes, and brushing methods; the role of diet in dental health and develop-
ment; and the relation of dental foci to systemic diseases. Causes, results,
treatment, and eradication of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are
fully considered. Demonstrations are given in the prophylactic treatment
and in the home care of the mouth, and in the methods of brushing teeth.
The student is taught in laboratory the fundamental use of scalers upon
special mannikins. By progressive exercises and drills he is carried through
the basic principles of good operating procedure and is taught the methods
of a thorough prophylactic treatment. The class is divided into two sections,
one as operators, the other as patients, to perform the actual clinical prophy-
lactic treatment. The sections are then alternated.
Periodontia
The lecture course presents the pathology, etiology, clinical symptoms,
diagnosis, prognosis, and methods of treatment of the various forms of
periodontal disease. The recognition of periodontal disease in its incipient
forms and the importance of early treatment are stressed. The various
methods of treatment are considered and evaluated.
The lectures are well illustrated with color slides and moving pictures.
Demonstrations, using patients, are correlated with the lecture course to
show conditions of actual practice.
792 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Infirmary practice is required of both Junior and Senior students. Indi-
vidual cases are managed according to systematized procedure. Diagnosis
is based on the study of radiographs, clinical signs and symptoms, models,
and history, and each case is rated according to its own particular needs.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor Preis; Drs. Grempler, Schaeffer, Swinehart and Tongue
The Orthodontic course consists of lectures, clinical observations and com-
prehensive diagnosis. The subject matter includes the history of ortho-
dontics and the study of grow^th and development, the evolution of human
dental occlusion, forces of occlusion, etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of
the maxilla and mandible which affect occlusion, and tissue changes inci-
dent to tooth movement.
Methods of orthodontic therapy are explained and demonstrated; ad-
vanced students are provided the opportunity for assisting during the
treatment of clinical patients.
Lectures are given during the three trimesters of the Junior year. The
Seniors are assigned to the orthodontic clinic.
ORAL SURGERY
Professors Dorsey, H, M. Robinson and Yeager; Associate Professor
Ward; Assistant Professors Cappuccio and Londeree; Drs.
Kader, Orrison and Siwinski
Oral Surgery is given in the Junior and Senior years and consists of lec-
tures, clinical assignments, and practical demonstrations on the etiology,
pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of tumors, infections, de-
formities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and of minor oral surgical
conditions associated with the practice of dentistry. Special group hospital
clinics, demonstrations and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student
with abnormal conditions incident to the field of his future operations and
to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis of benign and malignant tumors.
Weekly seminars are held in the hospital and each Senior student is re-
quired to prepare and present an oral surgery case report according to the
requirements of The American Board of Oral Surgery.
Instruction is given in the classification of teeth for extraction, in the re-
moval of teeth, and in the pre- and post-operative treatment of patients,
both ambulatory and hospitalized.
Students are required to produce anesthesia and to extract teeth under the
direction and supervision of an instructor.
Clinics are held to demonstrate the removal of impacted and Imbedded teeth
and cysts, and the treatment of fractures and other oral conditions requiring
surgery. Abundant clinical material and adequate facilities enable the stu-
dent to receive exceptional training and practice.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 793
ANESTHETICS
Professors Dorsey and Nelson; Assistant Professor Cappiiccio;
Dr. Inman
Local anesthesia is taught both in principle and in practice. All types
of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections; the anatomical
relationship of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic agents,
the dangers involved, and toxic manifestations and their treatment, are
taught in lectures and clinics. Demonstrations are given in conduction and
infiltration technics, and students are required to give similar injections
under direct supervision of the instructor.
General anesthesia is taught in both lecture and clinic, including the action
of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, dangers and the treatment of toxic manifestations. Demonstra-
tions are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all
general anesthetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the
technic for oral operations, %\'ith clinics being held in the Infirmary and in
the Hospital.
ORAL ROENTGENOLOGY
Associate Professor Dabrowski atid Dr. Miller
The advances made in dental science and in the art of practice have
established Roentgenology as one of the most important departments of
dental education. The course offered is based on the universal utility of the
x-ray in oral diagnosis and is consistent with the modem concept of pre-
ventive dentistry.
In the lectures are included a study of the physical principles involved
in the production of Roentgen rays, a thorough discussion of their nature
as to properties and effects, and the background of information necessary
to their practical application.
In the clinic, students of the Junior and Senior years are in constant asso-
ciation with the routine practical use of the x-ray. They are required to
master thoroughly the fundamental scientific principles thereof and to ac-
quire a reasonable degree of technical skill, under supervision. It is the
design of the course to equip students to take, process, and interpret all
types of intraoral and extraoral films. Abundant clinical material is
available as the result of a policy calling for the routine use of the x-ray
in all oral diagnoses.
PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE
Associate Professor McLean and Dr. Lebo
Principles of Medicine is taught by lecture, visual education, and clinical
demonstrations. The course is given to the Junior and Senior classes for
one hour a week during the entire year. The course is supplemented by
comprehensive lectures in Physical Diagnosis given to the Senior class for
one hour each week during the first trimester.
The purpose of the course is to give the dental student a general under-
standing of medical problems, especially of diagnostic and therapeutic pro-
cedures, and to show the close relationship between oral diseases and general
systemic disturbances.
794 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
In the Junior year, the course is largely didactic, and the signs and symp-
toms of the more common diseases are discussed. In the Senior year,
importance is placed on the close application of medical knowledge, with
the emphasis on organic and psychosomatic diseases; the second half of the
Senior year is devoted to medical clinics and seminars.
This department cooperates with the instruction procedures of the oral
diagnosis clinic by discussing and demonstrating the medical aspects of
cases presented.
Available clinical material is used and free discussion is encouraged, in
order to show the art of practice in history taking, diagnosis, laboratory
examinations, and the modem concepts of treatment.
Guest lecturers present specific scientific papers relating to medicaid
dental topics.
DENTAL HISTORY
Professor Robinson and Associate Professor Foley
Dentistry occupies a prominent position in the present social structure
because of its important relationship to the general health of the individual
and of the community. From its crude beginnings in ancient times the
dental art has been improved down through the ages to the present time
by various educative processes, and has gradually and firmly advanced in
scientific quality and technological excellence. An appreciation of the true
objectives of dentistry will be greatly enhanced by the practitioner's knowl-
edge of its philosophy as revealed through an understanding of its develop-
ment to its present high state of usefulness. A knowledge of the history of
dentistry is a necessary part of the education of the modem dentist. Lectures
in Dental History describe the beginnings of the art of dental practice among
ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the development of the
so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle through the
Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in
modern times. Special attention will be given to the forces and stresses
that have brought about the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental
art to a scientific health service profession.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
Professors McCarthy, Robinson and Strahom; Associate Professor Foley
Office Management
The chief objective of this course is to prepare the students to assume
intelligently the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental
practice. The training in practice management is a continuous growi;h with
the student during his entire clinical experience.
In preparation for the course the students are given introductory lec-
tures and demonstrations relative to the conduct of practice at the beginning
of their Junior year when they come into the clinics for formal practice train-
ing. The training they receive in handling patients, keeping records, etc.,
serves as an introduction to the problems they will experience in practice.
The formal Senior lectures stress the selection of the proper office loca-
tion and the purchase of office equipment, the manner of reception and
handling of patients, the basis of fixing fees, the methods of collecting ac-
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 795
counts, the choice of various types of insurance and of sound investments. A
comprehensive bookkeeping system for a dental office is fully outlined and
explained.
Professional Ethics
The course in Professional Ethics includes a series of lectures on the
history of general ethics and its basic teachings, which is followed by an
interpretation of philosophical principles in terms of a code of professional
ethics and its application to the present-day needs of the dental profession.
Emphasis is placed upon the importance of right conduct in the dentist's
relations with the public, the dental profession, the patient, the physician,
the dental specialist and the dentist in general practice.
Jurisprudence
The special aim in the course in Jurisprudence is to ground the student
in the fundamentals of law as they relate themselves to the dentist and his
patient. The rights and limitations of each are pointed out through lecture
work and class conference. A series of practical cases in which suits have
been threatened or entered by patients against the dentist will be reviewed
in the light of trial table outcome or basis on which compromise adjustments
have been made.
ORAL AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION
Professor Robinson and Associate Professor Foley
A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects of
the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of
the students for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the
profession. Particular attention is given to instruction in the functioning
of the agencies of communication in dentistry: the dental societies and the
dental periodicals. The practical phases of the course include a thorough
study of the preparation and uses of oral and written composition by the
dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the compilation of bibli-
ographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information; the
management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers; and pro-
fessional correspondence.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Associate Professor Ezekiel, Mrs. Kiehne, Miss Mellinger and Miss Wood
Visual aids are essential to instruction in all the courses of the dental
curriculum. From his first class to his graduation day the student's learning
is assisted by the use of visual materials.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes many inter-
esting cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual patho-
logical cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and
malocclusions of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contacts with
photographic uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in
clinical practice and acquires a working knowledge of black and white and
color photography, still and motion pictures, photomicrography, and the
making of transparencies. Students are advised as to the use of visual aids
796 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
in the preparation of lectures and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination
of materials, and the organization and maintenance of records and histories.
Moulage and art are used to supplement the photographic services where
applicable. Drawings of anatomical, pathological, surgical and operative
cases are used to teach the student detailed technics. In moulage, rubber
master molds are made of gross and embryological specimens and from these
are cast both plaster and wax positives. Through the use of agar molds,
facial and oral masks are made of unusual and interesting clinical subjects.
This work is particularly valuable in courses in which it is not possible to
use actual specimens for instructional purposes.
By the combination and correlation of these various types of visual educa-
tion, all departments of instruction in the School are provided with an un-
limited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable materials for lectures,
clinics and exhibits.
FIRST AID
Dr. Ogden
This course is offered in the Sophomore year for the purpose of acquainting
the student with the basic principles of First Aid. Instruction consists of
lectures combined with practical demonstrations.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses are offered in any of the subjects
included in the regular curriculum. For details concerning each course
consult pages 784-796 in this catalogue. A charge of $8.00 for each trimester
hour credit is made for these courses.
Graduate Courses
Graduate courses are offered by the departments of Anatomy, Histology
and Embryology, Bacteriology, Biochemistry and Physiology. For de-
scriptions of these courses, consult the catalogue of the University of
Maryland Graduate School. The fees for these courses are the same as
those at College Park.
Postgraduate Courses
Committee on Postgraduate Studies
William E. Hahn, Chairman atid Director
Marion W. McCrea, Secretary
E. G. Vanden Bosche G. W. Gaver Brice M. Dorsey
J. Ben Robinson, Dean — Ex Officio
Postgraduate courses are offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on
a refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed
on clinical practices.
Airbrasive Technic
Courses in the use of the Airbrasive Technic in dental operative pro-
cedures will be offered in the summer months and at selected times during
the 1951-52 session. Each course will consist of lectures, demonstrations
and clinical practice. Each class will be limited to ten students, and assign-
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 797
ment to the courses will be made in the order in which the applications
are received. Each course will continue for six successive days, with
morning and afternoon sessions. Tuition, $150.00.
Anatomy of the Head and Neck
This course is designed to review certain principles of Anatomy and to
furnish the student opportunities to relate these principles to clinical prac-
tice. Instruction is presented in the form of illustrated lectures, seminars,
and laboratory dissection. One trimester, full time. Tuition, $200.00.
Oral Pathology
The course in Oral Pathology is presented with the objective of corre-
lating a knowledge of histopathology with the various aspects of clinical
practice. The physiology of the periodontal attachment and the pathology
of the dental pulp, the periodontium, the hard tissues of the teeth, odonto-
genic cysts and tumors, and cancer in and about the oral cavity are stressed.
Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are also emphasized. Opportunity
for supervised research in areas of particular interest to the student will
be available. One year, full time. Tuition, $550.00.
Oral Surgery
The course in Oral Surgery is organized to train the dentist in advanced
surgical procedures of the oral cavity and the associated parts. Although
primarily designed for the general practitioner, the course can be used
as credit toward specialization in Oral Surgery. One year, full time.
Tuition, $550.00.
Periodontia
The course in Periodontia consists of a review of the etiology, pathology,
clinical symptoms, diagnosis and methods of treatment of the various types
of periodontal disease. Instruction is presented by means of lectures,
seminars and clinical demonstration. One trimester, full time. Tuition,
$200.00.
Prosthesis
Instruction will be given in the fundamental principles and factors in-
volved in complete denture prosthesis, the general problems in diagnosis
and treatment planning, and the procedures of constructing partial and
complete dentures. Ample opportunity will be provided for the application
of the basic principles and procedures of clinical practice. One trimester,
full time. Tuition, $200.00.
Occasional Part-Time Courses
The fees charged part-time students who may be enrolled in any of the
special courses are prorated on a basis of the full-time charge of $550.00,
with a minimum charge of $100.00 for any one course.
NOTE : Inquiries concerning these courses should be addressed to the Chairman of the
Committee on Graduate and Postgraduate Studies, Dental School, University of Maryland,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
798 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE GORGAS ODONTOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The society
named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor
to dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that
the society adopted it.
Students become eligible for membership at the beginning of their Junior
year if, during the preceding years of their dental course, they have attained
a minimum grade point average of 2.90. No more than 30 per cent of the
class will be considered for membership. The meetings, held once each
month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an effort being
made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The members
have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with other
educational institutions.
OMICRON KAPPA UPSILON
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental society was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Univer-
sity of Maryland, during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society
is awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class.
This honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course
of study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct,
earnestness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend
them to election.
The following graduates of the 1951 Class were elected to membership:
Simon Berenson Philip Stafford Moran
Enrique Blondet Glenn Boyles Poling
John Harold Dearman Jack Dixon Robertson
Harry Eugene Elledge John Joseph Robinson
Ralph William McCue James Edward Tether
William Wayne Merow William Randall Wilson
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This
organization has continued in existence to the present, its name having been
changed to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of
Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1951-1952 are as follows:
Thomas J. Bland, Jr. Harry Levin
President President-Elect
Medical Arts Building 3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 15, Maryland
John P. Fitzgerald
Vice-President
703 Washington Medical Building
Washington, D. C.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 799
Riley S. Williamson, Jr. Howard Van Natta
Secretary Treasurer
Medical Arts Building Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Albert C. Eskin Joseph C. Biddix
Historian Editor
63 Greene Street 618 W. Lombard Street
Cumberland, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Council Representatives
Arthur I. Bell, 1952 Thomas J. Bland, Jr., 1952
Medical Arts Building Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
C. Clifton Coward, 1953
2501 E. Preston Street
Baltimore 13, Maryland
Executive Committee
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, 1952 Albert C. Cook, 1952
Chairman 72 Pershing Street
1 Kinship Road Cumberland, Maryland
Dundalk, Maryland ^ ^ _ ^^_„
Charles L. Page, 1953
John H. Michael, 1953 3^26 Harford Road
829 Park Avenue Baltimore 18, Maryland
Baltimore 1, Maryland
A. William Gregory, 1954 Henry A. Youngs, 1954
3136 Harford Road 667 Washington Boulevard
Baltimore 18, Maryland Baltimore 30, Maryland
Harry B. McCarthy, Ex-Officio
5821 Bellona Avenue
Baltimore 12, Maryland
Trustees for National Alumni Fund
Trustees Ex-Officio
Thomas J. Bland, Jr., President
Harry Levin, President-Elect
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, Chairman of Executive Council
J. Ben Robinson, Dean
Three- Year Term
Elmer F. Corey Phil W. Winchester
1901 E. Thirty-first Street Morganton, North Carolina
Baltimore 18, Maryland
800 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Two-Year Term
Meyer Eggnatz Saul M. Gale
Medical Arts Building 425 Clinton Place
Baltimore 1, Maryland Newark 8, New Jersey
One- Year Term
Arthur I. Bell James J. McCormick
Medical Arts Building 64 Twenty-third Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Troy, New York
THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SCHOOL OF LAW
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean
Bridgewater M. Arnold, LL.B., Assistant Dean
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
THE FACULTY COUNCIL
Bridgewater M. Arnold Roger Howell
Randolph Barton, Jr. Hon. Emory H. Nilbs
James T. Carter G. Kenneth Reiblich
Hon. W. Calvin Chesnut Edwin G. W. Ruge
Hon. Edwin T. Dickerson John S. Strahorn, Jr.
THE FACULTY OF LAW (1950-51)
Bridgewater M. Arnold Assistant Dean and Professor of Law
A.B. (1923). Princeton University; LL.B. (1931), University of Maryland.
George 0. Blome Director of Practice Court
LL.B. (1914), University of Maryland.
Stewart Brown Lecturer on Insurance and Mortgages
A.B. (1930), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1933), Harvard University.
J. Wallace Bryan Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1903), Ph.D. (1908), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1905), University
of Maryland.
James T. Carter Lecturer on Contracts
A.B. (1914), Oberlin College; LL.B. (1918), University of Maryland; Ph.D. (1919),
Johns Hopkins University.
Richard W. Case Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1941), LL.B. (1942), University of Maryland.
L. Whiting Farinholt, Jr Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1940), University of Maryland;
LL.M. (1947), Harvard University.
Hon. Eli Frank Professor Emeritus
A.B. (1894), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1896), University of Maryland.
George Gump Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1930), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1933), University of Maryland.
Roger Howell Dean and Professor of Law
A.B. (1914), Ph.D. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1917). University
of Maryland.
Frederick William Invernizzi Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), LL.B. (1935), University of Maryland.
801
802 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Laurence M. Jones Professor of Law
A.B. (1930), J.D. (1932), State University of Iowa; LL.M. (1933), S.J.D. (1934).
Harvard University.
Joseph O. Kaiser. Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1933), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1936), University of Maryland.
John H. Lewin Lecturer on Federal Jurisdiction
A.B. (1920), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1923), Harvard University.
Gerald Monsman Supervisor Legal Aid Clinic
A.B. (1926), Calvin College: LL.B. (1933). University of Maryland; J.D. (1935).
Georgetown University.
Hon. Emory H. Niles Lecturer on Admiralty and Evidence
A.B. (1912), Johns Hopkins University; B.A. (1915), B.C.L. (1916), M.A. (1930).
Oxford University; LL.B. (1917), University of Maryland.
Reuben Oppenheimer Lecturer on Federal Jurisdiction
A.B. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1920), Harvard University.
G. Kenneth Reiblich Professor of Law
A.B. (1925), Ph.D. (1928), Johns Hopkins University; J.D. (1929), Nevr York
University; LL.M. (1937), Columbia University.
Russell R. Reno Professor of Law
A.B. (1931), LL.B. (1927), University of Illinois; LL.M. (1940), Columbia University.
Edwin G. W. Ruge Professor of Law
A.B. (1912), Yale University; LL.B. (1915), Harvard University.
John S. Strahorn, Jr Professor of Law
A.B. (1922), St. John's College; LL.B. (1925), Washington and Lee University;
S.J.D. (1926), Harvard University; J.S.D. (1931), Yale University.
R. Dorsey Watkins Lecturer on Torts
A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1925), Johns Hopkins University: LL.B. (1925), University of
Maryland.
Gertrude M. Anderton Secretary
Anne C. Bagby Law Librarian
A.B. (1922), Goucher College; B.L.S. (1927), Pratt Institute School of Library Science.
Edwin W. Lowe Research Associate and Editorial Secretary,
Maryland Law Review
A.B. (1929), St. John's College; LL.B. (1935), University of Maryland.
Nettie G. Abrahams Stenographer
Ruth Walter Typist
SCHOOL OF LAW 803
SCHOOL OF LAW
Introductory Statement
The Law School of the University of Maryland is rated as an
"Approved School" by the Section of Legal Education and Admissions
to the Bar of the American Bar Association. It is also a member of the
Association of American Law Schools, an organization whose purpose
is the advancement of legal education, membership in which is dependent
upon meeting and maintaining certain standards as to entrance require-
ments, faculty, library and curriculum.
It is the only school in Maryland which has been so recognized and
which offers what is regarded by the bodies named as proper prepara-
tion for the practice of law or whose standards of admission and in-
struction are those recommended by them. In 41 jurisdictions, graduates
of schools not substantially complying with those standards are not
eligible to take the bar examinations; and in a substantial number of juris-
dictions, recognition is now refused to law study in a school not fully
approved by the American Bar Association.
The American Bar Association standards are set forth in the fol-
lowing resolutions, adopted in 1921, with the exception of 1 (f), which
was adopted in 1938:
"(1) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that every
candidate for admission to the Bar should give evidence of graduation
from a law school complying with the following standards:
(a) It shall require as a condition of admission at least
two years of study in a college.
(b) It shall require its students to pursue a course of three
years' duration if they devote substantially all of their work-
ing time to their studies, and a longer course, equivalent to
the number of working hours, if they devote only part of their
working time to their studies.
(c) It shall pro\ade an adequate library available for the
use of the students.
(d) It shall have among its teachers a sufficient number
giving their entire time to the school to insure actual personal
acquaintance with the whole student body.
(e) It shall not be operated as a commercial enterprise and
the compensation of any officer or member of its teaching staff
shall not depend on the number of students or on the fees
received.
(f ) It shall be a school which in the judgment of the Coun-
cil on Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar possesses
reasonably adequate facilities and maintains a sound educa-
tional policy; pro\ided, however, that any decision of the
Council in these respects shall be subject to review by the
House of Delegates on the petition of any school adversely
affected.
804 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
"(2) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that gradu-
ation from a law school should not confer the right of admission to the
Bar, and that every candidate should be subjected to an examination by
public authority to determine his fitness.
"(3) The Council on Legal Education and Admission to the Bar
is directed to publish from time to time the names of those law schools
which comply with the above standards and those which do not, and
to make such publications available so far as possible to intending law
students."
The policy set forth in these resolutions has been consistently and
vigorously adhered to in subsequent meetings of the American Bar
Association. The minimum admission requirement stated in 1 (a) was
increased in 1950 to three years of college study, beginning in September,
1952.
The standards of the Association of American Law Schools are sub-
stantially the same, being somewhat more exacting in some instances.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The General Assembly of Maryland in 1812 authorized the College
of Medicine of Maryland, founded in 1807, "to constitute, appoint and
annex to itself three other colleges or faculties, viz., the Faculty of
Divinity, the Faculty of Law, and the Faculty of Arts and Sciences,"
and declared that "the four colleges or faculties thus united should be
constituted an University by the name and under the title of the Univer-
sity of Maryland." In pursuance of this authority the University was
organized in 1813, and is thus one of the oldest chartered universities in
America.
The first faculty of law was chosen in 1813, when David Hoffman
was elected Professor of law. He published in 1817 "A Course of Legal
Study Addressed to Students and the Profession Generally," which
Justice Story in an article in the North American Review pronounced to
be "by far the most perfect system for the study of law which has
ever been offered to the public," and which recommended a course of
study so comprehensive as to require for its completion six or seven
years. Regular instruction in law was begun in 1823, but was suspended
in 1836 for lack of proper pecuniary support. Hoffman's ideals of legal
education were far in advance of his times and in consequence there were
but few students able or willing to spend the time required by his course.
In 1869 the Law School was reorganized, and in 1870 regular instruction
therein was resumed. Its graduates now number more than thirty-five
hundred, and include a large proportion of the past and present leaders
of the bench and bar in the State, as well as many who have attained
prominence in the profession elsewhere.
Two other schools, the Baltimore Law School and the Baltimore
University of Law, were organized under charters granted by the State
of Maryland. These two schools were subsequently consolidated under
the name of the Baltimore Law School in 1911 and in 1913 the Baltimore
SCHOOL OF LAW 805
Law School was in turn merged into the Law School of the University
of Maryland. On July 1, 1920, the University of Maryland at Baltimore
and the Maryland State College at College Park were consolidated under
the name of the University of Maryland.
BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT
The buildings of the Schools of Law, Medicine, Dentistry and
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland are located in the vicinity of
Lombard and Greene Streets, in the City of Baltimore, the Law School
building being at the southeast corner of Redwood and Greene Streets.
This building was erected in 1931 and is a three-story building of colonial
design, devoted exclusively to law-school purposes. The first floor con-
tains a large auditorium and practice court, students' lounge, the adminis-
trative offices and the women's locker room; on the second floor are four
large class-rooms; the third floor is devoted to the reading-room, and
offices and reading-room for the law faculty and Law Review staff; in
the basement is the men's locker room. The entire west wing of the
building is devoted to stack space, affording room for more than 50,000
volumes.
The Law Library now contains some 26,000 volumes. Included
therein are several complete sets of the Maryland and Baltimore City
reports; all the editions, official and unofficial, of the Supreme Court
reports and inferior Federal courts; the National Reporter System and
the reports of the Courts of last resort of all states prior thereto, as well
as the published decisions of the more important inferior state Courts;
the English Law Reports since 1865 and the English Reprint and English
Common Law and Chancery Reports covering the period prior to that
time; the various selected case series of annotated reports; the statute
law of the United States, the several states, and Great Britain, as well
as multiple sets of all Maryland codes and session laws; the American
Digest System, the English and Empire Digest, and multiple sets of all
Maryland Digests; a large collection of carefully selected textbooks and
treatises; all of the leading legal periodicals, encyclopedias, citators and
other search books. The library is open on weekdays for the use of the
students from 9:00 A. M. to 10:30 P. M.
ARRANGEMENT OF HOURS
The Law School is divided into two divisions, the Day School and
the Evening School. The same curriculum is offered in each school, and
the standards of work and graduation requirements are the same.
The normal Day School course covers a period of three years of
thirty-two weeks each, exclusive of holidays.
The normal Evening School course covers a period of four years
of thirty-six weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are
held on Monday, Wednesday and Friday evenings of each week from
6:30 to 9:40 o'clock, leaving the alternate evenings for study and prepa-
ration by the student.
806 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Candidates for Degree — Applicants for admission as candidates for
a degree are required to produce evidence of the successful completion
of at least three-quarters of the work acceptable for a bachelor's degree
granted on the basis of a four-year period of study by the State Uni-
versity of the State in which the prelaw work is taken, or if there is no
State University, then at a principal college or university located therein;
to satisfy this requirement, applicants must have successfully completed
at least 90 semester hours or 135 quarter hours at an accredited college
or university; not more than ten per cent of the credit presented for
admission may include credit earned in nontheory courses in military
science, hygiene, domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental
music, or other courses without intellectual content of substantial value.
All prelegal work must have been passed with a scholastic average at
least equal to the average required for graduation in the itistitution
atteTided.
The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with suffi-
cient scholastic credit, whose presence in the School would, in the judg-
ment of the Faculty Council, be detrimental to the best interests of the
School.
Special Students. Candidates for Certificate of the School — A lim-
ited number of students, not exceeding ten per cent of the average
number of students admitted as beginning regular law students during
the two preceding years, applying for entrance with less than the aca-
demic credit required of candidates for the law degree, may be admitted
as candidates for the certificate of the school, but not for the degree,
where, in the opinion of the Faculty Council, special circumstances, such
as the maturity and the apparent ability of the student, seem to justify
a deviation from the rule requiring at least three years of college work.
Applicants for admission as special students must be at least twenty-
three years of age and must be specially equipped by training and experi-
ence for the study of law.
Application for admittance as a special student should be made as
early as possible by letter, showing the age of the applicant, together
with a detailed statement of attendance at educational institutions, and
of the work therein completed and the work pursued by the applicant
since leaving such educational institutions.
ADVANCED STANDING
Students complying with the requirements for admission to the school
who have, in addition, successfully pursued the study of law elsewhere
in a law school which, at the time of such student's attendance, was
either a member of the Association of American Law Schools or approved
by the Council on Legal Education of the American Bar Association may,
in the discretion of the Faculty Council, upon presentation of a certificate
from such accredited law school showing honorable dismissal therefrom,
and the successful completion of equivalent courses therein, receive
credit for such courses and be admitted to advanced standing. No
SCHOOL OF LAW 807
student transferring from another law school will be admitted who is not
in good scholastic standing at the school from which he transfers. No
degree will be conferred until after at least one year of residence and
study at this school.
COMBINED PROGRAM OF STUDIES LEADING TO THE DEGREES
OF BACHELOR OF ARTS OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
AND BACHELOR OF LAWS
The University of Maryland offers combined programs in arts or
business administration and law leading to the degrees of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science and bachelor of laws.
Students pursuing such combined programs in college and prelegal
subjects will spend the first three years in either the College of Arts and
Sciences or in the College of Business and Public Administration at
College Park. They will then register in the Law School, and upon the
successful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School,
or the equivalent work in the Evening School, the degree of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science will be awarded. Because the general univer-
sity commencement in June takes place before the School of Law is
prepared to release grades of the first-year class, these combined de-
grees will be conferred at the commencement following the candidate's
second year of residence in the School of Law. The degree of bachelor of
laws will be awarded upon the completion of the work prescribed for
graduation in the School of Law.
Details of the combined courses may be had upon application to
the University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
REGISTRATION
All students are required, when entering for each session, to report
in person at the office of the Secretary of the Law School and enroll.
The attention of all students is called to the fact that no registration
will be allowed except by special action of the Dean after the last day
for registration as designated in the calendar.
Students who fail to pay the tuition and other fees required on or
before the day of registration, for each term or semester, as stated in
the catalogue, will be required to pay in addition to the fees required,
a fine of five ($5.00) dollars. The last permissible day for registration,
with the fine included, is Saturday at noon of the week in which instruc-
tion begins following the specified registration period. This rule may
be waived only by action of the Dean.
VETERANS' EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS
The University is approved by the Veterans Administration for
participation in the program of educational benefits provided for veterans
under Public Laws 346 (the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944
or "GI Bill") and 16 (the Vocational Rehabilitation Act).
A veteran planning to enter law school under either of these laws
should file his application with the Veterans Administration as early as
808 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
possible, in order that this may be approved before the veteran begins
his law studies.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The charges for instruction for resident students are as follows:
Application fee, to accompany application $ 5.00
Matriculation fee, payable on first registration 10.00
Diploma fee, payable upon graduation 15.00
Tuition fee, per semester (Day School) 100.00
Tuition fee, per semester (Evening School) 75.00
Deficiency examination fee, per examination 5.00
The tuition fee for each semester is payable at the time of registra-
tion therefor. Students wishing to make arrangements for deferred
payment of tuition charges must do so with the Financial Office at or
prior to registration for the semester for which such charges are im-
posed. Students carrying less than ten credit hours in the Day division
or less than six credit hours in the Evening division will be charged on
the basis of $7.50 per semester hour carried.
NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS
An additional tuition fee of $25.00 per semester must be paid by
students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if,
at the time of their registration, their parents* have been residents of
this State for at least one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time
of their registration, they have been residents of this State for at least
one year, provided that such residence has not been acquired while
attending any school or college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time
of his first registration in the University and may not thereafter be
changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to
and become legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence
for at least one full calendar year. However, the right of the student
(minor) to change from a non-resident to a resident status must be
established by him prior to registration for a semester in any academic
year.
REBATES
The matriculation fee is not subject to rebate. Other tuition charges
will be rebated in case of withdrawal of a student during the course of
a semester, in accordance with the following schedule:
Period From Date Instruction Begins
2 weeks or less 80%
Between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
Between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
Between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
Over 5 weeks No rebate
• The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or other unusual^ cir-
cumstances, have been legally constituted the guardians of or stand in loco parentis to
such minor students.
SCHOOL OF LAW 809
In all cases of withdrawals from school, immediate notice in writing
must be given to the Dean. The effective date for withdrawals, so far as
conccTms refunds of tuition, is the date that such notice is received in the
Dean's Office.
SCHOLARSHIPS
In 1922, Mr. Louis S. Ashman, of the Baltimore Bar and an alumnus
of the Law School, assigned to the Regents all royalties to be received
from the publication of his book, "Prayers and Instructions" in order
to provide a fund for the establishment of a scholarship or scholarships
to be known as "The Louis S. Ashman Scholarship," for a student or
students recommended annually by the Faculty Council as worthy to
receive the same by reason of scholarly attainments and the need of
financial assistance in pursuing the study of law. The value of each
scholarship is about $150.00.
At least one such scholarship has been awarded each year since,
except that during the war, the Faculty Council reserved the right to
withhold award of these scholarships for the benefit of students returning
from service during the postwar period. Beginning with the school year
1946-1947, two of such scholarships will be awarded annually; in accord-
ance with the donor's wishes, preference will be given to former service-
men in making such awards.
For the purpose of continuing these scholarships, Mr. Ashman in
1939 also assigned the royalties from his book on "Directed Prayers and
Instructions" to the Regents; and for the same purpose has currently
under preparation a book on "Maryland Court and Office Forms, Anno-
tated."
Applications for this scholarship must be filed on or before Septem-
ber 1 of the school year for which the scholarship is to be awarded.
Scholarships will be awarded for one year only, but the same person may
receive more than one award, provided his scholastic work and influence
in the School are such as to merit this.
REGISTRATION WITH THE COURT OF APPEALS AND ADMISSION
TO THE BAR
Under the rules governing admission to the Bar in the State of
Maryland, each applicant is required to register with the State Board
of Law Examiners as a law student before beginning the study of law.
Applicants for such registration must have completed, in addition to a
high-school education or the equivalent, two years of work in a college
approved by the Board of Law Examiners, or the equivalent. Appli-
cation blanks for such registration may be procured from the Secretary
by the student at the time of his registration in the Law School. A fee
of $15.00, payable to the State Board of Law Examiners must accompany
each application. Suxih registration as a law student vnth the State Board
of Law Examiners does not asutomatically qualify an applicant for ad-
mission to the Law School, for which compliance with the requirements
set forth on page 9 is essential.
810 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Admission to the Bar is upon examination by the State Board of Law
Examiners. The examinations are held in July and March each year,
and embrace the following subjects : Agency, Conflict of Laws, Constitu-
tional Law, Contracts, Corporations, Criminal Law, Domestic Relations,
Equity, Evidence, Negotiable Instruments, Personal Property, Pleading
and Practice at Law and in Equity, Administrative Law Including Public
Service Companies, Real Property, Torts, and Testamentary Law. All
of the required courses are included in the curriculum offered by the
Law School.
Applicants for admission to the bar must have studied law in the
office of a member of the bar of this State, or in a law school of the
United States and must file a petition with the State Board of Law
Examiners at least twenty days before the day fixed for the examination
they wish to take. A fee of $25.00, payable to the State Board of Law
Examiners, must accompany each application.
Further information concerning the examination or matters relating
to admission to the bar may be had upon application to Mr. Wilson K.
Barnes, Secretary, State Board of Law Examiners, 900 Maryland Trust
Building, Baltimore 2, Maryland.
EXAMINATIONS AND GRADES
Written examinations are held at the end of the course in all subjects
except Practice Court and the Legal Aid Clinic. Unless excused by the
Dean, all students must present themselves for examination in each sub-
ject for which they are registered at the first regular examination held
therein in order to receive credit for such course. A student may not
drop a course for which he is registered after the third week of the semes-
ter. A course may be audited only with the permission of the instructor
and the Dean. Students dropping a course or changing from credit to
audit must give immediate notice to the Dean's office. No student will
be permitted to take the examination in any course unless he has at-
tended at least 85 per cent of the lectures therein, except upon the
recommendation of the instructor in such course and by permission of the
Dean; nor may any student, without special permission from the Dean,
carry in the Day School less than 12 nor more than 16 hours per week
and, in the Evening School, less than 6 nor more than 10 hours per week.
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course
must report to the Dean as soon as the circumstances which caused the
absence will permit. If the Dean is satisfied that the absence was justi-
fiable (as if due to sickness or other exceptional circumstances) he will
give permission for a deferred examination in place of the one missed;
otherwise a grade of F will be entered. A fee of $5.00 will be charged
for every deferred examination, except that one fee will cover all deferred
examinations due to the same cause.
The following grade symbols are used: A, signifying "excellent";
B, signifying "very good"; C, signifying "good"; D, signifying "passed";
F, signifying "failure"; I, signifying "incomplete." Of these. A, B, C,
and D are passing grades, but a grade of D can be counted toward
SCHOOL OF LAW 811
grraduation only as hereinafter stated. For the purpose of computing
the average grade of a student, the following values are assigned to
the grades received: A equals 4; B equals 3; C equals 2; D equals 1;
F equals 0.
The grade of I (incomplete) is given only to those students who
have a proper excuse for failure to present themselves for examinations
or to complete any other work that may be required by the instructor
in any course. It is not used to signify work of inferior quality. It may
be replaced later by a definite grade for the course, when the instructor
therein is prepared to report it.
A student receiving a grade of less than C in any course, may, in
the discretion of the instructor, take a re-examination therein, for the
purpose of raising such grade, the grade received on such re-examination
to be substituted for the original grade received, except with respect
to eligibility for scholarship honors. Such re-examination, unless special
permission is obtained from the Dean to the contrary, must be taken
either at the next regular examination given in such course, or at the
next deficiency examination period. Deficiency examinations are held
prior to the opening of the school session in September of each year.
Not more than one re-examination may be taken in any one course; if a
student is not successful in raising his grade thereon, he may do so
thereafter only by repeating such course.
In determining the eligibility of a student to continue in attendance
at the school, a grade of F in a course of three or more semester hours
shall constitute one failure, and a grade of F in a course of less than
three semester hours shall constitute a half-failure. A student in the
Day division having three or more failures, so computed, and a student
in the Evening division having two and a half failures, so computed,
is permanently excluded from the School and is not permitted to take re-
examinations in the courses failed.
A student in the Day division having less than three failures, so
computed, or a student in the Evening division having less than two
and a half failures, so computed, and a weighted average below C, will
be required to take deficiency examinations in the subjects failed; if on
such deficiency examinations, he shall remove all failures and half-
failures, he may continue with his class, subject to the conditions as to
number of hours of D grades stated hereafter. If, after taking such
deficiency examinations, he still is not eligible to continue with his class,
he must elect either (1) to withdraw from the School; or (2) to continue
on scholastic probation, taking assigned work only. A student with a
weighted average of at least C, who has a mark of F in not more than
one subject, shall be entitled to continue with his class without removing
such failure by re-examination.
Except in the case of a student whose weighted average is at least
C, students with the number of hours of D grades following on their
records shall be ineligible to continue into the succeeding class, except
after reducing such hours of D grades sufficiently by taking deficiency
812 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
examinations: a first-year day student with more than nine semester
hours; a second-year day student with more than fifteen semester hours;
a first-year evening student with more than eight semester hours; a
second-year evening student with more than twelve semester hours; a
third-year evening student with more than sixteen semester hours. If,
after taking such deficiency examinations, such a student is still not
eligible to continue with his class, he must elect either (1) to withdraw
from the School; or (2) to continue on scholastic probation, taking as-
signed work only.
A student electing to continue on scholastic probation, who fails to
receive a grade of at least C in at least three-fourths of the work in
which he is registered during the succeeding year, is permanently ex-
cluded from the School and is not permitted to take re-examinations in
any course.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to require the withdrawal of
any student whose continued presence would not, in the judgment of the
Council, either because of low scholastic standing or other reasons, be
of benefit to himself or would be detrimental to the best interests of
the School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To be eligible for either the degree or the certificate, a student must
have successfully completed courses totaling at least 80 semester hours,
in at least three-fourths of which he must have received a grade of C or
higher; provided, however, that a student who has failed in not more
than one subject, may be allowed to graduate if his general weighted
average, including such failure, is at least C.
HONORS AND PRIZES
A student who complies with the requirements for graduation and
who attains in all work done in courses offered in the school, and pre-
sented for the degree, an average grade of not less than 3.15, may be
recommended by the Faculty Council for Graduation with Honor.
Under the will of Mrs. W. Calvin Chesnut, the sum of $1,000.00 was
paid to the Regents of the University as an endowment, the annual in-
come to be used for the purpose of giving a prize for good scholarship in
a broad sense, to be determined by the Dean of the School of Law annu-
ally, to be known as the Elizabeth Maxwell Carroll Chesnut Prize.
The G. Ridgely Sappington Prize, established in memory of G.
Ridgely Sappington, for many years a member of the Faculty of the
School of Law, is awarded annually to the student doing the best work
in the day division course in Practice, in which Mr. Sappington was the
instructor at the time of his death.
The Edward H. Curlander Prizes are awarded annually to the
students doing the best work in the courses in Testamentary Law and
in Future Interests (Real Property III).
SCHOOL OF LAW 813
The editors of the United States Law Week offer a prize of a year's
subscription to the student who, in the judgment of the faculty, makes
the most satisfactory scholastic progress during his final school year.
ORDER OF THE COIF
The Order of the Coif is a national law-school honor society, founded
to encourage scholarship and to advance the ethical standards of the
legal profession, membership in which depends upon high scholastic
attainments. Only those students standing among the first tenth of the
senior class are eligible for membership. Elections of seniors to the
Maryland Chapter of the Order are held during the last semester of the
school year.
CURRICULUM
Explanation of Abbreviations — In the list of courses given below,
the credit value of each course is indicated in semester units by a
numeral in parentheses following the title. The session during which
a course is given is shown as follows: I, Fall Semester; II, Spring
Semester; Yr., throughout the year. Courses starred are elective; all
others required.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make such changes in
the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable. Books listed as
used in any course are also subject to change as decided by the instructor.
DAY SCHOOL
First Year
Agency (2) I — Seavey's Cases on Agency. Mr. Ruge.
Contracts (6) Yr. — Williston's Cases on Contracts (5th ed.). Mr. Ruge.
Criminal Law (3) I — Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahom.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Compton's Cases on Domestic Relations.
Mr. Strahom.
Legal Bibliography (1) II — Putnam, How to Find the Law (4th ed.).
Mr. Invemizzi.
Legal Method (2) I — Fryer and Benson's Cases on Legal Method, Abridged
1 Vol. ed. Mr. Reiblich.
Personal Property (2) I — Eraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed).
Mr. Jones.
Pleading (3) II — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.); mimeographed material. Mr. Bryan.
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; Eraser's Cases on Property, Vol. I and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (6) Yr. — Seavey, Keeton and Thurston's Cases on Torts. Mr.
Farinholt.
814 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Second Year
♦Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
Corporations (4) Yr. — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
Equity (4) Yr. — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Mr. Howell.
Equity Pleading (2) I — Selected Material. Mr. Invemizzi.
Evidence (4) II — McCormick's Cases on EAddence (2nd ed.). Mr. Strahom.
♦Insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
Negotiable Instruments (3) II — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (3rd
ed.). Mr. Invemizzi.
♦Partnership (2) II — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection). Mr. Arnold.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure with special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Trial Practice
(2nd ed.). Mr. Invemizzi.
Real Property II (4) I — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — Williston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Reno.
Third Year
♦Admiralty (2 ) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
♦Administrative Law (3) II — Gellhom's Cases on Administrative Law
(2nd ed.). Mr. Reiblich.
♦Conflict of Laws (4) I — Cheatham, Bowling, Goodrich and Griswold's
Cases on Conflict of Laws (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Farinholt.
♦Constitutional Law (4) I — Bowling's Cases on Constitutional Law (4th
ed.). Mr. Reiblich.
♦Creditor's Rights (4) II — Hanna and McLaughlin's Cases on Creditors'
Rights, Vol I (4th ed.). Mr. Arnold.
♦Federal Jurisdiction and Procedure (2) II — McCormick and Chadboum's
Cases on Federal Courts (2nd ed.). Mr. Oppenheimer.
♦Insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
♦Labor Law (3) II — Handler and Hays' Cases on Labor Law.
Mr. Farinholt.
♦Legal Aid Clinic (2) — Students registering for this course work two
afternoons a week during one semester at the Baltimore Legal Aid
Bureau. Limited to eight students in each semester. Mr. Monsman.
♦Mortgages (2) I — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. II.
Mr. Arnold.
♦Partnership (2) II — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection), Mr. Arnold.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected material. Mr. Blome.
SCHOOL OF LAW 815
*Keal Property III (3) I — Simes' Cases on Future Interests (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
* Restitution (2) I — Durfee and Dawson's Cases on Remedies, Vol 11.
Mr. Reno.
*Taxation (4) I — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (3rd ed.).
Mr. Gump.
*Trusts (3) II— Scott's Cases on Trusts (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
EVENING SCHOOL
First Year
Contracts (5) Yr. — Shepherd's Cases on Contracts (2nd ed.). Mr. Carter.
Criminal Law (3) I — Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahorn.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Compton's Cases on Domestic Relations.
Mr. Strahorn.
Legal Bibliography (1) II — Putnam, How to Find the Law (4th ed.).
Mr. Invernizzi.
Personal Property (2) I — Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed.)
Mr. Jones.
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. I and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (5) Yr. — Seavey, Keeton and Thurston's Cases on Torts. Mr.
Watkins.
Second Year
Agency (2) I — Seavey 's Cases on Agency. Mr. Ruge.
Equity (4) Yr. — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Mr. Howell.
Negotiable Instruments (3) II — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (3rd
ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Pleading (3) II — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.); mimeographed material. Mr. Kaiser.
Real Property II (4) I — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed,).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — Williston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Reno.
Third Year
•Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
Corporations (4) II — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
816 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
•Creditors* Rights (4) II — Hanna and McLaughlin's Cases on Creditors'
Rights, Vol. I (4th ed.), Mr. Arnold.
Equity Pleading (2) I — Selected Material. Mr. Invemizzi.
Evidence (4) Yr. — McCormick's Cases on Evidence (2nd ed.). Judge Niles.
*Insurance (2) I — ^Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Brovni.
•Mortgages (2) II — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. IL
Mr. Brown.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure w^ith special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Trial Practice
(2nd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
*Real Property III (3) I — Simes' Cases on Future Interests (2nd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
Fourth Year
•Administrative Law (3) II — Gellhorn's Cases on Administrative Law
(2nd ed.). Mr. Reiblich.
•Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
•Conflict of Laws (4) I — Cheatham, Dowling, Goodrich and Griswold's
Cases on Conflict of Laws (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Farinholt.
•Constitutional Law (4) I — Bowling's Cases on Constitutional Law (4th
ed.). Mr. Reiblich.
•Federal Jurisdiction and Procedure (2) II — McCormick and Chadboum's
Cases on Federal Courts (2nd ed.). Mr. Lewin.
•Insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Brown.
•Labor Law (3) II — Handler and Hays' Cases on Labor Law.
Mr. Farinholt.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected material. Mr. Blome.
•Taxation (4) Yr. — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (3rd ed.).
Mr. Case.
•Trusts (3) II — Scott's Cases on Trusts (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
PRACTICE COURT
The Law School endeavors not only to equip its students vdth an
accurate knowledge of legal principles, but also to train them in the
application of that knowledge and to fit them for the practice of the law.
To that end special care and thought are devoted to the conduct of the
Practice Court, which is in session throughout the scholastic year.
The work of the Practice Court is designed to afford opportunity not
only for the argument of law questions, but also for preparation and
conduct of a case through all its stages, as nearly as possible in accord-
ance with the procedure in actual trial work. Three features are espe-
cially emphasized, viz.: the drawing of pleadings, the vnriting of briefs,
and the oral argument of questions of law.
A set of Court Rules has been adopted in accordance with which the
students are required to prepare and file their pleadings and conduct
SCHOOL OF LAW 817
their cases. Students are furnished with statements of facts, involving
debatable principles of law, supposed to represent the claims of the
respective parties to the litigation, from which they draft the necessary
pleadings and prepare their cases for trial. They are also required to
prepare and file trial briefs and appeal briefs.
The course is given in the third year of the Day School and the
fourth year of the Evening School. In connection with the course in-
struction in Legal Ethics is offered. Except as herein otherwise provided,
the course is required for graduation and attendance at all sessions of
the Court by members of those classes is compulsory. Except by per-
mission of the Dean, no student will receive credit for work in the
Practice Court unless he has attended at least 85 per cent of the sessions
each year. There is no examination in this course, the grade of the
student being based upon the work done in the Court. The grade thus
attained by the student is treated in the same manner as the grade given
on examination in other subjects, and the successful completion of the
course gives the student credit toward his degree.
LEGAL AID CLINIC
By arrangement with the Baltimore Legal Aid Bureau, selected senior
students, not exceeding eight in any one semester, may substitute one
semester's work at the Legal Aid Bureau for one semester of the Practice
Court. Students taking clinic work are required to spend at least two
afternoons a week at the Legal Aid Bureau, working under the super-
vision of a member of the Bureau staff. The work includes consultation
with clients, interviews with witnesses, preparation of memoranda, exami-
nation of records of various kinds, and in general such work as a clerk in
a general law office would be called upon to perform.
MARYLAND LAW REVIEW
The Maryland Law Review, appearing quarterly, is published by
the Law School with the support and cooperation of the Maryland State
Bar Association, the Bar Association of Baltimore City, and the Junior
Bar Association of Baltimore City. The Review is devoted primarily to
the discussion of Maryland law and of questions regarded as of particu-
lar interest to Maryland lawyers. Members of the Law School faculty
serve as Faculty Editor and Assistant Editor and Business Manager;
there is also a Student Editorial Board composed of students selected on
the basis of scholarship. Members of the Student Editorial Board may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty Editor of the Law Review,
receive semester hour credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Laws,
not to exceed a total of 4 semester hours and not to exceed 2 semester
hours in any one year. Such credit may be substituted, pro tanto, for
work in Practice Court. Selection for the Student Editorial Board
is an honor, and an opportunity for training of high value in legal
research. The governing Board of Trustees consists of a representative
from the State Judiciary, representatives of the Bar Associations, the
Dean of the Law School, and the Faculty Editor and Business Manager.
818 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
STUDENT COUNCIL
The Student Council is a student organization functioning as a co-
ordinating agency between the student body, the school administration
and the faculty. Members are elected by vote of their respective classes;
there is also a faculty advisor appointed by the Dean.
SCHOOLS/MEDICINE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
EMERITI
J. M. H. RowLANT>, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D.
Professor of Obstetrics, Emeritus; Dean, Emeritus
Henry J. Walton, M.D Professor of Roentgenology, Emeritus
Page Edmunds, M.D Professor of Traumatic Surgery, Emeritus
Ruth Lee Briscoe Librarian, Emeritus
Albertus Cotton, M.A., M.D. , Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery, and Roentgenology,
Emeritus
Harvey G. Beck, M.D., D.Sc Professor of Clinical Medicine, Emeritus
Irving J. Spear, M.D Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
Carl L. Davis, M.D Professor of Anatomy, Emeritus
Arthur M. Shipley, M.D., D.Sc Professor of Surgery, Emeritus
Clyde A. Clapp, M.D Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus
Andrew C. Gillis, M.A., M.D., LL.D Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
Edgar B. Friedenwald, M.D Professor of Clinical Pediatrics, Emeritus
FACULTY BOARD
Dean H. Boyd VVylie, Chairman
O. G. Harne, Secretary
William R. Amberson
Franklin B. Anderson
James G. Arnold, Jr.
Walter A. Baetjer
Charles Bagley, Jr.
J. Edmund Bradley
Otto C. Brantigan
Howard M. Bubert
T. Nelson Carey
C. Jelleff Carr
Thomas R. Chambers
Carl Dame Clarke
Paul W. Clough
Richard G. Coblentz
Beverley C. Compton
Charles N. Davidson
John DeCarlo Jr.
Locis H. Douglass
C. Reid Edwards
Monte Edwards
Frederick P. Ferguson
Frank H. J. Figge
Jacob E. Finesinger
A. H. Finkelstein
Leon Freedom
Edgar B. Friedenwald
Thomas K. Galvin
Moses Gellman
Gordon E. Gibbs
Frank W. Hachtel
Edward J. Herbst
Cyrus F. Horine
Frank D. Kaltreider
J. Mason Hundley, Jr,
Elliott H. Hutchins
Edward S. Johnson
F. L. Jennings
c. loring joslin
Harry C. Hull
James R. Karns
819
Walter L. Kilby
Edward A. Kitlowski
F. Edwin Knowles
Vernon E. Krahl
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Louis A. M. Krause
Kennteth D. Legge
R. W. Locher
Edward A. Looper
William S. Love, Jr.
John F. Lutz
Charles W. Maxson
Zachariah Morgan
Theodore H. Morrison
Alfred T. Nelson
Thomas R. O'Rourk
C. W. Peake
D. J. Pessagno
H. R. Peters
Maurice C. Pincoffs
820
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
J. Morris Reese
Charles A.
Reifschneider
Dexter L. Reimann
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Harry L. Rogers
Milton S. Sacks
Emil G. Schmidt
Andrew G. Smith
Dietrich C. Smith
William H. Smith
Hugh R. Spencer
Thomas P. Sprunt
Edward Steers
W. Houston Toulson
J. McCuLLOuGH Turner
Eduard Uhlenhuth
Henry F. Ullrich
Raymond E. Vanderlinde
Allen F. Voshell
John A. Wagner
Grant E. Ward
C. Gardner Warner
Huntington Williams
Walter D. Wise
Theodore E. Woodward
Thomas C. Wolff
Robert B. Wright
George H. Y eager
Waitman F. Zinn
ADVISORY COMMITTEE OF THE FACULTY
William R. Amberson
J. Edmund Bradley
Loms H. Douglass
C. Reid Edwards
Jacob E. Finesinger
Frank W. Hatchel
O. G. Harne, Assistant
to the Dean, Secretary
J. Mason Hundley
Walter L. Kilby
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Alfred T. Nelson
Maurice C. Pincoffs
Emil G. Schmidt
Hugh R. Spencer
Eduard Uhlenhuth
H. Boyd Wylie, Dean
Chairman
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
PROFESSORS
Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Professor of Pathology, School of Dentistry.
William R. Amberson, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, and Head of the Department.
Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Neurological Surgery.
Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S., Professor of Oral Diagnosis, School of Dentistry.
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, and Head of the Department.
Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy, and Professor of Clinical
Surgery.
T. Nelson Carey, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Richard G. Coblentz, M.A., M.D., Professor of Clinical Neurological Surgery.
Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., Professor of Pharmacology, School of Dentistry.
Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Louis H. Douglass, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics, and Head of the Department.
Charles Reid Edwards, M.D., Professor of Surgery, and Acting Head of the Department.
Monte Edwards, M.D., Clinical Professor of Surgery and Professor of Proctology
It is to be noted that for convenience of reference the names of the mem-
bers of the Faculty are listed in the forepart of this catalogue in alphabetical
order. The names are listed in order of seniority under each preclinical and
clinical department of the school on subsequent pages.
On the lists of the Faculty of Medicine and Fellows and the Hospital and Dispensary
staffs are given the names and positions assigned during the period July 1, 1949 to June 30,
1950 unless otherwise indicated. Changes are noted as follows:
' Appointments effective July 1, 1950,
2 Promotion effective July 1, 1950.
' Resignations.
* Retirements.
' Deaths.
* Leave of absence.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 821
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.
Frank H. J. Figge, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy.
Jacob E. Fmesinger, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry, and Head of the Department.
Grason W. Gaver, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Prosthetics, School of Dentistry.
Frank W. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology, and Head of the Department.
Harry C. Hull, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Gynecology, and Head of the Department.
Elliott H. Hutchins, M.A., M.D., Professor of Surgery.
F. L. Jennings, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
C. Loring Joslin, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics.
Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Professor of Roentgenology, and Head of the Department.
Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D., Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery.
John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Pharmacology, and Head of the Depart-
ment.
Louis A. M. Krause, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Kenneth D. Legge, M.D., Professor of Clinical Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph., Professor of Otolaryngology, and Head of the Depart-
ment.
Theodore H. Morrison, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Alfred T. Nelson, M.D., Professor of Anaesthesiology, and Chairman of the Department.
Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S., Professor of Crown and Bridge, School of Dentistry.
Thomas R. O'Rourk, M.D., Professor of Otolaryngology.
D. J. Pessagno, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
H. Raymond Peters, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine
Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Department.
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry.'
Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry, School of Dentistry.
Charles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery.
Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Harry M. Robinson, Sr , M D., Professor of Dermatology.
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Biological Chemistry, and Head of the De-
partment.
Dietrich Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology.
Hugh R. Spencer, M.D., Professor of Pathology, and Head of the Department.
Thomas P. Sprunt, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine
W. Houston Toulson, M.Sc, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department.
Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Huntington Williams, M.D., Dr. P.H., Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
Walter D. Wise, M.D., Professor of Surgery.
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, and Director of CHnical
Research.
Waitman F. Zinn, M.D., Professor of Otolaryngology.
822 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Franklin R. Anderson, M.D., Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.
James G. Arnold, Jr., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurological Surgery.
H. M. Bubert, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
C. Jelleff Carr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pharmacology.
Thomas R. Chambers, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Carl Dame Clarke, Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine.
Charles N. Davidson, M.D., Associate Professor of Roentgenology.
Ross Davies, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
J. S. Eastland, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
A. H. Finkelstein, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics.
Russel S. Fisher, M.D., Associate Professor of Legal Medicine.'
Leon Freedom, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Gordon E. Gibbs, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Research. '
Lewis P. Gundry, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
0. G. Hame, Associate Professor of Anatomy, and Asst. to the Dean.
Hugh H. Hicks, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Periodontology, School of Dentistry.
Cyrus F. Horine, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Albert Jaffe, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
Edward S. Johnson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Vernon E. Krahl, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy.
Frederick T. Kyper, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
R. W. Locher, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery.
William S. Love, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Charles W. Maxson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Walter C. Merkel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
Samuel Morrison, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Associate Professor of
Gastro-enterology.
James W. Nelson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
H. Whitman Newell, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.
C. W. Peake, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
J. Morris Reese, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
Dexter L. Reimann, B. S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Otolaryngology.
Milton S. Sacks, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of Clinical Pathology,
Associate in Pathology.
Frederick B. Smith, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Edward Steers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Lewis C. Toomey, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
1. Ridgeway Trimble, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
John A. Wagner, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
W. Wallace Walker, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 823
C. Gardner Warner, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
William H. F. Warthen, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene & Public Health.
T. Conrad Wolff, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Division of
Physical Diagnosis.
Theodore E. Woodward, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine
Robert B. Wright, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Thurston R. Adams, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Donald J. Barnett, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
H. F. Bongardt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Simon H. Brager, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Associate in Neurology.
J. G. N. Cashing, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
John DeCarlo, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
William K. Diehl, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Everett S. Diggs, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
John S. Dumler, B.S.; M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
William W. Elgin, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Francis A. Ellis, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Frederick P. Ferguson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Phj^siology.
Jerome Fineman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Wetherbee Fort, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Frank J. Geraghty, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Francis W. Gillis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Samuel S. Glick, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Harry Goldsmith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Albert E. Goldstein, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology.
George Govatos, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Edward J. Herbst, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry.
John F. Hogan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Harry K. Iwamoto, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.
D. Frank Kaltreider, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Fayne A. Kayser, M.D., Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology.
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman
of the Department.
H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
C. Edward Leach, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.^
Philip L. Lerner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology.
Ephriam T. Lisansky, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate in Psy-
chiatry.^
Hans W. Loewald, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
824 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
John F. Lutz, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy.
Henry J. L. Marriott, A.M., B.M., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Howard B. Mays, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito- Urinary Surgery and Instructor in
Pathology.
W. Raymond McKenzie, M.D., Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology.
Zachariah Morgan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Hugh B. McNally, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.^
Harry M. Murdock, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
George McLean, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
M. Alexander Novey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.^
I. O. Ridgeiy, M.S., M.D,, Assistant Professor of Surgery.
William F. Rienhoff, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgerj-.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology, Associate in
Medicine.
Irving Rothchild, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology.
John E. Savage, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Kathym L. Schultz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Theodore A. Schwartz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology.-
William M. Seabold, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
WilliamB.Settle, M.D. , Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy and Associate in Surgery.
Isadore A. Siegel, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Andrew G. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.
Edward P. Smith, M.D., Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Sol Smith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
J. McCullough Turner, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology.^
Raymond E. Vanderlinde, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry.""
Philip S. Wagner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Gibson J. Wells, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Milton J. Wilder, M.D., Assistant Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
ASSOCIATES
Conrad B. Acton, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Marie A. Andersch, Ph.D., Associate in Medicine.
J. Tyler Baker, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.^
Margaret B. Ballard, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Charles P. Barnett, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pathology.-
Edmund G. Beacham, M.D., Associate in Medicine.-
Eugene S. Bereston, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Harry C. Bowie, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgical Anatomy .-
Kenneth B. Boyd, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
Frank J. Brady, M.D., Associate in .\naesthesiology.
'* Appointment effective August 1, 1950
^^ Appointment effective Sept. 1, 1950.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 825
V. V. Brunst, Sc.D., Research Associate in Anatomy.
Harold H. Burns, M.D., Associate in Surgery.
M. Paul Byerly, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Richard A. Carey, M.D., Associate in Medicine.'
Osborne D. Christensen, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Edward R. Dana, A.B., M.D., Associate in Roentgenology.'
Kathryn Dice, Ed.D., Associate in Clinical Psychology.
Francis G. Dickey, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
D. McClelland Dixon, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics and Instructor in Pathology'.
Stanley H. Durlacher, M.D., Associate in Legal Medicine.'
J. J. Erwin, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
L. K. Fargo, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
William L. Fearing, M.D., Associate in Neurology.
Donald E. Fisher, M.D., Associate in Pathology.^
Samuel L. Fox, M.D., Associate in Otolaryngology, and Instructor in Physiology.^
Henry C. Freimuth, Ph.D., Associate in Legal Medicine.
William L. Garlick, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Robert G. Grenell, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D., Research Associate in Psychiatry.'
Alvin J. Hartz, A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.''
Raymond F. Helfrich, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
W. Grafton Herspberger, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
John T. Hibbitts, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
Henry W. D. Holljes, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Z. Vance Hooper, M.D., Associate in Gastro-Enterology.
Clewell Howell, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Benjamin H. Isaacs, A.B., M.D., Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology.
Meyer W. Jacobson, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Joseph V. Jerardi, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Hugh J. Jewett, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Arthur Karfgin, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
James R. Karns, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine, and Physician in Charge of Medical
Care of Medical Students.^
Joseph I. Kemler, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology.
Elizabeth LaForge, M.S.S., Associate in Psychiatric Social Work.
Samuel Legum, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
H. Edmund Levin, M.D., Associate in Bacteriology.
Kurt Levy^ M.D., Associate in Medicine.
William D. Lynn, A.B., M.D., Research Associate in Surgery.'
G. Bowers Mansdorfer, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
I. H. Maseritz, M.D., Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Karl F. Mech, B.S., M.D., Associate in Anatomy and Instructor in Pathology.
George G. Merrill, M.D., Associate in Neurology.
Lyle J. Millan, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Frank K. Morris, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
J. Huff Morrison, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.-
S. Edwin Muller, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Associate in Surgical Anatomy, and Assistant in Surgery.*
Herbert E. Reifschneider, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
826 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Robert A. Reiter, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
R. C. V. Robinson, IM.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Sidney Scherlis, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
William M. Seabold, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Lawrence M. Serra, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
A. Albert Shapiro, B.S., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Benedict Skitarelic, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pathology.
Harry A. Teitlebaum, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Associate in Neurology.
Wilfred H. Townshend, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.*
Isadora Tuerk, M.D., Associate in Psychiatry.
William K. Waller, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Austin H. Wood, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Israel Zeligman, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
LECTURERS
Amedeo S. Marrazzi, M.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology'.
Joseph M. Miller, M.D., Lecturer in Surgery.
William H. Summerson, Ph,D., Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
INSTRUCTORS
A. Russell Anderson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Leon Ashman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Robert E. Bauer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.^
Harry McB. Beck, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology, and Assistant in Obstetrics.'
Robert Z. Berry, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Otolarjoigology.
Thomas S. Bowyer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
Charles E. Brambel, A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in Medicine.'
George H. Brouillet, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Ann Virginia Brown, A.B., Instructor in Biological Chemistry.
J. E. Brumback Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
William J. Bryson, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
William R. Bundick, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.'
Lucile J. Caldwell, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.
Enoch Calloway, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.'
Joseph P. Cappuccio, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Thomas A. Christensen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Jonas Cohen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Morris M. Cohen, M.D., Instructor in Dermatologj'.'
Joseph M. Cordi, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Richard J. Cross, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.', and Assistant in Otolaryng-
ology.'
Raymond M. Cunningham, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy and Proctolog}', Assistant
in Surgerj'.
George H. Davis, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.*
John R. Davis, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
W. Allen Deckert, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Surgery.
John B. DeHoff, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
William A. Dodd, M.D., Instructor in Gynecolog>', and Assistant in Obstetrics.'
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 827
Charles H. Doeller, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology, and Assistant in Obstetrics.
William C. Duffy, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Ernest S. Edlow, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Philip D. Flynn, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Paul N. Friedman, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Audry M. Funk, A.B., Instructor in Medicine.
L. Calvin Gareis, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology, and Obstetrics,* Assistant in
Gynecology.
Jason H. Gaskel, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.
H. L. Granoff, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecologj'.
Ernest G. Guy, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Isaac Gutroan, Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.'
John S. Haines, ]M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Samuel J. Hankin, M.D. Instructor in Medicine.
Charles W. Hawkins, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.^
Mary L. Hayleck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Robert F. Healy, M.D., Instructor in Surger>'.
Donald B. Hebb, M.D., Instructor in Proctology and Assistant in Surgery.
William G. Helfrich, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
L. Ann Hellen, E.S., Instructor in Medicine.
Benjamin Highstein, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.
Mark B. Hollander, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology and Syphilology.
Calvin Hyman, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., Instructor in Anesthesiology, School of Dentistry.
Edward S. Kallins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Marshall I. Kader, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery,^ School of Dentistry.
William H. Kammer, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Harry F. Kane, M.D., Instructor in GjTiecology.
Theodore Kardash, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Pathology.
Walter E. Karfgin, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Clyde F. Kams, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Leon A. Kochman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.'
Schuyler G. Kohl, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.*
A. Kremen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Louis J. Kroll, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Arnold F. Lavenstein, Instructor in Pediatrics.
Algert P. Lazauskas, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery,' School of Dentistry.
V. Harwood Link, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.'
F. Ford Loker, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
H. Patterson Mack, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy.'
Helen I. Maginnis, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Louis O. J. Manganiello, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy,' Research Fellow, Neuro-
surgery.
William C. Manion, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.'
Charles B. Marek, M.D., Instructor in GvTiecology.
Joseph H. Marshall, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Marion W. Mathews, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry."'
D. J. McHenry, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
i*" Appointment effective Sept., 1, 1950
828 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND ^
Jose Medina, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery/ School of Dentistry.
Israel P. Meranski, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
J. Duer Moores, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Joseph E. Muse, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Ruth Musser, M.S., Instructor in Pharmacology.
John A. Myers, M.E.E., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology.
Francis J. McLaughlin, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Samuel Novey, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
M. Paul Padget, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Richard H. Pembroke, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr., Instructor in .\natomy and Surgery.
Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
J. Emmett Queen, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.'
Phoebe Rich, M.S.S., Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work.
Daniel R. Robinson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Seymour W. Rubin, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
William J. Rysanek, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
John F. Schaefer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.^
Joseph C. Sheehan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Robert C. Sheppard, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B.. M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Albert J. Shochat, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology.
Ruby A. Smith, B.S., M.D,, Instructor in Ophthalmology-.
Merrill J. Snyder, B.S., Instructor in Bacteriology.'
Melchijah Spragins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Cleo D. Stiles, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
William T. Supik, M.D., Instructor in Proctology.
Raymond K. Thompson, B.S., M.D., Instructor and Director of Research in Neurological
Surgery.
Robert B. Tunney, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
William D. VandeGrift, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Edmond G. Vanden Bosche, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgerj',' School of Dentistry.
Harold L. Vyner, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Daniel Wilfson, Jr., A. P., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
C. Herman Williams, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.'
ASSISTANTS
A. Maynard Bacon, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Ruth W. Baldwin, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics and Director of the Pediatrics Seizure
clinic'
Harry McB. Beck, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.'
Walter J- Benavent, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Plastic Surgery.*
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 829
Jane L. Bleakley, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
Frances C. Brown, A.B., Assistant in Physiology.
Joseph G. Bird, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pharmacology, and Medicine.'
A. V. Buchness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Lester H. Caplan, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
John W. Chambers, M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Neurological Surgery.
L. T. Chance, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Raymond J. Clayton, Jr., Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.'*
James N. Cianos, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Sarah Cook, A.B., M.D., Assistant Director Post Graduate Medicine,* and Assistant in
Pediatrics.'
Donald D. Cooper, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Samuel H. Culver, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
E. Hollister Davis, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesia.
Michael L. DeVincentis, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
William A. Dodd, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.'
William C. Dunnigan, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Maurice Feldman, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Morris A. Fine, M.D., Assistant in Medicine and Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Richard M. Garrett, M.D., Assistant in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.*
William R. Geraghty, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Louis F. Goodman, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Charles W. Hawkins, M.D., Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Sylvia Himmelfarb, A.B., Assistant in Physiology.
John H. Hirschfeld, M.D., Assistant in Otolaryngology.
John V. Hopkins, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Rollin C. Hudson, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Everett D. Jones, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.'
Irvin B. Kemich, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.'
Lauriston L. Keown, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.'''
Irvin P. Klemkowski, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Raymond M. Lauer, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.'
Alfred S. I>ederman, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology.
Frank E. Leslie, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
WilUam D. Lynn, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Assistant Director Surgical
Research.
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Clarence W. Martin, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.'
Howard B. McElwain, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
James J. Nolan, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
John C. Osborne, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Frank J. Otanasek, M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery.
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Susan R. Pincoffs, R.N., Assistant in Medicine.
Hazel Y. Pruitt, Assistant in Bacteriology.
•» Appointment effective May 1, 1950.
"• Appointment effective Feb. 9, 1950.
830 UMVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Frederick M. Reese, A.B., M.D., .\ssistant in Ophthalmology.
James Russo, M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesiolog>'.
Mar>- Katherine Scarborough, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Charles W. Shaw, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.^
Jerome Sherman, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Elizabeth Smith, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.
0. Walter Spurrier, M.D., .\ssistant in Pediatrics.
Thomas McClelland Stevenson, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
Stuart D. Sunday, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Adam Swiss, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
T. J. Touhe}', M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Stephen J. Van Lill, III, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
.Arthur Ward, M.D., Assistant in Otolar>-ngolog>'.i
William Earl Weeks, M.D., .\ssistant in Pediatrics.
J. Carlton Wich, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Marcella Wiseman, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.
Howard L. Zupnik, M.D., .\ssistant in Surgerj'.
FELLOWS
Phillip R. .Apffel, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatrj'.
Frederick K. Bell, Ph.D., Fellow in Pharmacolog>'.i'
John M. Bloxom, Jr., M.D., National Cancer Institute Trainee.^
George W. Bradford, M.D., Baltimore Rh Laboratory', Fellow in Medicine.
James S. Browne, M.D., Fellow in Neurosurgery.^
Raj'mond M. Burgison, M.S., FeUow in Pharmacology.
Robert S. Cato, A.B., M.D., Fellow iQ Roentgenology-.!^
Robert M. N. Crosby, M.D., Hitchcock Fellow in Neurological Surgery.
Garret E. Deane, M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.^
Richard F. C. Egan, M.S., John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Physiology.'
Mary S. Fassel, A.B., Fellow in Pharmacolog\'.^
Martin K. Gorten, M.D., Baltimore Rh Tj-ping Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.'
David B. Gray, M.D., National Cancer Institute Trainee.'
John B. Harmon, B.S.: Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology.'™
Hans Hoch, Ph.D., Research Fellow in Ph^-siolog}'."
'' Appointment effective June 1, to July 31, 1950; September 1 to September^l5, 1950.
"* .\ppointment effective Nov. 1, 1950.
" Appointment effective April 1, 1950.
"* Appointment effective Januarj' 1, 1950.
'« Appointment effective September 1, 1949 to June 10, 1950.
" Appointment effective Feburar>- 1, 1950 to May 31, 1950.
'« Appointment effective July 1, 1949 to September 30, 1949.
'^ .Appointment effective September 1, 1949 to August 31, 1950.
" .Appointment effective October 1, 1950 to September 30, 1951.
•' Appointment effective October 1, 1949.
^ Appointment effective September 1, 1950, to August 31, 1951.
" Appointment effective June 1 to August 20, 1950.
*" ApF>ointment effective September 1, 1950 to September 1, 1951.
{coTd'd)
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 831
Dorothy H. Hubbard, Weaver Fellow in Biological Chemistry.
Dewitt T. Hunter, John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Anatomy. '°
Frederick Go-Kiatsu, B.S., AI.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.
N. Joyce Knapp, A.B., Eli Lilly Fellow in Pharmacology.^j
William E. Loechel, Albert E. Goldstein Fellow in Anatomical Art.'**
Go Lu, M.D., Fellow in Pharmacology. '"^
Louis O. J. Manganiello, A.B., M.D., Fellow in Neurosurgery.
Arlie R. Mansberger, Jr., M.D., Research Fellow in Surgery.
Marion A. Marfy, M.A., Fellow in Clinical Psychology.
Suzanne Mohler, B.S., Fellow in Psychiatry.
J. Pomeroy Nichols, M.D., Fellow in Neurological Surgery.'"
Aaron Podolnick, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Albert M. Powell, M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.'
Ruth Rabinovitch, A.B., M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Robert Simonoff, Ph.D., Ohio Chemical Co., Fellow in Pharmacology."*
George W. Smith, M.D., Hitchcock Fellow in Neurosurgery.'
C. L. Spurhng, M.D., Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.*
William Stark, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Thomas A. Stebbins, A.B., Medical Illustrator in Gynecology.
Martin W. Treiber, John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Physiology."
Edward B. Truitt, B.S., Fellow American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education.**'
Roy B. Turner, M.D., Fellow in Neurosurgery.'"
Robert T. Walker, M.D., Fellow in Medicine.
Geraldine F. Wolfe, B.S., U.S.P.H. Fellow in Anatomy.
Joseph B. Workman, M.D., Baltimore Rh Typing Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.*
RESEARCH ASSISTANTS
Maryanne E. Berger, Research Assistant in Anatomv.'°
Elizabeth M. S. Boyle, A.B., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry.'"
Catherine S. Brunst, A.B., Research Assistant in Anatomy.
Joseph R. Merkel, M.S., Research Assistant in Bacteriology'
John S. Metcalf, Jr., Research Assistant in Physiology.'^
Jean D. Nimmo, A.B., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry. **•
Jeannette F. Rayner, Research Assistant in Psychiatry.' ■■
Carolyn M. Stout, M.S., Research Assistant in Physiology.'*
EXTRAMURAL ASSISTANT RESIDENTS IN MEDICINE
John F. Benson, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.
Robert H. Hahn, M.D., Rotating Assistant Resident in Medicine.'
Howard E. Hall, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.
John A. Hightower, M.D., Rotating Assistant Resident in Medicine.'
William Roemmich, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.
Sidney J. Venable, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.
'" Appointment effective January 1, 1951 to June 30, 1951.
'"Appointment effective March 1 to May 31, 1950.
'p Appointment effective January 1 to June 30, 1950.
'1 Appointment effective October 1, 1949 to July 31, 1950.
"Appointment effective February 1, 1950
'"Appointment effective September 1, 1950 to August 31, 1951.
832 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
George H. Buck, Director
jAiiES L. Dack, Asst. Director
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE STAFF
JOHX E. Savage, Chairman
Francis G. Dickey, Secretary
J. Edmund Bradley Walter L. Kilby
T. Xelsox Carey F. Edwin Knowxes, Jr.
Louis H. Douglass Alfred T. Nelson-
Charles Reid Edwards Maurice C. Pincoffs
Jacob E. Fin-eslxger Milton S. Sacks
J. Mason Hunt)Ley, Jr. George H. Yeager
Elected ilembers Term Expires
Sakuel T. R. Revell, Jr 1950
Hentiy F. Ullrich 1950
A. H. Finkelstein 1951
Ephraim T. Lisansky 1951
James G. Arnold, Jr 1952
Ernest I. Corn-brooks, Jr 1952
George H. Buck, Director, University Hospital) „ -r . .
TT Ti If 7^ n ; ; r 1^ J- • } Ex officto members
H. Boyd \\ ylie, Dean, School of Medtctne J
UXI\^ERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF
Physician-in-Chief Maurice C. Pincoffs
[Thom-AS p. Sprunt
I T. Nelson Carey
j Louis A. M. Krause
j WiLLLAM S. Love, Jr.
; Howard M. Bubert
Milton S. Sacks
Lewis P. Gundry
S-AiiuEL Morrison
[Thedore E. Woodward
I Frank J. Geraghty
j Edward F. Cotter
j C. Edward Leach
i Ephraim T. Lisansky
! Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr.
[Irving J. Spear
Leon Freedom
Neurologists <j Wllliam Fearing
, Edward F. Cotter
George Merrill
Dermatologist-in-Chief Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
_, . , ■ . [Francis A. Ellis
DermcUoloststs ' .. , , _
H.arry M. Robinson, Jr.
Psychiatrisl-in-Chief Jacob E. Fin-esinger
Physicians { ,
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
833
Pathologists .
Surgeons.
Neurological Surgeons .
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAYF— Cont'd.
Psychiatrist H. Whitman Newell
Pediatrician-in-Cliief J. Edmund Bradley
C. LORING JOSLIN
„ .. . . J Gordon E. Gibbs
Pedtatricians , ^t t-
A. H. FiNKELSTEIN
VVlLLIAM M. SeABOLD
Pathologist-in-Cliief Hugh R. Spencer
[ Dexter L. Reinmann
■\John a. Wagner
Surgeon- in-Chief Charles Reid Edwards
[George H. Yeager
I Otto C. Brantigan
1 Charles A. Reifschnehjer
[Harry C. Hull
Neurological Surgeon-in-Clnef Charles Bagley, Jr.
/Richard G. Coblentz
' [James G. Arnold, Jr.
Laryngologist-in-Chief Edward A. Looper
Laryngologists f Thomas R. O'Rourk
\ Frederick T. Kyper
Proctolologist-in-Chief Monte Edwards
Proctologist Thurston R. Adams
Orthopedic Surgeon-in-Chief Allen F. Voshell
Moses Gellman
Henry F. Ullrich
Milton J. Wilder
James P. Miller
Genilo Urinary Surgeon-in-Chief W. Houston Toulson
/Lyle J. Millan
Gemto-Urmary Surgeons Jhoward B. Mays
Dental Surgeon-in-Chief Brice M. Dorsey
Myron S. Aisenberg
Joseph C. Biddix
Harold Golton
Joseph P. Cappuccio
I Edward C. Dobbs
Grayson W. Gaver
Hugh T. Hicks
Conrad L. Inman
Ernest B. Nuttall
Kenneth V. Randolph
Wilbur O. Ramsey
Lewis C. Toomey
Roentgenologist-in-Chief Walter L. Kilby
f Charles N. Davidson
[Donald J. Barnett
Orthopedic Surgeons .
Dentists .
Roentgenologists .
Ohstetricians-in-Chief .
Obstetricians.
834 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Co«/'(f.
Bronchoscopist-in-Chief Edward A. Loopee
[Frederick T. Kyper
Bronchoscopisls -j John H. Hirschpeld
[Richard J. Cross
Olologist-in-Chief Thomas R. O'Rourk
Aneslhesiologist-in-Cliief Alfred T. Nelson
Anesthesiologist Frank J. Brady
/Louis H. Douglass
[D. Frank Kaltrehjeb
J. Morris Reese
ISADORE A. SiEGEL
John E. Savage
Hugh B. McNally
Opktftalmologist-in-Chief F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Ophtfialmologist Paul N. Friedman
Gynecologist-in-Chief J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Leo Brady
Beverley C. Compton
_ J . . John C. Dumler
Gynecologists „, ^ -^
■^ ^ Wllllam K. Dlehl
Everett S. Diggs
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Oncologist-in-Chief J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Oncologist Grant E. Ward
Physical Therapist Grace E. Shaw
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
July 1, 1950 to June 30, 1951
Joseph H. Allen, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Jose A. Alvarez, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurosurgery, Assigned to Baltimore
City Hospitals
Claude F. Bailey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Joseph VV. Baggett, A.B., M.D., Co-Resident in Gynecology
Thomas G. Barnes, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Van B. Bennett, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
James M. Bisanar, M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Frank E. Brumback, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Robert E. Cato, A.B., M.D., Resident in Roentgenology^^
Jerome E. Cohn, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
William C. Covey, Jr., M.D., Resident in Obstetrics
Robert M. N. Crosby, M.D., Resident in Neurosurgery, Exchange Res., Baltimore City
Hospitals
James F. Dougherty, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Roentgenology
William Carl Ebeling, III, B.S., M.D., Resident in Medicine
"• Until October 31, 1950. Fellow beginning November 1.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 835
John E. Evans, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
J. Earle Furman, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Joseph C. Furnari, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine^"
Joseph B. Ganey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Richard A. Gilbert, M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
Dorothy J. Gildea, B.A., M.D., Intern in Pediatrics
Benjamin M. Gold, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
Robert C. Haoan, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine, Extern.
John R. Hankins, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Frederick Heldrich, Jr., B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Robert M. Hidey, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
John F. Hogan, M.D., Assistant Resident Genito-Urinary Surgery, Exchange Asst. Res.
Baltimore City Hospitals
Henry K. Jarrett, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Urology, Exchange Asst. Res. Balti-
more City Hospitals
Erwin R. Jennings, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Whedon Johnson, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Anesthesiology
Douglas O. Kern, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Louis O. J. Manganiello, A.B., M.D., Exchange Resident in Neurosurgery, Baltimore
City Hospitals
Fred R. McCrumb, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Eugene R. McNinch, B.S., M.D., Resident in Roentgenology
James R. McNinch, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Sitrgery
Arlie R. Mansberger, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Gerald A. Martin, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine, Extern.
Thomas D. Michael, M.D., Assistant Resident in Otolaryngology
James V. Minor, Jr., B.A., M.D., Resident in Pediatrics
Wallace H. Mitchell, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Pomeroy Nichols, M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurosurgery^'^
William A. Niermann, M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
John C. Ozazewski, M.D., Resident in Ophthalmology
S. Malone Parham, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics, assigned to Gynecology
Robert T. Parker, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Preston H. Peterson, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Nath-ANIEL J. PuLVER, M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Benson C. Schwartz, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
James H. Shell, B.S., M.D., Co-Resident in Gynecology
Edward P. Smith, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Kyle Y. Swisher, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
John J. Tansey, M.D., Assistant Resident in Orthopedics
F. X. Paul Tinker, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology, Assigned to Obstetrics
Roy B. Turnt:r, M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurosurgery
Jose G. Valderas, M.D., Intern in Gynecology
Johnson Whedon, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Anaesthesiology
John P. White, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
David R. Will, M.D., Resident in Surgery
William S. Womack, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
1° Until September 30, 1950.
Id Until December 31, 1950.
836 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
John L. Wooten, M.D., Assistant Resident in Orthopedic Surgery Exchange Asst. Res.,
Baltimore City Hospitals
Henry F. Zangara, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Roentgenology^"
Isidore Zerlin, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Anesthesiology
SENIOR INTERNS
Robert A. Abraham, B.S., M.D. Edwin M. Hubbard, M.D.
Leonard Bachman, B.S., M.D. Edmund B. Middleton, M.D.
Edward J. Broaddus, M.D. Herbert K. Speers, M.D.
Charles T. Henderson, M.D. John W. Stover, M.D.
Arthur F. Hoge, Jr., B.S., M.D. John F. Strahan, M.D.
JUNIOR INTERNS
Charles Bagley, B.S., M.D. Warren Glaser, A.B., M.D.
Wilbur N. Baumann, M.D. Irvin G. Hoyt, B.A., M.D.
Francis J. Borges, B.S., M.D. Virginia Huffer, B.S., M.D.
Raymond Bradshaw, Jr., B.S., M.D. John F. Kelly, M.D.
Joseph B. Bronushas, B.S., M.D. Edward T. O'Hara, B.S., M.D.
Elinor W. Demarest, B.A., M.D. Raymond C. Spaulding, Jr., B.S., M.D.
DENTAL INTERNS
Arthur M. Bushey, D.D.S. C. W. Rader, Jr., D.D.S.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT STAFF
Emma Winship, R. N., Director
Chief of Medical Clinic
T. Nelson Carey
Edward F. Cotter
M. Paul Byerly
William K. Waller
Walter Karfgin
Kurt Levy
Joseph E. Muse, Jr.
Morris Fine
Physicians \ James R. Karns
[John B. DeHoff
I Charles H. Williams
I Jonas Cohen
I Stephen Van Lill, III
I Charles E. Shaw
I Joseph G. Bird
I Marvin Goldstein
[ Donald Mintzer
Chief of Gastro-Enterology Clinic Francis G. Dickey
, . ^ T- , . , fz. Vance Hooper
Assistant Gastro-Enterologtst \ . ^ ^
'« Until October 31, 1950; Resident, beginning November 1.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
837
Assistant Neurologists.
Assistants.
Assistant Cardiologists .
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMEN'l — com/W.
Chief of Neurology Clinic Leon Freedom
f William L. Fearing
■\ Harry A. Teitelbaum
Chief of Chest Clinic Meyer W. Jacobson
Assistant, Diseases of the Lungs Manuel Levin
Chief of Diabetic Clinic Samuel T. R. Revell. Jr.
/Charles E. Shaw
■ [Joseph G. Bird
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic C. Edward Leach
Wilfred H. Townshend
Rollin C. Hudson
Sidney Scherlis
Stephen J. Van Lill, III
Fred B. Agee, Jr.
James J. Nolan
Chief of Allergy Clinic. Howard M. Bubert
/Irvin B. Kemick
■ (Jerome Sherman
Assistant Allergists [Edward S. Kallins
[Raymond M. Lauer
Allergy Clinic Technicians (Se^ma R. Goldsmith
[Shirley W. Correll
Chief of Endocrinology Clinic Conrad B. Acton
Director of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic. . . . Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Chief of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic Harry M. Robinson, Jr.
[Francis A. Ellis
Dermatologists and Syphilologists .
Assistant Chiefs of Allergy Clinic.
Assistant Dermatologists and Syphilologists .
Israel Zeligman
i A. Albert Shapiro
R. C. V. Robinson
Eugene S. Bereston
Benjamin Highstein
LuciLE Caldwell
V. Harwood Link
Morris M. Cohen
Mark B. Hollander
William R. Bundick
Director of Psychiatric Clinic H. Whitman Newell
Hans W. Loewald
Kathryn L. Schultz
William Stark
Gertrude Gross
Sam Novey
Isadore Tuerk
Rudolph Marburg
Ephraim Lisansky
G. S. Ingalls
A ssistani Psychiatrists .
838
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Assistant Pediatricians.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— Con/W.
Director, Pediatric Clinic A. H. Finkelstein
Chief of Pediatric Clinic Samuel S. Click
Louis V. Blum
Arnold F. Lavenstein
Thomas E. Weeks
J. Carlton Wich
Howard Coodman
Melvin N. Borden
Lester Caplan
Ruth B. Baldwin
Director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic Sidney Scheelis
Assistant Director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic. . . . Cibson J. Wells
Director, Pediatric Seizure Clinic Ruth B. Baldwin
Chief of Surgical Clinic Robert C. Sheppard
Samuel E. Proctor
William B. Settle
Assistant Surgeons •< Karl F. Mech
Assistant Orthopedic Surgeons .
James N. Cianos
Richard M. Carrett
Chi^ of Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski
Chief of Orthopedic Surgery Clinic Allen Fiske Voshell
Moses Cellman
Hen-ry F. Ullrich
Milton J. Wilder
James P. Miller
M. R. Ettenson
Hoyt Kirkpatrick, Jr.
Chief of Genito-Urinary Clinic W. Houston Toulson
f John F. Hogan
. . _.,-.„ I LyLE J. MiLLAN
Assistant Gentto-Urttiary Surgeons ,,, . „
* 1 Morris A. Fine
[Howard B. Mays
Chief of Otolaryngology Clinic Benjamin S. Rich
[Samuel L. Fox
Assistant Otolaryngologists \ Albert Stein"er
[Richard J. Cross
Chief of Proctology Clinic Monte Edwards
[Thurston R. Adams
. ., ,„ ,, ., I Donald B. Hebb
Assistant Proctologists , ,., ,. „
1 William J. Supik
[Raymond Cun"ningham
C/jtef of Gynecology Clinic J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Assistant Chief of Gynecology Clinic Beverley C. Compton
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
839
Assistant Gynecologists.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— a«/'<i.
John C. Dumler
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Kenneth B. Boyd
VV. Allen Deckert
Helen I. Maginnis
Charles B. Marek
Theodore Kardash
Louis C. Gareis
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Beverley C. Compton
William K. Diehl
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
[Everett S. Diggs
Brice M. Dorsey
Lewis C. Toomey
f Jose Medina
I Marshall I. Kader
] Algert p. Lazauskas
[Edmond G. Vanden Bosche
J. Huff Morrison
Marg.aret B. Ballard
John E. Savage
Kenneth B. Boyd
W. Ken^neth Mansfield
Louis C. Gareis
J. K. B. E. Seegar
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
George H. Davis
Theodore Kardash
Harry McB. Beck
William A. Dodd
Irvin p. Klemkowski
Clarence W. Martin
Chief of Oncology Clinic, Gynecological Division . J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Beverley C. Compton
John C. Dumler
\ William K. Diehl
Ern"est I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Everett S. Diggs
Chief of Oncology Clinic, Surgical Division Grant E. Ward
[Arthur G. Siwinski
Female Cystoscopists
Chief of Dental Clinic
Assistant Chief of Dental Clinic. . .
Assistant Dentists
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic
Assistant Chief of Obstetrical Clinic
Assistant Obstetricians.
Assistants in Gynecological Division.
Assistants in Surgical Division.
E. Eugene Covington
' j. duer moores
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr.
Louis E. Goodman
Assistant OplUhaltnologists .
840 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT DEPARTMENT— CowiW.
Cliief of Vascular Clinic George H. Yeager
Assistant Chief of Vascular Clinic RAYiioxD Cuxxixgham
Medical Consultant — Vascular Clinic Lewtis P. Gundry
Cliief of Ophthalmology Clinic F. Edwin Kno^nxes, Jr.
[Paul N. Friedm.\x
I Cleo D. Stiles
I Ruby A. Smith
I Frederick M. Reese
\D. J. McHe.vry
I J. E. Brumback, Jr.
I RicBLARD J. Cross
[Thomas Manxhester
Professor of Speech Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Speech, University of
Maryland at College Park Merle Ansberry, Ph.D.
Occupational Therapist Miss Lora E. Dunetz
Physical Therapist Miss Mary Mason
Director, Social Senice Miss Mary Fitzpatrick
OUT-PATIENT REPORT
JANUARY 1, 1950 TO JANUARY 1, 1951
Departments -Ve5c Cases Old Cases Total
.Allerg>- 190 4,973 5,163
Arthritis 55 247 302
Cardiology 195 1, 150 1,345
Cystoscopy (Gyn.) 94 546 640
Cystoscopy (G.U.) 77 50 127
Dermatology 5,401 8,744 14,145
Department "S" 374 2,365 2,739
Diabetic 99 1,910 2,009
Ear, Nose and Throat 1,267 2,010 3,277
Endocrine 41 280 321
Eye 1,428 3,320 4,748
Gastro-intestinal 197 719 916
Genito-urinary 937 1,914 2,851
G\Tiecolog3- 2,077 5, 195 7,272
Hematology' 17 535 552
Medical 2,609 6,236 8,845
Neurologj- 129 384 513
Neuro-surgery 211 415 626
Obstetrics 2,012 17,082 19,094
Occupational Therapy 82 1 ,058 1 , 140
Oncolog3' 320 1,707 2,027
Oral Surgerv 312 556 868
Orthopedics 1,478 3,210 4,688
Pediatrics 2,349 8,097 10,446
Pediatric Cardiolog>- 21 213 234
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 841
Old Casts
Total
416
All
236
313
484
560
30
62
339
546
1,589
1
,904
6,926
10,227
975
1
,223
870
1
,027
Departments New Case
Pediatric Chest 6
Pediatric Seizure 77
Physiotherapy 76
Plastic Surgery 32
Proctology 207
Psychiatry 315
Surgery 3 , 301
Tuberculosis 248
Vascular 157
Total 26,391 84,781 111,172
MEDICAL CARE CLINIC
UNIVERSITY HOSPIT.\L
Director Henry W. D. Holljes
Assistant Director Stjsan R. Pincoffs
The Medical Care Clinic of the University of Maryland is the result of a study
by the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland in cooperation with the
State Planning Commission. The present Clinic, located on the third floor of
the Dispensary Building, is the first of its kind in this country. Public assistance
clients are referred to the Clinic by the Baltimore City Health Department and
are scheduled for an initial physical examination by physicians affiliated with the
University of Maryland. A family physician is chosen by the patient from a list
available at the Clinic. Copies of the individual's medical history and examina-
tions are sent to the physician selected, who then becomes responsible for the
medical care of the patient.
The Medical Care Program is, in this way, an entirely new approach to the
problem of the indigent patient. For the first time, he becomes the responsibility
of a private physician. This places the practice of medicine to the indigent on a
par with the practice of private medicine.
After the initial examination, the Clinic functions as a diagnostic center to
serve the needs of the neighborhood practitioner. Consultants working in the
Medical Care Clinic are available and at present represent Medicine, Surgery,
Gynecology and Otolaryngology. Others wiU be added as required.
The Clinic functions between 8:30 and 4:30 daily. Registrations and referrals
are conducted in the morning. Clinical examinations and consultations are held
during the afternoon. Approximately eighty neighborhood physicians have
agreed to work with the Medical Care Program. Twenty-five members of the
Out-patient Department and University Hospital Staflf will conduct examinations
in the Clinic.
The Faculty Committee on Post Graduate Education has also undertaken plans
to provide instruction to all affiliated physicians.
5,550 public assistance clients have been assigned to this Clinic.
842
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Walter D. Wise, Chairman
Mother M. Bernadette Henry F. Bongardt
Sister M. Veronica H. Raymond Peters
Sister M. Carmel Maurice C. Pincoffs
Sister M. Cornelia Waitman F. Zinn
Sister M. Hildegarde Thomas K. Galvin
Sister M. Damian Edward P. Smith
Sister M. Thomas Elliott H. Htttchins
Sister M. Brendan S. Edwin Muller
ADVISORY BOARD OF MERCY HOSPITAL
Most Reverend Lawrence J. Sheehan
Henry C. Evans
Thomas B. Butler
H. C. Byrd
Charles C. Conlon
Clarence E. Elderkin
Richard A. Froehlinger
Wllllam L. Galvin
August B. Haneke
Samuel H. Hoffberger
James W. McElroy
Allen W. Morton
S. Page Nelson
Thomas W. Pangborn
William F. Schmtck
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF
Neurological Surgeons
Associate Surgeons
Surgeon-in-Chief Walter D. Wise
Elliott H. Hutchins
F. L. Jennings
R. W. LOCHER
Surgeons \ Thomas R. Chambers
D. J. Pessagno
William F. Rienhoff
Henry F. Bongardt
Charles Bagley, Jr.
Richard B. Coblentz
James D. Arnold, Jr.
Frank J. Otenasek
John W. Chambers
Raymond K. Thompson
I. 0. Ridgely
James W. Nelson
Howard B. McElwain
Simon H. Brager
John A. O'Connor
Charles W. Maxson
I. Ridgeway Trimble
Raymond F. Helfrich
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
843
A ssistani Surgeons .
Plastic Surgeons
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Julius Goodman
S. Demaeco, Jr.
T. J. TOUHEY
William N. McFaul, Jr.
Meyer H. Zuravin
Howard L. Zupnik
Daniel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
Wm. C. Dunnioan
Harold H. Burns
William L. Garlick
John F. Schaeffer
F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr.
Michael L. DeVincentis
TEdward a. Kitlowski
\ Clarence P. Scarborough
Ophthalmologist F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Associate Ophthalmologist Joseph V. Jeppi
(M. Raskin
Joseph I. Kemler
F. A. Pacienza
fw. Raymond McKenzie
■\ George W, Mitchell
Rhinologist and Laryngologist Waitman F. Zinn
Fayne a. Kayser
Benjamin S. Rich
Associate Rhinologists and Laryngologists \ Theodore A. Schwartz
Blrkhead Macgowan
Benjamin H. Isaacs
Assistant Rhinologist and Laryngologist Joseph V. Jeppi
Bronchoscopist Waitman F. Zinn
Associate Bronchoscopist Fayne A. Kayser
J Theodore A. Schwartz
■\ Robert Z. Berry
Constdting Orthopaedic Surgeon Albertus C. Cotton
Orthopaedic Surgeon H. L. Rogers
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeon Henry F. Ullrich
fl. H. Maseritz
I J. H. Gaskel
'1 Isaac Gutman
[Everett D. Jones
fSiMON P. Brager
■\ William J. Supic
Urologist Kenneth D. Legge
Consulting Rhinologists and Laryngologists .
Assistant Bronchoscopists
Assistant Orthopaedic Surgeons .
Proctologists
844
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Associate Urologists.
Dermatologists .
Dentist
Consulting Dentist . . .
Consulting Physician .
PItysician-in-Chief . . .
Physicians .
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
[Leon K. Fargo
-j Francis W. Gillis
[j. S. Haines
Francis A. Ellis
Eugene S. Bereston
R. C. V. Robinson
William R. Bundick
J. D. Fusco
Conrad L. Inman
Maurice C. Pincoffs
H. Raymond Peters
Harvey G. Beck
Thomas P. Sprunt
George McLean
J. Sheldon Eastland
Louis A. M. Krause
Thomas C. Wolff
T. Nelson Carey
Sol Smith
[Hubert C. Knapp
I Bartus T. Baggott
! Wetherbee Fort
•J Hugh J. Welch
S. Edwin Muller
Frederick J. Vollmer
William H. Kammer
fS. A. TUMMINELLO
I J. Howard Burns
1 EiVRL L. Chambers
I K. W. GOLLEY
I John R. Davis, Jr.
Assistant Physicians -j J. Emmett Queen
I John C. Osborne
I Arthur Karfgin
I Henry J. Marriott
I James J. Nolan
[Maurice Feldman, Jr.
(R. Frederick Leitz
Theodore H. Morrison
Maurice Feldman
Assistant Gastro-Enterologist Philip D. Flynx
_ ,. , . . f Edgar B. Friedenwald
Pediatnctans < „ „ „
\ Frederick B. Smith
Associate Pediatrician G. Bowers Mansdorfer
Associate Physicians .
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
845
Assistant Pediatricians .
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Jerome Fixeman
O. Walter Spurrier
Israel P. Meranski
Edward L. Frey, Jr.
Earl Weeks
A. M. Bacon, Jr.
[Harry Goldsmith
Associate Neurologists and Psychiatrists { Philip F. Lerner
[George G. Merrill
Anesthesiologist James Russo
Constdting Obstetrician Edward P. Smith
Obstetrician-in-Chief . John J. Erwin
[Thomas K. Galvin
J Frank K. Moious
] Ernest S. Edlow
[Hugh B. McNally
Obstetricians.
Associate Obstetricians .
Assistant Obstetricians.
Gynecologist-in-Chief .
Gynecologists
f William C. Duffy
'\ Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
[ William A. Dodd
I Harry McB. Beck
I Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
J. Howard Burns
Harry F. Kane
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Thomas K. Galvin
[Edward P. Smith
<i John J. Erwin
[Frank K. Morris
[George A. Strauss, Jr.
I Ernest S. Edlow
.{ Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
I William A. Dodd
[Harry McB. Beck
[William C. Duffy
I Gerald A. Galvin
! Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
Harry F. Kane
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
[Walter C. Merkel
■ \Hugh R. Spencer
Clinical iPatholo gist H. T. Collenberg
Clinical Eematologist H. Raymond Peters
Associate Gynecologists.
Assistant Gynecologists.
Pathologists .
Technicians <
846 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Clinical Biochemist Charles E. Brambel
f Sister Paula Marie
Eleanor Behr
Elizabeth Johnson
Carmela E. Minnick
Constance Chapman
Rita Berry
Jeanne Merritt
Florese Samorodin
Consulting Radiologist Albertus Cotton
Radiologist Edward R. Dana
[Mary Gorman
Technicians (X-ray) \ Henrietta McCaffrey
[Frances Muth
MERCY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
JULY 1, 1950— JUNE 30, 1951
RESIDENT STAFF
Elden H. Pertz, B.S., M.D., Resident Surgeon
Karl A. Dillinger, M.D., Associate Resident Surgeon
August Kiel, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident Surgeon {Assigned to N euro-Surgery)
Rennert M. Smelser, M.D., Senior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Clyde D. Thomas, Jr., M.D., Senior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Margaret L. Sherrard, B.A., M.D., Junior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Frank J. Theuerkauf, Jr., M.D., Junior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Vincent dePaul Fitzpatrick, Jr., A.B., M.D., Resident Gynecologist
John A. Ferris, B.S., M.D., Resident Obstetrician
William D. Gentry, M.D., Assistant Resident Gynecologist and Obstetrician
Arthur R. Fleming, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Gynecologist and Obstetrician
Melchior F. R. Savarese, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Gynecologist andk)bstetrician
Thomas P. Connor, A.B., M.D., Resident Physician
Allyn F. Judd, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
Richard C. Fravel, M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
Howard F. Raskin, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
John A. Spittel, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
Richard A. Young, A.B., M.D., Resident Pediatrician
Mary E. Matthews, B.S., M.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Pediatrician
INTERNS
Mary Mediary Barstow, A.B., M.D. Frank G. Kuehn, A.B., M.D.
Leonard G. Hamberry, A.B., M.D. William B. Rever, Jr., M.D.
Philip W. Heuman, B.S., M.D. Paul F. Richardson, M.D.
Charles Ireland, M.D. Oliver R. Roth, B.S., M.D.
Frank T. Kasik, Jr., B.S., M.D. Fowler F. White, B.S., M.D.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
847
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
Dispensary Director Sister M. Anita
Supervisor of Surgical Clinic Harold H. Burns
I. RiDGEWAY Trimble
Simon H. Brager
Howard L. Zupnik
Daniel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
William C. Dunnigan
William L. Garlick
Dispensary Surgeons { John F. Schaeffer
F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan
Arthur G. Siwinski
Melvin F. Polek
Clarence P. Scarborough
Michael L. DeVincentis
Paul R. Ziegler
Supervisor of Genito-Urinary Clinic Kenneth D. Legge
[L. K. Fargo
Assistant Genito-Urinary Surgeons \ Francis W. Gillis
[John S. Haines
Supervisor of Orthopaedic Clinic Harry L. Rogers
Henry F. Ullrich
Isaac Gutman
Orthopaedic Surgeons I. H. Maseritz
Jason H. Gaskel
Everett D. Jones
Supervisor of MedicafjClinic H. Raymond Peters
^,., , ,^ J- , ^,- ■ fSoL Smith
Chufs ofMedual Chmc jg Edwin Muller
Frederick J. Vollmer
William H. Kammer
John R. Davis
J. Emmett Queen
Charles F. O'Donnell
Assistant Physicians j Arthur Karfgin
John C. Osborne
Maurice Feldman, Jr.
James J. Nolan
Milton C. Linthicum
C. E. Gonzales
Chief of Allergy Clinic S. Edwin Muller
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic Thomas C. Wolff
JLeon Ashman
■\ Henry J. Marriott
Chi^ of Metabolism Clinic J. Sheldon Eastland
Assistant Cardiologists.
848
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF— Cont'd.
Chiefs of Pediatric Clinic .
Pediatricians .
Neurologists and Psychiatrists .
Assistant in Metabolism Clinic J. E. Queen
Gastro-Enterologist Maurice Feldman
Assistant Gastro-Enterologist Philip Flynn
f Edgar B. Friedenwald
'\Fred B. Smith
Jerome Fineman
Israel T. Meranski
O. Walter Spurrier
Edward L. Frey, Sr.
J. Carlson Wich
Donald Cooper
Earl Weeks
Joseph Cordi
f Philip F. Lerner
' \ George G. Merrill
Supervisor of Dermatology Clinic Francis A. Ellis
(Eugene S. Bereston
R. C. V. Robinson
William R. Bundick
Oncologist James W. Nelson
Chief of Gynecology Clinic Thomas K. Galvin
Edward P. Smith
J. J. Erwin
Frank K. Morris
Ernest S. Edlow
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
Gynecologists \ Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
Harry F. Kane
Robert B. Tunney
Gerald A. Galvin
John M. Palese
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic John J. Erwin
Harry F. Kane
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
„,,,.. J Harry McB. Beck
Ohstetrtcians <„, „ ^
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Esophagoscopist Waitman F. Zinn
Associate Esophagoscopist Fayne A. Kayser
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 849
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF— Co«iU
[Waitman F. Zinn
I Theodore A. Schwartz
Rhinologisis and Laryngologists \ Benjamin H. Isaacs
I Arthur Ward
[Robert Z. Berry
[M. Raskin
Ophthalmologists and Otologists ■! F. A. Pacienza
[Joseph V. Jeppi
Proctologist Simon H. Brager
Assistant Proctologist William T. Supik
Supervisors of Dental Clinic I' ' _ „
(^ Edward R. Stinebert
Consulting Dentist Conrad L. Inman
Supervisor of Physiotherapy Clinic Leon Hannan
Assistant Physiotherapist Alice R. Hannan
fSisTER M. Scholastica^
Social Workers \ Anna Shawbaker
[Marian L. Kinney
_ . [Eva Applegarth
Secretaries < ^ , „
[Virginia Freeze
MEDICAL CARE CLINIC
Director S. Edwin Muller
Assistant Director Frances V. Loughney
The Medical Care Clinic at Mercy Hospital is one of six special clinics established
and conducted for the Baltimore City Health Department. These clinics were established
by the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the State Planning Commission.
The program takes up an unmet need for the indigent.
The City Welfare Department certifies recipients of public assistance to the Health
Department. The Health Department in turn, assigns recipients to one of the medical
care clinics operated by local hospitals, namely — Johns Hopkins, Sinai, University of
Maryland, Mercy, Provident and South Baltimore. The clinic assignments are made
primarily on a geographic basis.
During the current year the Mercy Medical Care Clinic is providing facihties for three
thousand clients. It provides the eligible individual an initial physical examination,
chest X-ray, bacteriological and other laboratory tests as indicated. Arrangements are
also made by the Clinic to have each client register with a family physician of his or her
choice selected from those Baltimore physicians who have agreed to participate in the
program. The Clinic notifies the physician chosen, and sends him a complete written
report of the physical findings.
The plan gives physicians an opportunity for contacts with the personnel and diagnostic
facilities of the participating hospitals. At the request of the client's physician, consul-
tation services of the Mercy Staff are made available. These services include Medicine,
Surgerj-, Gynecology, Urology, Orthopedics, Dermatology, Neurology and other specialties,
together with clinical laboratory facilities.
• On Leave.
850
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Mercy Clinic is located on the 4th floor of the College Building. It includes a
reception area, offices and examining rooms. An active personnel of Doctors, Nurses,
Medical Technician and Medical Secretary are on duty from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M.
MERCY HOSPITAL OUT-PATIENT REPORT
JANUARY 1, 1950 TO JANUARY 1, 1951
Departmcnls New Cases Old Cases Total
AUergy 30 164 194
Bronchoscopic 328 567 895
Cardiology 85 257 342
Dental 224 130 354
Dermatology 338 902 1,240
Diabetic 49 517 566
Gastro-intestinal 58 113 171
Genito-urinary 112 285 397
Gynecology 438 1,195 1,633
Medical Care 1,929 0 1,929
Medicine 617 2,781 3,398
Neurology 132 362 494
Neuro-sucgery 41 65 106
Ophthalmology 405 373 778
Orthopaedics , 256 540 796
Pediatrics 627 1,733 2,360
Physiotherapy 99 1 ,008 1 , 107
Plastic Surgery 0 3 3
Postnatal 224 2 226
Prenatal 343 2,879 3,222
Proctology 71 108 179
Rhinolaryngology 589 674 1,263
Surgery 996 2,202 3, 198
Surgical Follow-Up 177 474 651
Total 8,168 17,334 25,502
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
STAFF, 1950-1951
Parker J. McMillin, Superintendent
Surgeon-in-Chief Otto C. Brantigan, M.D.
Physician-in-Chief, Acting C. Holmes Boyd, M.D.
Physician-in-Chief, Radiology John DeCarlo, Jr., M.D.
Physician-in-Chief , Tuberculosis H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D.
Obsletrician-in-Chief Louis H. Douglass, M.D.
Pediatrician-in-Chief Harold E. Harrison, M.D.
Pathologist-in-Chief C. Gardner Warner, M.D.
Denial Surgeon-in-Chief, Acting H. Glenn Waring, D.D.S.
Consultant in Psychiatry Esther L. Richards, M.D.
Consultant in Peripheral Vascular Diseases George H. Yeager, M.D.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 851
BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Com^J.
Visiting Thoracic Surgeon William L. Garlick, M.D.
James C. Owings, M.D.
I. RmGEWAY Trimble, M.D.
Visiting Surgeons ■! Amos Koontz, M.D.
TiroRSTON R. Adams, M.D.
Harry C. Bowie, M.D.
Consultant in Traumatic Surgery C. A. Reifschneider, M.D.
Visiting Hand Surgeon Raymond M. Curtis, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Surgeon Donald B. Hebb, M.D.
[Charles Bagley, M.D.
Visiting N euro-Surgeons •! Richard G. Coblentz, M.D.
[James G. Arnold, M.D.
Assistant Visiting N euro-Surgeon R. K. Thompson, M.D.
Consultant in Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski, M.D.
Visiting Plastic Surgeon Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D.
Visiting Proctologist Monte Edwards, M.D.
f W. Houston Toulson, M.D.
Visiting Urologists | Hugh Jewitt, M.D.
[Howard B. Mays, M.D.
Consulting Gynecologist J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.D.
Visiting Gynecologist Beverly Compton, M.D.
(Ernest I. Cornbrooks, M.D.
William K. Diehl, M.D.
Everett S. Diggs, M.D.
,,. . . ^ . ,. „ / Allen F. Voshell, M.D.
Visttmg Orthopedic Surgeons < , . ^ ... -xr -r\
^ ^ * \ Milton J. WaDER, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Orthopedic Surgeons l^ DT ' MT)
„, . . , , . [John Bordley, M.D.
Vtstttng Laryngologtsts j^^^ ^_ ^^^^^^ ^^
, . ,,. . . r 7 • f John H. Hirschfeld, M.D.
Assistant Vtsttmg Laryngologtsts <, ^^ titt-v
* -' 6 6 [Alfred T. Lieberman, M.D.
Visiting Ophthalmologist Charles E. Iliff, Jr., M.D.
„. .,. ^ , . , [Grant E. Ward, M.D.
^'''''"^ Oncologtsts \^^r^ G. SiwiNSKi, M.D.
[Alfred T. Nelson, M.D.
Visiting Anesthesiologists { Theodore Stacy, M.D.
[Leonard Abramovitz, M.D.
Visiting Neuropathologist John A. Wagner, M.D.
Assistant Chief Physician Howard K. Rathbun, M.D.
[Louis a. M. Krause, M.D.
Visiting Physicians { William G. Speed, III, M.D.
[Crawford N. Kirkpatrick, M.D.
. . , Tr- •.• Ti, • • f James R. McShane, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Physicians \\, ^ „ ■.«■ -rv
[George G. Schlesinger, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Obstetricians <
852 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd
f John H. Miller, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Physicians (USPHS) {Leroy E. Duncan, Jr., M.D.
[Milton Landowne, M.D.
Physiologist (USPHS) Nathan W. Shock, PH.D.
Visiting Neurologist J. W. Magladery, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Neurologist David B. Clark, M.D.
Visiting Dermatologist, Acting Raymond C. V. Robinson, M.D.
Visiting Laboratory Physician Julius Waghelstein, M.D.
Visiting Pediatricians {S'lrTON Ma^kowitz, M.D.
Assistant Physician-in-Chief, Tuberculosis Edmund G. Beacham, M.D.
„. ... „, . . rr , , • /John H. Hirschfeld, M.D.
Vtsmng Physicians, I uberculosis <. cxx md
Visiting Obstetrician J. Morris Reese, M.D.
D. Frank Kaltreider, M.D.
John E. Savage, M.D.
J. William Dorman, M.D.
W. Newton Long, Jr., M.D.
George W. Anderson, M.D.
Louis C. Gareis, M.D.
Orthodontist R. Kent Tongue, D.D.S.
[L. W. Bimestefer, D.D.S.
Assistant Visiting Dental Surgeons \ Michael Varipatis, D.D.S.
[b. W. Miksinski, D.D.S.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERNAN HOSPITAL AND
INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF MARYLAND FOR
CRIPPLED CHILDREN
STAFF, 1950-1951
Surgeon-in-Ckief and Medical Director Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D.
Consultant in Orthopaedic Surgery and Roent-
. . Albertus Cotton, A.M., M.D.
[Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D.
I Harry F. Ullrich, M.D.
I Henry F. Ullrich, M.D.
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeons ] Winthrop M. Phelps, A.B., M.D.
Milton J. Wilder, M.D.
Davtd L. Filtzer, M.D.
James P. Miller, M.D.
Roentgenologist Charles N. Davidson, M.D.
Plastic Surgeon Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D.
Aurist and Laryngologist Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D.
Dentist M. E. Coberth, D.D.S.
Cardiologist Helen M. Taussig, M.D.
Pediatrists Melchijah Spragins, M.D.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 853
KERNAN HOSPITAL STAFF— Cont'd.
Consulting Surgeon Charles Reid Edwards, A.B., M.D.
^ ,,. . . , , r • . , /Franklin B. Anderson, M.D.
Consulttng Aurisls arid Laryngolo gists <„ .^ a*t^tn/-wi
^ .^ 6 6 [Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph.
ConsuUing Neurological Surgeon Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D.
^ , . ^ ... [Harry M. Robinson, Sr., M.D.
Consulttng Dermatologists J^eon Ginsburg, M.D.
„ ,,. .r , ., /Irving J. Spear, M.D.
Consulting Neurologists | j^^_ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^
- .,. „ ,. . (Benjamin Tappan, A.B., M.D.
Consulting Pediatrists <, „ _, t,tt^
[J. Edmund Bradley, M.D.
Consulting Dentist. .. Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S.
Consulting Pathologist Hugh R. Spencer, M.D.
Consulting Roentgenologist Henry J. Walton, M.D.
„..,„,, ,. „ [Michael R. Ettinson, M.D.
Resident Orthopaedic Surgeons <tt tt -r nr r^
'^ [HOYT KiRKPATRICK, Jr., M.D.
Superintendent Miss Maud M. Gardner, R.N.
Dispensary and Social Service Nurse Mrs. Evelyn Byrd Zapf, R.N.
(Mr. Henry Ewertz
Mrs. Anna H. Erlanger
Mrs. Georgiana VVisong
Occupational Therapist Mrs. Catherine Shaw, O.T.
Instructor in Grammar School Miss Bertha Sendelback
HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
The present School of Medicine, with the title University of Maryland School
of Medicine and College of Physicians and Surgeons, is the result of a consolida-
tion and merger of the University of Mar>'land School of Medicine with the
Baltimore Medical College (1913) and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of
Baltimore (1915).
Through the merger with the Baltimore Medical College, an mstitution of
thirty-two years' growth, the facilities of the School of Medicine were enlarged in
faculty, equipment and hospital connection.
The CoUege of Physicians and Surgeons was incorporated in 1872, and estab-
lished on Hanover Street in a building afterward known as the MaterniU, the
first obstetrical hospital in Maryland. In 1878 union was eflFected with the
Washington University School of Medicine, in existence since 1827, and the coUege
was removed to Calvert and Saratoga Streets. Through the consolidation with
the College of Physicians and Surgeons, medical control of the teaching beds in
the Mercy Hospital was obtained.
The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is one of the oldest foun-
dations for medical education in America, ranking fifth in point of age among the
medical colleges of the United States. It was organized in 1807 and chartered
in 1808 under the name of the College of Medicine of Maryland, and its first
class was graduated in 1810. In 1812 the College was empowered by the Legisla-
ture to annex three other colleges or faculties : Divinity, Law, and Arts and
854 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sciences; and the four colleges thus united were "constituted an University by the
name and under the title of the University of Maryland."
The original building of the Medical School at the N. E. comer of Lombard and
Greene Streets was erected in 1812. It is the oldest structure in this country
from which the degree of doctor of medicine has been granted annually since its
erection. In this building were founded one of the first medical hbraries and one
of the first medical school libraries in the United States.
At this Medical School dissection was made a compulsory part of the curriculum,
and independent chairs for the teaching of gynecology and pediatrics (1867), and
of ophthalmology and otology (1873), were installed for the first time in America.
This School of Medicine was one of the first to provide for adequate clinical
instruction by the erection of its own hospital in 1823. In this hospital intramural
residency for senior students was established for the first time.
The School of Medicine has been co-educational since 1918.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
The origmal medical building at the N. E. comer of Lombard and Greene
Streets houses the office of the Dean, Room 101, the office of the Committee on
Admissions, Room 102, two lecture halls, the faculty room and office of the assist-
ant business manager.
The Administration Building, to the east of the original building, contains the
Baltimore offices of the Registrar and two lecture halls.
The laboratory building at 31 South Greene Street is occupied by the depart-
ments of Pathology, Bacteriology and Biochemistry.
The Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory provides the departments of
Anatomy, Histology and Embryology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Clinical
Pathology with facilities for teaching and research. It also houses the research
laboratories of the clinical departments, animal quarters, a laboratory for teaching
Operative Surgery, a lecture hall and the Bressler Memorial Room.
This building was erected in 1939-1940 at 29 South Greene Street opposite the
University Hospital. It was built with funds left to the School of Medicine by
the late Frank C. Bressler, an alumnus, supplemented by a grant from the Federal
government. The structure, in the shape of an I, extends east from Greene
Street, just north of the original building.
MEDICAL LIBRARY
Howard Rovelstad, A.B., M.A., B.S.L.S Director of Libraries and Professor
of Library Science
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian and Associate Professor of
Library Science
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assistant Librarian
Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian
Marie Harvin, B.A., B.S.L.S Cataloguer
Charlotte Wilson Assistant to the Cataloguer
Jane Spacek Secretary to the Librarian
The Medical Library of the University of Maryland, founded in 1813 by the
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 855
purchase of the collection of Dr. John Crawford, now numbers 33,000 volumes and
several thousand pamphlets and reprints. Over four hundred of the leading
medical journals, both foreign and domestic, are received regularly. The library
is housed in Davidge Hall, in close proximity to classrooms and laboratories, and
is open daily for the use of members of the faculty, the student body and the
profession generally. Libraries pertaining to particular phases of medicine are
maintained by several departments of the medical school.
The library of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the Welch
Medical Library are open to students of the medical school without charge.
Other libraries of Baltimore are the Peabody Library and the Enoch Pratt Free
Library.
DISPENSARY BUILDING
The old hospital building has been remodeled and is occupied by the Out-patient
Department. Thus the students have been provided with a splendidly appointed
group of clinics for their training in out-patient work. AU departments of clinical
training are represented in this remodeled building and all changes have been
predicated on the teaching function for which this department is intended.
The office of the Medical School Physician is located in this building.
The Department of Art also occupies quarters here.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
The University Hospital, which is the property of the University of Maryland,
is the oldest institution for the care of the sick in the state of Maryland. It was
opened in September 1823, under the name of the Baltimore Infirmary, and at
that time consisted of but four wards, one of which was reserved for patients with
diseases of the eye.
In 1933-1934 the new University Hospital was erected and patients were
admitted to this building in November 1934. The new hospital is situated at the
southwest corner of Redwood and Greene Streets, and is consequently opposite
the medical school buildings. The students, therefore, are in close proximity
and little time is lost in passing from the lecture halls and laboratories to the
clinical facilities of the new building.
This new building, with its modem planning, makes a particularly attractive
teaching hospital and is a very valuable addition to the clinical facilities of the
medical school.
The new hospital has a capacity of 435 beds and 65 bassinets devoted to general
medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics, and the various medical and surgical
specialties.
The teaching zone extends from the second to the eighth floor and comprises
wards for surgery, medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics, and a large clinical lecture hall.
There are approximately 270 beds available for teaching.
The space of the whole north wing of the second floor is occupied by the de-
partment of roentgenology. The east wing houses clinical pathology and special
laboratories for clinical microscopy, biochemistry, bacteriology, and an especially
well appointed laboratory for students' training. The south wing provides space
for electro-cardiographic and basal metabolism departments, with new and very
attractive air-conditioned or oxygen therapy cubicles. The west wing contains
856 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the departments of rhinolaryngology and bronchoscopy, industrial surgery, and
male and female cystoscopy.
The third and fourth floors each provide two medical and two surgical wards.
The fifth floor contains two wards for pediatrics, and on the sixth floor there are
two wards for obstetrics. Each ward occupies the space of one wing of the
hospital.
On the seventh floor is the general operating suite, the dehvery suite, and the
central supply station. The eighth floor is essentially a students' floor and aflfords
a mezzanine over the operating and dehvery suites, and a students' entrance to
the clinical lecture hall.
In the basement there is a very well appointed pathological department with a
large teaching autopsy room and its adjunct service of instruction of students in
pathological anatomy.
The hospital receives a large number of accident patients because of its prox-
imity to the largest manufacturing and shipping districts of the city.
The obstetrical service is particularly well arranged and provides accommoda-
tion for forty ward patients. This service assures the student abundant obstetri-
cal training.
During the year ending June 30, 1950, 2824 cases were delivered in the hospital.
Students in the graduating class observe and deliver at least thirty-five cases.
The dispensaries associated with the University Hospital and the Mercy Hospi-
tal are organized upon a uniform plan in order that the teaching may be the same
in each. Each dispensary has the following departments: medicine, surgery,
pediatrics, ophthalmology, otology, genito-urinary, gynecology, gastroenterology,
neurology, orthopaedics, proctology, dermatology, laryngology, rhinology, car-
diology, tuberculosis, psychiatry, oral surgery and oncology.
All students in their junior year work each day during one-third of the year
in the departments of medicine and surgery of the dispensaries. In their senior
year, all students work one hour each day in the special departments
MERCY HOSPITAL
The Sisters of Mercy first assumed charge of the Hospital at the corner of Cal-
vert and Saratoga Streets, then owned by the Washington University, in 1874.
By the merger of 1878 the Hospital came under the control of the College of
Physicians and Surgeons, but the Sisters continued their work of ministering to the
patients.
In a very few years it became apparent that the City Hospital, as it was then
called, was much too small to accommodate the rapidly growing demands upon it.
However, it was not until 1888 that the Sisters of Mercy, with the assistance of
the Faculty of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, were able to lay the corner-
stone of the present hospital. This building was completed and occupied late in
1889. Since then the growing demands for more space have compelled the erec-
tion of additions, until now there are accommodations for 350 patients.
In 1909 the name was changed from The Baltimore City Hospital to Mercy
Hospital.
The clinical material in the free wards is under the exclusive control of the
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 857
Faculty of the University of Maryland School of Medicine and College of Physi-
cians and Surgeons.
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
The clinical facilities of the School of Medicine have been largely increased by
the liberal decision of the Department of Public Welfare to allow the use of the
wards of these hospitals for medical education. The autopsy material also is
available for student instruction.
Members of the junior class make daily visits to these hospitals for clinical
instruction in medicine, surgery, and the specialties.
The Baltimore City Hospitals consist of the following separate divisions:
The General Hospital, 400 beds, 90 bassinets.
The Hospital for Chronic Cases, 575 beds.
The Hospital for Tuberculosis, 280 beds.
Infirmary (Home for Aged) 700 beds.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERNAN HOSPITAL AND INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF
MARYLAND FOR CRIPPLED CHILDREN
This institution is situated on an estate of 75 acres at Dickeyville. The site
is within the northwestern city limits and of easy access to the city proper.
The location is ideal for the treatment of children, in that it affords all the ad-
vantages of sunshine and country air.
A hospital unit, complete in every respect, ofifers all modern facilities for the
care of any orthopaedic condition in children.
The hospital is equipped with 80 beds — endowed, and city and state supported.
The orthopaedic dispensary at the University Hospital is maintained in closest
affiliation and cares for the cases discharged from the Kernan Hospital. The
physical therapy department is very well equipped with modern apparatus
and trained personnel. Occupational therapy has been fully established and
developed under trained technicians.
THE BALTIMORE EYE. EAR, AND THROAT HOSPITAL
This institution was first organized and operated in 1882 as an outgrowth of the
Baltimore Eye and Ear Dispensary, which closed on June 14, 1882. The name
then given to the new hospital was The Baltimore Eye and Ear Charity Hospital.
It was located at the address now known as 625 W. Franklin St. The out-patient
department was opened on September 18, 1882 and the hospital proper on
November 1 of the same year. In 1898 a new building afforded 24 free beds
and 8 private rooms; by 1907 the beds numbered 47; at present there are 60 beds,
29 of which are free. In 1922 the present hospital building at 1214 Eutaw Place
was secured and in 1926 the dispensary was opened. In 1928 a clinical laboratory
was installed. During 1949 the out-patient visits numbered 22,187.
Through the kindness of the Hospital Board and Staff, our junior students
have access to the dispensary which they visit in small groups for instruction in
ophthalmology.
858 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND ^^
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
METHOD OF MAKING APPLICATION
Requests for application forms should be filed not earlier than September 15th
preceding by one year the desired date of admission. These forms may be secured
from the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, University of Maryland,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO THE FIRST YEAR
Application for admission is made by filing the required form and by having all
pertinent data sent directly to the Committee on Admissions, in accordance with
the instructions accompanying the application.
Consideration will be given applications received after December 1st provided
the class is not complete.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING
Students who have attended approved medical schools are eligible to file ap-
plications for admission to the second- and third-year classes only. These ap-
plicants must be prepared to meet the current first-year entrance requirements in
addition to presenting acceptable medical school credentials, and a medical school
record based on courses which are quantitatively and qualitatively equivalent to
similar courses in this school.
Application to advanced standing is made in accordance with the instructions
accompanying the application form.
Persons who already hold the degree of Doctor of Medicine will not be admit-
ted to the Medical School as a candidate for that degree from this university.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The minimum requirements for admission to the School of Medicine are:
(a) Graduation from an approved secondary school, or the equivalent in
entrance examinations, and
(b) Three academic years of acceptable college credit, exclusive of physical edu-
cation and military sciences, earned in colleges of arts and sciences which
are currently approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hos-
pitals of the American Medical Association. The quantity and quality
of this course of study shall be equivalent to that required for recommen-
dation by the institution where the college courses are being, or have
been, pursued.
(c) The following courses and credits in basic required subjects must be com-
pleted by June of the year the applicant desires to be admitted:
Semester hours Quarter hours
General biology or zoology 8 12
Inorganic chemistry 8 12
Organic chemistry 6-8 9-12
General physics 8 12
English 6 9
Modern language (German, French, Spanish) .... 6 9
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
859
(d) The total semester-hour or quarter-hour credits presented must be equiv-
alent in quantity and quality to three-fourths of the credit requirement
for graduation by the recommending institution, exclusive of courses in
physical education and military sciences.
Applicants who are unable to complete these requirements by June of the
year admission is desired, will be considered contingent on places being
available, provided all basic required courses and credits shall have been
absolved by June as indicated in (c) above.
(e) Students who are conditioned in college courses are not accepted.
Elective courses should be selected from the following three groups. Highly
desirable courses are shown in bold face type.
Natural Sciences
Vertebrate Embryol-
ogy
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Quantitative Analysis
Physical Chemistry
Mathematics
Social Sciences
Economics
History
Political Science
Psychology (a general
course is desirable)
Sociology, etc.
Humanities
English (an advanced
course in English
composition should
be taken, if possible)
Scientific German or
French (A reading
knowledge of either
language is desirable,
although German is
preferred)
Philosophy
Careful attention should be given to the selection of elective courses in the
natural sciences. It is suggested that the elective list given herewith be used as
a guide. The remainder of college credits should be accumulated from courses
designed to promote a broad cultural development. Thirty six hours or the
equivalent in session hours or courses in the humanities are recommended.
Students should avoid taking courses in college which are included in the medical
curriculum, for example histology, human anatomy, bacteriology, physiology,
neurology and physiological chemistry.
It is not intended that these suggestions be interpreted as restrictions upon
the education of students who exhibit an aptitude for the natural sciences or as
limitations upon the development of students who plan to follow research work in
the field of medicine.
In accepting candidates for admission, preference will be given to those appli-
cants who have acceptable scholastic records in secondary school and college,
satisfactory scores in the Medical College Admission Test, given in May each
year, favorable letters of recommendation from their premedical committees, or
from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry, and
physics, and who in other respects give promise of becoming successful students
and physicians of high standing.
Those candidates for admission who are permanently accepted will receive
a certificate of matriculation from the oflice of the Dean.
COMBINED COURSE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE
A combined seven years' curriculum leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Science and Doctor of Medicine is offered by the University of Maryland. The
860 UNIVERSITY OP MARYLAND
first three years are taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at Col-
lege Park, and the last four years in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. (See
Universit}' catalogue for details of quantitative and qualitative college course
requirements.)
If a candidate for the combined degree completes the work of the first year in
the School of Medicine with an average of C or better without failures, and if he
has absolved the quantitative and qualitative college requirements set up by the
University, he is eligible to recommendation by the Dean of the School of Medicine
that the degree of Bachelor of Science be conferred.
Because the general commencement usually takes place before the School of
Medicine is prepared to release grades of the first-year class, this combined degree
of Bachelor of Science is conferred at the commencement following the candidate's
second year of residence in the School of Medicine.
STATE MEDICAL STUDENT QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in Pennsyl-
vania, New Jersey or New York, should appl,v to their respective state boards of
education for medical student qualifying certificates (Pennsylvania and New
Jersey) or approval of applications for medical student qualifying certificates
(New York).
Those students who are accepted must file satisfactory State certificates in the
oflBce of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exceptions will be made to this requirement.
Addresses of the State Certifying Offices
Director of Credentials Section, Pennsylvania Department of Public In-
struction, Harrisburg, Pa.
Chief of the Bureau of Credentials, New Jersey Department of Public In-
struction, Trenton, N. J.
Supervisor of Qualifying Certificates, The State Education Department,
Examinations and Inspections Division, Albany, N. Y.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE STATUS OF STUDENTS*
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if, at the time
of their registration, the parents* have been residents of this State for at least
one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time of their
registration, they have been residents of this State for at least one year, provided
such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in
Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first
registration in the university and may not thereafter be changed by him unless,
in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become legal residents of this
state by maintaining such residence for at least one full calendar year. However,
the right of the student (minor) to change from a non-resident to a resident status
must be established by him prior to registration for a semester in any academic
year.
* The term "parents" includes persons who have been legally constituted the guardians
of or stand in loco parentis to such minor students.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 861
CURRENT FEES
Matriculation fee (paid once) $10.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Residents of Maryland 450.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Non-Residents 600.00
Laboratory fee (each year) 25 .00
Student health service fee (each year) 20 .00
Student activities and service fee (each year) 15 . 00
*Lodging and meals fee 6. 75
Graduation fee 1 5 . 00
Re-examination fee (each subject) 5 .00
Transcript fee to graduates. First copy gratis, each copy thereafter. . 1.00
RULES FOR PAYMENT OF FEES
No fees are returnable.
Make all checks or money orders payable to the "Universitj' of Maryland".
When offering checks or money orders in payment of tuition and other fees,
students are requested to have them drawn in the exact amount of such fees.
Personal checks whose face value is in excess of the fees due will be accepted for
collection only.
Acceptance. — Payment of the matriculation fee of $10.00 and of a deposit on
tuition of S50.00 is required of accepted applicants before the expiration date
specified in the offer of acceptance. This $60.00 deposit is not returnable and
will be forfeited if the applicant fails to register, or it will be applied to the appli-
cant's first semester's charges on registration.
Registration. — All students, after proper certification, are required to register
at the business office, Gray Laboratory. (See calendar page 5 of this bulletin
for dates for the payments of fees, and the note regarding late registration fee.)
One-half of the tuition fee, the laboratory fee, the student health fee, the mainte-
nance and service fee and the student activities fee are payable on the date specified
for registration for the first semester.
The remainder of the tuition fee shall be paid on the date designated for the
payment of fees for the second semester. Fourth year students shall pay the
graduation fee, in addition, at this time.
PENALTY FOR NON-PAYMENT OF FEES
If semester fees are not paid in fuU on the specified registration dates, a penalty
of $5.00 will be added.
If a satisfactory settlement, or an agreement for settlement, is not made with
the business office within ten days after a payment is due, the student automatically
is debarred from attendance on classes and will forfeit the other privileges of the
School of Medicine.
* Junior Students will be billed for this fee, covering lodging and meals while on obstet-
rical service at Baltimore City Hospitals. Section B. on Schedule 2 will be billed for the
first semester; Section A on Schedule 2 for the second semester. This fee must be paid
by all junior students whether or not they serve during the previous summer or the
academic year.
862 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REEXAMINATION FEE
A student who is eligible to reexaminations must pay the business oflSce $5.00 for
each subject in which he is to be examined, and he must present the receipt to the
faculty member giving the examination before he will be permitted to take the
examination.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND SERVICE FEE
This fee pays for the use of clothing lockers, provides library privileges, main-
tains student loan collections, a student lounge and cafeteria. It supports a rec-
reational program for students of all classes, provides photographs for all school
purposes, including state boards. It provides for and furnishes graduates with
invitations and tickets to the Pre-commencement Exercises. It supports the
activities of the Student Council.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
James R. Karns, M.D Director, Student Health Service.
The Medical School has made provision for the systematic care of students ac-
cording to the following plan:
1. Preliminary Examination — All new students will be examined during the
first week of the semester. Notice of the date, time, and place of the examination
will be announced to the classes and on the bulletin board. The passing of this
physical examination is necessary before final acceptance of any student.
2. Medical Attention — Students in need of medical attention will be seen by
the school physician. Dr. James R. Karns, in his office at the medical school, at
9 A.M. daily, except Saturday and Sunday. In case of necessity, students will be
seen at their homes.
3. Hospitalization — If it becomes necessary for any student to enter the hospital
during the school year, the school has arranged for the payment of part or all of his
hospital expenses, depending on the length of his stay and special expenses incur-
red. This applies only to students admitted through the school physician's office.
4. Physical Defects — Prospective students are advised to have any known
physical defects corrected before entering school in order to prevent loss of time
which later correction might incur.
5. Eye Examination — Each new matriculant is required to undergo an eye
examination at the hands of an oculist (Doctor of Medicine) within the three
months immediately preceding his entrance to the School of Medicine. Long
study hours bring out unsuspected eye defects which cause loss of time and ineffi-
ciency in study if not corrected before school work is under way.
6. Limitations — It is not the function of this service to treat chronic conditions
contracted by students before admission, nor to extend treatment to acute condi-
tions arising in the period between academic years, unless the school physician
recommends this service.
GENERAL RULES
The right is reserved to make changes in the curriculum, the requirements for
graduation, the fees and in any of the regulations whenever the university
authorities deem it expedient. Students are urged, therefore, to read the latest
issue of the catalogue and follow the rules set forth therein.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 863
GRADING SYSTEM
OflScial grades are designated by these symbols:
Symbol Scholarship Numerical Equivalent
A Superior 93-100
B Good 87- 92
C Fair 80- 86
D Passing 75- 79
F Failure Below 75
I Incomplete —
WF Withdrew, failing —
The class standing of seniors only will be released. This standing will appear
on senior grade reports sent out from the Registrar's office.
ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION
1. No medical student will be permitted to begin work for credit in any semester
of any year who reports for classes later than one week after classes begin, except
by permission of the Dean.
2. No student will be permitted to advance with unabsolved failures.
3. A general scholastic average of C or better is required for advancement to
junior and senior standing and for graduation.
4. A student who in any one year has one failure together with grades of D
in all other subjects, will be dropped from the rolls.
5. A student who has failures in two completed major subjects will be dropped
from the rolls.
6. All students are required to attend 85% of scheduled classes and (excluding
seniors) take spring examinations unless excused by the Dean.
7. Should a student be required to repeat any year in any course, he must pay
regular fees.
8. A student failing his final examinations for graduation at the end of the fourth
year will be required to repeat the entire course of the fourth year and take exam-
inations in such other branches as may be required, provided he is permitted to
enter the school as a candidate for graduation.
9. The general fitness of a candidate for graduation as well as the results of his
examinations will be taken into consideration by the faculty.
EQUIPMENT
10. At the beginning of the first year, all freshmen must provide themselves
with microscopes of a satisfactorj'- type equipped with a mechanical stage and a
substage lamp. Also, each freshman must possess a complete set of dissecting
instruments.
A standard microscope of either Bausch & Lomb, Leitz, Spencer, or Zeiss make,
fitted with the following attachments, will meet the requirements:
16 mm., lOx, 0.25 N.A. — 4.9 mm. working distance.
4 mm., 43x, 0.65 N.A. — 0.6 mm. working distance.
1.8 mm., 97x, oil immersion, 1.25 N.A. — 0.13 mm. working distance.
864 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Oculars: lOx and 5x. Huygenian eyepieces.
Triple nose pieces with 16 mm., 4 mm., and 1.9 mm. 125 N.A. oil immersion lens.
Wide aperture stage with quick screw condenser and built on, but detachable,
ungraduated mechanical stage. Substage condenser, variable focusing type 1.25
N.A. with iris diaphragm. A rack and pinion focusing device is preferred. Mir-
ror plane on one side, concave on the other. A carrying case is recommended.
Students are cautioned with respect to the purchase of used microscopes since
some older instruments were equipped with a 4 mm. (high dr>') objective whose
N.A. is marked as 0.85 N.A. This objective has such a short working distance
(0.3 mm.) that it is difficult or impossible to focus through thick cover glasses or
the standard haemocytometer cover glass without breakage. All used microscopes
are subject to inspection and approval by the Department of Microscopic Anatomy,
second floor Bressler Research Laborator>', 29 S. Greene Street.
11. Students in the second year class are required to provide stethoscopes.
12. Third- and fourth-year students are required to provide themselves with
haemocytometers, sphygmomanometers, opthalmoscopes and otoscopes.
STATE QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
13. Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in
Pennsylvania, New Jersey or New York must file State qualifying certificates in
the ofiice of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exception will be made to this rule.
EYE EXAMINATION BEFORE ADMISSION
14. Each new matriculate in each class is required to present to the Committee
on Admissions a certificate from an oculist, (a graduate in medicine) that the
matriculate's eyes have been examined and are in condition, with or without
glasses as the case may be, to endure the strain of close and intensive reading.
It is required that this examination be completed within three months prior to
registration and that the certificate be mailed to the Committee on Admissions
not later than one month before registration.
AWARDING OF COMBINED DEGREES
15. Students entering the School of Medicine on a three-year requirement basis
from colleges which usually grant a degree on the successful completion of the first
year of medicine, are restricted by the following regulations:
a— The candidate must present a certificate from his college or university that
he has absolved the quantitative and qualitative premedical requirements
for this degree.
b — The candidate must acquire an average of C or better without failures for
the work of his first year in the School of Medicine.
c — The Dean of the School of Medicine reserves the right to withhold his
recommendation that a bachelor's degree be conferred at a commencement
which occurs before the official release of first-year medical grades.
COST OF TRANSCRIPTS
16. Graduates will receive the first transcript of record without charge. Subse-
quent copies will cost one dollar each. Requests for transcripts must be filed
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 865
with the Registrar's Oftice, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore-1, Maryland.
HOUSING
There are no housing or living accommodations on the campus of the medical
school.
PARKING
Because of lack of space on the university parking lots no parking facilities
are provided thereon for students.
LIBRARY REGULATIONS
Loan Regulations
Loan periods have been worked out according to demand for and protection of
different types of material.
Two-Week Loans: All books except those on reserve.
Three-Day Loans: All journals except the latest number (which does not
circulate), and those on reserve.
Overnight Loans: Books and journals on reserve.
(4 p.m. -10 a.m.)
Special Rules for Books on Reserve:
Students whose names appear on the check-list for the Mercy Hospital section
will be granted the necessary hours to return reserve books.
Overnight books may be reserved in advance only within the week in which they
will be used. Books may be reserved on Saturday for the following Monday.
Overnight books may not be reserved two successive nights by the same person.
Advance reserves will be held until one hour before closing.
Fines
Fines are imposed not to acquire money, but to assure equal access to books
Two-Week Loans: Sjfperday.
Three-Day Loans: 5<f per day.
Overnight Loans: 5i per hour.
Lost Books: List price of the book. (Lost books should be reported at once).
hW books must be returned, lost books replaced or paid for, and fines paid before
a student can finish the year in good standing.
In fairness to all concerned, these rules must be enforced without exception.
CERTIFICATION FOR STATE BOARD AND NATIONAL BOARD
EXAMINATIONS
No student will be certified to State Board or National Board examiners who
has unabsolved failures in subjects taken during the academic period covered
by these examinations.
WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS
Formal Withdrawal Procedures
Students over 21 years of age desiring to leave the School of Medicine at any
866 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
time during the academic year are required to file with the Dean a written applica-
tion for withdrawal. In addition, the student must secure an "honorable dismissal
release" form from the Dean's secretary, and return this to the Dean's office
appropriately signed by representatives of the departments listed thereon, together
with his "matriculation certificate."
If these procedures are not completed, the" student will not be entitled to honor-
able dismissal nor to refund of fees.
Students under 21 years of age, must supplement the procedures previously
described with the written consent of their parents or guardians.
Academic Standing On Withdrawal
Students who voluntarily withdraw during an academic semester will be given
no credit.
Students are not permitted to resort to withdrawal in order to preclude current
or impending failures. Their standing on withdrawal will be recorded in the
registrar's office.
Students who withdraw from the School of Medicine, must apply to the Com-
mittee on Admissions for readmission, unless other arrangements have been con-
summated with the Dean's written consent.
Refunds on Withdrawal
Students who are eligible to honorable dismissal will receive a refund of current
charges, after the matriculation fee has been deducted, according to the following
schedule:
Period elapsed after inslruclion begins. Percentage refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
After five weeks 0
PRIZES
THE FACULTY PRIZE
The Faculty will award the Faculty Gold Medal and Certificate and five Certifi-
cates of Honor to six of the first ten highest ranking candidates for graduation
who, during the four academic years, have exhibited outstanding qualifications
for the practice of medicine.
THE DR. A. BRADLEY GAITHER MEMORIAL PRIZE
A prize of $25.00 is given each year by Mrs. A, Bradley Gaither as a memorial
to the late Dr. A. Bradley Gaither, to the student in the senior class doing the best
work in genito-urinary surgery.
THE WILLIAM D. WOLFE MEMORIAL PRIZE
(Value $100.00 each)
A certificate of proficiency and a prize of $100.00 will be awarded each year
until the fund is dissipated, to the graduate selected by the Faculty Board show-
ing greatest proficiency in Dermatology.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 867
SCHOLARSHIPS
All scholarships are assigned for one academic year, unless specifically rea warded
on consideration of an application.
Official application forms are obtainable at the Dean's office, where they should
be filed four months before the ensuing academic year.
THE DR. SAMUEL LEON FRANK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Bertha Rayner Frank as a memorial
to the late Dr. Samuel Leon Frank, an alumnus of this university.
It is awarded by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the University each
year upon nomination by the Faculty Board "to a medical student of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, who in the judgment of said Council, is of good character
and in need of pecuniary assistance to continue his medical course."
This scholarship is awarded to a second, third or fourth year student who has
successfully completed one year's work in this school. No student may hold
this scholarship for more than two years.
THE CHARLES M. HITCHCOCK SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $100.00 each)
Two scholarships were established from a bequest to the School of Medicine
by the late Charles M. Hitchcock, M.D., an alumnus of the university.
These scholarships are awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment
Fund of the University, upon nomination by the Faculty Board, to students
who have meritoriously completed the work of at least the first year of the course
in medicine, and who present to the Board satisfactory evidence of a good moral
character and of inability to continue the course without pecuniary assistance.
THE RANDOLPH WINSLOW SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Randolph Winslow, M.D., LL.D.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
sity, upon nomination by the Faculty Board, to a "needy student of the Senior,
Junior, or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
"He must have maintained an average grade of 85% in all his work up to the
time of awarding the scholarship."
"He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Faculty Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance."
THE DR. LEO KARLINSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $125.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Ray Mintz Karlinsky as a memorial
to her husband, the late Dr. Leo Karlinsky, an alumnus of the university.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
sity, upon the nomination of the Faculty Board, to "a needy student of the
Senior, Junior or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
He must have maintained in all his work up to the time of awarding the scholar-
ship a satisfactory grade of scholarship.
He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Faculty Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance.
THE UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP
A scholarship which entitles the holder to exemption from payment of tuition
fee for the year, is awarded annually by the Faculty Board to a student of the
senior class in need of assistance who presents to the Faculty Board satisfactory
evidence of good character and scholarship.
THE FREDERICA GEHRMANN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $200.00)
(Not open to holders of Warfield and Cohen Scholarships)
This scholarship was established by the bequest of the late Mrs. Frederica
Gehrmann and is awarded to a third-year student who at the end of the second
year has passed the best practical examinations in physiology, pharmacology,
pathology, bacteriology, immunology, serology, surgical anatomy and neuro-
anatomy.
THE CLARENCE AND GENEVRA WARFIELD SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $300.00 each)
There are five scholarships established by the regents from the income of the
fund bequeathed by the will of Dr. Clarence Warfield.
Terms and Conditions: These scholarships are available to students of any of
the classes of the course in medicine. Preference is given to students from the
counties of the state of Maryland which the Faculty Board may from time tc
time determine to be most in need of medical practitioners.
Any student receiving one of these scholarships must agree, after graduation
and a year's internship, to undertake the practice of medicine, for a term of two
years, in the county to which the student is accredited, or in a county selected by
the Board. In the event that a student is not able to comply with the condition
requiring him to practice in the county to which he is accredited by the Board,
the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded by the student.
THE ISRAEL AND CECELIA E. COHEN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $150.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Eleanor S. Cohen in memory of
her parents, Israel and Cecelia E. Cohen. Terms and conditions: This scholarship
will be available to students of any one of the classes of the course in medicine;
preference is given to students of the counties in the state of Maryland which the
Faculty Board may from time to time determine to be most in need of medical
practitioners. Any student receiving one of these scholarships must, after gradua-
tion and a year's internship, agree to undertake the practice of medicine for a term
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 869
of two years in the county to which the student is accredited, or in a county se-
lected by the council. In the event that a student is not able to comply with
the condition requiring him to practice in the county to which he is accredited by
the Board, the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded
THE DR. HORACE BRUCE HETRICK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $125.00)
This scholarship was established by Dr. Horace Bruce Hetrick as a memorial
to his sons, Bruce Hayward Hetrick and Augustus Christian Hetrick. It is to
be awarded by the Faculty Board to a student of the senior class.
THE HENRY ROLANDO SCHOLARSHIP
(Value approximately $250.00)
The Henry Rolando Scholarship was established by the Board of Regents of
the University of Maryland from a bequest to the Board by the late Anne H.
Rolando for the use of the Faculty of Medicine.
This scholarship will be awarded each academic year on the recommendation
of the Faculty Board to a "poor and deserving student."
THE READ SCHOLARSHIPS
The sum of $500.00 is now available to cover two (2) scholarships in the
amount of $250.00 each for a given academic year. Beginning in 1945, these
scholarships were made possible by a donation from the Read Drug and Chemical
Company of Baltimore, Maryland. Two students are to be selected by the Dean
of the School of Medicine in collaboration with the Scholarship and Loan Commit-
tees of the Medical School with the provision that the students selected shall be
worthy, deserving students, residents of the State of Maryland.
LOAN FUNDS
VV. K. KELLOGG FUND
This loan fund was established in the academic year 1942 with money granted
by the W. K. Kellogg Foundation. The interest paid on the loans, together with
the principal of the fund as repaid, will be used to found a rotating loan fund.
Loans will be made on the basis of need, character and scholastic attainment.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE LOAN FUND
A Faculty of Medicine Loan Fund was established with money derived from
the bequest of Dr. William R. Sanderson, Class 1882, and the gift of Dr. Albert
Stein, Class 1907. Loans will be made on the basis of need, character, and
scholastic ability.
THE JAY W. EATON LOAN FUND
This fund was established by the local chapter of the Nu Sigma Nu Fraternity
in memory of Jay W. Eaton of the class of 1946.
Beginning in 1946 an interest-free loan of $100.00 will be made to some worthy
member of the senior class, on recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of
870 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the School of Medicine. This loan is to be credited to the tuition fee of the ap-
pointed student and is to be repaid by the student within four years following his
graduation.
THE SENIOR CLASS LOAN FUND
The senior class of 1945 originated this fund which will accumulate by subscrip-
tion from among members of each senior class.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the dean of the School of Medicine
award a loan of $100.00 to a needy member of the senior class on the recommenda-
tion of a self-perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty.
Loans from this fufid are to be credited to the tuition fee of the appointed
student and are to be repaid within five years from the date of graduation.
THE STUDENT AID FUND FOR SENIORS
This fund was originated by the class of 1950 and is sponsored by the senior
class of each succeeding year. The purpose of the fund is to provide financial
aid for any deserving member of the senior class. AH members of the senior
class are eligible to apply for a loan. Applications may be filed at the office of the
dean.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the Scholarship and Loan Com-
mittee award loans to members of the senior class on recommendation of a self-
perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty who may call on the
president of the senior class for assistance, if desired.
Loans from this fund are made on a non-interest bearing basis and are payable
within five years. A signed note is required. No co-signers are necessary.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
The curriculum is organized under fifteen departments.
1. Anatomy.
2. Physiology.
3. Bacteriology and Immunology.
4. Biological Chemistry.
5. Pharmacology and Materia Medica.
6. Pathology.
7. Medicine (including Medical Specialties).
8. Surgery (including Surgical Specialties).
9. Obstetrics.
10. Gynecology.
11 Ophthalmology.
12. Roentgenology.
13. Anaesthesiology.
14. Psychiatry.
15. Pediatrics.
The instruction is given in four academic years of graded work.
Several courses of study extend through two years or more, but in no case are
the students of different years thrown together in the same course of teaching.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 871
The first and second years are devoted largely to the study of the structures,
functions and chemistry of the normal body. Laboratory work occupies most of
the student's time during these two years.
Some introductory instruction in medicine and surgery is given in the second
year. The third and fourth years are almost entirely clinical.
A special feature of instruction in the school is the attempt to bring together
teacher and student in close personal relationship. In many courses of instruc-
tion the classes are divided into small groups and a large number of instructors
insures attention to the requirements of each student.
In most courses the final examination as the sole test of proficiency has dis-
appeared and the student's final grade is determined largely by partial examina-
tions, recitations and assigned work carried on throughout the course.
DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
Eduard Uhlenhuth Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department
Frank H. J. Figge Professor of Anatomy
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Surgical Anatomy
0. G. Harne Associate Professor of Anatomy
Vernon E. Krahl Associate Professor of Anatomy
W. Wallace Walker Associate Professor of Surgical Anatomy
John F. Lutz Assistant Professor of Anatomy
William B. Settle Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy
Karl F. Mech Associate in Anatomy
Herbert E. Reifschneider Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Harry C. Bowie Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Ross Z. Pierpont Associate in Surgical Anatomy
V. V. Brunst Research Associate in Anatomy
H. Patterson Mack Instructor in Anatomy
Louis O. J. Manganiello Instructor in Anatomy
Charles W. Hawkins Instructor in Anatomy
Richard M. Marrett Assistant in Surgical Anatomy
Geraldine F. Wolfe U. S. P. H. Fellow
DeWitt T. Hunter John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Anatomy
William E. Loechel Albert E. Goldstein Fellow in Anatomical Art
Gross Anatomy. First Year. First semester. The gross structure of the
human body, studied by dissection of the human cadaver. The entire human
body is dissected. Approximately 390 hours; of these 88 hours are devoted to
lectures and conferences, the rest to laboratory work and demonstrations. Drs.
Uhlenhuth, Krahl, Smith, Mech, and Hawkins.
First Year. First Semester. Peripheral Nervous System. A lecture course
of approximately 32 hours, in two-hour periods each Saturday morning. Dr.
Ulilenhuth.
First Year. First Semester. The Microscopic Structure of the Organs, Tis-
sues and Cells of the Human Body.
This course will present an integrated study of the histology and embryology
of the human body. While much of the time is devoted to the study of fixed and
stained non-living tissues and organs, the development of a concept of the dynamic
872 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and functional aspects of living cells and organs is the primary goal of the course.
150 hours. Dr. Figge, Prof. Harne, Drs. Lutz, Mack and Manganiello.
First Year. Second Semester. The Central Nervous System. The study of
the detailed anatomy of the central nervous system will be coordinated with the
structure and function of the entire nervous system. This study will require the
dissection of a human brain and the examination of stained microscopic sections
of various levels of the brain stem. 100 hours. Dr. Figge, Prof. Harne, Dr.
Lutz, Mack and Manganiello.
Second Year. Second Semester. Topographic and Surgical Anatomy. The
course is designed to bridge the gap between abstract anatomy and clinical anatomy
as applied to the study and practice of medicine and surgery. Students are re-
quired to dissect and demonstrate all points, outlines and regions of the cadaver.
Underlying regions are dissected to bring out outlines and relations of structures.
Dr. Brantigan and staff.
Total hours: 96
Graduate and Postgraduate Courses. Consult the general catalog of the
University of Maryland for descriptions of these courses.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
William R. Amberson Professor of Physiology and Head of the Department
Dietrich C. Smith Professor of Physiology
Frederick P. Ferguson Assistant Professor of Physiology
J. McCuLLOUGH Turner Assistant Professor of Physiology
Samuel L. Fox Instructor in Physiology
Sylvia Himmelfarb Assistant in Physiology
Frances C. Brown Assistant in Physiology
Richard F. C. Egan John F. B. Weaver Fellow in Physiology
The course in physiology is given in two parts:
First Year. Second Semester. Neuro-muscular physiology is presented in
two lectures a week, without laboratory work.
Second Year. First Semester. The remainder of the subject is presented in
four lectures, one conference, and two laboratory periods a week.
The fundamental concepts of physiology are presented with special reference
to mammalian problems.
Total hours: 224.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Frank W. Hachtel Professor of Bacteriology and Head of the Department
Edward Steers ' Associate Professor of Bacteriology
Andrew G. Smith Assistant Professor of Bacteriology
H. Edmund Levin Associate in Bacteriology
Hazel Y. Pruitt Assistant in Bacteriology
Merrill J. Snyder Instructor in Bacteriology
Joseph R. Merkel Research Assistant in Bacteriology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 873
Second Year. First Semester. The principles of general bacteriology are
taught by quiz, conference, and lecture
Instruction given in the laboratory includes the methods of preparation of
culture media, the study of pathogenic bacteria, and the bacteriological examina-
tion of water and milk. The bacteriological diagnosis of communicable diseases
is also included.
Second Year. Second Semester. The principles of immunology are presented
by means of quizzes, conferences and lectures.
The course includes a consideration of infection and immunity, the nature and
action of the various antibodies, complement fixation and flocculation tests, hyper-
sensitiveness, and the preparation of bacterial vaccines.
Experiments are carried out by the class in the laboratory. During the latter
half of the semester the class is divided into sections.
Total hours: Bacteriology 120.
Immunology 72.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Emil G. ScHMmT Professor of Biological Chemistry and Head of the Department
Edward J. Herbst Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry
Raymond E. Vanderlinde Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry
William H. Summerson Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
Ann Virginia Brown Instructor in Biological Chemistry
Elizabeth M. S. Boyle Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry
Jean D. Nimmo Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry
Dorothy D. Hubbard Weaver Fellow in Biological Chemistry
First Year. Second Semester. This course is designed to present the prin-
ciples of biological chemistry and to indicate their applications to the clinical
aspects of medicine. The phenomena of living matter and its chief ingredients,
secretions and excretions are discussed in lectures and conferences and examined
experimentally. Training Ls given in biochemical methods of investigation. Total
hours: 208
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
John C. Krantz, Jr Professor of Pharmacology and Head of the Department
C. Jelleff Carr Associate Professor of Pharmacology
Harry K. Iwamoto Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
Ruth Musser Instructor in Pharmacology
Joseph G. Bird Assistant in Pharmacology
Amedeo S. Marrazzi Lecturer in Pharmacology
William G. Harne Demonstrator in Pharmacology
Frederick K. Bell Fellow in Pharmacology
Mary S. Fassel Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology
John B. Harmon Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology
Raymond M. Burgison '. Fellow in Pharmacology
874 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Go Lu Fellow in Pharmacology
N. Joyce Knapp Eli Lilly Fellow in Pharmacology
Robert Simonoff Ohio Chemical Co., Fellow in Pharmacology
This course is designed to include those phases of pharmacology necessary for
an intelligent use of drugs in the treatment of disease. The didactic instruction
includes materia medica, pharmacy, prescription-writing, toxicology, posology,
pharmacodynamics, and experimental therapeutics. The laboratory exercises
parallel the course of lectures.
In addition, optional conference periods and lectures are available for students
desiring further instruction or advice.
Total hours: 216.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY
Hugh R. Spencer Professor of Pathology and Head of the Department
Robert B. Wright Associate Professor of Pathology
C. Gardner Warner Associate Professor of Pathology
Walter C. Merkel Associate Professor of Pathology
Dexter L. Reimann Associate Professor of Pathology
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology
Albert E. Goldstein Assistant Professor of Pathology
Milton S. Sacks Associate in Pathology
Benedict Skitarelic Associate in Pathology
Donald E. Fisher Associate in Pathology
Charles P. Barnett Associate in Pathology
Conrad B. Acton Instructor in Pathology
Howard B. Mays Instructor in Pathology
Ephraim T. Lisansky Instructor in Pathology
D. McClelland Ddcon Instructor in Pathology
William B. VandeGrlft Instructor in Pathology
Wiluam J. Bryson Instructor in Pathology
Karl F. Mech Instructor in Pathology
Seymour W. Rubin Instructor in Pathology
Theodore Kardash Instructor in Pathology
William C. Manion Instructor in Pathology
Louis C. Gareis Instructor in Pathology
Courses of instruction in pathology are given during the second and third years.
The courses are based on the previous study of normal structure and function and
aim to outline the history of disease. The relationship between clinical symptoms
and anatomical lesions is constantly stressed.
General Pathology. Second Semester, Second Year. This course includes
the study of disturbances of the body fluids; disturbances of structure, nutrition
and metabolism of cells; disturbances of fat, carbohydrate and protein metab-
oUsm; disturbances of pigment metaboUsm; inflammation and tumors.
Laboratory instruction is based on the study of prepared slides (loan collection)
and corresponding gross material.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 875
Applied Pathology, Including Gross Morbid Anatomy and Morbid
Physiology. Third Year. The laboratory instruction in this course is carried
out in small teaching museums where prepared specimens and material from au-
topsies with clinical histories and sections are available for study. For this work
the class is divided into small groups. Clinical correlation is stressed.
Autopsies. Third Year. Students in small groups attend autopsies at the
morgues of the University Hospital and the Baltimore City Hospitals.
Clinical-Pathological Conference. (Fourth Year.) These exercises are
held in collaboration with the various clinical departments. Selected cases are
discussed and autopsy findings are presented.
Second year 184 hours
Third year 160 hours
Fourth year 30 hours
Total 374 hours
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE
Maurice C. Pincoffs Professor of Medicine and Head of the Department
T. Nelson Carey Professor of Clinical Medicine
Thomas P. Sprunt Professor of Clinical Medicine
H. Raymond Peters Professor of Clinical Medicine
Louis A. M. Krause Professor of Clinical Medicine
William S. Love, Jr Associate Professor of Medicine
Thomas C. Wolff Associate Professor of Medicine
Howard M. Bubert Associate Professor of Medicine
J. Sheldon Eastland Associate Professor of Medicine
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine
Lewis P. Gundry Associate Professor of Medicine
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Medicine
Theodore E. Woodward Associate Professor of Medicine
William H. Smith Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
Wetherbee Fort Assistant Professor of Medicine
Frank J. Geraghty Assistant Professor of Medicine
H. Vernon Langeluttig Assistant Professor of Medicine
Sol Smith Assistant Professor of Medicine
Edward F. Cotter Assistant Professor of Medicine
C. Edward Leach Assistant Professor of Medicine
Ephraim T. Lisansky Assistant Professor of Medicine
Samuel T. R. Revell, Jr Assistant Professor of Medicine
Henry J. Marriott Assistant Professor of Medicine
Samuel Legum Associate in Medicine
Robert A. Reiter Associate in Medicine
W. Grafton Herspberger Associate in Medicine
Meyer W. Jacobson Associate in Medicine
Conrad B. Acton Associate in Medicine
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
Lawrence M. Serra Associate in Medicine
Marie A. Anderesch Associate in Medicine and Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Associate in Medicine
876
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
William K. Waller Associate in Medicine
Arthur Karfgin Associate in Medicine
M. Paul Byerly Associate in Medicine
Henry W. D. Holljes Associate in Medicine
S. Edwin Muller Associate in Medicine
Sidney Scherlis Associate in Medicine
Kurt Levy Associate in Medicine
Wllfred H. Townshend Associate in Medicine
Alvin J. Hartz Associate in Medicine
James R. Earns Associate in Medicine
Edmund G. Beacham Associate in Medicine
RiCHAio) A. Carey Associate in Medicine
Philip D. Flynn Instructor in Medicine
Edward S. Kallins Instructor in Medicine
John A. Myers Instructor in Medicine
William G. Helfrich Instructor in Medicine
M. Paul Padget Instructor in Medicine
Leon Ashman Instructor in Medicine
Joseph E. Muse Instructor in Medicine
Daniel Wilfson, Jr Instructor in Medicine
William H. Kammer, Jr Instructor in Medicine
Samuel J. Hankin Instructor in Medicine
Frederick J. Vollmer Instructor in Medicine
Louis J. Kroll Instructor in Medicine
John R. Davis Instructor in Medicine
Ernest G. Guy Instructor in Medicine
John B. deHoff Instructor in Medicine
Jonas Cohen Instructor in Medicine
Charles F. Brambel Instructor in Medicine
Walter Karfgin Instructor in Medicine
L. Ann Hellen Instructor in Medicine
Audrey M. Funk Instructor in Medicine
J. Emmett Queen Instructor in Medicine
Leon A. Kochman Instructor in Medicine
Robert E. Bauer Instructor in Medicine
C. Herman Williams Instructor in Medicine
Morris Fin'e Assistant in Medicine
Rollin C. Hudson Assistant in Medicine
Stephen J. Van Lill, III Assistant in Medicine
Franklin E. Leslie Assistant in Medicine
Adam Swiss Assistant in Medicine
John C. Osborne Assistant in Medicine
Stuart D. Sunday Assistant in Medicine
Irvin B. Kemick Assistant in Medicine
Raymond M. Lauer Assistant in Medicine
Maurice Feldman, Jr Assistant in Medicine
James J. Nolan Assistant in Medicine
L.A.UR1ST0N L. Keown Assistant in Medicine
Charles E. Shaw Assistant in Medicine
Joseph G. Bird Assistant in Medicine
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 877
GENERAL OUTLINE
Second Year
Introduction to clinical medicine.
(a) Introductory physical diagnosis. (1 hour a week, first semester; 2 hours a week,
second semester.)
(b) Medical clinics. (1 hour a week, second semester.)
Third Year
I. The methods of e.xamination: (a) History taking, (b) Physical diagnosis, (c)
Clinical pathology.
Instruction includes lectures and practice in the wards, outpatient department and
laboratory.
II. The principles of medicine:
(a) Lectures, clinics and demonstrations in general medicine, neurology, and pre-
ventive medicine
Third Year teaching of physical diagnosis is carried out chiefly in the various units
of the City Hospital.
Fourth Year
The practice of medicine:
I. Clinical clerkship on the medical wards (31 hours a week for ten weeks).
(a) Responsibility, under supervision, for the history, physical examination,
laboratory examinations and progress notes of assigned cases.
(b) Ward classes, ward rounds and conferences in general medicine, the medical
specialties, and therapeutics
II. Dispensary work in the medical specialties.
III. Clinical-pathological conferences (1 hour a week).
The medical dispensary of the University Hospital is utilized for teaching in the
third year. Each student spends two hours daily for ten weeks in dispensary work.
The work is done in groups of four to six students under an instructor. Systematic
history-taking is especially stressed. Physical findings are demonstrated. The
student becomes familiar with the commoner acute and chronic disease processes.
Clinical clerkships in the Fourth Year are served on the medical wards of both
the University and Mercy Hospitals.
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS
T. Conrad Wolff
Associate Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Division of Physical Diagnosis
Robert A. Reiter Associate in Medicine
Samuel Legum Associate in Medicine
Irving Freeman Associate in Medicine
Grafton Hersperger Associate in Medicine
Kurt Levy Associate in Medicine
Edmund G. Beacham Associate in Medicine
Alvtn J. Hartz Associate in Medicine
Louis Kroll Instructor in Medicine
Daniel Wilfson Instructor in Medicine
Leon Ashman Instructor in Medicine
Joseph Muse Instructor in Medicine
878 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sasiuel Hankin Instructor in Medicine
John B. DeHoff Instructor in Medicine
William G. Helfrjch Instructor in Medicine
Leon A. Kochman Instructor in Medicine
Stuart D. Sunday Assistant in Medicine
Elizabeth D. Sherrill Assistant in Medicine
The course in physical diagnosis starts with the first semester of the Sophomore
year and ends with the termination of the second semester of the Junior year.
First Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly covering the technique
of history writing and the mechanics of the physical signs elicited in the normal
person through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation.
Secotid Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly, covering the tech-
nique of history writing in cases involving disease, and the mechanics of patho-
logical physical signs on inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation.
In the third and fourth quarters small tutorial groups are formed, each under
the direction of an instructor. Experience in physical examination of normal indi-
viduals is given in the third quarter for one afternoon weekly. In the fourth
quarter the students become acquainted with abnormal signs through examination
of hospital patients.
Third Year — a. The class is divided into four sections. Each section receives
bedside instruction in physical diagnosis for seven weeks (2 hrs. daily). For this
purpose small groups under an instructor are formed. The instruction is carried
on in the Baltimore City Hospitals but in addition advantage is occasionally taken
of the clinical opportunities in other institutions.
b. Lecture course (1 hr. weekly for 15 weeks) covering the mechanisms of ab-
normal signs.
TROPICAL MEDICINE
Certain phases of tropical medicine are considered in the course on clinical
pathology. In addition, a course of lectures and demonstrations is given to the
entire fourth year class.
TUBERCULOSIS
During the third year in connection with the instruction in physical diagnosis
a practical course is given at the Municipal Tuberculosis Hospital. Stress is laid
upon the recognition of the physical signs of the disease, as well as upon its sympto-
matology and gross pathology.
CARDIOLOGY
In the third \^ear a series of lectures and clinics correlated with pathological
studies is given the entire class.
In the fourth year students are assigned for two periods weekly for five weeks
to the Cardiac Clinic and attend consultation rounds and conferences on cardio-
vascular cases on the Medical wards.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 879
GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY
Theodore H. Morrison Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Maurice Feldman Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Zachariah Morgan Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
Z. Vance Hooper Associate in Gastro-Enterology
Albert J. Shochat Instructor in Gastro-Enterology
Alfred S. Lederman Assistant in Gastro-Enterology
Third Year. A series of six lectures is given on the diseases of the digestive
tract.
Fourth Year. Students attend the gastro-intestinal clinic for two periods weekly
for five weeks, and consultation rounds on gastro-intestinal cases on the Medical
wards. Practical instruction is given in the use of modern methods of study of
the diseases of the gastro-intestinal tract.
NEUROLOGY
Leon Freedom Associate Professor of Neurology
Philip F. Lerner Assistant Professor of Neurology
William L. Fearing Associate in Neurology
Edward F. Cotter Associate in Neurology
Harry Teitelbaum Associate in Neurology
George G. Merrill Associate in Neurology
Second Year. Fifteen one-hour lectures are given to correlate the anatomy
and physiology of the nervous system with clinical neurology.
Third Year. Twenty hours of instruction are given to the whole class in neuro-
pathology supplemented with pathological demonstrations. Sixteen lecture-
demonstrations are given in which the major types of the diseases of the nervous
system are discussed. A course is also given at the Baltimore City Hospitals,
comprising eight periods of two hours each, in which the students in small groups
carry out complete neurological examinations of selected cases which illustrate
the chief neurological syndromes.
Fourth Year. Fourth year students in the Medical section attend neurological
consultation rounds on ward patients in the University and Mercy Hospitals.
All patients presented at these clinics are carefully examined.
Dispensary Instructions. Small sections are instructed in the neurological dis-
pensary of the Mercy Hospital five afternoons each week. In this way students
are brought into contact with nervous diseases in their early and late manifesta-
tions.
DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY
Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
Francis A. Ellis Assistant Professor of Dermatology
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Assistant Professor of Dermatology
Eugent; S. Bereston Associate In Dermatology
A. Albert Shapiro Associate in Dermatology
880 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Israel Zeligman Associate in Dermatology
R. C. V. RoBixsON Associate in Dermatology
LuciLE J. Caix>\\'ell Instructor in Dermatology
Benjamin Highstein Instructor in Dermatology
Mark B. Hollander Instructor in Dermatology
V. Harwood Link Instructor in Dermatology
Morris M. Cohen Instructor in Dermatology
William R. Bundick Instructor in Dermatology
The third year class receives six lecture-demonstrations on the principles of
dermatology by Dr. Robinson.
The senior course consists of conferences and demonstrations of the common
skin diseases and venereal diseases in the outpatient dermatologic and s>'philis
clinics and on the medical wards.
CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of
the Division of Clinical Pathology
John A. Wagni:r Associate Professor of Pathology-
Sol Smith Assistant Professor of Medicine
Marie A. Andersch Biochemist, University Hospital, Associate in Medicine
S. Edwin Mdller Associate in Medicine
L. Ann Hellen Instructor in Medicine
Audrey M. Funk Instructor in Medicine
Martin H. Gorten Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Medicine
Joseph B. Workman Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Medicine
Third Year. First and second semesters. The course in Clinical Pathology is
designed to train the student in the performance and interpretation of fundamental
diagnostic laboratory procedures used in clinical medicine.
During the first semester the work is devoted to a thorough consideration of dis-
eases of the hematopoietic system. In the second semester, laboratory work in
urinalysis, gastric analysis, hepatic, pancreatic and renal functions, together with
a thorough discussion of underljdng biochemical and physiological mechanisms is
undertaken. During this semester examination of cerebrospinal fluid, transudates
and exudates is included. Elements of clinical parasitology complete the work in
this semester.
Each student provides his own microscope and blood counting equipment. A
completely equipped locker is assigned to every student.
Total Hours: 128.
Fourth Year. During the fourth year the student applies in the laboratories of
the various affiliated hospitals the knowledge acquired during the preceding year.
A completely equipped locker is assigned enabling him to work independent of
the general laboratories. Instructors are available during certain hours to give
necessary assistance and advice.
HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH
HtTNTiNGTON WiLLiAMS Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
William H. F. Warthen Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Ross Davies Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 881
Third Year. A one-hour lecture is given to the whole class each Tuesday during
both semesters. Basic instruction is afforded in the clinical and public health
aspects of the communicable diseases including syphihs and tuberculosis. The
lectures are under the auspices of the Department of Medicine and are given by
staff members of that department, including physicians representing pediatrics,
hygiene and public health, and by staff members of the Baltimore City Health
Department.
Fourth Year. Elective work is also assigned at the Western Health District
Building of the City Health Department, 617 West Lombard Street, where the
District Health Officer arranges for home visiting and the student prepares and
presents a Home Survey Report.
The course deals with the fundamentals of public health and supplements the
work in the third year. The major emphasis in both years is on the practice of
preventive medicine and the relation of prevention to diagnosis and treatment,
and on the civic and social implications of the medical services.
LEGAL MEDICINE
Russell S. Fisher Associate Professor of Legal Medicine
Henry C. Frelmxtth Associatein Legal Medicine
Stanley H. Durlacher Associatein Legal Medicine
William V. Lo\itt, Jr Instructorin Legal Medicine
Third Year. This course embraces a summary of medical jurisprudence in-
cluding the laws governing the practice of medicine, industrial compensation
and malpractice, proceedings in criminal and civil prosecution, medical evidence
and testimony, identification of bodies, injuries by blunt force, gunshot and other
mechanisms, natural and homicidal deaths, medicolegal toxicology and the medico-
legal autopsy. (12 hours.)
Elective Course (summer). A small number of students may upon application
be assigned to elective work in the laboratory of the Chief Medical Examiner of
the State of Maryland.
DEPARTMENT OF PEDIATRICS
J. Edmund Bradley Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Department
C. Loring Joslin Professor of Pediatrics
Edgar B. Friedenwald Professor of Clinical Pediatrics
A. H. FiNKELSTEiN Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Gordon E. Gibbs Associate Professor Clinical Research
Frederick B. Smith Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
Albert Jaffe Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
Samuel S. Glick Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Jerome Fineman Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Gibson J. Wells Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
William M. Seabold Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Clewell Howell Associate in Pediatrics
G. Bowers Manseorfer Associate in Pediatrics
Arnold F. Lavenstein Instructor in Pediatrics
Mary L. Hayleck Instructor in Pediatrics
882 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Israel P. Meranski Instructor in Pediatrics
Melchijah Spragins Instructor in Pediatrics
Thomas A. Christensen Instructor in Pediatrics
Joseph M. Cordi Instructor in Pediatrics
William Earl Weeks Assistant in Pediatrics
J. Carlton Wich Assistant in Pediatrics
0. Walter Spurrier Assistant in Pediatrics
Lester Caplan Assistant in Pediatrics
A. Maynard Bacon, Jr Assistant in Pediatrics
Donald D. Cooper Assistant in Pediatrics
Sara Cook Assistant in Pediatrics
Ruth Baldwin Assistant in Pediatrics
Garrett Deane Fellow in Pediatrics
Albert Powell Fellow in Pediatrics
Third Year. The course is presented as follows:
Lectures on infant feeding and the fundamentals of diseases of infants and
children. (15 hours.)
Lectures on contagious diseases in conjunction with the Department of
Hygiene and Preventive Medicine. (14 hours.)
A special course in physical diagnosis is given at City Hospitals. (20 hours.)
Clinical conferences demonstrating diseases of the new-born. (6 hours.)
Fourth Year. A clinic in the amphitheatre is given at which time patients are
shown demonstrating the features of the diseases discussed. (30 hours.)
Conferences and demonstrations are given in problems of diagnosis, care, treat-
ment and clinical pathology of diseases of infants and children. (30 hours.)
Students are assigned subjects on which to prepare theses.
Clinical clerkships are assigned on the pediatric wards, where experience is
gained in taking histories, making physical examinations, doing routine laboratory
work, and following up patients' progress. This is under the supervision of the
visiting staff. (140 hours.)
Instruction is given in the pediatric clinic of the out-patient department of
the University Hospital. This consists of la hours daily for five weeks — 30
minutes each day is devoted to a clinical demonstration of some interesting case
by a member of the staff; one hour daily to taking histories and making physical
examinations under the supervision of an instructor. (45 hours.)
Total hours: 300.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Jacob E. Finesinger Professor of Psychiatry and Head of the Department
H. Whitman Newell Associate Professor of Psychiatry
Harry M. Murdock Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Philip S. Wagner Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Hans W. Loewald Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
William W. Elgin Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
J. G. N. Cushing Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Kathryn L. Schultz Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
IsADORE TuERK Associatc in Psychiatry
Ephraim T. Lisansky Associate in Psychiatry
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 883
Kathryn Dice Associate in Clinical Psychology
Robert G. Grenell Research Associate in Psychiatry
Elizabeth LaForge Associate in Psychiatric Social Work
A. Russell Anderson Instructor in Psychiatry
Francis J. McLaughlin Instructor in Psychiatry
Samuel Novey Instructor in Psychiatry
Marion VV. Mathews Instructor in Psychiatry
Enoch Callaway, Jr. Instructor in Psychiatry
William N. Fitzpatrick Assistant in Psychiatry
Gertrude Gross Assistant in Psychiatry
Marcella Weisman Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
William Stark Fellow in Psychiatry
Marvin Jaefe Fellow in Psychiatry
Virginia Suttonfield Fellow in Psychiatry
Marion A. Marey Fellow in Clinical Psjxhology
Jeannette F. Rayner Research Assistant in Psychiatry
First Year. Fourteen two-hour periods during tlie second semester are devoted
to a consideration of human relations as applied to the practice of medicine. The
topics dealt with include personality development, reactions to stress, and situ-
ational and social factors in disease. The emphasis is upon observing, under-
standing and evaluating the personal and social factors in the disease process, in
treatment and prevention. Consideration is given to problems of values and
scientific methodology as they apply to the work of the physician. Patients with
common medical and surgical complaints are interviewed to illustrate methods of
interviewing and developing a useful therapeutic relationship. The course is
conducted by means of group discussion, supplemented by reading.
Secotid Year. Fourteen two-hour periods are spent in the first semester in dis-
cussions and lectures. The emphasis is on methods of examining patients, and
methods of developing and utilizing the doctor-patient relationship. The dis-
cussions center about psychopathology, as it operates in disease and in the treat-
ment process. An attempt is made to relate emotional disturbances to what is
known in neurophysiology, endocrinology, psychology and sociology. Patients
are interviewed and examined to illustrate the general principles and the specific
procedures used in the examination of patients. The group discussions are supple-
mented by suggested reading.
Third Year. Sixteen lecture hours are devoted to further considerations of
special psychopathology and the principles of psychotherapy. Specialized forms
of treatment are reviewed, but the main emphasis is toward familiarizing the
student with forms of therapy feasible in routine medical practice. During 36
clinic hours the student will be supervised in history-taking, mental status and
psychometric examination, and follow-up studies of patients.
Fourth Year. A clinical clerkship is offered in the wards of the University
Hospital for one month. Patients are assigned for treatment under supervision.
Emphasis is placed on diagnosis, methods of interviewing, methods of developing
and managing a therapeutic doctor-patient relationship, and carrying out psycho-
therapy. This is supplemented by seminar meetings for discussion of child psy-
chiatry, psychotherapy, clinical psychology and social service. Topics are assigned
m UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
from the current literature for group discussion. Four afternoons are spent in
the wards of the Spring Grove State Mental Hospital in examining patients with
emphasis in the diagnosis, treatment and management of the psychoses. Eight
clinics are held for the entire fourth-year class.
DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY
Charles Reid Edwards Professor of Surgerj', and Acting Head of the Department
Walter D. Wise Professor of Surgery
Elliott H. Hutchins Professor of Surgery
F. L. Jennings Professor of Clinical Surgery
D. J. Pessagno Professor of Clinical Surgery
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Monte Edwards Clinical Professor of Surgery
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Clinical Surgery
Harry C. Hull Professor of Clinical Surgery
Charles A. Reifschneider Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thomas R. Chambers Associate Professor of Surgery
R. W. Locher Associate Professor of CUnical Surgery
Edward S.Johnson Associate Professor of Surgery
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery
Cyrus F. Horine Associate Professor of Surgery
Charles W. Maxson Associate Professor of Surgery
C. W. Peake Associate Professor of Surgery
James W. Nelson Associate Professor of Surgery
William F. Reinhoff, Jr Associate Professor of Surgery
I. RiDGEWAY Trimble Associate Professor of Surgery
W. Wallace Walker .\ssociate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy
H. F. Bongardt .\ssistant Professor of Surgery
I. O. RiDGELY .Assistant Professor of Surgery
Simon H. Br.ager Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Profesjor of Surgery
Raymond F. Helfrich .\ssociate in Surgery
Wiluam B. Settle .\5s0ciate in Surgery
Arthur G. Siwinski Associate in Surgery
George Govatos Associate in Surgery
Joseph V. Jerardi Associate in Surgery
Herbert E. RErFSCHNT;mER Associate in Surgery
Harold H. Burns Associate in Surgery
Willlam L. Garlick Associate in Surgery
Harry C. Bowie Associate in Surgery
WiLLLAii D. Lynn Research Associate in Surgery
Joseph M. Miller Lecturer in Surj^ery
J. DuER Moores Instructor in Surgery
Calvin Hyman Instructor in Surgery
Clyde F. Kakns Instructor in Surgery
Dantel R. Robinson Instructor in Surgery
George H. Brouillet Instructor in Surgery
John F. Schaefer Instructor in Surgery
Robert F. Healy Instructor in Surgery
Robert C. Sheppard Instructor in Surgery
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 885
Samdel E. Proctor Instructor in Surgery
F. Ford Loker Instructor in Surgery
E. Roderick Shipley Instructor in Surgery
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr Instructor in Surgery
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr Instructor in Surgery
William R. Geraghty Assistant in Surgery
Howard B. McElwain Assistant in Surgery
A. V. BucHNESS Assistant in Surgery
T. J. TouHEY Assistant in Surgery
Samuel H. Culver Assistant in Surgery
L. T. Chance Assistant in Surgery
W. Allen Deckert Assistant in Surgery
William C. Dunnigan Assistant in Surgery
Howard L. Zupnik Assistant in Surgery
Raymond M. Cunningham Assistant in Surgery
John W. Chambers Assistant in Surgery
Ross Z. PiERPONT Assistant in Surgery
Michael L. DeVincentis Assistant in Surgery
Louis E. Goodman Assistant in Surgery
James N. Cianos Assistant in Surgery
Richard M. Garrett Assistant in Surgery
Instruction is given by means of lectures, laboratory work, recitations, dis-
pensary work, bedside instruction, ward classes, and clinics. The work begins
in the second year and continues throughout the third and fourth years.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory, operative surgery labora-
tory, the dispensaries, wards, laboratories and operating rooms of the University
and Mercy Hospitals, and in the wards and operating rooms of the Baltimore City
Hospitals.
SECOND YEAR
Topographic and Surgical Anatomy. Second semester. The course is
designed to bridge the gap between anatomy in the abstract and clinical anatomy
applied to the study and practice of medicine and surgery.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory. Students are required to
dissect and to demonstrate all points, outlines, and regions on the cadaver. Under-
lying regions are dissected to bring out outlines and relations of structures.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Drs. Brantigan, Walker,
Settle, Bowie, H. E. Reifschneider and Pierpont.
Total hours: 96.
Principles of Surgery. Second semester. The course includes discussions
of irritants, infection, repair of tissue, healing of tissue, relationship of bacteriology
to surgery, modem chemotherapy in surgical diseases, ulcers, wounds, thrombo-
phlebitis, phlebothrombosis, peripheral vascular diseases, thermal burns, injuries
due to cold, surgical shock, diseases of the lymphatics, gangrene of the skin and
extremities, aneurysms, hemorrhage, varicose veins, embolism, sinuses and fistulae,
tetanus, anthrax and actinomycosis.
Lectures, two hours a week for one semester, are given to the whole class. Drs.
Adams and Sheppard.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THIRD YEAR
General and Regional Surgery. Lectures, recitations and clinics on the
principles of surgery, general surgery including fractures and dislocations are
given three hours a week to the whole class. Dr. Hull.
The class is divided into groups and receives instruction in history-taking
and surgical pathology under the supervision of the chief of the pathology
department of the Baltimore City Hospitals. Instruction is also given in surgi-
cal diagnosis and in general surgery at the bedside and in the classroom at this in-
stitution by Drs. Hull, C. A. Reifschneider, Brantigan and Adams. Two hours
per week are given in orthopaedic surgery by Dr. Voshell, chief of the orthopaedic
service of this institution.
Operative Surgery. Two courses in operative surgery are given under the
supervision of Dr. Yeager assisted by Drs. Brager, Deckert, Govatos, Gutman,
Healy, C. F. Karns, Mech, Joseph Miller, Peake and Rigdon. The class is divided
into sections and each section is given practical and individual work under the
supervision of instructors.
Surgical Out-patient Department. Under supervision, the student takes
the history, makes the physical examination, attempts the diagnosis and, as far
as possible, carries out the treatment of ambulatory surgical patients in the
University and Mercy Hospitals. Mercy Hospital — Dr. Raymond F. Helfrich
assisted by the out-patient stafif. University Hospital — Drs. Settle and Sheppard
assisted by the out-patient staff.
FOURTH YEAR
Clinics. A weekly clinic is given at Mercy and at the University Hospitals
to one-half the class throughout the year. As far as possible this is a diagnostic
clinic. Mercy Hospital — Dr. Wise. University Hospital — Dr. C. R. Edwards.
StTRGiCAL Pathology: — Mercy Hospital. Specimens from the operating room
and museum are studied in the gross and microscopically in relation to the case
history. 14 hours. Dr. Pessagno.
Surgery of the Chest: — Mercy Hospital. Operations and conferences, 14
hours. Drs. Rienhoff and Garlick.
Traumatic Surgery. This course deals with operative and post-operative
treatment of accident cases and with instructions as to the relationship between the
state, the employee, the employer, and the physician's duty to each. One hour
a week to sections of the class throughout the year. Dr. C. A. Reifschneider.
Clinical Clerkship. This work includes the personal study of assigned
hospital patients under supervision of the staffs of the University and Mercy
Hospitals, and embraces history-taking, and physical examination of patients,
laboratory examinations, attendance at operations and observation of post-
operative treatment.
Ward Classes. Ward-class instruction in small groups will consist of ward
rounds, surgical diagnosis, treatment and the after-care of operative cases. Mercy
Hospital — Drs. Wise, Hutchins, Blake, Pessagno, Nelson, Trimble, Brager and
Jerardi. University Hospital — Drs. C. Reid Edwards, Yeager, Hull and C. A.
Reifschneider.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 887
ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
Allen Fiske Voshell Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Harsy L. Rogers Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Moses Gellman Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Henry F. Ullrich Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Milton J. Wilder Assistant Professor in Orthopaedic Surgery
I. H. Maseritz Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery
Jason H. Gaskel Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery
Isaac Gutman Instructorin Orthopaedic Surgery
Everett D. Jones Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery
Didactic, clinical, bedside and out-patient instruction is given in the fourth
year at the University and Mercy Hospitals and Dispensaries, Keman Hospital
for Crippled Children at Dickeyville and Baltimore City Hospitals. Instruction
is also given in the third year to small groups at the Baltimore City Hospitals.
Weekly lectures throughout the year present all phases of orthopaedic surgery
except fractures; brief discussions and demonstration of physical and occupational
therapy are included.
Fourth year groups are given more intimate instruction biweekly at one of the
above institutions; fracture cases are included.
Third year 60 hours
Fourth year 90 hours
Total 150 hours
OTOLARYNGOLOGY
Edward A. Looper Professor of Otolaryngology and Head of the Department
Waitman F. Zinn Professor of Otolaryngology
Thomas R. O'Rourk Professor of Otolaryngology
Benjamin S. Rich Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
Frederick T. Kyper Associate Professor of Otolaryngolog>'
Fayne a. Kayser Associate Professor of Otolaryngology
Franklin B. Anderson Associate Professor of Otolaryngolog>^
W. Raymond McKenzie Assistant Professor of Otolaryngolog>'
Samtjel L. Fox Associate in Otolaryngology
Benjamin H. Isaacs Associate in Otolaryngologj'
Robert Z. Berry Associate in Otolaryngology
Richard J. Cross Assistant in Otolaryngology
John H. Hirschfeld Assistant in Otolaryngology
Arthur Ward Assistant in Otolaryngology
Third Year. Instruction to the whole class is given in the common diseases of
the nose and throat, attention being especially directed to infections of the accessory
sinuses, the importance of focal infections in the etiology of general diseases and
modern methods of diagnosis. Lectures illustrated by lantern slides are given
one hour weekly for eight weeks by Dr. Looper.
Fourth Year. Dispensary instruction is given for three hours daily, to small
sections at the University and the Mercy Hospitals. The student is afforded an
opportunity to study, diagnose and treat patients under supervision. Ward classes
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and clinical demonstrations are given in periods of one and one-half hours weekly
throughout the session in the University and Mercy Hospitals.
The Looper Clinic for bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy, recently established
in the University Hospital, affords unusual opportunities for students to study
diseases of the larynx, bronchi and esophagus. The clinic is open to students
daily from 2 to 4 P.M. under direction of Dr. Looper, and associates.
The Mercy Hospital clinic for bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy is under the
direction of Dr. Zinn. In these two clinics the etiology, symptomatology, diag-
nosis and treatment of foreign bodies in the air and food passages, as well as
bronchoscopy, are taught to students as an aid in the diagnosis and treatment of
diseases of the lungs.
Third year 9 hours
Fourth year 53 hours
Total 62 hours
GENITO-URINARY SURGERY
W. Houston Toulson Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Kenneth D. Legge Professor of Clinical Genito-Urinary Surgery
Howard B. Mays Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Francis W. Gillis Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
John F. Hogan Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Austin H. Wood Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Lyle J. MiLLAN Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
L. K. Fargo Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Hugh J. Jewett Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
John S. Haines Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Charles W. Hawkins Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Morris A. Fine Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Third Year. This course is given for seven hours to the whole class. It con-
sists of lectures and demonstrations, including the use of lantern shdes and motion
pictures. Dr. Toulson.
Fourth Year. The course includes explanations and demonstrations of urethros-
copy, cystoscopy, ureteral catheterization, renal function tests, urography, urine
cultures and the various laboratory procedures. The teaching consists of clinics
and ward rounds to small groups, and attendance by members of the senior class
upon the out-patients in the dispensary. The student is placed on his own re-
sponsibility in arriving at a diagnosis. These dispensary classes are conducted
at both the Mercy and University Hospitals where practically every variety of uro-
genital disease is seen and used for teaching purposes.
Third year 6 hours
Fourth year 39 hours
Total 45 hours
PROCTOLOGY
Monte Edwards Professor of Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Proctology
Simon H. Brager Assistant Professor of Proctology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
Donald B, Hebb Instructor in Proctology
WiiiiAM T. SuPiK Instructor in Proctology
Raymond M. Cutstningham Instructor in Proctology
Third Year. Seven lectures are given to the whole class. The course is for
instruction in the diseases of the colon, sigmoid flexure, rectum and anus, and
covers the essential features of the anatomy and physiology of the large intestine
as well as the various diseases to which it is subject. Dr. Monte Edwards.
Fourth Year. Ward and dispensary instruction is given in the University and
Mercy Hospitals, where different phases of the various diseases are taught by
direct observation and examination. The use of the proctoscope and sigmoido-
scope in the examination of the rectum and sigmoid is made familiar to each stu-
dent. Mercy Hospital — Drs. SupLk and Brager. University Hospital — Drs.
Monte Edwards and Adams.
Third year 7 hours
Fourth year 16 hours
Total 23 hours
OTOLOGY
Thomas R. O'Rourk Professor of Otolaryngology
The course in otology is planned to give a practical knowledge of the anatomy
and physiology of the ear, and its proximity and relationship to the brain and other
vital structures. The inflammatory diseases, their etiology, diagnosis, treatment
and complications are particularly stressed, with emphasis upon their relationship
to the diseases of children, head-surgery and neurology.
Third Year. The whole class is given instruction by means of talks, anatomical
specimens and lantern slides. Dr. O'Rourk and associates.
Fourth Year. Small sections of the class receive instruction and make personal
examinations of patients under the direction of an instructor. The student is
urged to make a routine examination of the ear in his ward work in general medi-
cine and surgery. Dr. O'Rourk and associates.
Third year 12 hours
Fourth year 40 hours
Total 52 hours
NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY
Charles Bagley, Jr Professor of Neurological Surgery
Richard G. Coblentz Professor of Clinical Neurological Surgery
James G. Arnold, Jr Associate Professor of Neurological Surgery
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology and Neuropathology
Robert Oster
Associate in Electro-physiology, and Director of the Hofifberger Electroencephalo-
graphic Laboratory
Raymond K. Thompson
Instructor in Neurological Surgery, Director of Neurological Surgery Research
Frank J. Otenasek Assistant in Neurological Surgery
890 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
John W. Chambers Assistant in Neurological Surgery
Louis O. J. Manganiello
Research Fellow, Fund B, assigned to Neurological Surgery, Exchange Resident
in Neurosurgery, Baltimore City Hospitals
Robert M. N. Crosby
Resident in Neurological Surgery, Universitj' Hospital, Exchange Resident in
Neurosurgery Baltimore City Hospitals
George W. Smith. . .Hitchcock Fellow in Neurological Surgery, Assigned to Research
Jose A. Alvarez
Assistant Resident, Baltimore City Hospitals, Assigned to Neurological Surgery
PoMEROY Nichols, Jr.
Assistant Resident in Neurological Surgery, Assigned to Neuropathology, Fund B
Fellow
Roy B. Turner Assistant Resident in Neurological Surgery
James S. Browne
Assigned to Neuropathology, Fund B Fellow, Assistant Resident in Neurological
Surgery
August Keil
Assistant Resident in Surgery, Assigned to Neurological Surgery Mercy Hospital
Third year. The course covers instruction in diagnosis and treatment of
surgical conditions of the brain, spinal cord and the peripheral nerves. Drs.
Bagley, Coblentz, Arnold and Thompson.
Fourth year. Weekly ward rounds and conferences are given at the University
Hospital. Drs. Bagley, Coblentz, Arnold and Thompson. Instruction is given
(elective) in the out-patient dispensary by Drs. Louis Manganiello, George Smith
and Jose A. Alvarez.
Third year 12 hours
Fourth year 15 hours
Conference and ward rounds (elective) 32 hours
Neurological Surgery Dispensary (elective) 48 hours
Total 107 hours
ONCOLOGY
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of Gynecology
John C. Dumler Assistant Professor of Gynecology
William K. Diehl Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of GjTiecology
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Arthur G. Si winski Associate in Surgery
Edwin H. Stewart Instructor in Surgery
J. DuER Moores Instructor in Surgery
Louis F. Goodman Assistant in Surgery
David B. Gray National Cancer Institute Trainee
John M. Bloxom, Jr National Cancer Institute Trainee
E. Eugene Covington Assistant Radiologist
Thomas A. Stebbins Medical Illustrator in Oncology and Gynecology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 891
The purpose of the courses in Oncology is to give students training in the
diagnosis and treatment of neoplastic diseases not obtained in other departments
and at the same time to correlate this training with that received in surgery,
medicine, roentgenology and other specialties.
Third year. Six didactic lectures are given on the diagnosis and treatment of
cancer of the generative organs. Dr. Hundley and staff.
Five lectures in general oncology are given to the entire Junior Class at the end
of the year. The increasing importance of the cancer problem is emphasized.
The biological aspects of cancer and the relation of hormones, carcinogenic agents,
and etiological factors are discussed. The gradation of neoplasms, and the bio-
physical effects of irradiation therapy are presented. The diagnosis, surgical
and radiological treatment of neoplasms of the head and neck, oral cavity, skin,
breasts, and hemopoietic system are discussed. Dr. Ward and staff.
Fourth Year. Ten senior students of the University section are assigned to the
Oncology clinic. Five students are assigned to the Tuesday morning clinic, and
the alternate group to the Friday morning clinic. The diagnosis and treatment,
both surgical and radiological are discussed in the presence of a staff member of
the departments of Pathology, Radiology, and Surgery.
An outpatient Gynecological Clinic is held bi-weekly which affords an opportu-
nity for instruction of small groups of students, which are assigned in rotation, in
the various phases of malignancy of the generative organs. Weekly ward rounds
and operative clinics are held for seniors.
Onocology Gynecology Total
Third year 5 hours 6 hours 1 1 hours
Fourth year 12 hours 16 hours 28 hours
Total 17 hours 22 hours 39 hours
DENTISTRY
iBrice M. Dorsey Professor of Oral Surgery
'Myron S. Aisenberg Professor of Pathology
iJosEPH C. BiDDix, Jr Professor of Oral Diagnosis
'Kyrle W. Preis Professor of Orthodontics
'Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
'Grayson W. Gaver Professor of Dental Prosthesis
'Ernest B. Nuttall Professor of Crown and Bridge
'Kenneth V. Randolph Professor of Operative Dentistry
'Edward C. Dobbs Professor of Pharmacology
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery
'Hugh H. Hicks Associate Professor of Periodontology
'Lewis C. Toomey Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
'Wilbur O. Ramsay Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
'Samuel H. Bryant Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
' Faculty Member, School of Dentistry.
892 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
^Russell Gigliotti Instructor in Clinical Oral Diagnosis
^Joseph P. Cappuccio Instructor in Oral Surgery
'Conrad L. Inman Instructor in Anesthesiology
This section has been reorganized for the teaching of both medical and dental
students. There has been established a division in the out-patient department,
and beds will be provided in the University Hospital, for the care of patients who
will be available for the teaching of students from both schools.
Senior year: clinics weekly.
Ward instruction and group teaching are given. This includes diagnosis and
treatment of diseases of the face, mouth and jaws.
INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY
Professor of Clinical Medicine
Charles A. Reifschneider Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Surgery
This section is under the combined supervision of the medical and surgical
departments. It is a cooperative effort by members of the medical school and
hospital staff to afford means for clinical and laboratory study of the patient who
has been subjected to traumatic or medical industrial hazard, so that adequate
care may be instituted to promote his physical well-being. The facilities of the
laboratories of the medical school and hospital are available as required.
Under direction of this department hmited undergraduate instruction is given,
especially in the methods of examination and of keeping records and in the general
medico-legal principles as they affect the industrial employee, the employer, the
general insurers, the physician and the hospital. There is also instruction on
methods of making life insurance and other physical examinations, whether for
employment or for health purposes. The wards of the University, Mercy and
Baltimore City Hospitals provide for bed-side instruction.
Total hours: 8.
PLASTIC SURGERY
Edward A. Kitlowski Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Clarence P. Scarborough Instructor in Plastic Surgery
Walter J. Benavent Assistant in Plastic Surgery
This course is designed to acquaint students with the problems of reconstruc-
tive and plastic surgery. A subdivision in the dispensary has been established
and beds for patients will be available for instruction in this course at the Univer-
sity and Baltimore City Hospitals and Keman's Hospital for Crippled Children.
Third Year. Five lectures are given to the whole class. Dispensary instruction
is provided on Mondaj^ and Fridays.
Fourth Year. Ward rounds and operative demonstrations are held at the
hospitals.
' Faculty Member, School of Dentistry.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 893
SPEECH TRAINING CLINIC
Edward A. Kitlowski Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Ray Eiirensberger Professor of Speech
Merle Ansberry Associate Professor of Speech
This department has been installed in conjunction with the Department of
Speech of the University at College Park to evaluate the speech difficulties in
children with congenital defects. Admission to the Clinic is by appointment only.
The Clinic operates all day Thursdays.
DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS
Louis H. Dottglass Professor of Obstetrics, and Head of the Department
J. Morris Reese Associate Professor of Obstetrics
IsADORE A. Siegel Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
John E. Savage Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
D. Frank Kaltreider Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
Hugh B. McNally Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
Margaret B. Ballard Associate in Obstetrics
D. McClelland Dixon Associate in Obstetrics
Osborne C. Christensen Associate in Obstetrics
J. Tyler Baker, B.S., M.D Associate in Obstetrics
J. Duff Morrison Associate in Obstetrics
George H. Davis Instructor in Obstetrics
J. King B. E. Seeger Instructor in Obstetrics
Louis C. Gmkes Instructor in Obstetrics
Kenneth B. Boyd Assistant in Obstetrics
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr Assistant in Obstetrics
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Assistant in Obstetrics
Theodore Kardash Assistant in Obstetric
Harry McB. Beck Assistant in Obstetrics
William A. Dodd Assistant in Obstetrics
Irvin p. Klemkowski Assistant in Obstetrics
Clarence W. Martin Assistant in Obstetrics
Second Year: During the second semester lectures are given one hour weekly.
Students are oriented on the normal pelvis, generative tract and the physiology
of pregnancy and labor. The conduct of normal delivery and the puerperium are
explained, and in general an attempt is made to prepare the student for the prac-
tical training he is to receive in his third year. Drs. Douglass and Kaltreider.
Third Year: Lectures and recitations consist of 3 hours teaching weekly and
are designed to cover the anatomy more completely, especially that of the bony
pelvis from an obstetrical point of view. Physiology of the endocrine system is
reviewed as it relates to pregnancy and the growth and development of the im-
pregnated ovum. Following this the pathology of pregnancy, labor and the puer-
perium are considered. Drs. Douglass, Reese, Siegel, Savage, Dixon and
Kaltreider.
Each student is required to spend 4 days on the obstetrical service of the Balti-
more City Hospitals during his junior year. Here he acts as a junior intern, ob-
serving, assisting and finally delivering normal cases under supervision. Each
894
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
student attends a total of about 25 deliveries, in the majority of which he takes an
active part.
Each student receives, as a member of a small group, 10 hours of instruction in
palpating patients, in the clinical evaluation of the pelvis and in demonstrations
of the mechanism of labor. Drs. Siegel and McNally.
Fourth Year: The instruction is entirely clinical. The "block system" is used.
One-sixteenth of the class is assigned to obstetrics only for a period of 2 weeks.
Students live at the University Hospital during this time and are on call 24 hours
a day. They receive formal class instruction, are required to attend all rounds
and staff conferences and are present at the majority of the deliveries as observers,
assistants or as accoucheurs. In this way each student will actively participate
in about 25 deliveries. Operative work on an obstetrical mannikin is an organized
part of the course. Each student receives 6 hours of this type of instruction.
Each student spends 20 hours in the prenatal and postnatal clinics, where in-
structions in these fields are given.
Students assigned to obstetrics are required to attend the monthly meetings of
The Committee on Maternal Mortality of Baltimore, where all maternal deaths
occurring in this city are presented and discussed.
Second year — 16
Fourth year — 106
Third year-
Total
-148
-270
DEPARTMENT OF GYNECOLOGY
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology, and Head of the
Leo Brady Assistant Professor of
Edward P. Smith Assistant Professor of
William K. Diehl Assistant Professor of
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of
John C. Dumler Assistant Professor of
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of
J. J. Erwin Associate
Frank K. Morris Associate
John T. Hibbitts Associate
Kenneth B. Boyd Associate
Gerald A. Galvin Associate
Thomas S. Bowyer Instructor
Ernest S. Edlow Instructor
W. Allen Deckert Instructor
H. L. Granoff Instructor
Theodore Kardash Instructor
Charles B. Marek Instructor
Helen I. Maginnis Instructor
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Instructor
William A. Dodd Instructor
Harry McB. Beck Instructor
William C. Duffy Instructor
Joseph C. Sheehan Instructor
William J. Rysanek Instructor
Department
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology'
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
Gynecology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 895
Harry F. Kank Instructor in Gynecology
Robert B. Tunney Instructor in Gynecology
Thomas A. Stebbins Medical Illustrator in Oncology and Gynecology
Third Year. A course of thirty lectures and recitations is given to the whole
class. In addition, a short course of lecture-demonstrations is given at the Balti-
more City Hospitals, consisting of eight periods of one hour each, in which small
groups of students are instructed in the fundamentals of gynecological diagnosis
and examination.
Fourth Year. Operative clinics — lectures and demonstrations — are given six
hours per week, for five weeks, to sections of the class.
Instruction in female urology is given. A small number of students may at-
tend the cystoscopic dispensary which is held twice weekly.
The course in gynecology also includes instruction in the diagnosis and treat-
ment of cancer of the generative organs. Small groups of students attend the
oncological dispensary for additional work.
Third year 38 hours
Fourth year 74 hours
Total 112 hours
DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman of the Department
Joseph I. Kemler Associate in Ophthalmology
A. Kremen Associate in Ophthalmology
Paul N. Friedman Instructor in Ophthalmology
Cleo D. Stiles Instructor in Ophthalmology
Ruby A. Smith Instructor in Ophthalmology
D. J. McHenry Instructor in Ophthalmology
F. E. Brumback Instructor in Ophthalmology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Ophthalmology
Frederick M. Reese Assistant in Ophthalmology
Third Year. Second semester. Dr. Friedman reviews the anatomy and physi-
ology of the eye and discusses the methods used in making the various exami-
nations. Errors of refraction and their effect upon the general system are explained.
Weekly section work, demonstrating the use of the ophthalmoscope, is carried on
during the entire session at the Baltimore Eye, Ear. and Throat Hospital.
Fourth Year. Clinics and demonstrations are given in diseases of the eye,
weekly, for one year. Dr. Knowles.
The course consists of instruction in the clinic to small groups of students four
days a week for four weeks. During this period, the student examines patients,
diagnoses and treats various ocular diseases, under the supervision of Drs. Knowles,
Smith, Brumback, McHenry, Cross, Friedman, and Manchester. Twice weekly
lectures and lantern slide demonstration are given upon diseases of the eye, with
particular reference to their diagnosis, management and relation to general medi-
cine. Special lectures are given the entire class on vascular changes in the eye,
896 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
refraction, cataract and neuro-ophthalmology. Certain operations are demon-
strated by motion pictures.
Weekly ward classes are held at the University and Mercy Hospitals during
which the eye grounds in the various medical and surgical conditions are demon-
strated. Drs. Knowles, Kemler, Kremen, Smith, McHenn,', Brumback, Cross,
Manchester, Jeppi and Pacienza.
Third year 20 hours
Fourth year 41 hours
Total 61 hours
DEPARTMENT OF ROENTGENOLOGY
Waltzr L. Kilby Professor of Roentgenology, and Head of the Department
Charles N. Davidson Associate Professor of Roentgenology
JOHX DeCarlo, Jr Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Donald J. Barnt;tt Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Edward R. Dana Associate in Roentgenology
Robert E. Cato FeUow in Roentgenology
During the academic 3'ear, small groups of the third and fourth year classes are
given weekly instruction in the diagnostic and therapeutic uses of the Roentgen
rays. An effort is made to familiarize the student with the indications for and the
limitations of the Roentgen ray examinations. The history, physics and practical
therapeutic application of Roentgen rays are given stressing the use of radiation
as a weapon now available in a variety of disorders of the human body ranging from
simple inflammations to malignant neoplastic conditions. Conferences are held
with the various departments during the school year which are also open to mem-
bers of the fourth year class.
Third year 8 hours
Fourth year 24 hours
Total 32 hours
DEPARTMENT OF AXAESTHESIOLOGY
Alfred T. Nelson Professor of Anaesthesiology
and Chairman of the Department
Frank J. Brady Associate in Anaesthesiology
James Russo Assistant in Anaesthesiology
THIRD YEAR
Lectures are given on the general physiologj' and pharmacology of anesthesia,
with consideration of the special physiology and pharmacology of each anaesthetic
agent. The methods of induction and administration of anaesthesia are discussed.
The factors influencing the selection of the anaesthetic are emphasized, and the
preparation and care of the anaesthetized patient are carefully explained.
These lectures are correlated with practical demonstrations, supplemented by
lantern shdes and motion pictures, at the University Hospital.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 897
FOURTH YEAR
Each senior student is required to spend six hours per week for four weeks
observing and administering anaesthetics in the operating room.
Third year 10 hours
Fourth year 24 hours
Total 34 hours
HISTORY OF MEDICINE
Louis A. M. Krause Professor of Clinical Medicine
Beginning with the spring of 1942 a group of lectures on the history of medicine
has been presented on selected phases and trends of the development of medical
knowledge and practice. It is planned to avoid dupHcation of subject matter
for at least four years.
These lectures are offered primarily for our students, but a cordial invitation
is extended to anyone who may wish to attend.
Announcement of the lectures will be made by mail and on the bulletin
board of the School of Medicine.
ART AS APPLIED TO MEDICINE
Carl Dame Clarke Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine
Thomas M. Stevenson, Jr Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Mary Katherine Scarborough Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Jane L. Bleakley Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Raymond J. Clayton, Jr Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
This department is maintained for the purpose of supplying pictorial and plastic
illustrations for visual teaching in the classrooms of the medical school and for
publication in scientific periodicals. Research in prosthetics and the production
of prosthetic appliances are also carried out in this department.
Special courses of instruction are given to qualified students.
POSTGRADUATE COURSES
Committee on Postgraduate Studies
Howard M. Bubert, Chairman and Director '
Sarah Cook, Assistant Director
Dietrich C. Smith, 1st Vice-chairman Wetherbee Fort
L. a. M. Krause, 2nd Vice-chairman John C. Krantz, Jr.
Milton S. Sacks, Secretary J. Morris Reese
Otto C. Brantigan Allen F. Voshell
Frank H. J. Figge John A. Wagner
Elizabeth Carroll, Executive Secretary
The Dean— £* Officio
Calendar: Postgraduate courses are offered throughout the year.
898 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
During the past year, the Post Graduate Committee has given two extramural
courses, one in Hagerstown and one in Salisbury. Enrollment was 56. The
Committee will consider the request of any Maryland County Medical Society
for a series of lectures to begin in the Fall of 1950. The Committee is also con-
sidering the possibility of complying with a request to give a course in the Baltimore
area.
A sub-committee has been appointed to survey the hospitals in the State who
desire assistance in the training of house staffs and it is hoped that in the near
future, progress will be in evidence.
The Committee is hopeful of being able to offer a course in Basic Sciences in
Pediatrics similar to the one presented the past two academic years in Obstetrics
and Gynecology.
The following intramural courses have been continued successfully:
General Anatomy: The course is designed to prepare candidates for the ex-
amination of the American Board of General Surgery and Surgical Specialties.
There is no strict rule governing either the content or duration of the course.
Students may dissect a complete cadaver or any particular region in which they
may be interested. Tuition arranged according to course content and duration.
Anatomy of Head and Neck as applied to the eye, ear, nose and throat.
Duration 150 hours, beginning on October 1 and ending approximately February
28, comprising two periods of 4 hours per week. Tuition §75.00. Details as
to the time of the individual periods will be arranged with candidates who wish to
take the course.
Surgical Anatomy: The course is designed to prepare candidates for the ex-
amination in Anatomy of the American Board of Surgery. This is a ninety-hour
course (3 hours a day, 2 days a week) given in conjunction with the regular sopho-
more medical course in surgical anatomy. Tuition $150.00.
Pathology: This course is designed to prepare candidates for certification in
surgery, surgical specialties and internal medicine. Individuals will receive train-
ing in autopsy and surgical pathology. Minimum duration is full time, six months.
Tuition $150.00.
Neuropathology: This course is designed to aid in meeting the requirements of
the specialty boards in neurological sciences and covers basic studies in diseases
of the central nervous system. Duration is six months, full time. Tuition
$200.00 plus $10.00 laboratory fee.
Gynecology and Obstetrics: This is a review for general practitioners.
Students attend lectures, ward rounds and clinics, and observe operations and
deliveries. Full time for twelve weeks. Tuition $150.00.
Gynecology, Oncology and Female Urology: This is a review designed
primarily for the general practitioner. Students attend lectures, ward rounds
and clinics and observe operations. Full time for ten weeks. Tuition $125.00.
Basic Sciences as They Apply to Obstetrics and Gynecology: The course
is a review of the fundamentals of the basic sciences as they apply to Gynecology
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
899
and Obstetrics and recent advances in these fields. It has been approved by the
Postgraduate Survey Committee of the American Board of Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, and may be presented for six months' credit towards certification by the
Board. Duration is 20 weeks full time, beginning early in January. Tuition
$375.00.
Full descriptions of these courses are available. Inquiries should be addressed
to the Post Graduate Committee, University of Maryland School of Medicine,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
LECTURERS IN POSTGRADUATE MEDICINE
Thurston R. Adams
Marie A. Andersch
James G. Arnold, Jr.
*Robert E. Bauer
Joseph G. Bird
Harry C. Bowie
J. Edmund Bradley
Otto C. Brantigan
George H. Brouillet
Howard M. Bubert
T. Nelson Carey
C. Jelleff Carr
Beverley C. Compton
*Sarah Cook
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Edward F. Cotter
Richard J. Cross, Jr.
Francis G. Dickey
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
D. McClelland Dixon
Louis H. Douglass
John C. Dumler
J. Sheldon Eastland
Charles Reid Edwards
William L. Fearing
Frank H. J. Figge
Jacob E. Finesinger
A. H. Finkelstein
Albert E. Goldstein
Lewis P. Gundry
Frank W. Hachtel
Jerome Hartz
*Charles W. Hawkins
Harry C. Hull
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Harry K. Iwamoto
D. Frank Kaltreider
Theodore Kardash
Vernon E. Krahl
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Arnold F. Lavenstein
C. Edward Leach
Ephraim T. Lisansky
William S. Love, Jr.
*Fred R. McCrumb
Hugh B. McNally
Howard B. Mays
Samuel Morrison
H. Whitman Newell
Frank J. Otenasek
♦Robert T. Parker
Ross Z. Pierpont
Maurice C. Pincoffs
J. Morris Reese
Herbert E. Reifschneider
Dexter L. Reimann
Henry L. Rigdon
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Raymond C. V. Robinson
Milton S. Sacks
John E. Savage
Sidney Scherlis
Emil G. Schmidt
William B. Settle
Dietrich C. Smith
Hugh R. Spencer
Melchijah Spragins
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr.
Harry A. Teitelbaum
W. Houston Toulson
Eduard Uhlenhuth
Henry F. Ullrich
Allen Fiske Voshell
John A. Wagner
Wallace Walker
Milton J. Wilder
Walter D. Wise
Henry L. Wollenweber
Theodore E. Woodward
Robert B. Wright
George H. Yeager
* Lecturers in Postgraduate Medicine, by invitation.
FIRST YEAR SCHEDULE
FIRST SEMESTER, SEPTEMBER 21, 1950 TO JANUARY 27, 1951
Hours Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
9.00
to
12.00
•Histology and
Embryology
Lecture and Lab.
Bressler 2
Orientation
9-10
1st 3 Lectures
Anatomy
10-12
1st 3 Sessions
After Oct. 10,
Anatomy
9-12
A.H.
'Histology and
Embryology
Lecture and Lab.
Bressler 2
Grou Anatomy
A. E. 9-12
12.00
to
1.00
Lunch
1.00
to
5.00
Gross Anatomy
Lectures A. H. (1-2) Daily and Laboratories Bressler 1 (2-5) Daily
* Course ends December 21, 1950.
SECOND SEMESTER, JANUARY 29 TO JUNE 9, 1951
Hours
9.00
to
12.00
12.00
to
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
to
3.00
3.00
to
S.OO
Monday
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. A
Lunch
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Neuro-
physiology
Bressler 2
Psychiatry
(3-5)
C.E.
Tuesday
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. B
Lunch
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Neuro-
Anatomy
Lecture
and
Laboratory
Wednesday
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. A
Lunch
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Conference
Adm. J
Thursday
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. B
Lunch
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Neuro-
An atomy
Lecture
and
Laboratory
Friday
Lunch
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Conference
Adm. 1
Neuro-
physiology
Bressler 2
(3-4)
Saturday
Locations of Lecture Halls and Laboratories:
Adm. 1— First Floor, Administration Building, 520 W. Lombard Street.
A. H.— Anatomical Hall— Upper Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
C. H.— Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Biological Chemistry Laboratory — Third Floor, 31 South Greene Street.
Bressler Research Laboratory— 29 S. Greene Street.
Gross Anatomy — First Floor.
Histology and Embryology— Second Floor.
Neuro-anatomy — Second Floor .
Mid-Year Examinaliotu— January 2Z-27, 1951
Pinal ExamirMiions— Begin May 28, 1951
900
f
SECOND YEAR SCHEDULE
FIRST SEMESTER, SEPTEMBER 21, 1950 TO JANUARY 27, 1951
Hours
8.30
9.30
9.30
to
10.30
10.30
to
12.30
12.30
1.00
to
5.00
Monday
Physiology
Bressler 2
Physiology
Conference
Bressler 2
Tuesday
Physiology
Bressler 2
Bacteriology
Adm. 1
Wednesday
Medicine
Bressler 2
Bacteriology
Adm. 1
Thursday
Physiology
Bressler 2
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
tBacteriology
Laboratory
Friday
Physiology
Bressler 2
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Neurological
10:45-11:45
C.H.
Lunch
Pharmacology Lecture
Bressler 2
Sect. B I Sect. A.
1-2 1-2
Physiology
Sect. A. I Sect. B.
Laboratory
1-5
Psychiatry
1:30-3:30
C.H.
Pharmacology Laboratory
1-4
B I A
' Physiology Laboratory
A I B
1-5
Saturday
t Bacteriology Laboratory — Section work during the last month.
SECOND SEMESTER, JANUARY 29 TO JUNE 9, 1951
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
8.30
to
9.30
Surgery
Bressler 2
Surgery
Bressler 2
Surgical
Anatomy
Adm. 1
Medical Clinic
Amp.
Physical
Diagnosis
Adm. 1
Orthopaedics
Bressler 2
9.30
to
10.30
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Surgical
Anatomy
Laboratory
Bressler 1
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Obstetrics
Bressler 2
10.30
to
11.30
Pathology
c.n.
Pathology
C.H.
Pathology
Adm. 1
Pathology
C.H.
11.30
Lunch
12.00
to
2.00
Pathology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
Immunology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
2.00
to
3.00
Surgical
Anatomy
Adm.l
II Immunology
Laboratory
Pharmacology
Laboratory
Sect. A
Physical
Diagnosis
Sect. B
(3:00-5:00)
U.H.D.
Pharmacology
Laboratory
Sect. B
Physical
Diagnosis
Sect. A
(3:00-5:00)
U. H. D.
3.00
to
S.OO
Surgical
Anatomy
Laboratory
Bressler 1
Optional period
Pathology
Immunology
U Immunology Laboratory — Section work during last two months.
Locations of Lecture Halls and Laboratories:
Adm. 1— First Floor, Administration Building, 520 W. Lombard Street.
C. H. — Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, Lombard and Greene Streets.
Amp.— Wilson Memorial Amphitheatre, New University Hospital, Greene and Redwood Streets, Eighth Floor.
U. H. D.— University Hospital Dispensary, Old Hospital Building.
Laboratories:
Physiology, Pharmacology, Surgical Anatomy— Bressler Building.
Bacteriology, Immunology, Pathology, Second Floor, 31 S. Greene Street.
Mid-Year Examinations — January 22-27, 1951
Final Examinations — Begin May 28, 1951
901
902
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THIRD YEAR SCHEDULE
SEPTEMBER 21, 1950 TO JUNE 9, 1951
SCHEDULE 1
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole CUm)
Obstetrics
Surgery
Obstetrics
Surgery
Pathology
Surgery
8.30
C.B.
C.B.
C.H.
C.B.
C.B.
C.B
to
tGynecology
tGynecology
tAnaesthesiology
9.20
April 2 to
May 14
Mar. 28 to
May 16
Mar. 17 to May 19
Amp.
9.30
to
Transfer to Baltimore City Hospitals
10.00
10.00
to
Physical Diagnosis, Pathology
, and Neurology at B. C. H.
12.00
12.00
Transfer
Transfer
Transfer
to
and
and
Lunch
and
Lunch
1.00
Lunch
Lunch
Lunch
(Whole Class)
•Gynecology
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
tEye— 10 wks.
Medical
Nose & Throat,
Jan. 30 to
Clinical
Orthopaedics
1 00
Urology,
Apr. 3
Otology,
tOncology
Clinic
Pathology
2.00
Proctology,
Plastic Surgery
C.H.
—5 wks.
Apr. 10 to
May IS
C.H.
B.C. B.
Bressler 2
B.C. B.
(Whole Class)
Surger>-
2.00
(Whol<
Class)
Laboratory
Surgery
Clinical
(2-3)
to
4.00
3
/
Pathology
Transfer
(3-4)
(Whole Class)
4.00
t Legal Medicine
(Whole Class)
Orthopaedics
Laboratory
(Whole Class)
to
5.00
§ Industrial
Medicine
II Psychiatry
C.H.
Hygiene and
PubUc Health
C.H.
Roentgenology
B. C. H.
Bressler 5
Obstetrics
Bressler Z
• First Semester. t Second Semester. J Sept. 25 to Dec. 11. § Dec. 18 to Feb. 12. || Feb. 19 to May 14
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
903
SCHEDULE 2
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
8.30
to
9.20
(Whole Class)
Obstetrics
C.E.
tGynecology
April 2 to
May 14
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C.H.
(Whole Class)
Obstetrics
C. U.
tGynecology
Mar. 28 to
May 16
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C.H.
(Whole Class)
Pathology
C.H.
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C.H.
Anaesthesiology
Mar.l7toMayl9
Amp.
9,30
to
10.20
Pediatrics
C.H.
Medicine
C.H.
Medicine
C.B.
Therapeutics
Adm. 1
Medicine
C.H.
Neurology
C.H.
10.30
to
12.30
Operative Surgery — Bressler 6
Medical and Surgical Dispensaries — (Univ. and Mercy Sections)
12.30
to
1.00
Lunch
1.00
to
2.00
Samf
Sched
: as
ule 1
Medical
Clinic
Amp.
Same as
Schedule 1
Psychiatry
Dermatology
U. E. Disp.
2.00
to
4.00
Ophthalmoscopy
(5 weeks)
B. E. B.
Obstetrics
(5 weeks)
U. H. Disp.
Otology (5 wks.)
Univ. Hasp.
3-C
4.00
to
5.00
Obstetrics
Br. 2
The Junior Class will be divided into two sections — A and B. Each section reports to classes in keeping with the
following schedule assignment, in which the letters represent the class sections and the numerals indicate the schedules to
be followed for the periods shown.
Schedule Assignment
Periods Sections and Schedules
September 21, 1950 to January 20, 1951 A-1, B-2
January 29 to May 19, 1951 B-1, A-2
Locations of Lecture Halls, etc.
Adm. 1. — First Floor, Administration Building, 520 W. Lombard Street.
A. H.— Anatomical Hail, Upper Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Amp. — Wilson Memorial Amphitheatre, New University Hospital, Eighth Floor.
B. C. H.— Baltimore City Hosps., 4940 Eastern Ave.
B. E. H.— Baltimore Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital, 1214 Eutaw Place.
Bressler — Bressler Building, 29 S. Greene Street.
C. H. — Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Univ. Hosp. — New University Hospital, Greene and Redwood Streets.
U. H. Disp.— Old Hospital Building, S. W. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
31 — 31 South Greene Street.
Clinical Pathology Laboratory — Fifth Floor, Bressler Building.
Pathology Laboratory — 31 South Greene Street, Special Rooms, Basement.
Mid-Year Examinations — January 22-27, 1951
Final Examinations — Begin May 21, 1951
904
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FOURTH YEAR SCHEDULE
SEPTEMBER 21, 1950 TO MAY 26, 1951
CLASS DIVISIONS'
Division If
Division 2
Division 3t
Division 4
Medicine and Medical
Pediatrics
Surgery and Surgical
Obstetrics
Specialties (8 weeks)
(4 weeks)
Specialties (8 weeks)
(2 weeks)
Neurology
Psychiatry
Urology
Gynecology
Cardiology
(4 weeks)
Neuro Surgery
Oncology
Gastro-Enterology
Otology, Rhinology and
(2 weeks)
Metabolism
Laryngology
—
Allergy
Orthopaedics
Dermatology & Syphilology
_
—
Oncology
Roentgenology
Roentgenology
Ophthalmology
Anesthesiology
(4 weeks)
STUDENT GROUP ASSIGNMENTS
1st Quarter
3rd Quarter
Sept. 21, 1950 to Nov. 18, 1950
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division If
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 2
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 3t
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division 4
Jan. 29, 1951 to March 31, 1951
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 3t
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 4
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division If
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16, to Division 2
2nd Quarter
4th Quarter
Nov. 20, 1950 to Jan. 27, 1951
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 2
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 3t
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 4
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division It
April 2, 1951 to May 26, 1951
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 4
Groups S, 6, 7, 8 to Division If
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 2
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division 3t
•The curriculum is arranged into 4 divisions, and the senior class into 16 groups.
t The curriculum of Divisions 1 and 3 is given at the University and Mercy Hospitals simultaneously. There are
4 groups (24 students) assigned to each division. Two groups or one half the students of each division are assigned
work for 4 weeks at each hospital. Students belonging to groups 1, 2, 9 and 10 report to the University Hospital, for
the 1st 4 weeks. Groups 3, 4, 11 and 12 report to Mercy. At the end of 4 weeks the students at the University Hos-
pital report to Mercy and the groups at Mercy report to the University Hospital for a similar period, thus completing
for each group involved one division of work.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Noel E. Foss, B.S., Ph.D., Dean
B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., LL.B., Secretary
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
FACULTY COUNCIL
Noel E. Foss, Dean
Clifford W. Chapman ^ George P. Hager
Gaylord B. Estabrook Frank J. Slama
B. Olive Cole, Secretary
FACULTY
Professors
William R. Amberson Professor of Physiology, School of Medicine
Lafayette College, Ph.B. (1915) ; Princeton University, Ph.D. (1922).
Clifford W. Chapman i Emerson Professor of Pharmacology
University of Western Ontario, B.A. (1922) ; Medical School. London, Ontario, M.Sc.
(1925) ; McGill University. Ph.D. (1934).
B. Olive Cole Professor of Pharmacy Administration
University of Maryland. Phar.D. (1913) ; LL.B. (1923).
Noel E. Foss Professor of Pharmacy
South Dakota State College, Ph.C, B.S. (1929) ; University of Maryland, M.S.
(1932) : Ph.D. (1933).
George P. Hager Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Universitj' of Maryland. B.S. (193S) ; M.S. (1940) : Ph.D. (1942).
*NORMAN E. Phillips Professor of Zoology
Allegany College, B.S. (1916) ; Cornell University, Ph.D. (1931).
fW. Arthur Purdum Professor of Hospital Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Ph.C. (1930) ; B.S. (1932) ; M.S. (1934) ; Ph.D. (1041).
*A. W. Richeson Professor of Mathematics
University of Richmond, B.S. (1918) ; Johns Hopkins University. A.M. (1925) ;
Ph.D. (1928).
Emil G. Schmidt Professor of Biological Chemistry,
School of Medicine
University of Wisconsin, B.S. (1921) ; Ph.D. (19241 ; University of Maryland, LL.B.
(1934).
Donald E. Shay Professor of Bacteriology
Lebanon Valley College, B.S. (1937) ; University of Maryland, M.S. (1938) ; Ph.D.
(1943).
Dietrich Conrad Smith Professor of Physiology, School of Medicine
University of Minnesota, A.B. (1923) ; M.A. (1924) : Harvard University, Ph.D.
(1928).
The faculty is listed as constituted during 1950-51. Changes will be noted in sub-
sequent catalogues.
* Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
t Part time.
iDied April 5. 1951.
905
906 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
fj. Carlton Wolf Professor of Dispensing Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Phar.D. (1905) ; American International Academy, Wash-
ington, D. C, B.S. (1921) ; Maryland Academy of Science, Sc.D. (1922) ; (Hon-
orary) .
Associate Professors
Benjamin Frank Allen Associate Professor of Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1937) ; Ph.D. (1949).
*Gaylord B. Estabrook Associate Professor of Physics
Purdue University, B.S. in Ch.E. (1921) ; Ohio State University, M.S. (1922) ;
University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D. (1932).
Ida Marian Robinson i Associate Professor of Library Science
Cornell Univer.'sity, A.B. (1924) ; Columbia University School of Library Service,
B.S.L.S. (1943).
Frank J. Slama- Associate Professor of Botany and Pharmacognosy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1924) : Ph.C. (1925; ; B.S. in Phar. (1928) ; M.S.
(1930) ; Ph.D. (1935).
Assistant Professors
*Adele B. Ballman Assistant Professor of English
Goucher College, A.B. (1926) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1935).
Frederick P. Ferguson Assistant Professor of Physiology,
School of Medicine
Wesleyan University, B.A. (1938) ; M.A. (1939) ; University of Minnesota, Ph.D.
(1943).
Edward J. Herbst Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry,
School of Medicine
University of Wisconsin, B.S. (1943) ; M.S. (1944) ; Ph.D. (1949).
♦Francis Marion Miller Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Western Kentucky State College, B.S. (1946) ; Northwestern University, Ph.D.
(1949).
John McCullough Turner Assistant Professor of Physiology,
School of Medicine
Yale University, Ph.B. (1931) ; Ph.D. (1942).
Raymond E. Vanderlinde Assista7it Professor of Biological
Chemistry, School of Medicine
Syracuse University. A.B. (1944) ; M.S. (1947) ; Ph.D. (1950).
Instructors
*JOHN H. Applegarth histructor in Zoology
San Jose State College, A.B. (1935) ; Stanford University, M.A. (1938).
Ann Virginia Brown Instructor, Biological Chemistry,
School of Medicine
Goucher College, A.B. (1940).
Georgiana S. Gittinger Instructor in Pharmacology
Hood College, A.B. (1912) ; University of Virginia, M.A. (1924).
Margaret Wong Lew Instrnctor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1944).
Augusta Solodar Neistadt^ Instructor in Pharmacy
New Jersey College of Pharmacy. Ph.G. (1913).
* Teachers detailed from •he College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
1 Effective April 1, 1951.
2 Sabbatical leave effective October 1, 1950 to May 31, 1951.
3 Resigned May 31, 1951.
t Part time.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 907
Harriet R. Noel Instructor m Pharmacy
University of Maryland. Ph.G. (1934) ; B.S. (1935).
*Clairb Strubb Schradieck Instructor in Languages
Goucher College, A.B. (1916) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1919).
Kenneth H. Stahl Instructor in Chemistry
Carthage College, B.A. (1938) : University of Iowa, B.S. (1941) : M.S. (1941).
John Irving White Instrxictor, U. S. Public Health Fellow in
Physiology, School of Medicine
University of Illinois, B.A. (1939) ; Rutgers University, Ph.D. (1950).
Assistants
Martha Lovell Adams Assistayit in Chemistry
College of William and Mary, B.S. (1946).
John Autian Assistant in Pharmacy
Temple University, B.S. (1950).
Francis S. Balassone Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1940).
♦Charles Leroy Beckel Assistant in Physics
Univei-sity of Scranton, B.S. (1948).
Junior Mehsen Joseph Assistant in Bacteriology
West Virginia University, A.B. (1948) ; M.S. (1949).
Morton Kahn Assistant in Pharmacy Administration and Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1947).
Joseph Anthony Kaiser Assistant in Pharmacology
University of Maryland, B.S. (1950).
Stanley Phillip Kramer Assistant in Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1949).
*Karl M. Morgenstein Assistant in Zoology
University of Maryland, B.S. (1949).
ISADOR Raichlen Assistant in Pharmacy
Univer.sity of Maryland, B.S. (1950).
William Charles Rossberg Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1946).
Library Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S. Librarian
Alice Jean Lajewski, B.A., B.S.L.S. Assistant Librarian
Clara Louise Meckel, A.B., B.S.L.S Cataloguer
Charlotte Wilson Assistant to Cataloguer
Elizabeth Crouse Library Assistant
Assisting Staff
Margaret E. Beatty Senior Stenographer
Daisy Lotz Gue Stenographer-Secretary
* Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
908 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
HISTORY
The School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland, formerly the
Maryland College of Pharmacy, was organized on July 20, 1840, by a
forward-looking group of apothecaries and physicians then practicing in
the State of Maryland, who recognized the necessity for more thoroughly
educated and better-trained pharmacists if this rapidly growing phase of
medical service was to be properly developed. It was incorporated on
January 27, 1841, and the first course of lectures was begun in November
of the same year. The College continued to operate as an independent
institution until 1904, when it was amalgamated with the group of pro-
fessional schools in Baltimore then known as the University of Maryland.
It became a department of the State University when the old University
of Maryland was merged with the Maryland State College in 1920. With
but one short intermission just prior to 1856, it has continuously exer-
cised its functions as a teaching institution.
AIMS AND PURPOSES
The School of Pharmacy provides systematic instruction in pharmacy,
the collateral sciences, and such other subjects as are deemed to be essen-
tial in the education of a pharmacist. Its chief aim is to prepare its
matriculants for the intelligent practice of dispensing pharmacy, but it
also offers the facilities and instruction necessary for the attainment of
proficiency in the practice of the other branches of the profession and in
pharmaceutical research.
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
The School occupies the building erected for it by the State at the
northwest corner of Lombard and Greene Streets, in Baltimore. This is
a commodious six-story laboratory and classroom building especially
designed to house the work of pharmacy. It is completely equipped
throughout, and offers every facility for the undergraduate student to
carry on the work necessary to acquire a thorough knowledge of phar-
macy, and to the graduate student for the pursuit of research in the vari-
ous fields of pharmacy, and the collateral sciences.
Four lecture rooms seating 116 to 145 students, and four recitation
rooms with a seating capacity of 35 to 40 students are available in this
building. These are equipped with modern tables for lecture demonstra-
tions in the sciences, with lanterns and screens and the other devices
commonly used in lecture and recitation work.
The building provides laboratory space for drug milling and the vari-
ous courses in pharmacy; for the several courses in chemistry; for
instruction in botany and pharmacognosy; for work in the biological
sciences, zoology, bacteriology, physiology, and pharmacology; for the
pursuit of research in any of these departments.
The building also provides library facilities. It contains a well-lighted
reading-room with accommodations for 100 students, and a stack-room
space to accommodate 12,000 volumes. At the present time the library
contains more than 11,000 books and periodicals pertaining to pharmacy
and the collateral sciences. Additional library facilities are available at
the Medical School Library, which is only a few doors away, the Enoch
Pratt Free Library, the Peabody Library, and the libraries of the various
departments of the Johns Hopkins University.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 909
RECOGNITION
The school is accredited by the American Council of Pharmaceutical
Education as a Class A School, and holds membership in the American
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Its diploma is recognized by all
the states.
COURSES AND DEGREES
A four-year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) is offered. The first three years of the cur-
riculum are the same for all students taking this course, but the work of
the fourth year may be varied within the limits set forth on page 922.
Advanced courses are offered in pharmacy, pharmaceutical chemistry,
pharmacology, pharmacognosy, and bacteriology. The degree of Master
of Science (M.S.) is conferred upon graduates of the four-year course
who have completed at least one year of graduate work and have pre-
sented a satisfactory thesis. Candidates for this degree may take all of
the work in the School of Pharmacy. Candidates for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) may also take the major portion of the
required work in the School of Pharmacy. All candidates for these
degrees, however, must register in the Graduate School of the University
and meet the requirements of that School. For detailed information
concerning registration requirements for admission, etc, see the catalogue
of the Graduate School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION*
The requirements for admission meet fully those prescribed by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, and the American As-
sociation of Colleges of Pharmacy.
ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN CLASS FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS
An applicant from a secondary school may be admitted either by cer-
tificate, or by examination, or by a combination of the two methods.
Admission by Certificate: An applicant must be a graduate of a
secondary school which is approved by the State Board of Education of
Maryland or by an accredited agency of at least equal rank, and which
requires for graduation not less than 16 units, grouped as follows:
Distribution of Units between Required and Elective Subjects: Re-
quired subjects 8 units, elective 8 units, total 16 units.
Required Subjects: English (I, II, III, IV), 4 units; algebra to quad-
ratics, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; science, 1 unit.
Total, 8 units.
Elective Subjects: Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, civics, eco-
nomics, general science, geology, history, vocational subjects (agricul-
ture, commercial drawing, home economics, shops, etc.), foreign lan-
guages, mathematics, physical geography, physics, zoology, or any subject
offered in a standard high or preparatory school for which graduation
credit is granted toward college or university entrance. Total, 8 units, of
which not more than four shall be vocational units.
A unit represents a year's study in any subject in a secondary school,
and constitutes approximately one-fourth of a full year's work. It pre-
supposes a school year of 36 to 40 weeks, recitation periods of from 40
* The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with sufficient scholastic
credit, whose presence in the School would in the judgment of the Faculty Council be
detrimental to the best interests of the School.
910 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to 60 minutes, and for each study four or five class exercises a week.
Double laboratory periods in any science or vocational study are consid-
ered as equivalent to one class exercise. Normally, not more than three
units are allowed for four years of English. If, however, a fifth course
has been taken, an extra unit will be granted.
A graduate of an approved secondary school in Maryland who meets
the certification requirements of the State Department of Education, or
the Department of Education of Baltimore City, will be considered for
admission upon presentation of the proper certificate from the principal.
A graduate who does not fully meet these requirements may be required
to present further evidence of ability to undertake college work. At the
discretion of the Director of Admissions, this may include an appropriate
examination. Such examination will be given during the first week of
each of the months of June, July, August and September at College
Park, Md. Applicants concerned will be notified when and where to re-
port.
An applicant for admission by certificate from a secondary school not
located in Maryland must be recommended by the principal, and should
have attained the certification-to-college grade of the school. If the
school does not have such quality grade, then the applicant's school
grades must be at least ten points or one letter higher than the lowest
passing grade of the school.
Admission by Examination: An applicant from a secondary school
who is not eligible for admission by certificate may seek entrance through
either of two types of examination: (1) he may appeal to the Director of
Admissions for permission to report at the University for an examin-
ation, the result of which will be used in conjunction with the secondary
school record to determine whether the applicant should be admitted, or
(2) he may be admitted on presenting evidence of having passed satisfac-
torily other approved examinations in the subjects required for grad-
uation from an accredited secondary school. Such examinations are
offered by the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton,
N. J., the Regents of the University of the State of New York, Albany,
and the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania,
Harrisburg.
Applicants must be approved by the Director of Admissions, and must
also meet the admission requirements established by the Committee
on Admissions of the School of Pharmacy.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
An applicant for admission with advanced standing must present
official transcript of his high school and college records and a certificate
of honorable dismissal from the college from which he is transferring.
If the transcript of his college record shows the average of the grades
received to be at least a "C" or one letter higher than the minimum
passing grade, and if he has satisfied all other admission requirements,
he may be admitted and given advanced standing as follows:
A student transferring from a college of pharmacy accredited by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education may be admitted to
advanced standing without examination and be given credit for that por-
tion of the work of the first three years of the pharmacy curriculum
which he may have completed.
A student transferring from a recognized non-pharmacy college may
be admitted to advanced standing without examination and be given
credit for the work completed in the general cultural or foundational
subjects of the pharmacy curriculum.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 911
No more than one year of credit in time will be given to any student
applying for advanced standing from any institution other than a col-
lege of pharmacy, unless such credit shall be for graduate v^^ork in ap-
plied subjects done in a recognized graduate school or other educational
institution.
In order that the training of the applicant for advanced standing may
be equal to that of the members of the class which he seeks to enter, he
will be required to take those courses, which the class has completed but
which he has not completed and such courses will be given precedence
over the more advanced courses in preparing his schedule of studies.
An applicant for advanced standing will not be given more favorable
classification than he would have received in the college from which he
transfers.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
An application blank for admission may be had by applying to the
office of the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland or the
Dean of Pharmacy. The form must be filled out in full with the names
of all schools attended, signed by the applicant and returned to the office
of the Director of Admissions with the required photographs and the
five-dollar investigation fee not earlier than Janviary first of the de-
sired year of admission. Do not send diplomas or certificates. The
Director of Admissions will secure all necessary credentials after the
application has been received. Do not make application unless reason-
ably certain that preparation is sufficient or unless intending to complete
preparation if insufficient. Ample time should be allowed for securing
credentials and investigating schools. If the applicant qualifies for the
study of the profession, a certificate of entrance will be issued.
REGISTRATION WITH THE MARYLAND BOARD OF PHARMACY
The Maryland Pharmacy Law, as amended in 1931, requires all stu-
dents entering upon the study of Pharmacy in the State to file applica-
tion with the Maryland Board of Pharmacy. The law reads as follows:
"Any person enrolling as a student in pharmacy in any school or col-
lege of pharmacy in this state shall, not later than thirty days after en-
rolling, file with the Secretary of the Maryland Board of Pharmacy, an
application for registration as a student of pharmacy in which said appli-
cation he shall be required to furnish such information as the Board may
deem appropriate, and simultaneously with the filing of said application,
shall pay tlie Board a fee of one dollar; all such students of pharmacy
shall, at the beginning of any subsequent school or college year, submit
to the said Board a sworn statement of any and all actual drugstore ex-
perience acquired during the preceding vacation months."
MATRICULATION AND REGISTRATION
All students are required to report in person for enrollment at the office
of the Secretary of the School of Pharmacy during the registration
period at the beginning of each semester. A student entering for the
first time must matriculate before he will be permitted to register.
All students must complete their registration at the office of the Regis-
trar on the days scheduled in the calendar. Under no condition will a
student be permitted to enter classes before he has completed registra-
tion. Students who fail to register on the days scheduled are required
to pay a late registration fee of five dollars ($5.00). The last day for
registration with the payment of the late registration fee is Saturday
at noon following the last day scheduled for registration in the calendar.
This rule may be waived only upon the written recommendation of the
Dean.
912 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FEES AND EXPENSES
Application fee (With application) $ 5.00
Matriculation fee (First-year only) 10.00
Tuition fee (per semester) :
Residents of Maryland 115.00
Non-Residents 140.00
Laboratory fee (per semester) 35.00
Graduation fee (Senior year) 15.00
Special fees:
Penalty for late registration or non-payment in full of fees
when due 5.00
Special examination 2.00
A student registered for twelve semester hours or more will be charged
the full fees. A student registered for less than twelve hours will be
charged on a subject basis at the rate of $9.00 per semester hour plus
an additional $1.00 per semester hour for courses requiring laboratory
work. A student given the privilege of registering for more than the
regularly scheduled work for a semester will be charged an additional
fee for each extra course.
In addition to the regular fees, there are other expenses. Each student
is required to pay $7.50 each semester to the "Students' Activity Fund"
which is used to defray the cost of extra-curricular activities. The ex-
penditure of approximately $100.00 per academic year is necessary for
the purchase of books, weights, dissecting instruments, and incidentals.
FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
Matriculation fee of $10.00.
General fee of $10.00 per semester hour' required of all graduate stu-
dents except assistants, who will pay a fee of $5.00 per semester hour in
laboratory courses only.
Non-resident fee — $12.50 per semester hour.
Diploma fee — Master's degree — $10.00.
Doctor's degree — $30.00.
PAYMENTS AND EXPLANATION OF FEES
A fee of $5.00 is charged to cover the cost of examining applicant's
record. This fee should be sent in with the completed application blank.
The Matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged but once. This fee and
a deposit of $50.00 on tuition is required at the time the applicant is
accepted for admission. This $60.00 is not returnable and will be for-
feited if the applicant fails to register. Registration of a student in
any school or college of the University is regarded as registration in
the University of Maryland, but when such student transfers to a pro-
fessional school of the University or from one professional school to
another, he is required to pay the matriculation fee charged by the
school to which he transfers.
A tuition fee of $115.00 per semester is charged a student who is a
resident of Maryland (See definition of resident student). A student who
is not a resident of Maryland is charged an additional $25.00 per semes-
ter. The tuition fee must be paid during the registration period at the
beginning of each semester.
A laboratory fee of $35.00 per semester is charged to cover materials
and apparatus used in laboratory work. This fee must be paid during the
registration period at the beginning of each semester.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 913
A graduation fee of $15.00 is charged. This fee must be paid not later
than the registration period for the last semester of the senior year.
Special fees are charged as indicated in the preceding table. The pen-
alty fee for late registration or non-payment of fees in full must be paid
before the end of the semester in which these fees are due. The fee for
an examination to remove a condition or for a special examination must
be paid before the student takes the examination and the receipt for pay-
ment must be presented to the teacher giving the examination.
The foregoing requirements with regard to the payment of fees will be
rigidly enforced. Failure to meet any of the above conditions will auto-
matically disbar a student from attendance in classes and from all other
privileges of the School.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENT STUDENT
A student who is a minor is considered to be a resident student if, at
the time of his registration, his parents have been residents of this State
for at least one year.
An adult student is considered to be a resident if, at the time of his
registration, he has been a resident of this State for at least one year;
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of
his first registration in the University and may not thereafter be changed
by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become
legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence for at least
one full calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to
change from a non-resident to a resident status must be established by
him prior to registration for a semester in any academic year.
WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN OF FEES
If a student desii'es or is compelled to withdraw from the School at
any time during the academic year, he should file a written request for
withdrawal with the Dean.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the
written consent of the student's parents or guardian.
A student who fails to withdraw in the required manner will not be
entitled to an honorable dismissal and will forfeit his right to any
refund to which he might otherwise be entitled.
The matriculation fee is not subject to return. Other fees will be
returned in the case of the withdrawal of a student during a semester,
in accordance with the following schedule:
Period from date instruction begins:
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks No return
The $60.00 deposit required of all entering students will not be returned
under any circumstances.
914 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Any student or alumnus may secure a transcript of his scholastic
record from the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy so
furnished, but for each additional copy there is a charge of $1.00.
Transcript records are of two kinds :
(a) Informal transcripts which may be obtained by the student or
alumnus for such personal use as he may wish; and
(b) Official transcripts, bearing the University seal, which are for-
warded, on request, to educational institutions, Government
agencies, etc. as attested evidence of the student's record at the
School of Pharmacy and his honorable dismissal therefrom.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished in the case of any
student or alumnus whose financial obligations to the School of Pharmacy
have not been satisfied.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
A student must have entered and be in attendance on the day the regu-
lar session opens and remain until the close of the session, the dates for
which are given in the calendar in this catalogue, to receive credit for a
full session.
A student may register and enter not later than five days after the be-
ginning of the session, but such delinquency will be charged as absence
from class. In case of serious personal illness, as attested by a physi-
cian, a student may register not later than the fifteenth day following
the announced opening of the regular session.
Regular attendance is demanded of all students. No student will be
admitted to the final examination in any subject in which he or she has
not attended at least 85 per cent, of the classes therein. Further ab-
sence will not be excused.
A tardiness of one-half or more of a lecture or laboratory period will
be counted as an absence. Two tardinesses of less than one-half of a lec-
ture or laboratory period will be counted as an absence.
EXAMINATIONS
Written and oral examinations are given at different intervals
throughout the session. Final examinations are held at the close of
each semester. The final grade of a student in each subject is deter-
mined by these examinations.
Examinations for the completion of the courses in which a student
received a grade of "Incomplete" will be held only on the dates an-
nounced by the Dean.
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course
must report to the Dean as soon as practical. If the Dean is satisfied
that the absence was justifiable, he will give permission for a deferred
examination.
SCALE OF GRADING
The scholastic standing of a student is recorded in terms of the fol-
lowing symbols: A, B, C, and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete.
A denotes superior scholarship; B, good scholarship; C, fair scholar-
ship; and D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, values in "points" are assigned to
the following grades: A = 4; B = 3; C = 2; D = l; F == 0.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 915
Grade F, Failed, obtained at the close of a course indicates insufficient
attendance to take the final examination, discontinuance of the course
without the consent of the Dean, or a record so poor that a student is
required to repeat the work in class.
Grade I, Incomplete, is given only to a student who has a proper ex-
cuse for not presenting himself for examination or for not completing
the work of any course. It is not understood to signify work of an in-
ferior quality. It will be replaced by a definite grade when all require-
ments for the course have been met.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
A student must have a grade point average of not less than 1.5 for
each year's work to be promoted to the second year class, and to the
third year class. For the purpose of classification he will be considered
as a member of the advanced class if he has met these requirements in
not less than 30 of the scheduled semester credits per year, except as
hereinafter stated for promotion from the third to the fourth year.
A student must have completed all of the scheduled work of the third
year with a grade point of not less than 2.0 to be promoted to the fourth
year. A grade point of 2.0 is also required of the fourth year.
A student, who fails to obtain passing grades in less than four-fifths of
the scheduled work, will be placed on probation. A student, who fails
to obtain passing grades in one-half of the scheduled work, will be
required to withdraw.
A student on probation, who fails to obtain passing grades in all of
the work for which he is scheduled with a grade count of not less than
five points in excess of the number of credit hours represented, will be
required to withdraw.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of pharmacy demands, and the School of Pharmacy
requires, evidence of good moral character of its students. The conduct
of a student in relation to his work and fellow students will be used by
the faculty in determing the fitness of a student to enter into the con-
fidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity, truthfulness,
sobriety, temperate habits, respect for authority and associates, and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be con-
sidered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting
of a degree.
Any offense against good conduct, in the ordinary meaning of the
term, will render a student liable to disciplinary action, whether or not a
formal rule against the offense has been published.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) will
be conferred upon a candidate who has met the following requirements:
1. Completion of the full prescribed curriculum (see page 22). The
work of the last year must have been in courses offered in this
school and must have been done in residence at this school.
2. A total semester credit of not less than 140, with a grade point
average of not less than 1.75.
PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
MARYLAND PHARMACY LAW
The Pharmacy Law of Maryland requires four years of practical
experience for registration as a pharmacist. The time spent in a recog-
nized school or college of pharmacy is credited toward the practical
experience required to the extent of not more than three years.
916 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
In view of this requirement, prospective students are advised to secure
employment, if possible, before entering the School,
EMPLOYMENT
A student should come prepared, if possible, to sustain himself finan-
cially during the entire period of attendance, as all of the time available
should be spent in the preparation and completion of the scheduled work.
Baltimore offers a number of opportunities to secure suitable employment,
but it is recommended that students should refrain from working during
the school session. The Secretary of the School maintains a register of
positions available in drug stores during summer and other vacation
periods.
HOUSING
The University of Maryland does not provide any housing or living
accommodations on the campus of the School of Pharmacy. However,
the Secretary has on file a list of available rooms. In addition, there
are the usual living accommodations offered by the Y. M. C. A. and
other similar organizations.
PARKING
The University of Maryland does not provide any parking facilities
on university parking lots for students.
LIBRARY REGULATIONS
Loan Regulations:
Loan periods have been established according to demand for and pro-
tection of books, journals and other materials:
Reserve Books: 4 p. m.-ll a. m. Advance reserves accepted, but
no renewals.
Current Journals: One-day circulation for latest issue; others,
two weeks.
Reference Books: Use in library only for specified reference
material.
All Other Books and Journals: Two weeks (plus one renewal of
two weeks).
Fines :
Fines are imposed to assure that all students may have equal access
to books:
Reserve Books: 15(} for first hour; S*;* for each additional hour, or
fraction thereof.
Other Loans: 5(i per day.
Lost Books: List price of the book. (Losses should be reported
immediately.)
All books must be returned, lost books replaced or paid for, and fines
paid before a student can finish the year in good standing.
FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS
The H. a. B. Dunning Research Fellowship
Dr. H. A. B. Dunning, the well-known retail and manufacturing pharm-
acist of Baltimore, who was for a number of years associate professor
of chemistry in the School, and whose interest in his Alma Mater is still
active, has contributed $1,000.00 annually since 1930 to maintain a re-
search fellowship in pharmaceutical chemistry. This fellowship is
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 917
awarded annually to a student in pharmacy who has completed four
years of college work, and who gives evidence of a special aptitude for
investigational work in pharmaceutical chemistry.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Fellowships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Educations offers
annual fellowships for graduate students who desire to major in phar-
macy, pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacology and pharmacognosy and
who have been admitted pi; certified as eligible for registration in the
Graduate School. These fellowships carry an annual stipend of from
$1000.00 to $1500.00 for full-time work, plus an allowance of up to
$500.00 for tuition, fees and supplies for students not receiving G. I.
benefits. Applications should be made directly to the American Founda-
tion for Pharmaceutical Education, 1450 Broadway, New York 18, N. Y.
Bristol Laboratories Inc. Fellowship in Pharmaceutical Chemistry
The Bristol Laboratories, Inc. has contributed funds sufficient to pro-
vide a fellowship paying $1200.00 annually for the purpose of support-
ing investigations in pharmaceutical chemistry. The fellowship will be
awarded by the faculty to a graduate student who possesses the qualifica-
tions required by the research studies to be undertaken.
Centennial Research Fund Fellowships
The amount of $2,796.50 was collected in connection with the celebra-
tion of the 100th Anniversary of the founding of the School of Pharmacy.
This sum will be used to provide two fellowships for research studies
distributed over the following fields: pharmacy, pharmaceutical chem-
istry, pharmacology, bacteriology and pharmacognosy. The selection of
the recipients of these fellowships will be made by the faculty with the
approval of the Dean.
The Hudnut Sales Co. Fellowship
The Hudnut Sales Co., of New York, has contributed funds sufficient
to provide a fellowship paying $1,000.00 annually for two years for re-
search in pharmaceutical chemistry and the allied sciences. This fellow-
ship will be awarded for research in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharma-
cology or pharmacy.
Research Grant of the Alumni Association of the
School of Pharmacy
The Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy has agreed to
deposit each year the sum of $100.00 with the School of Pharmacy as a
research grant, to be placed to the credit of a student selected by the
Committee on the Research Grant of the Alumni Association to enable
him to engage in pharmaceutical research in the School of Pharmacy
during the next scholastic year. The research conducted shall be of
general pharmaceutical interest, and shall be submitted for publication in
one of the pharmaceutical journals when completed and accepted.
Assistantships
A number of assistantships have been established by the School. The
stipend for these is $1000.00 for the academic year, and the remission
of all graduate fees except the laboratory fees and the diploma fee.
Assistants are required to render such service in laboratory and di-
dactic work as are prescribed by the heads of the respective depart-
ments in which they are serving. The usual amount of services required
does not exceed 14 clock-hours per week, which enables an assistant to
carry half of a full graduate program.
918 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Internships in Hospital Pharmacy
Several internships in hospital pharmacy are available annually. These
are offered jointly by the School of Pharmacy and the Graduate School
of the University of Maryland, and the Pharmacy Department of The
Johns Hopkins Hospital. Applicants must be graduates of recognized
schools of pharmacy. Appointments are for a period of twenty-two
months, beginning each September 1st. Interns devote half time to
graduate study and half time to work in the hospital pharmacy. Upon
satisfactorj' completion of the internship and the course of study, Master
of Science degrees are conferred by the University of Maryland and
certificates of internship are awarded by The Johns Hopkins Hospital.
A stipend of $100.00 per month is provided by the Hospital and a
reduction of 25% in tuition fees is allowed by the School of Pharmacy.
Complete information on this program may be secured by addressing
inquiries to the Chief Pharmacist, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Balti-
more 5, Maryland, or the Dean of the School of Pharmacy.
The Charles Landon Henry Memorial Scholarship
In memory of her husband, Charles Landon Henry, who was for many
years a loyal member of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association, who
was active in pharmaceutical affairs in Maryland and neighboring states,
and who was especially interested in the welfare and progress of worthy
young people, Mrs. Nora Howard Henry endowed a scholarship to be
awarded annually by the faculty to a fourth-year student who has shown
superior proficiency in his or her work in practical and commercial
pharmacy. The award amounts to approximately $100.00.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Scholarships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education will con-
tribute an amount of $400.00 which will be matched with an equal
amount of $400.00 by the School of Pharmacy. The amount provided by
the Foundation is available only to juniors or seniors who rank in the
upper quarter of their class. The amount provided by the School is avail-
able to any undergraduate student who, as high school or college stu-
dents, have maintained a rank in the upper quarter of their class.
Read Drug and Chemical Co. Scholarships
The Read Drug and Chemical Co., of Baltimore, Maryland, has con-
tributed sufficient funds to provide two scholarships paying $250.00 an-
nually and has also contributed through the American Foundation for
Pharmaceutical Education funds sufficient to provide one scholarship of
$250.00 annually for students who meet the qualifications stated under
the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education scholarships.
The Charles Caspari, Jr., Memorial Loan Fund
In memory of Prof. Charles Caspari, Jr., a former dean of the School
of Pharmacy, and in keeping with the modesty, lack of ostentation, eager-
ness for service and helpfulness to others, which were striking character-
istics of Professor Caspari, a number of friends and alumni have made
contributions to establish a fund in his name. Loans are made from this
fund to members of the fourth-year class upon the recommendation of
the Dean.
L. Manuel Hendler Loan Fund
On March 7, 1932, there was established by Mr. L. Manuel Hendler, of
Baltimore, a fund to be loaned to needy students. This fund is available
to junior and senior students only, and loans therefrom are made upon
the recommendation of the Dean.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 919
HONORS AND AWARDS
School Awards
General — A gold medal will be awarded annually to the candidate for
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, whose deportment is
creditable, and who has attained the highest general average, not below
B. Certificates of Honor will be awarded to the three students having the
highest general average, next to the winner of the general prize, provided
this does not fall below B,
Third Year — Honorable Mention will be made of the first three stu-
dents having the highest general average, provided this does not fall
below B.
The WILLLA.M Simon Memorial Prize
In honor of the late Dr. William Simon, for thirty years professor of
chemistry in the School of Pharmacy, a gold medal will be awarded by
the Faculty to a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Phar-
macy for superior proficiency in the field of practical and analytical
chemistry. The recipient must stand high in all subjects. In recommend-
ing a student for the prize, the professor of chemistry will be guided in
his judgment of the student's ability as much by observation and personal
contact as by grades made in examinations.
The Andrew G. DuMez Medal
In memorj' of Dr. Andrew G. DuMez, a scientist and educator, who
for twenty-two years was dean and professor of pharmacy in the School
of Pharmacy, Mrs. Andrew G. DuMez has provided a gold medal to be
awarded by the faculty to a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Pharmacy, for superior proficiency in pharmacy.
The L. S. Williams Practical Pharmacy Prize
The late L. S. Williams (Class of 1909) placed in trust the sum of
approximately $1,000.00, the income therefrom to be awarded annually
by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to the senior student having
the highest general average throughout the course in practical and dis-
pensing pharmacy.
The Conrad L. Wich Botany and Pharmacognosy Prize
In appreciation of the assistance which the Maryland College of Phar-
macy extended to him as a young man, Mr. Conrad L. Wich (Class of
1882), placed in trust the sum of $500.00, the income therefrom to be
awarded annually by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to the senior
student who has done exceptional work throughout the course in Botany
and Pharmacognosy.
David Fink Memorial Prize
Mr. Samuel I. Raichlen, Class of 1925, offers a new United States
Dispensatory as a prize in memory of David Fink, Class of 1924, to be
awarded annually by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to a senior
student for proficiency in the general practice of pharmacy.
Beta Chapter, Phi Alpha Fraternity Cup
The Beta Chapter of the Phi Alpha Fraternity has provided a cup in
memory of Joseph J. Fine, Melvin S. Adalman and Albert Goldberg,
who died in the service of their country. This cup is to be awarded an-
nually to the senior student selected by the Faculty as having exhibited
outstanding qualities of character and leadership.
Kappa Chapter, Alpha Zeta Omega Prize
The Kappa Chapter of the Alpha Zeta Omega Fraternity has provided
a prize to be awarded annually to the senior student chosen by the
Faculty Council for proficiency in pharmacology.
920 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Merck Awards
Merck & Company, Inc., Rahway, New Jersey, offers a set of valuable
reference books to the senior student who attains the highest standing
in pharmacy. A second set of books is given to the senior student who
has the highest standing in pharmaceutical chemistry.
Bristol Laboratories Inc. Award
A copy of Gould's "Medical Dictionary" has been made available by
the Bristol Laboratories Inc. as an award to the senior student who has
contributed the most to pharmacy through his extra-curricular activities.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Student Council
The Student Council is an organization of students established for the
purpose of supervising in a general way the social and extra-curricular
activities of the student body, to assist in maintaining a proper decorum
among students when in attendance upon instruction, and to foster and
encourage a class spirit which will reflect honor on the splendid tradi-
tions of the School. The council consists of twelve members, three
elected by each of the four classes, four ex-officio members who are the
presidents of the respective classes, and a faculty advisor.
Rho Chi Honorary Pharmaceutical Society
Omicron chapter of the Rho Chi, national honorary pharmaceutical
society, was established at the University of Maryland in 1930. Charters
for chapters of this organization are granted only to groups in schools
or colleges that are members in good standing of the American Associa-
tion of Colleges of Pharmacy. Eligibility for membership in the Society
is based on high attainment in scholarship, character, personality, and
leadership. All candidates selected for membership must have completed
75 credit hours of college work, and must be approved by the Dean of
the School of Pharmacy.
Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical
Association
The Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association
was organized in November, 1935.
The object of the Auxiliary is to provide for the participation of stu-
dents in the activities of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association to the
end that their interest in pharmaceutical association work may be awak-
ened and guided; and to familiarize them vdth the conditions existing in
and the problems confronting their profession.
Officers (1950-51)
President — William Owen Williams, Fourth-Year Class.
First Vice-President — Robert Francis Wolf, Third-Year Class.
Second Vice-President — David D. Greenfeld, Second-Year Class.
Secretary — Mary Wallace Connelly, Fourth-Year Class.
Treasurer — John Leonard O'Neal, Fourth-Year Class.
Editor — Normal Wallis Walter, Fourth-Year Class.
Advisory Committee
James B. Walter, Jr., Fourth-Year Class.
Sidney Shifrin, Third-Year Class.
John Gerald Bringenberg, Second-Year Class.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 921
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy
OF THE University of Maryland
A meeting of the graduates of the School of Pharmacy of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, then the Maryland College of Pharmacy, was held
on May 15, 1871. At this meeting there was organized the Society of
the Alumni of the Maryland College of Pharmacy. This society con-
tinued its separate existence as such or as the Alumni Association of the
Maryland College of Pharmacy until 1907, when the General Alumni
Association of the University of Maryland was formed. Following the
organization of the General Alumni Association, the Society remained
dormant until June 4, 1926, when it was reorganized as the Alumni As-
sociation of the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland. The
active membership of the Association is now approximately 600 and is
growing steadily. The following are its officers:
Officers (1950-51)
George Avery Bunting, Honorary President
Frank Block, President of the Association
4007 Liberty Heights Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
Francis S. Balassone, First Vice-President
140 Denison Street, Baltimore, Md.
Samuel I. Raichlen, Second Vice-President
2114 Park Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
B. Olive Cole, Secretary
32 S. Greene Street, Baltimore, Md.
Mrs. Frank M. Budacz, Secretary
1202 Argonne Drive, Baltimore, Md.
Executive Committee
Frank Block, Chairman i
The Honorary President {Ex Officio)
Morris L. Cooper i
WiLMER J. Heer
Henry M. Golditch
Alexander J. Ogrinz, Jr.
Committee on School of Pharmacy of the Maryland
Pharmaceutical Association
When the School of Pharmacy became a part of the State Universitj
in 1920, the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association in order to assist in
the advancement of pharmaceutical education, appointed a standing com-
mittee, known as the Committee on School of Pharmacy. The duties of
this Committee are to represent the Association in all matters pertain-
ing to the School of Pharmacy and pharmaceutical education. The fol-
lowing are the present members of the Committee:
Harry S. Harrison, Chairman
Joseph Cohen Joseph P. Marmor
Wilmer J. Heer Gordon A. Mouat
L. M. Kantner Stephen J. Provenza
J. L. Kronthal Simon Solomon
922
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CURRICULUM
COURSES, HOURS AND CREDITS
First Semester
Second Semester
Title and Number of Course
First Year
3, Inorganic and Qualitative
tCheniistry 1
Analysis
fEnglisli 1, 2, Survey and Composition
fMatlieniatics 10 or 15
fMatheniatics 11 or 17
fModern Language 1, 2, or 6, 7, French or
German
tSpeech 1, 2, Reading and Speaking
•(■Zoology 1, General
tZoology 4, Vertebrate
Second Year
♦Chemistry 15, Quantitative Analysis..
tCheniistry 35, 37, Organic
tChernistry 30, 38, Organic
Pharmacy 1, 2, Galenical
tl'hysics 10, 11, General
Pliysiology 22, General
Third Year
♦Bacteriology 1, General
♦Bacteriology 115, Serology and Immunology
Chemistry 53, Pharmaceutical Testing and
Assaying
♦Chemistry 153, Biological
Pharmacognosy 51, General
Pharmacognosy 52, General
Pharmacy 51, 53, Dispensing
Pharmacy 52, 54, Dispensing
Pharmacy 01, History
♦Pliarniacy Administration 37, Economics
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113, Medicinal Products
l'"irst Aid 1, Standard
Pharmacology 81, 82, Pharmacology and
Biological Assaying
Pharmacy 101, 102, Manufacturing
Pharmacy Administration 20, Accounting
Pharmacy Administration 51, Management.
Pharmacy Administration 02, Law
Pharmacy Administration 72, Marketing
Elect ives't
Fourth Year (Electives)t
Chemistry 99, Glassworking
Chemistry 112. 114, Medicinal Products
tCheniistry 187, 188, 189. 190, Physical
■JKnglish 3, 4, Composition and World
Literature
tLanguage 0, 7, Scientific German
tMathematics 20, 21, Calculus
Pharmacognosy 01, Pesticides
Pharmacy 111, 112, Advanced Prescription
Compounding
Pharmacy 120. Hospital Pharmacy
Administration
Hrs. Per Week
18
Hrs. Per Week
t Instruction in those courses given by the College of Arts and Sciences.
♦Additional courses approved for credit in the College of Arts and Sciences.
t The electives must be approved by the Dean.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
923
CURRICULUM
SUMMARY OF HOURS AND CREDITS
Course
Didactic
Laboratory
Total
Credit
hours
First Year
Chemistry 1, 3
64
96
48
48
96
32
64
192
2.56
96
48
48
96
32
208
8
English 1, 2
6
3
Mathematics 11, 17
3
Modern Language 1, 2 or 6, 7
6
Speech
2
144
7
Total
448
32
96
336
96
784
128
96
128
250
160
112
35
Second Year
4
Chemistry 35, 37
4
Chemistry 36, 38
128
128
64
48
4
128
96
64
10
Physics 10, 11
8
Physiology 22
5
Total
416
32
32
32
64
32
32
64
464
64
64
96
64
80
80
880
96
96
128
128
112
112
64
192
16
48
35
Third Year
Bacteriology 1
4
4
4
Chemistry 153
5
Pharmacognosy 51 ,
4
4
4
Pharmacy 52, 54
192
4
Pharmacy 61
16
48
1
3
Total
352
96
16
64
32
16
32
48
32
96t
640
992
96
16
256
96
64
32
48
32
352t
37
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113
4
First Aid 1
1
Pharmacology 81, 82
192
64
48
8
Pharmacy 101, 102
2
Pharmacy Administration 20
2
2
3
2
256t
12
Total
432
560
96
128
992
96
128
96
192
96
96
96
80
128
32
784
880
992
992
36
Fourth Year (Electives)
Chemistry 99
2
Chemistry 112, 114
4
Chemistry 187, 189
96
6
Chemistry 188, 190
192
4
English 3. 4
96
96
96
16
32
32
448
416
352
432
6
6
Mathematics 20, 21
6
Pharmacognosy 61
64
96
2
Pharmacy 111, 112
4
Pharmacy 120
2
Sl-TMMARY
First Year
336
464
640
560
35
Second Year
35
Third Year
37
Fourth Year
36
Total
1,648
2,000
3,648
143*
t Average.
* A minimum of 140 credits required for graduation.
924 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BACTERIOLOGY
1. General Bacteriology — (4) Third year, first semester, two lec-
tures, two laboratories. Shay and Joseph.
Introduction to general bacteriology with special emphasis on the
study of pathogenic microorganisms, including the public health aspects
of the prevention and control of communicable diseases.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
115. Serology and Immunology — (4) Third year, second semester,
two lectures, two laboratories, Shay and Joseph.
A study of the principles of immunity, including the preparation and
use of biological products employed in the prevention and treatment of
infectious diseases.
For Graduates
200, 201. Chemotherapy — (1, 1) One lecture. (Given in alternate
years.) Shay.
A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value
of drugs employed in the treatment of parasitic diseases.
202, 203. Reagents and Media — (1, 1) One Lecture. (Given in
alternate years.) Shay.
A study of the methods of preparation and use of bacteriological
reagents and media.
210. Special Problems in Bacteriology. Shay.
A laboratory course on selected problems in bacteriology. Credit de-
termined by the amount and quality of work performed.
211. Public Health — (1-2) One lecture. Shay.
Prerequisites — Bacteriology 1, 115.
Lectures and discussions on the organization and administration of
state and municipal health departments and private health agencies. The
courses will also include a study of laboratory methods.
221. Research in Bacteriology. Shay.
Credit determined by the amount and quality of the work performed.
CHEMISTRY
1, 3. General Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis —
(4, 4) First year, two lecturers, two laboratories. Miller and Adams.
A study of the metals and non-metals with emphasis on chemical
theory and important generalizations. The laboratory work deals with
fundamental principles, the preparation and purification of compounds,
and the systematic qualitative analysis of the more common cations and
anions.
35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry — (2, 2) Second year, two
lectures. Miller and Kramer.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 1, 3.
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry.
• Courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores are numbered 1-49 ; for
juniors and seniors 50-99 ; for advanced undergrraduates and srraduates 100-199 ; and
for graduates only 200-299.
The semester hour, which is the unit of credit, is the equivalent of a subject pur-
sued one period a vyeek for one semester. A laboratory period is equivalent to one
lecture or recitation period.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 925
36. 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory — (2, 2) Second year, two
laboratories. Miller and Kramer.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 35, 37 or current registration therein.
A study of the general procedures used in organic laboratory.
15. Quantitative Analysis — (4) Second year, first semester, two
lectures and two laboratories. Eager and Stahl.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 1, 3.
A study of the gravimetric and volumetric procedures and theory, and
their application to pharmaceutical analyses.
53. Pharmaceutical Testing and Assaying — (4) Third year, sec-
ond semester, two lectures and two laboratories. Hager and Stahl.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.
Quantitative methods applied to the chemical assay of crude drugs and
of official preparations.
99. Glassworking — (1-1) Laboratory, fourth year, either semester.
Hager.
Prerequisite — Consent of the instructor.
Simple operations in the bending, heating and blowing of glass, repair
and construction of apparatus.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111, 113. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (2, 2) Fourth year.
three lectures. Hager.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37, 53.
A survey of the structural relationships, the synthesis and chemical
properties of medicinal products.
112, 114. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (2, 2) Fourth year,
two laboratories. Hager and Stahl.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113, or may be taken simultaneously with
Chemistry 111, 113.
Laboratory exercises dealing with important and characteristic chemi-
cal properties of pharmaceutical and medicinal products.
142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory — (2, 2) Any one or two
semesters. Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 37, 38, or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to more difficult organic preparations and a
study of the quantitative determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen
and halogen in organic compounds.
146, 148. Identification of Organic Compounds — (2, 2) One lec-
ture, two laboratories. Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 113, 114, or equivalent.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
153. Biological Chemistry — (5) Third year, first semester, four lec-
tures and one laboratory. Schmidt, Herbst, Vanderlinde, and Brown.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37 and Physiology 22.
Lectures and laboratory exercises devoted to the composition of living
organisms and the chemical and physical processes which occur during
health and in disease.
187, 189. Physical Chemistry — (3, 3) — Three lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37 and Physics 10, 11.
926 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the laws and theories of chemistry, including the gas laws,
kinetic theory, liquids, solutions, elementary thermodynamics, thermo-
chemistry, equilibrium, chemical kinetics and electro-chemistry.
188, 190. Physical Chemistry — (2,2) Two laboratories. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 187, 189 or may be taken simultaneously
with Chemistry 187, 189.
Quantitative experiments are performed which demonstrate physio-
chemical principles, and acquaint the student with precision apparatus.
For Graduates
201, 203. Survey of Pharmaceutical Chemistry — (2, 2) Two lec-
tures. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A study of the terpenes, carotenes, sterols and stereoisomerism.
211, 213. Chemistry of the Alkaloids — (2, 2) Two lectures.
Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A survey of the chemical structure and reactions of pharmacologically
active bases.
220. Advanced Pharmaceutical Synthesis — (2-6) Laboratory and
conferences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 142, 144.
Application of synthetic procedures in the preparation of various
medicinal chemicals and their intermediates.
222. Advanced Pharmaceutical Analysis — (1-4) Laboratory and
conferences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148.
A laboratory study of the analytical procedures and methods as applied
to official, proprietary, natural and synthetic drugs, their intermediates
and derivatives.
230. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Seminar — (1) Each semester.
Hager.
Required of students majoring in pharmaceutical chemistry.
Reports of progress and survey of recent developments in pharma-
ceutical chemistry.
235. Research in Pharmaceutical Chemistry — Credit determined
by the amount and quality of work performed. Brown and Miller.
258. The Identification of Organic Compounds (Advanced Course) —
(2-4) Either semester. Two to four laboratories. Miller.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148 or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to the identification of pure organic sub-
stances and mixtures.
ENGLISH
1, 2. Survey and Composition — (3, 3) First year, three lectures.
Ballman.
Prerequisite — Four units of high school English.
A study of style, syntax, spelling and punctuation, combined with a
historical study of English and American literature of the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. Written themes, book reviews and exercises.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 92?
3, 4. Composition and World Literature — (3, 3) Elective, three
lectures. Ballman.
Prerequisite — English 1, 2.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
SPEECH
1, 2. Public Speaking — (1, 1) First year, one lecture. Ballman.
The principles and techniques of oral expression, visible and audible;
the preparation and delivery of short original speeches; impromptu
speaking; reference readings, short reports, etc.
FIRST AID
I. Standard First Aid Course — (1) Fourth year, second semester,
one lecture, one demonstration.
Given by an instructor from the Baltimore Chapter of the American
Red Cross.
MATHEMATICS
10. Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures.
Richeson.
Prerequisite — One unit of algebra.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, expo-
nents and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial
theorem, and theory of equations.
II. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry — (3) First year, second
semester, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 10 or 15. Required of those students who
do not offer one-half unit of trigonometry.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian and mil, graphs, addi-
tion formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates, locus problems, the
straight line and circle, conic sections and graphs.
15. College Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures.
Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school algebra completed.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic
equations, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers,
logarithms, determinants and progressions.
17. Analytic Geometry — (3) First year, second semester, three
lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school trigonometry and mathematics 15.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, and solid analytic geometry.
Math 20, 21. Calculus — (3, 3) Electives, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 15 and 17 and approval of instructor.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration, geometric and physical applica-
tions of integration, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple inte-
grals, infinite series and differential equations. Given in alternate years.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math 152, 153 Mathematical Statistics — (2, 2) Prerequisites,
Mathematics 20, 21. Richeson.
928 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis
and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical
inference. Illustrations will be drawn from the biological sciences. Given
in alternate years.
MODERN LANGUAGES
1, 2. French — Elementary — (3, 3) First year, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose prep-
aration is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for
this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, pronunciation and translation.
1, 2. German — Elementary — (3, 3) First year, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose
preparation is not adequate for second-year German receive half credit
for this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, pronunciation and translation.
Students will be assigned to one of the two languages by the depart-
ment. The assignment will ordinarily be made on the basis of the stu-
dent's previous training.
Six semester hours credit in Spanish will be accepted as satisfying
the Modern Language requirement.
For Graduates and Undergraduates
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French — (3, 3) Elective, three lec-
tures. Schradieck.
Prerequisite — French 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Translation, grammar, exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scien-
tific texts.
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German — (3, 3) Elective, three lec-
tures. Schradieck.
Prerequisite — German 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Reading of technical prose, with grammar review.
PHARMACOGNOSY
51. Pharmacognosy — (4) Third yeai-, first semester, two lectures,
two laboratories. Slama.
A study of the cultivation, collection and commerce of crude vegetable
drugs with special emphasis on the physical and microscopical charac-
teristics used in their identification and in the detection of adulteration.
52. Pharmacognosy — (4) Third year, second semester, two lectures,
two laboratories. Slama.
A continuation of pharmacognosy 51 with instruction covering animal
drugs, antibiotics and allergy-producing pollens.
61. Pharmacognosy (Pesticides) — (2) Elective, one lecture, one
laboratory. Slama.
Prerequisites — Zoology 1, Chemistry 1, Chemistry 35 and 36.
Discussion of the principal types of pests commonly found in the
household and the industries, including those which attack farm and
garden crops; their recognition, life history, habits and methods of
control.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 929
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
101, 102. Taxonomy of the Higher Plants — (2, 2) Fourth year,
one lecture and one laboratory. Elective for students w^ho contemplate
taking advanced work in pharmacognosy. Given in alternate years.
Slama.
Prerequisite — Pharmacognosy 51, 52.
A study of the kinds of seed plants and ferns, their classifications, and
field work on local flora. Instruction will be given in the preparation
of an herbarium.
Ill, 112. Plant Anatomy — (4, 4) Fourth year, two lectures and
two laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisite — Pharmacognosy 51, 52.
Lecturers and laboratory work covering advanced plant anatomy with
special emphasis placed on the structure of roots, stems and leaves of
vascular plants.
For Graduates
201, 202. Advanced Study of Vegetable Powders — (4, 4) Two lec-
tures and two laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisites — Pharmacognosy 111, 112.
A study of powdered vegetable drugs and spices from the structural
and microchemical standpoints, including practice in identification and
detection of adulterants. Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Advanced Pharmacognosy — (4, 4) Two lectures and two
laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisites — Pharmacognosy 111, 112.
A study of many crude drugs not ordinarily studied in other pharma-
cognosy courses. Special attention will be given to practical problems
and to the identification and detection of adulterants.
220. Research in Pharmacognosy — Credit according to the amount
and quality of work performed. Slama.
PHARMACOLOGY
81, 82. Pharmacology and Biological Assaying — (4, 4) Fourth
year, two lectures and two laboratories. Chapman, Gittinger and Kaiser.
Prerequisite — Physiology 22.
A study of the pharmacology, toxicology and therapeutic uses of
medicinal substances, including methods of biological assay, with special
reference to the drugs and preparations of the United States Pharma-
copoeia and the National Formulary.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111. Official Methods of Biological Assay (4) Two lectures and
two laboratories. Chapman, Gittinger and Kaiser.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 81, 82.
A study of the methods of biological assay official in the United States
Pharmacopoeia and the National Formulary.
For Graduates
201, 202. Methods of Biological Assay — (4, 4) Two lectures and
two laboratories. Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacologry 111.
930 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The application of statistical methods to the problems of biological
assay and a study of the more important unofficial methods for the assay
of therapeutic substances. Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Special Studies in Pharmacodynamics — (4, 4) Two lec-
tures and two laboratories. Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 51, 52 and the approval of the instructor.
The procedures involved in pharmacological analysis and in the deter-
mination of the site of action and the nature of action of drugs. Given in
alternate years.
221, 222. Special Studies in Biological Assay Methods — (2-4),
(2-4) Credit according to the amount of work undertaken after con-
sultation with the instructor. Conferences and laboratory work.
Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 111, 201, 202.
Special problems in the development of biological assay methods and
comparative standards.
250. Research in Pharmacology. Chapman.
Properly qualified students may arrange with the instructor for credit
and hours.
PHARMACY
1, 2. Galenical Pharmacy — (5, 5) Second year, four lectures and
two laboratories. Foss, Allen, Rossberg, Raichlen and Autian.
A study of the theory of pharmaceutical manipulations, including
mathematical calculations, and the practical application of the theory to
the manufacture of galenical preparations.
51, 53. Dispensing Pharmacy — (2, 2) Third year, two lectures.
Wolf.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2.
A study of the compounding and dispensing of prescriptions.
52, 54. Dispensing Pharmacy — (2, 2) Third year, two laboratories.
Allen, Balassone, Rossberg, Kahn, Raichlen and Autian.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2.
A study of the general procedures used in dispensing pharmacy.
61. History of Pharmacy — (1) Third year, first semester, one lec-
ture. Balassone.
A study of the history of pharmacy from its beginning, with special
emphasis on the history of American pharmacy.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
101, 102. Manufacturing Pharmacy — (1, 1) Fourth year, one lec-
ture and one laboratory. Allen, Balassone, Raichlen, Noel, Neistadt
and Lew.
A continuation of the course given in the second year, with special
reference to the methods employed in the manufacture of pharma-
ceuticals on a commercial scale, including 48 hours of practical work in
hospital pharmacy.
Ill, 112. Advanced Prescription Compounding— (2, 2) Elective,
one lecture, one laboratory. Allen and Balassone.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54.
Advanced laboratory study of the various methods of compounding
special prescriptions and galenical preparations.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 931
120. Hospital Pharmacy Administration — (2) Elective, first
semester, two lectures. Purdum.
A study of hospital pharmacy practice and administration.
For Graduates
201, 202. Advanced Pharmaceutical Technology — (4, 4) Two lec-
tures and two laboratories. Foss, Purdum and Allen.
A study of pharmaceutical manufacturing processes, equipment and
physical plant arrangement.
205. Manufacturing Pharmacy Control — (3) Three lectures.
Foss.
A study of the specifications, inspection, sampling, packaging and
labeling of drugs from their receipt to their shipping by pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants. Includes detailed consideration of sanitary
standards, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and other laws
affecting the production and distribution of pharmaceutical products.
211, 212. Survey of Pharmaceutical Literature — (1, 1) One lec-
ture. Allen and Purdum.
Lectures and topics on the literature pertaining to pharmacy, with
special reference to the original and development of the works of drug
standards and the pharmaceutical periodicals.
221, 222. History of Pharmacy — (2, 2) Two lectures. Purdum.
Lectures and assignments on the development of pharmacy in America
and the principal countries of Europe. Given in alternate years.
230. Pharmaceutical Seminar — (1) Each Semester. Foss and
Allen.
Required of students majoring in pharmacy.
Reports of progress in research and surveys of recent developments in
pharmacy.
235. Research in Pharmacy — Credit and hours to be arranged.
Foss, Purdum and Allen.
PHARMACY ADMINISTRATION
20. Accounting — (2) Fourth year, first semester, one lecture, one
laboratory. Cole and Kahn.
The fundamental principles of accounting, including practice in book-
keeping, banking and financial statements.
37. Fundamentals of Economics — (3) Third year, second semes-
ter, three lectures. Cole and Kahn.
A study of the general fundamentals of economics — production, ex-
change, distribution and consumption of wealth, together with methods
of financing government and the consideration of economic systems.
51. Management — (2) Fourth year, first semester, two lectures.
Cole.
A study of the business problems arising in the operation of a retail
pharmacy, including ownership organization, financing, leases, insur-
ance, negotiable instruments and property rights of the pharmacist.
62. Pharmacy Laws and Regulations — (3) Fourth year, second
semester, three lectures. Cole.
Fundamentals of law of importance to pharmacists; with special refer-
ence to Federal and State Laws and regulations pertaining to the sale
of poisons, narcotics, drugs, cosmetics and pharmaceutical preparations.
72. Drug Marketing — (2) Fourth year, first semester, two lec-
tures. Allen.
932 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A study of the methods of marketing, channels of distribution, develop-
ment of pharmaceutical specialties, types of retail pharmacies and their
locations, purchasing, pricing, code marking and stock control of mer-
chandise.
PHYSICS
10, 11. General Physics — (4, 4) Second year, three lectures, one
laboratory. Estabrook and Beckel.
Prerequisites — Mathematics 10, 11 or 15, 17.
A study of the principles of mechanics, heat, wave motion, sound, light
and electricity.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism — (3, 3) Two lectures, one
laboratory. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Physics 10, 11 and Mathematics 20, 21.
Given in alternate years.
For Graduates
200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics — (5, 5) Five lec-
tures. Estabrook,
Prerequisites — Advanced standing in Physics.
208, 209. Thermodynamics — (4) Two lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 187, 189.
Given in alternate years.
PHYSIOLOGY
22. Physiology (General) — (5) Second year, second semester, four
lectures, one laboratory. Amberson, Applegarth, Ferguson, Smith,
Turner and White.
Prerequisite — Zoology 1.
A course in the fundamentals of human physiology, including neuro-
physiology, the heart and circulation, respiration, digestion, the kidney
and endocrine glands.
ZOOLOGY
1. General Zoology — (4) First year, first semester, two lectures
and two laboratories. Applegarth and Morgenstein.
A study of typical invertebrates with laboratory dissection. The
study includes an introduction to the chordates and an introductory
discourse on basic biological principles.
4. Vertebrate Zoology — (3) First year, second semester, two lec-
tures and one laboratory. Applegarth and Morgenstein.
A study of representative vertebrates, including dissection of at least
two representatives and emphasizing anatomy. Some of the more im-
portant tissues are studied microscopically.
Both courses in zoology are intended to be cultural and practical,
emphasizing background material for later required courses.
TEXT BOOKS
Each student is required to have his own text books. The books re-
quired in each course will be announced at the beginning of each
semester.
CHANGES IN CURRICULUM
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make, at any time, such
changes in the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
MEMBERSHIP AND ACCREDITATION
1. The University of Maryland, which incorporates the School of Nursing
with all of the other Schools of the University, is a member of the
Association of American Colleges, and is accredited by the Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
2. The School of Nursing is accredited by the Maryland State Board of
Examiners of Nurses. The graduates of this school of nursing are
eligible for registration either by examination or by approval of their
scholastic or personal qualificiations by most of the other states.
3. The hospital, which is the teaching laboratory for the students of the
School of Nursing, is approved by the American College of Surgeons, the
American Medical Association-Residents and Interns, the American Hos-
pital Association, and the Maryland Hospital Association. It is also a
participant in the Blue Cross Plan.
The University of Maryland has the following educational organizations:
At Baltimore
The School of Dentistry
The School of Law
The School of Medicine
At College Park
College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public
Administration
College of Education
Glenn L. Martin College of Engi-
neering and Aeronautical
Sciences
The School of Nursing
The School of Pharmacy
The College of Special and Con-
tinuation Studies
College of Home Economics
College of Military Science
College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health
College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies
Summer School
Graduate School
Each school has its own Faculty Council, composed of the Dean and
members of its faculty; each Faculty Council controls the internal affairs
of the group it represents.
PROPOSED CALENDAR FOR 1951-52
September 6, 1951
Dec. 22-Jan. 1, 1952
September 3, 1952
Thursday
Friday-Monday
Wednesday
933
Admission of fall class
Christmas Holidays
Admission of fall class
934 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FACULTY, DEPARTMENT OF NURSING EDUCATION
Florence Meda Gipe, R.N., M.S., Dean, School of Nursing
Frances Orgain, R.N., M.A., Associate Dean, School of Nursing
Margaret L, Hayes, R.N., M.S., Associate Director of Nursing Education
Mary E. Grotefend, R.N., M.S., Instructor, Social Sciences
Eva M. Bradley, R.N., M.Ed., Instructor, Biological Sciences
Martha Baer, B.S., R.N., Clinical Coordinator in Public Health Nursing
Eva Darley, R.N., B.S., Associate Director of Nursing Service
Bessie Neild, R.N., Clinical Instructor, Obsterical Nursing
Margaret Paulonis, R.N., B.S., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical
Nursing
Frances T. Reed, R.N., B.S., Clinical Instructor, Nursing of Children
Lois Schildwachter, R.N., B.S., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical
Nursing
Elizabeth Singleton, R.N., B.S., Counselor, School of Nursing
LaRue Schwallenberg, R.N., B.S., Supervisor of Clinical Instructors
Helen W. Taylor, B.S., R.N., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical
Nursing (Evening)
Kathryn Williams, B.S., R.N., Clinical Instructor, Operating Room
Technique
Dorothy Wisener, R.N., Head Nurse, Health Office
Cecilia M. Zitkus, A.B., R.N,, Instructor, Nursing
ASSISTANT INSTRUCTORS IN NURSING
Margaret Bagley, R.N., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing
Carol M. Hosfeld, R.N., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing
Elva Lantz, R.N., Head Nurse, Premature Nursery
ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION
Florence Alexander, R.N Director, School of Nursing Dormitory
Jeanne Borges Secretary to Dean, School of Nursing
Jeanne Fink Secretary
Clara McGovern, R.N., B.S Supervisor, Records
Simone Hurst Librarian
LECTURERS*
Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D Professor of Neurological Surgery
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D Professor of Pediatrics and Head of Department
Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D Professor of Surgical Anatomy
* The above named may not necessarily give the lectures personally, but in all instances
the instructors are recommended by them.
i
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 935
T. Nelson Carey, M.D Professor of Clinical Medicine
Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S Professor of Oral Surgery
Louis H. Douglass, M.D Professor of Obstetrics
Charles Reid Edwards, M.D Professor of Surgery
Frank W. Hatchel, M.D. Professor of Bacteriology
J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D Professor of Gynecology
John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc Professor of Pharmacology
Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D Professor of Medicine
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B Professor of Biological Chemistry
Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D Professor of Anatomy
FACULTY COUNCIL
Florence Meda Gipe, Dean, School of Nursing, Chairman
Frances Orgain Mary E. Grotefend
Eva F. Darley Margaret Hayes
Advisory Committee to the School of Nursing
Louis M. Krause, M.D., Chairman Representative of School of Medicine
Flora M. Street, R.N. President, Nurses' Alumnae Association
Gladys Wiggin, Ph.D Professor of Education
Mrs. Harry M. Robinson, Jr Representative of General Community
George H. Buck, Ph.B Director, University Hospital
Charles Sylvester, Sc.D Assistant Superintendent, Vocational
Education of Public Schools
Robert Riley, M.D Director, State Department of Health
Mrs. Nathan Winslow Member, Woman's Board
Boyd Wylie, M.D Dean, School of Medicine
George Yeager, M.D Member, Surgical Staff
Mrs. Clyde Clapp Representative of the General Community
FACULTY STANDING COMMITTEES
FloPvENCE Meda Gipe, R.N., M.S., Chairman Executive Committee
Frances Orgain, R.N., M.A., Chairman Committee on Curriculum
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Chairman Committee on Admissions
Eva F. Darley, R.N., B.S., Chairman Committee on Staff Education
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Chairman Committee on Scholarship and
Student Loans
Eva Bradley, R.N., M.Ed., Chairrnan... .Comrmttee on Records and Grading
936 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MARGAREyr Hayes, R.N., M.S., Cliairrnan Committee on Nursing
W. H. TowNSHEND, Jr., M.D Committee on Health Service
LaRue Sch WALLENBERG, R.N., B.S Committee on Clinical Instruction
STAFF, DEPARTMENT OF NURSING SERVICE
Eva N. Darley, R.N., B.S., Associate Director, Nursing Service
Martha Hoffman, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Evening.
Nancy A. Cochran, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Night
Grace Ann Knowles, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Night
C. Lorraine Neel, R.N., Supervisor, Nursing Service — Day
Eleanor Slacum, R.N., B.S., Supervisor, Nursing Service — Evening*
Mary Saulsbury, R.N., Supervisor, Nursing Service — Evening
Phyllis Zimmerman, B.S., R.N., Supervisor, Eleventh Floor, Private
Virginia Stack, R.N., Supervisor, Tenth Floor, Private
Margaret Riffle, R.N., Supervisor, Ninth Floor, Private
Eleanor Vomesteck, R.N., Supervisor, Ninth Floor, Semi-Private
Elizabeth Aitkenhead, R.N., Supervisor, Operating Rooms.
Elizabeth Gooch, R.N., Supervisor, Central Supply Room.
Flora Streett, R.N., Supervisor, Obstetrical Department.
Mary Joneckis, R.N., Supervisor, Pediatric Department.
Thelma Grove, R.N., Supervisor, Medical and Surgical Nursing, Fourth
Floor
Norma Shriver, R.N., Supervisor, Medical and Surgical Nursing, Third
Floor
Florence Wong, R.N., Supervisor, Special Clinics, Second Floor.
Edith R. Lillard, B.S., R.N., Supervisor, Accident Room.
Edith Miller, R.N., Supervisor, Out-Patient Department,
Mildred C. Ridges, B.S., Instructor, Play Therapy
• Absent on leave for study
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 937
OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
In attempting to anticipate the future professional needs of its gradu-
ates and community, the University of Maryland School of Nursing care-
fully selects young women to educate them to become professional nurses
who will administer sympathetic and safe nursing care to the sick, and
who will teach the principles of health and prevention of disease needed
in an everchanging society.
PROGRAM OF STUDY
The present School of Nursing offers a program of study, instituted in
1924, for two groups: to those who desire to complete their work in approxi-
mately thirty-six months, and to those who desire the five year combined
academic study and specialization in nursing. Those who complete the
latter course successfully receive the degree of Bachelor of Science and a
diploma in nursing.
FACILITIES FOR EDUCATION
The University of Maryland Hospital, a general hospital, has a capacity
of 435 beds and 70 bassinets. The hospital units as well as the Out-Patient
Department afford valuable opportunities for clinical experience which
includes a study of family and community relations. There is under con-
struction a psychiatric division and additional facilities, including medicine,
surgery, pediatrics and obstetrics areas of the hospital. Clinical experi-
ence in Psychiatric Nursing is provided at Sheppard and Enoch Pratt Hos-
pital and the Springfield State Hospital. Public Health Nursing experience
is available with the Baltimore City Health Department.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The School of Nursing Library is an integral part of the University of
Maryland library system, and is under the Director of Libraries of the
University. Both scientific and recreational collections of books are pro-
vided in the library which is conveniently located on the first floor of the
Louisa Parsons Hall.
The facilities of the Medical, Dental, Pharmaceutical, and Law School
Libraries are available to the students in the School of Nursing. Additional
facilities are provided at the main branch of the Enoch Pratt Free Library,
which comprises the public library system for the City of Baltimore; the
Peabody Library, which contains a large collection of non-circulating rare
books; the Maryland Historical Society Library; and the Library of Con-
gress, which conducts an inter-loan service to the major libraries of the
country.
RESIDENT FACILITIES
All students reside in Louisa Parsons Hall which is under the direction
of a graduate registered nurse. The residence, in addition to student rooms,
contains the library, the main reception room and living room with tele-
vision set, radio, piano and other provisions for comfort and entertaining
guests. In addition there is provided a kitchen and a laundry.
938 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HEALTH SERVICE
The School of Nursing maintains a Health Service for the students under
the general direction of a Committee on Health Services. Periodic health
examinations are provided for each student.
Vaccination against Typhoid Fever and Smallpox are required of all
students before admission to the School of Nursing. Medical care is pro-
vided for student nurses. Dental care is not provided in the Health Service,
but care is furnished by the Dental Clinic, second floor of University Hospital.
Time which is lost due to illness in excess of fourteen days during the
three-year period, is made up at the discretion of the faculty.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The student nurses have a student government organization the function
of which is to assist in the government of the school in cooperation with the
faculty, and to plan recreational activities.
Upon her admission each new student is met by one of the older students
who acts as her big sister. This is a helpful relationship in which the older
student assists the new one with advice and suggestions based on her own
experience in the School of Nursing.
Recreation facilities are utilized to the utmost. The "Y" pool is used
for Tuesday nights. Here the students enjoy the relaxation of a cool swim
or the hilarity of sport in the water after a busy day. During the winter
season, basketball is played in the "gym" of the church next door. Parties
for tennis and other sports are made up from time to time and held in the
parks or other surrounding facilities. A dance or a big party is held about
once a month. The nurses' dining room is used for informal dances and a
downtown hotel ballroom for formal ones. The adjacent Schools of Medicine,
Pharmacy, Dentistry, and Law cooperate in these dances and add to the
general pleasure. Recently a Glee Club has been organized.
Baltimore City is a center of culture and education. It offers much stimu-
lation to the visitor and the inhabitant in the way of drama, music, art,
lectures, libraries, and the like. The Student Government Association plans
trips to various functions and points of interest.
In cooperation with the Director and the faculty, the students make rules
and administer them in regard to discipline, house regulations, and con-
ventions. This not only makes for a better spirit of democracy, but prepares
the student for coming leadership and participation in community life.
All of these activities help the students to realize their profession. Inter-
est, relaxation, responsibility, and cooperation are thus fostered and form
a vital part of the student's life.
i
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 939
SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS
Grading
The scholastic standing of a student is recorded in terms of the following
symbols: A, B, C, and D, passing; F, failure; I, incomplete.
Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C,
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, values in "points" are assigned to the
following grades: A=4; B=3; C==2; 'D=l; F— 0.
A scholastic average of C is required for advancement and graduation.
Students who have not obtained passing marks will be required to take a
re-examination in the subject failed — or, if indicated, repeat the course.
If a student does not pass a specific clinical service, she is given special
guidance.
Attendance
Students may be absent from class only upon approval of the instructors
responsible for the course. No student should absent herself from class at
any time unless she has at least a "B" average.
Report
Reports of the achievement of the student is given to the student and a
copy sent to her parents or guardian.
940
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING COURSE
The first two years of this curriculum comprising
a minimum of 60 semester hours exclusive of hygiene
and physical activities, are taken in the College of
Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional
training is taken in the School of Nursing of the
University of Maryland in Baltimore.
In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Nursing may, upon the recom-
mendation of the Director of the School of Nursing, be
granted at the end of the professional training.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with
advanced standing but the second year, consisting of a
minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training,
must be completed in College Park. To qualify for the
combined degree the student must complete the re-
quired work at College Park before beginning the pro-
fessional training in Baltimore.
In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the
student must fulfill the grade requirements of the
university.
A Graduate Nurse of the combined program is pic-
tured at the upper left.
BASIC PROFESSIONAL COURSE (Three- Year Course)
The curriculum covers a period of three years after
which time a diploma in Nursing is awarded by the
University of Maryland upon recommendation by the
School of Nursing. The pre-clinical period consists
of the first six months and is devoted primarily to
the study of the sciences basic to nursing, the principles
and practice of nursing, and the supervised practice of
skills learned in the classroom. The students who meet
the requirements both in scholastical and clinical work,
will be accepted into the School of Nursing as clinical
students.
Following the preclinical period students are assigned
within a division for five hours of clinical practice and
two fifty minute periods of class per day, including
meal hours. One free day a week is given, and careful
planning makes it possible to give this day off without
class interference. At the present time plans are being
made to institute a forty hour week.
The Executive Committee of the Faculty may, at any
time, terminate a student's course if she fails to meet
the standards of the School of Nursing or the Univer-
sity of Maryland.
A three-year Graduate Nurse is pictured at the lower right
1
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 941
FEES AND ESTIMATED EXPENSES FOR THREE YEARS
IN THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
Fixed Fee $50.00*
Student Activity Fee 5.00
Textbooks (approximately) 60.00
Uniforms VO.OO
Nursing tests, National League of Nursing Ed 5.00
Graduation Fee 15.00
These costs are approximate and may fluctuate because of changing living
costs. Throughout the course students are provided maintenance which in-
cludes room, board, and laundry of uniforms. Students' uniforms virill be
obtained after admission to the School of Nursing. Shoes, stockings and
other personal items are furnished by the students. Expenses such as meals,
carfare, and incidentals which the student incurs during periods of affiliation
or field trips are borne by the student.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION— SCHOOL OF NURSING
Evidence of personal stability for nursing in relation to physical health,
emotional stability, and general qualifications of personality, cultural de-
velopment and maturity must be submitted, and a personal interview with
the Director of the School of Nursing or School Counselor. If the student
is too far distant from the University the interview is given by a member
of the National League of Nursing Education in that area.
Graduates of accredited secondary schools will be admitted by certificate
upon the recommendation of the principal. In selecting students, more
emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other indications of probable
success in nursing rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter,
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics 2 units — One unit each of algebra and plane
geometry is desirable.
History 1 unit, 2 units are desirable.
Foreign language 1 unit, 2 units are desirable (Latin suggested).
Science
Biology 1 unit
Chemistry 1 unit
Physics (suggested) 1 unit
Psychometric tests, which are given by the National League of Nursing
Education, to determine suitability for nursing are taken by prospective
students. Notice and instructions will be sent to the applicant upon review
of the credentials by the Committee on Admission. A fee of approximately
$5.00 is to be paid by the applicant for these tests. The fee is paid directly
to the League.
The school is open to all, regardless of race, color, or creed. Applicants
should be 17-35 years of age.
All inquiries concerning admission to the School of Nursing should be
addressed to the Director of the School of Nursing who will furnish you,
upon request, the necessary forms which must be filed with the University
of Maryland.
* Subject to change.
942 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING CURRICULUM
f — Semester — ^
Freshman Year - I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1
Modern Language 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
ADMISSION PROCEDURE— COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Arts
and Sciences for the Nursing Course should communicate with the Director
of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail
the blank to the Director of Admissions.
To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than
July 1 for the fall semester. Applications from students completing their
last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplemen-
tary records will be sent upon graduation.
Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application
blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland.
Time of Admission : New students should plan to enter the University at
the beginning of the fall semester.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 943
Two months credit is allowed by the School of Nursing for every thirty
semester hours in an accredited college or university, depending upon the
scholastic rating of the individual and her ability to adjust in a hospital
environment.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.
Veterans and other mature persons who are not high school graduates
may qualify for admission to the freshman class by passing prescribed tests
comparable to those employed by state authorities to establish high school
equivalence.
SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter.
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics
For all colleges one unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. Deviation may be
allowed for certain curricula.
Social Science; Natural
and Biological Science .. 1 unit from each group is required; two are
desirable.
Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter
journalism, foreign trade or service, study the
humanities or do research, should have a good
foundation in one or more, but none is required.
Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are
acceptable.
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship
and conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to trans-
fer students from accredited institutions under the following conditions:
1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semesters
hours is necessary for a degree.
2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced
standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
944
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
For Matriculants at College Park
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Fixed Charges
Athletic Fee
Special Fee
Student Activities Fee
Infirmary Fee
Post Office Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
Total for Maryland Residents $130.00
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$82.00
$83.00
$165.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
$130.00
$83.00
$213.00
Residents of the District of Columbia,
Other States and Countries
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students
$75.00
$75.00
$150.00
Total for Non-Resident Students $205.00 *$158.00
$363.00
Board and Lodging
Board $170.00 $170.00 $340.00
Dormitory Room $54-$63 $54-$63 $108-$126
Total for Room and Board $224-$233 $224-8233 $448-$466
The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of
University publications. Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are suppl^nental
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni-
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a stadium, a new
combination coliseum and auditorium, and to constructing a new swimming pool, and a
student union.
The Students Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of
$1.50 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook ; class
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs.
The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures.
Expensive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-Ray,
Electrocardiographs, Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing
in the vicinity.
• Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi-
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Special, $5.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Infirmary, $2.50;
Post Office Fees, $1.00; Advisory and Testing Fee, $.50.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
945
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES FOR ARTS AND SCIENCES
STUDENTS
Special Fees
Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at first registration
in the University $10.00
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree, payable just prior to graduation 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee, Bachelor's degree 2.50
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Bacteriology $10.00
Botany 5.00
Chemistry lO.OC
Speech $1.00
Zoology 8.00
PROFESSIONAL NURSING CURRICULUM
Biological and Physical Sciences
Anatomy and Physiology
Chemistry
Microbiology
Social Sciences
Psychology
Sociology
Social Foundations of Nursing.
Introduction to Social Work
Medical Sciences
Elementary Materia Medica
Pharmacology and Therapeutics.
Nursing and Allied Arts
Introduction to Nursing
Nutrition, Foods and Cookery
Medical and Surgical Nursing...
Circulatory System
Central Nervous System
Aseptic Technic
Dermatology and Venereal
Diet Therapy
Endocrine System
Gastro-Intestinal System
Total
Class*
Laboratory
Hours
95
15
105
40
20
60
15
30
45
45
45
30
45
20
35
10
45
75
150
250
15
30
45
300
30
20
15
25
30
15
25
* Lectures by Instructors, Student projects. Seminar papers. Student reports.
946
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Reproductive System
Kidney
Ophthalmology
Orthopedics
Respiratory System
Ward Clinics and Conferences
Obstetrics and Obstetrical Nursing
Pediatrics and Pediatric Nursing
Psychiatry and Psychiatric Nursing
Public Health and Public Health Nursing.
Class'*
20
10
9
20
30
50
Laboratory
Total
Hours
60
90
92
30
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
Pre-Clinical Period 24 weeks
Clinical Period
Medical Nursing 24-26 weeks
Surgical Nursing 32-34 weeks
8 weeks
4 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks
8-9 weeks
12 weeks
Total 151-156 weeks
Operative Aseptic Technique.
Diet School
Pediatric Nursing
Obstetric Nursing
Pyschiatric Nursing
^'Public Health Nursing
Vacation
* Lectures by Instructors, Student projects, Seminar papers. Student reports.
** Required of degree students only.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 947
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 105 Hours
Department of Anatomy, with Nurse Coordinator
The anatomy of the human body is taught by lectures, demonstrations,
and exercises on anatomical material. Nearly every organ, organ system
and region of the body is demonstrated in actual dissections of the human
cadaver. A rich and interesting collection of skeletal material is available;
the muscles are shown in a dissected "muscle man"; the circulatory system
is demonstrated in a dissection of a cadaver in which colored materials have
been injected into the blood vessels. In addition, many beautiful anatomical
preparations made by the curator of the department are shown and studied;
fresh organs of cattle, sheep and pigs, and occasionally of man. Fresh beef
hearts are dissected by the students.
Physiology is taught in combination with anatomy, mostly by lectures
supplemented by drawings, charts, models and some experiments.
CHEMISTRY. 60 Hours
Department of Chemistry, with Nurse Coordinator
The fundamental principles of chemistry which are available both in the
practice of nursing and in the comprehension of other sciences are studied.
The content includes selected topics in general, organic and biological
chemistry. Whenever possible, practical applications and laboratory ex-
periments are integrated with the subject matter.
MICROBIOLOGY. 45 Hours
Department of Bacteriology, with Nurse Coordinator
The lectures and laboratory periods are devoted to the study of the
essential relation of Microbiology to diagnosis, treatment, prevention of
disease, and nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon the important patho-
genic species. This includes: their mode of entrance into the body, their
portal of exit, their method of transfer, the tests most helpful in determin-
ing their presence, methods of immunization, and a good working knowledge
of the various methods used in their destruction.
NUTRITION, FOODS AND COOKERY. 45 Hours
Teaching Dietitian.
The modem concept regarding the constituents of an adequate diet, the
chemistry and mechanics of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of foods,
food requirements of various ages and food economics in human nutrition
are considered. The laboratory work is practical experience, under super-
vision, in the preparation and service of typical diets.
948 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PSYCHOLOGY. Department of Psychology. 45 Hours
This course is designed to give the student some of the basic concepts of
dynamic psychology. How people are related to each other so that the
student will be helped with her own adjustments and with her understanding
of other people are also considered. An attempt is made to minimize
didactic lectures and to stress informal discussions of day-to-day relation-
ships.
SOCIOLOGY. 45 Hours
Nurse instructor, under the supervision of Sociology Department,
College Park.
Attention is given to an analysis of the American social structure with
special emphasis on the relation to nurses and nursing, and also includes
the family; metropolitan, small town, and rural communities; population
distribution, composition and change; and general social organization.
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS 45 Hours
Department of Pharmacology, with Nurse Coordinator
Those phases of pharmacology necessary for the intelligent use of drugs
in the treatment of disease are treated in this course. Methods of adminis-
tration of drugs, their actions and therapeutic effects, and the symptoms
and treatment of poisoning constitute the course of lectures.
INTRODUCTION TO NURSING.
Associate Director of Nursing Education and Instructors.
An introduction to the total nursing care of patients and the scientific
principles involved. The nurse studies the well person and how to mam-
tain health, the ambulatory patient and his needs, the patient confined to a
bed in the hospital or in the home. In all cases, the family and the com-
munity from which the patient came and in which he is functioning while
receiving care are evaluated. Each student is encoui-aged to spend much
time and effort on understanding specific patient and in planning how to
meet and help them meet their needs. Procedures necessary for this care
are taught in the classroom or with the patient when it seems advisable.
Time and opportunity for experiencing patient care are arranged at regular
intervals.
MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING.
300 Hours and Clinical Instruction
Department of Medicine and Surgery and Associates.
This course is a survey of the treating of disease by medical or surgical
methods and of considering the individual in health and in sickness. Clinical
manifestations of disease are emphasized, as well as their relation to social,
economic and psychological control in the hospital and in the community.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 949
Observation and demonstration at the bedside are arranged, and experience
includes related teaching in diet therapy, pharmacology, nursing and public
health nursing.
OBSTETRICAL NURSING. 60 Hours and Clinical Instruction
Clinical Instructor, Department of Obstetrics, and associates.
The management and treatment of the normal and the abnormal phases of
pregnancy, parturition and puerperium; and the treatment of the normal
and abnormal conditions of the newborn infant are studied. Clinical con-
ferences are conducted in which the history, diagnosis, treatment and
nursing care of the mother and her infant are presented and discussed.
Consideration is also given to the socio-economic relationship to obstetrical
nursing.
NURSING OF CHILDREN. 90 Hours and Clinical Instruction
Clinical Instructor, Department of Pediatrics, and associates.
The normal child, his behavior and the representative diseases of child-
hood in relation to the socio-economic factors are considered. Nursing
practice, nursing care studies, conferences, and clinics are supplementary
features of the nursing of children.
PUBLIC HEALTH.
Specialists in Public Health
Lectures by specialist in public health, including administration, sanita-
tion, epidemiology, and related areas.
PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING.
Associate Dean, School of Nursing
Principles and practices of public health nursing in a generalized family
health program, including history of public health and public health nursing
as related to present practices.
SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING. 30 Hours
Associate Director of Nursing Education and Associates.
The aim of this course is to develop a knowledge and an appreciation of
the role of the nurse, both personal and professional, in the community, so
that she may more easily adapt herself to it, and become a useful citizen
through active participation in plans and programs for both health and
community welfare.
950 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
RECORDS AND STATISTICS
Desrrees Conferred — 1950-1951
HONORARY DEGREES
Doctor of Laws
KONRAD ADENAUER ERNST FRIESENHAHN
JOHN JAY McCLOY THEODORE ROOSEVELT McKELDIN
Doctor of Letters
THEODORE HEUSS
Doctor of Science
HANS FREIHERR VON KRESS
Doctor of Science in Business Administration
THOMAS D'ALESANDRO, JR. EDWIN ASBURY DAVIS
ALBERT DANIEL GRAHAM
Doctor of Social Science
MALCOLM RIGBY GILES
HONORARY CERTIFICATES OF MERIT IN AGRICULTURE
HOWARD HAMMOND ANDERSON WILSON ARCHIBALD HEAPS
LAURA AGNES PRICE CARTER HENRY JOSEPH HOHMAN
McKENDREE WALKER
GRADUATE SCHOOL
Doctor of Philosophy
Robert John Allen, Jr. John Harry Hoyert, Jr.
Anubhai Harilal Amin Hamill Thomas Kenny
Kenneth Arthur Battersby Raymond Franklin Kline
Arthur Ellis Brown Monte Konicov
Mary Kathryn Carl Robert Wallfar Krauss
Charles Burleigh Cooper Rajinond Joseph Kray
William Franklin Field Ludmila Kregiel
Richard Bennett Guyer Floyd Ervin Kurtz
Joseph Rhodes Haun Louis Landweber
Stuart Haywood Harold Lindner
Homer Thawley Hopkins, Jr. John Lawrence Milligan
Robert Charles Houston Herbert Myers
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 993
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT
FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR, 1950-1951, AS OF JULY 1, 1951
Resident Collegiate Courses *College
Academic Year Park
College of Agriculture 747
College of Arts and Sciences 2,323
College of Business and Public
Administration 1,647
School of Dentistry
College of Education 798
College of Engineering 1,026
Graduate School 2,200
College of Home Economics 345
School of Law
School of Medicine
College of Military Science 83
School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health 309 309
College of Special and Continuation
Studies 3,441 1,205 4,633
Total, Less
Baltimore
Duplications
747
2,323
1,647
409
409
798
1,026
430
2,595
345
498
498
409
409
83
180
180
292
292
Total 12,919 3,423 16,294
Duplications, Baltimore Intercollege 2 2
Duplications, College Park and
Baltimore 31
Net Total 12,919 3,421 16,261
Summer School, 1950 3,547 238 3,781
Grand Total 16,466 3,659 20,042
Duplication, Summer and Academic
Year 2,192 137 2,329
Duplications, Summer School, Balti-
more and College Park 199
Total, Less Duplications.... 14,274 3,522 17,514
Foreign Collegiate Courses:
European Command Program 6,286
Foreign Studies 78
Total Collegiate Courses 23,878
Mining Courses, Western Maryland 174
Fire Service Extension 1,052
* Classified as of first 1950-51 registration.
994 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT — Continued
Short Courses and Conferences
Agricultural Critic Teachers Workshop 52
Beef Cattle Field Day 250
Consumer Orientation in Buying, Handling, and Preparing
Fresh Fruits and Vegetables 103
Cosmetology Institute 31
Dairy Herd Improvement Association Testers Training Courses 35
Dairy Technology Conference 225
Executive Housekeepers Workshop 19
Fertilizer Manufacturers Short Course 50
Firemen's Short Course 197
Future Farmers of America 250
Home Management Workshop 45
Human Development Workshop 173
Ice Cream Making Short Course 11
Maryland Assessing Officers School 93
Maryland Conference of Parents and Teachers 215
Maryland Home Economics Association Annual Meeting 125
Maryland State Poultry Council Meetings 285
Maryland Turkey Producers Association 150
Mathematics Conference on Differential Equations 130
Mathematics Symposium 258
Modern Techniques of Merchandising Fresh Fruits and Vege-
tables Courses 181
Motor Fleet Supervisor Training Course 44
Office Management Association Institute 112
Reading Work Conference 11
Rural Women's Short Course 1,308
Sheep Field Day 300
Soil Science Society of America Meeting 126
State 4-H Club Meeting 1,203
Traffic Court Conference 85
Total Short Courses and Conferences 6,067
GRAND TOTAL, All Courses, Baltimore and College Park, less
duplications 31,171
IMPORTANT
The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocatble contract between the student
and the University of Maryland. The University re-
serves the right to change any provision or requirement
at any time within the student's term of residence.
The University further reserves the right at any time
to ask a student to withdraw when it considers such
action to be in the best interests of the University.
See outside back cover for list of separate catalogs
published annually and embodied herein.
SEPARATE CATALOGS
At College Park
Individual catalogs of colleges and schools of the University of
Maryland at College Park may be obtained by addressing the Director
of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
These catalogs and schools are:
1. General Information
2. College of Agriculture
3. College of Arts and Sciences
4. College of Business and Public Administration
5. College of Education
6. Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical
Sciences
7. College of Home Economics
8. College of Military Science
9. College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
*10. College of Special and Continuation Studies
11. Summer School
12. Graduate School
At Baltimore
Individual catalogs for the professional schools of the University
of Maryland may be obtained by addressing the Deans of the respec-
tive schools at the University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland. These professional schools are:
13. School of Dentistry
14. School of Law
15. School of Medicine
16. School of Pharmacy
17. School of Nursing
Combined Catalog
18. The Combined Catalog, published for administrative and
exchange purposes. Cost, $1.00. College Park, Md.
• At Heidelberg the catalog of the European Program may be obtained by address-
ing the Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland.